JP6180581B2 - Game machine - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine (generally also referred to as a “pachinko machine”) or a spinning-type gaming machine (generally also referred to as a “pachislot machine”).

  In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a sensor that detects the acceptance of a game medium at the entrance may be erroneously operated by inserting a long and narrow illegal tool such as a piano wire into the game area from the gap between the main body frame and the door frame. There has been a problem that fraudulent acts such as bending the obstacle nail planted in the game area are performed. To solve this problem, there is a plate-shaped guide part that can be elastically deformed between a pair of hinge mechanisms that support the door frame so that it can be opened and closed, and a bar or the like is inserted between the door frame and the main body frame to create a gap. There has been proposed a technique in which an unauthorized tool cannot be inserted by covering a gap with an elastically deforming guide portion even if it is to be expanded (for example, Patent Document 1).

  However, the conventional gaming machine does not take into account fraudulent acts such as launching a game medium attached with a wire from a storage unit into a game area in the same manner as a normal game medium.

In view of the above circumstances, an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of suppressing an illegal act performed by attaching a wire to a game medium .

The present invention
Storage means capable of storing a plurality of game media;
A ball feeding means for sending the game medium stored in the storage means to a launch position via a passage port;
Launching means capable of firing game media sent to the launch position by the ball feeding means one by one toward the game area;
A gaming machine comprising:
The ball feeding means comprises a fraud prevention member in which a first plate surface portion in a metal plate material is bent with respect to a second plate surface portion, and a gap into which a wire material provided in a game medium can enter is formed,
The fraud prevention member is arranged in the ball feeding means so that the gap is located in a path along which a wire provided in a game medium launched from the launch position moves,
The metal plate material is provided with a guide portion capable of guiding the wire material provided in the game medium toward the gap,
The ball feeding means is formed with an accommodating portion capable of accommodating the fraud prevention member,
The passage opening is formed by continuously forming an opening part through which a game medium can pass and an opening part through which a wire provided in the game medium can enter although the game medium cannot pass through. Features.
Further, means of another invention disclosed separately from the present invention will be described below.
Mean 1: In the gaming machine,
“A game area in which a game medium is driven toward one side in the left-right direction at the top by a player's operation,
A frame-shaped front component member defining an outer periphery in a direction perpendicular to the front-rear direction in the game area;
A plate-like game panel that is attached to the rear side of the front component and defines a rear end of the game area;
A privilege granting area that is arranged at the front center of the gaming panel at a substantially center in the left-right direction in the gaming area, and is capable of granting a predetermined privilege when the game medium passes;
A plurality of obstacle nails that can be guided to the upstream of the privilege granting area and are implanted in front of the gaming panel in the gaming area;
A guide member formed in a tunnel shape that rolls and guides the game medium from a predetermined position in the game area to the upstream of the privilege grant area on a different route from the obstacle nail while being visible from the player side. It is characterized by being “to do”.

  Here, as the “game panel”, opaque materials such as “plywood (for example, veneer board)”, “glued wood”, “metal plate”, or “acrylic resin plate”, “polycarbonate resin plate”, Examples thereof include transparent materials such as “ABS resin plate”, “polypropylene plate”, “polyarylate resin plate”, “methacrylic resin plate”, and “glass plate”.

  In addition, the “privilege granting area” includes “gate”, “chucker”, “general winning opening”, “general variable winning opening”, “starting opening (also referred to as starting winning opening)”, “variable starting opening”, “ “Big prize opening”, “Entrance prize opening”, “V prize opening”, and the like. Furthermore, the “privileges” include “payout of game media”, “change of winning probability of variable start opening”, “lottery of lottery results in which an advantageous gaming state is advantageous to the player”, “advantageous gaming state “Change in the lottery probability that the lottery result to be drawn (for example, probability fluctuation)”, “the lottery time of the lottery result in which an advantageous gaming state where the player is advantageous, or the time until the lottery result is suggested Change (for example, time reduction) ”, and the like.

  Furthermore, examples of the “guide member” include “a member that is inclined gently and linearly with respect to the horizontal”, “a member that is gently curved upward so that the lower end side is substantially horizontal”, and the like. In addition, as "a state visible from the player side", "a guide member formed of a transparent material", "a guide member formed with a plurality of holes through which game media cannot pass", "a guide member Is made of a material having translucency, and equipped with a light emitting means capable of irradiating light from the rear side to the front side of the guide member, so that the game medium is projected in a silhouette on the front surface of the guide member. Thing ", etc. are mentioned.

  The “predetermined position in the game area” guided by the guide member includes “a specific position on the outer periphery of the game area”, “members arranged in the game area (for example, a center accessory, a decoration member, a prize opening) A specific position on the outer periphery of the unit, etc.).

  By the way, a conventional gaming machine has a curved or wavy stage with the right and left ends being high and the left and right middle portions being low at the center of the gaming area and above the start opening and the big prize opening as a privilege granting area. What is equipped is known, the game medium supplied on the stage from a specific position in the game area is released into the game area from the lower part of the stage after rolling on the stage in the horizontal direction, What is made easy to accept in a starting port etc. is known. The stage provided on the upper side of the starting port or the like may cause the game medium to be received by the starting port or the like on the stage by rolling the game medium right and left immediately above the starting port or the like. Depending on whether or not is released from a high position, it is possible to entertain the movement of the game medium. However, in the conventional gaming machine, if the game medium is not released from the stage, the game medium is hardly accepted into the starting port or the like. By repeating this flow, the game becomes monotonous, and depending on the player, there is a risk of getting bored at an early stage and reducing the interest in the game.

  According to the configuration of the means 1, a gaming area into which the game medium is driven toward the one side in the left-right direction at the upper part by the player's operation is defined on the gaming machine, and an outer periphery perpendicular to the front-rear direction in the gaming area. A frame-shaped front component member, a plate-like game panel that is attached to the rear side of the front component member and defines the rear end of the game area, and is arranged at the front center of the game panel at a substantially center in the left-right direction in the game area. A privilege granting area where a predetermined privilege can be granted upon the passage of the game medium, and a plurality of media that can be guided upstream of the privilege granting region and are planted in front of the game panel in the game region An obstacle nail and a guide member formed in a tunnel shape by rolling and guiding the game medium from a predetermined position in the game area to the upstream of the privilege granting area in a state that is visible from the player side by a route different from the obstacle nail, The It is obtained by obtaining way.

  Thereby, for a privilege grant area where a privilege is granted by passing the game medium, a route via a plurality of obstacle nails and a route via a tunnel-shaped guide member are provided. In the route through the nail, you can enjoy the movement of the game medium with a sense of movement by jumping with the obstacle nail, and in the route through the guide member, the game medium feels orderly by rectifying by the tunnel-shaped guide member Since the player can enjoy the movement of the game medium, the player can perform a game medium driving operation so that the player can take a favorite route according to the player's preference, mood, skill, etc. It is possible to prevent the monotonous operation and movement from becoming monotonous, and it is possible to prevent the player from becoming bored and the player's interest in the game from decreasing.

  In addition, since the guide member has a tunnel shape and can be rectified while the behavior of the game medium is distributed, the release speed and release direction of the game medium released from the guide member to the privilege granting area side are substantially reduced. It becomes possible to make uniform, the movement of the game medium between the guide member and the privilege grant area can be stabilized, and it is possible to easily obtain a privilege by passing the privilege grant area with a high probability. . Accordingly, if the guide member guides the game medium, there is a high possibility that the game medium passes through the privilege granting area and a privilege is given, so that the game medium is guided to the player by the guide member. The game medium can be driven in at a predetermined position in the game area, and the player can be entertained depending on whether or not the game medium is guided by the guide member as intended. Even when the medium is not guided by the guide member, there is a possibility that a privilege can be obtained by being guided to the privilege granting area through the route through the obstacle nail, so that the game medium aimed at the guide member passes through the guide member. It is possible to prevent the player from being discouraged and to prevent the player's interest in the game from being reduced.

  Furthermore, as described above, if a game medium is driven into the route through the guide member, it is highly possible that a privilege can be obtained through the privilege granting area, so even a player unfamiliar with a game such as a beginner can easily enjoy the privilege. In the case of a player who feels unplugged if a privilege is easily obtained, on the other hand, to the route through the obstacle nail By driving a game medium, it is possible to enjoy a game that requires the skill of the driving operation, and it is possible to provide a gaming machine corresponding to a player of any skill.

  In addition, for the same privilege granting area, a route via a plurality of obstacle nails and a route via a guide member are provided, so for players who are familiar with conventional gaming machines, etc. It can be recognized that it is a gaming machine that can perform a variety of driving operations in order to obtain a privilege, and it can be thought that it is a gaming machine that can enjoy a gaming medium driving operation as an original game machine. This game machine can be easily selected as a gaming machine to be played.

  In addition, the game medium is guided by the guide member in a state that is visible from the player side, and the game medium guided by the guide member is prevented from being invisible, so that the game medium becomes invisible. This makes it possible to prevent the player from feeling distrustful if something is done against the player while the game medium is not visible, and the player's interest is reduced. Can be prevented.

  Further, the guide member may be inclined in a straight line loosely with respect to the horizontal so that the upstream side of the privilege granting region is lowered, thereby rolling and guiding the game medium in a substantially horizontal state by the guide member. Therefore, the movement of the game medium can be slowed down, the game medium guided by the guide member can be surely visually recognized and the movement of the game medium can be enjoyed, and is guided by the guide member. By tracking the game media with the eyes, the player's line of sight can be naturally directed to the privilege granting area, and the expectation of the player is raised depending on whether or not the privilege is granted, and the interest is prevented from decreasing. can do. Further, by slowing the movement of the game medium by the guide member, the game medium can be gently released from the guide member to the upstream of the privilege granting area by slowing the movement of the game medium, It becomes possible to make it easy to pass through, and it is easy to obtain a privilege, and it can suppress that a player's interest falls.

  Further, the guide medium may be used to guide the game medium flowing down along the outer periphery of the game area to the upstream of the privilege grant area, thereby driving the game medium into the privilege grant area by a route via the guide member. If it is desired, the game medium can be easily guided by the guide member by driving the game medium so as to flow down along the outer periphery of the game area. Therefore, even a player who is unfamiliar such as a beginner can easily obtain a privilege, and it is possible to entertain the player and suppress a decrease in interest in the game.

  Further, a plurality of light emitting means capable of emitting light according to the gaming state may be arranged on the rear side of the guide member, and thereby arranged on the rear side of the guiding member according to the gaming state. By causing the plurality of light emitting means to emit light, it is possible to make the guide member that guides the game medium stand out, and it is possible to prompt the player to drive the game medium aiming at the guide member, and from the light emitting means. It is possible to show the game medium guided by the guide member by light in a silhouette shape, and it is possible to entertain the movement of the game medium guided by the guide member and make it difficult to get bored, and the player's interest in the game is reduced. Can be suppressed.

  Further, a center accessory having a protruding wall that protrudes forward from the front surface of the gaming panel and blocks the passage of gaming media is provided between the protruding wall and the outer periphery of one side in the left and right direction in the gaming area from the outer diameter of the gaming media. Is formed in the game area so as to form a second flow path wider than the first flow path between the protruding wall and the outer periphery on the other side in the left-right direction in the game area. On the upper side, the privilege grant area may be arranged below the first flow path, and the game medium may be guided from the lower end of the first flow path to the upstream of the privilege grant area by the guide member. A first channel having a width slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game medium is formed on one side in the left-right direction, and a second channel wider than the first channel is formed on the other side in the left-right direction, with the center role placed in the region as a boundary. The lower end of the first flow path communicates with the guide member Therefore, as a route to the privilege granting area, the first flow path side is a route via the guide member, and the second flow path side is a route via a plurality of obstacle nails, and the center role is sandwiched between the two A gaming machine having two routes and having the above-described effects can be realized.

Means 2: In the constitution of means 1,
"The guide member is
It is a thing which is sloping in the straight line loosely with respect to the horizontal so that the upstream of the said privilege provision area | region may become low.

  According to the structure of the means 2, the guide member is inclined gently and linearly with respect to the horizontal so that the upstream side of the privilege granting region is lowered.

  As a result, the game medium is guided to roll in a substantially horizontal state by the guide member, so that the movement of the game medium can be slowed down, and the game medium guided by the guide member can be surely visually recognized. Whether the medium can be enjoyed and the player's line of sight can be naturally directed to the privilege granting area by following the game media guided by the guide member, and whether or not the privilege is granted However, a player's expectation can be raised and it can suppress that an interest falls.

  Further, as described above, the movement of the game medium can be slowed by the guide member, so that the game medium can be gently released from the guide member to the upstream of the privilege granting area by slowing the movement of the game medium. It is possible to make it easier for the game medium to pass through the privilege granting area, and it is possible to easily obtain the privilege and to suppress the interest of the player from being lowered.

Means 3: In the constitution of means 1 or means 2,
"The guide member is
The game medium flowing down along the outer periphery of the game area is guided to the upstream of the privilege grant area.

  Here, “the outer periphery of the game area” includes “the outer periphery on one side in the left-right direction in which the game medium is driven”, “the outer periphery on the other side opposite to the one side in the left-right direction in which the game medium is driven”, etc. Is mentioned.

  According to the configuration of the means 3, the guide medium guides the game medium flowing down along the outer periphery of the game area to the upstream of the privilege grant area.

  Thereby, when it is desired to drive the game medium into the privilege granting area via the route via the guide member, the game medium can be easily transferred to the guide member by driving the game medium so as to flow down along the outer periphery of the game area. Since it can be guided, it is possible to facilitate the operation of placing game media, and even an unfamiliar player such as a beginner can easily obtain a privilege. It can suppress that it falls.

Means 4: In any one configuration from means 1 to means 3,
“It further includes a plurality of light emitting means arranged on the rear side of the guide member and capable of emitting light according to a gaming state that changes when a game medium is driven into the gaming area”. It is characterized by.

  Here, examples of the “light emitting means” include “LED”, “incandescent lamp”, “fluorescent lamp”, “cold cathode tube”, “neon lamp”, “organic EL”, and the like.

  Further, “according to gaming state” means “accepting entrance as a privilege granting area arranged in the gaming area (for example, general winning opening, starting winning opening (starting opening), large winning opening, prize winning opening) , In response to the reception of the game medium in the V prize opening, etc.), “the game medium that has been driven into (entered in) the game area is a specific area (eg, gate, warp passage, stage) , Etc.) ”,“ According to the lottery result drawn by accepting game media ”,“ According to the rotation of a plurality of rotating bodies that are triggered by the insertion of game media ”, “Depending on the combination of symbols displayed on the stopped rotating body in sequence, with multiple rotating bodies that have been rotated triggered by the insertion of game media,” “Depending on the type of effect determined by lottery such as starting prize” , "Games that are driven into the game area Depending on the amount of discharge of body ", depending on the length of hammering the blank of game media, which are discharged to the" game area ", and the like.

  According to the configuration of the means 4, a plurality of light-emitting means that are arranged on the rear side of the guide member on the gaming machine and that can emit light according to a gaming state that changes when a game medium is driven into the game area. Further, it is provided.

  Thereby, since the plurality of light emitting means arranged on the rear side of the guide member are caused to emit light according to the gaming state, the guide member for guiding the game medium can be made conspicuous, and the player A game medium guided by the guide member can be urged to drive the game medium aiming at the guide member, and the game medium guided by the light emitting means can be shown in silhouette. It is possible to entertain the movement of the player and make it difficult to get bored, and to suppress the player's interest in the game from decreasing.

Means 5: In any one configuration from means 1 to means 4,
“It has a protruding wall that is attached to the front surface of the gaming panel in the gaming area, protrudes forward from the front surface of the gaming panel and blocks the passage of gaming media, and the protruding wall and one side in the left-right direction in the gaming area A first flow path having a width slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game medium is formed between the outer periphery of the game medium and a width wider than the first flow path between the protruding wall and the outer periphery on the other side in the left-right direction in the game area. Further comprising a center member forming a second flow path;
The privilege grant area is
Disposed below the first flow path, and
The guide member is
The game medium is guided from the lower end of the first flow path to the upstream of the privilege granting area ”.

  Here, as the “center accessory”, “a stage equipped with a stage that causes the game medium supplied from a specific position on the outer periphery of the protruding wall to roll back and forth (release) into the game area after rolling in the left-right direction”, “V is generated in an advantageous game state in which a prize winning opening that can be opened and closed at a predetermined position of the projecting wall and a game medium that has passed through the prize winning opening can be received and the player is advantageous. "Equipped with a winning opening", "Equipped with effect display means capable of displaying a predetermined effect image", "Formed in a frame shape penetrating in the front-rear direction, and through the frame to the rear side of the game panel The arranged effect display means can be viewed from the player side. "

  According to the configuration of the means 5, the game machine has a projecting wall that is attached to the game machine at the front surface of the game panel and projects forward from the front surface of the game panel to block the passage of the game medium. The first flow path having a width slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game medium is formed between the outer periphery of the game medium on one side in the left-right direction and the first flow path between the protruding wall and the outer periphery on the other side in the left-right direction in the game area. Provided with a center accessory that forms a wider second flow path, the privilege granting area is disposed below the first flow channel, and the game medium is rewarded by the guide member from the lower end of the first flow channel. It is designed to be guided upstream of the area.

  As a result, the first channel having a width slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game medium on one side in the left-right direction and the second channel wider than the first channel on the other side in the left-right direction, with the center role arranged in the game area as a boundary. Since the lower end of the first flow path is in communication with the guide member, the first flow path side is a route through the guide member as the route to the privilege granting area, and the second flow path A gaming machine having a route through a plurality of obstacle nails on the side and having two routes sandwiching the center accessory can achieve the above-described effects.

  In addition, since the first flow path leading to the guide member is formed between the protruding wall of the center accessory and the outer periphery of the game area on one side in the left-right direction toward which the game medium to be driven into the game area is directed, If the game medium is struck harder than a predetermined amount, the game medium enters the first flow path along the outer periphery of the game area, thereby facilitating the operation of placing the game medium into the guide member. It is possible to make it easy for even an inexperienced player such as a beginner to obtain a privilege, and it is possible to entertain the player and suppress a decrease in interest in the game.

  Further, since the game medium can be driven with such a strength that it does not enter the first flow path, and the game medium can enter the second flow path, the game medium can have various strengths with respect to the second flow path. It is possible to enter the game medium and to prevent the interest in the game from deteriorating.

Means 6: In the configuration of means 5,
"The guide member and the light emitting means are
Attached to the center accessory ".

  According to the structure of the means 6, the guide member and the light emitting means are attached to the center accessory.

  As a result, when the center accessory is attached to the front surface of the gaming panel, the guide member and the light emitting means can be simultaneously attached in the gaming area, so that it is possible to simplify the labor required for assembling the gaming machine. An increase in cost can be suppressed.

  In addition, the guide member and the like are attached to the center accessory, and the surface shape of the guide member is matched with the decorative shape of the center accessory so that the light emitting means is not emitting light (normal time). It makes it difficult to notice the presence of the guide member, so that if the game medium is driven into the first flow path side, the illusion is not obtained, and the game medium is driven into the second flow path side exclusively, depending on the gaming state The light emitting means emits light so that the presence of the guide member can be noticed so that the game medium can be driven into the first flow path side, so that the game medium driving operation is changed according to the game state. It is possible to prevent the medium driving operation from becoming monotonous, and it is possible to prevent the player from becoming bored and to reduce the interest of the player in the game.

Means 7: In any one configuration from means 1 to means 6,
“The bonus granting area
A start port from which a predetermined lottery result is drawn by accepting game media;
According to a lottery result drawn by accepting game media to the start opening, the game media can be accepted or cannot be accepted, and at least a variable prize opening for paying out a predetermined number of game media by accepting the game media is provided. It is characterized by that.

  Here, examples of the “variable winning opening” include “large winning opening”, “variable start opening”, “commodity winning opening”, “general variable winning opening”, and the like.

  As the “lottery result”, “the variable winning opening repeatedly opens and closes in a predetermined pattern (for example, big hit, medium hit, small hit, etc.)”, “the lottery result that the variable winning opening opens and closes” Examples include “changing probability (for example, probability variation (probability variation))”, “changing lottery time of lottery result (for example, shortening time (shortening))”, and the like.

  According to the configuration of the means 7, the bonus granting area accepts game media according to the lottery selected by lottery by accepting game media to the start port, and a start lot where a predetermined lottery result is lottered by acceptance of the game media At least a variable prize opening that is made possible or unacceptable and that pays out a predetermined number of game media by accepting game media is provided.

  Thus, as a privilege granting area, at least a start opening for drawing a predetermined lottery result and a variable winning opening that opens and closes according to the lottery result are provided, and the game medium is received at the start opening and predetermined. If the lottery result is drawn, the variable prize opening will open and close, so there will be a chance to get more benefits. It is possible to have a willingness to drive the targeted game medium. And as above-mentioned, since it is trying to provide the route via a plurality of obstacle nails and the route via a guide member with respect to this privilege granting area, The game media can be driven through a favorite route according to the mood, etc., and it becomes possible to prevent the game media from being driven and moved monotonously. It is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest in the game of the player.

  In addition to the start opening and the variable winning opening, the bonus granting area includes “a general winning opening that pays out a smaller number of game media than the variable winning opening as a bonus by accepting game media”, “variable starting opening”, “A gate or through chucker that performs an open / close lottery to open and close a variable prize opening including a variable start port by passing a game medium” may be provided.

Means 8: In the gaming machine,
“A game area in which a game medium is driven toward one side in the left-right direction at the top by a player's operation,
A frame-shaped front component member defining an outer periphery in a direction perpendicular to the front-rear direction in the game area;
A plate-like game panel that is attached to the rear side of the front component and defines a rear end of the game area;
The game panel has a projecting wall attached to the front surface of the game panel and projecting forward from the front surface of the game panel to block the passage of game media. A first passage having a width slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game medium is formed between the outer circumference and the outer circumference on the other side in the left and right direction in the game area. A center character forming a two-channel,
It is arranged downstream of the first flow path formed between the center accessory and the game area, and at the front center of the game panel, at the approximate center in the left-right direction in the game area, and by receiving game media A starting port from which a predetermined lottery result is drawn, and a predetermined number of game media are received by accepting a game medium that can be received or cannot be received according to a lottery result lottered by receiving a game medium into the start port. A privilege granting area that has at least a variable winning award to be paid out and is capable of granting a predetermined privilege on the occasion of passage of a game medium;
A plurality of obstacle nails which are capable of guiding the game medium upstream of the privilege granting area and are implanted in front of the gaming panel in the second flow path in the gaming area;
The game medium is rolled and guided from the lower end of the first flow path in the gaming area to the upstream of the privilege granting area in a state that is visible from the player side by a route different from the obstacle nail, and upstream of the privilege granting area. A guide member that is formed in a tunnel shape that is slanted in a straight line and is loose with respect to the horizontal so that the side is lowered;
A plurality of light emitting means arranged on the rear side of the guide member and attached to the center accessory so as to be able to emit light in accordance with a gaming state that changes when a game medium is driven into the gaming area; It is characterized by comprising "."

  According to the configuration of the means 8, the gaming machine is divided into a gaming area where the game medium is driven toward the one side in the left-right direction at the upper part by the player's operation, and an outer periphery perpendicular to the front-rear direction in the gaming area. A frame-shaped front component member, a plate-like game panel that is attached to the rear side of the front component member and defines the rear end of the game area, and is attached to the front side of the game panel in the game area, from the front side of the game panel A protruding wall that protrudes forward and blocks the passage of the game medium is formed, and a first passage having a width slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game medium is formed between the protruding wall and the outer periphery on one side in the left-right direction in the game area. And a center combination that forms a second flow path wider than the first flow path between the protruding wall and the outer periphery on the other side in the left-right direction in the game area, and a first combination formed between the center combination and the game area. Downstream from one channel, In addition, it is arranged at the front side of the game panel at the approximate center in the left-right direction in the game area, and a lottery that is drawn by accepting game media into the start port, in which a predetermined lottery result is drawn by accepting game media. Depending on the result, the game medium can be accepted or cannot be accepted, and at least a variable prize opening for paying out a predetermined number of game media by accepting the game medium is provided, and a predetermined privilege can be given when the game medium passes Different privileged areas, a plurality of obstacle nails that can be guided to the upstream of the privileged area and that are implanted in front of the gaming panel in the second flow path in the game area, and different routes from the obstacle nails In the gaming area, the game medium is guided to roll from the lower end of the first flow path in the gaming area to the upstream of the privilege granting area while being visible from the player side. Condition A guide member that is formed in an inclined tunnel shape and attached to the center accessory, and a game state that is arranged on the rear side of the guide member and attached to the center accessory and changes when a game medium is driven into the game area And a plurality of light emitting means capable of emitting light according to the above.

  As a result, the first channel having a width slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game medium on the one side in the left-right direction and the second side on the other side in the left-right direction, with the center role placed in the game area into which the game medium is placed as a boundary. A bonus passage area is provided in which a predetermined bonus is granted when the game medium passes below the first channel and forms a second channel that is wider than one channel and includes a plurality of obstacle nails. In the above, a guide member that communicates with the lower end of the first flow path and guides the game medium to the upstream of the privilege granting area is provided, and a route via a plurality of obstacle nails and the guide member with respect to the privilege granting area Therefore, when the game medium is entered into the first flow path by the player's driving operation, the flow of the game medium is rectified by the tunnel-shaped guide member. Enjoy the movement of gaming media While it is possible, it is possible to entertain the movement of the game medium which is uplifting by bouncing when advancing the game medium to the second channel by nails. Therefore, it is possible to cause the player to perform a game medium driving operation so that it passes through a favorite route according to the player's preference, mood, skill, etc., so that the game medium driving operation and movement are monotonous. It is possible to prevent the player from becoming bored and to prevent the player's interest in the game from being lowered.

  In addition, the guide member has a tunnel shape that is slanted in a straight line so that the upstream side of the privilege granting area is low, and can be rectified while suppressing the behavior of the game medium. Since the movement can be slowed at the same time, it is possible to substantially uniform the release speed and release direction of the game medium released from the guide member to the privilege granting area, and between the guide member and the privilege granting area. The movement of the game medium can be stabilized, and a privilege can be easily obtained by passing through the privilege granting area with high probability. Accordingly, if the guide member guides the game medium, there is a high possibility that the game medium passes through the privilege granting area and a privilege is given, so that the game medium is guided to the player by the guide member. The game medium can be driven in at a predetermined position in the game area, and the player can be entertained depending on whether or not the game medium is guided by the guide member as intended. Even when the medium is not guided by the guide member, there is a possibility that a privilege can be obtained by being guided to the privilege granting area through the route through the obstacle nail, so that the game medium aimed at the guide member passes through the guide member. It is possible to prevent the player from being discouraged and to prevent the player's interest in the game from being reduced.

  Furthermore, as described above, if a game medium is driven into the route through the guide member, it is highly possible that a privilege can be obtained through the privilege granting area, so even a player unfamiliar with a game such as a beginner can easily enjoy the privilege. In the case of a player who feels unplugged if a privilege is easily obtained, on the other hand, to the route through the obstacle nail By driving a game medium, it is possible to enjoy a game that requires the skill of the driving operation, and it is possible to provide a gaming machine corresponding to a player of any skill.

  In addition, since the movement of the game medium can be slowed by the guide member, the game medium guided by the guide member can be surely visually recognized and the movement of the game medium can be enjoyed and guided by the guide member. By following the game medium that is currently being viewed, the player's line of sight can be naturally directed to the privilege granting area, and the interest of the player can be raised depending on whether the privilege is granted or not, and the interest is reduced. Can be suppressed.

  In addition, for the same privilege granting area, a route via a plurality of obstacle nails and a route via a guide member are provided, so for players who are familiar with conventional gaming machines, etc. It can be recognized that it is a gaming machine that can perform a variety of driving operations in order to obtain a privilege, and it can be thought that it is a gaming machine that can enjoy a gaming medium driving operation as an original game machine. This game machine can be easily selected as a gaming machine to be played.

  Further, the guide member is formed transparently so that the game medium being rolled and guided is visible from the player side, so that the game medium guided by the guide member is prevented from being invisible. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from feeling distrustful that the player may be disadvantaged while the game medium is not visible because the game medium becomes invisible. It is possible to prevent the player's interest from deteriorating.

  In addition, since a plurality of light emitting means arranged on the rear side of the guide member are caused to emit light according to the game state, the guide member for guiding the game medium can be made conspicuous, and the player is guided to the player. It is possible to prompt the player to drive the game medium aiming at the member, and the game medium guided by the guide member by the light from the light emitting means can be shown in a silhouette, and the game medium guided by the guide member It is possible to entertain the movement and make it difficult to get bored, and to suppress a decrease in the interest of the player in the game.

  Furthermore, since the first flow path leading to the guide member is formed between the protruding wall of the center accessory and the outer periphery of the game area on one side in the left-right direction toward which the game medium to be driven into the game area is directed, If the game medium is struck harder than a predetermined amount, the game medium enters the first flow path along the outer periphery of the game area, thereby facilitating the operation of placing the game medium into the guide member. It is possible to make it easy for even an inexperienced player such as a beginner to obtain a privilege, and it is possible to entertain the player and suppress a decrease in interest in the game. On the other hand, since the game medium can be driven with such a strength that it does not enter the first flow path, and the game medium can enter the second flow path, the game medium can have various strengths with respect to the second flow path. It is possible to enter the game medium and to prevent the interest in the game from deteriorating.

  In addition, as the privilege granting area, at least a start opening for drawing a predetermined lottery result and a variable winning opening that opens and closes according to the lottery result are provided, and the game medium is received at the start opening and a predetermined winning lot is provided. When the lottery results are drawn, the variable prize opening will open and close and the chance to get more benefits will come, so we aimed at the bonus granting area (starting opening and variable prize opening) for players It is possible to have a willingness to play game media. And as above-mentioned, since it is trying to provide the route via a plurality of obstacle nails and the route via a guide member with respect to this privilege granting area, The game media can be driven through a favorite route according to the mood, etc., and it becomes possible to prevent the game media from being driven and moved monotonously. It is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest in the game of the player.

Means 9: In any one of the gaming machines of means 1 to 8,
It is a pachinko machine.
Here, the pachinko machine is a gaming machine in which an input medium that is a medium that a player inputs into the gaming machine and a game medium that is a medium used for a substantial game performed by the player are the same. This is a type of gaming machine in which a game is played using a medium such as a game ball inserted. Specifically, “a launching device that launches a game ball in response to the operation of the operation handle, and appropriate equipment such as a number of obstacle nails, accessories, display means, etc. , A game area provided with appropriate entrances for game balls such as passing holes and arrival holes, a rail for guiding the game balls from the launcher to the game area, and entrance of the game balls guided to the game area It has a payout means for paying out a predetermined number of game balls as prize balls according to the entrance to the ball entrance or according to the entrance mode of the game balls to the plurality of entrances.

  In addition, there are various types of pachinko machines, which are generally represented by what is referred to as a “digipachi machine”, “entrance state detection means for detecting the entrance state to the entrance (game state detection And a special lottery means for performing a predetermined lottery when the incoming ball is detected by the incoming ball state detecting means, and a special symbol for varying the special symbol according to the lottery result of the lottery means and stopping the fluctuation. "With a symbol display means" or "Additionally, during special symbol fluctuations, a symbol string composed of a plurality of symbols is displayed in a variable manner, and the symbols are stopped in the symbol string, and characters, various articles, etc. Further comprising an effect display means for displaying an appropriate display by drawing the display object and operating the display object, etc. " Game ball distribution Therefore, one game is played with a predetermined number of game balls, such as 16 that are equipped with lottery means for performing a lottery, and generally called “aletachi machines”. For example, “a payout of a predetermined number of game balls according to the manner in which the game balls enter the ball opening” can be exemplified.

  According to the configuration of the means 9, the pachinko machine can achieve the effects of any of the means described above.

Means 10: In any one gaming machine from means 1 to means 8,
It is a pachislot machine.
Here, the pachislot machine inserts a medal as an insertion medium, and rotates a plurality of reels each having a plurality of symbols drawn thereon by operating a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever) after the medal is inserted. Then, the player can perform a game such that the symbol sequence constituted by each reel is variably displayed, and thereafter the variation display of each symbol sequence is stopped in accordance with the operation of the stop operation means (for example, stop button). Is to be done. In other words, it can be understood as a slot machine with a stop operation function. If the stop operating means is not operated even after the predetermined time has elapsed, the variable display of the symbol sequence may be stopped when the predetermined time has elapsed. And, when the variable display of each symbol row is stopped, the displayed single symbol is a specific symbol, the combination of symbols displayed in each symbol row is a specific combination, etc. When the condition is satisfied, a predetermined number of medals are paid out according to the satisfied condition, or a special advantageous state advantageous to the player who can acquire a large amount of medals is generated.

  According to the structure of the means 10, in the pachislot machine, the effect of any of the means described above can be achieved.

Means 11: In any one gaming machine from means 1 to means 8,
It is characterized by combining a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine.
Here, “a game machine in which a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine are fused” means that a plurality of (for example, five) game balls are used as one unit of input medium, and after the input medium is input, the starting operation means A symbol string composed of a plurality of symbols is variably displayed in response to an operation of the operation lever (for example, an operation lever), and thereafter, the variation of the symbol string is stopped in response to an operation of a stop operation means (for example, a stop button). If the stop operating means is not operated even after the predetermined time has elapsed, the variable display of the symbol sequence may be stopped when the predetermined time has elapsed. And, when the variable display of each symbol row is stopped, the displayed single symbol is a specific symbol, the combination of symbols displayed in each symbol row is a specific combination, etc. When the condition is satisfied, a predetermined number of medals are paid out according to the satisfied condition, or a special advantageous state advantageous to the player who can acquire a large amount of medals is generated.

  According to the configuration of the means 11, in the gaming machine formed by fusing the pachinko machine and the pachislot machine, the operational effect of any of the means described above can be achieved.

As described above, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of suppressing an illegal act performed by attaching a wire to a game medium .

It is a perspective view which shows the state which open | released the main body frame with respect to the outer frame of the pachinko machine which concerns on embodiment, and opened the door frame with respect to the main body frame. It is a front view of a pachinko machine. It is a right view of a pachinko machine. It is a top view of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the outer frame, main body frame, game board, and door frame which comprise a pachinko machine. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the front of the outer frame, main body frame, game board, and door frame which comprise a pachinko machine. It is a front perspective view of an outer frame. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the front of an outer frame. It is a front view of an outer frame. It is a back perspective view of an outer frame. It is a right view of an outer frame. It is a perspective view for demonstrating the attachment or detachment structure of the upper-axis support metal fitting of a main body frame, and the upper support metal fitting of an outer frame. (A) is the disassembled perspective view which shows the attachment state of the lock member provided in the back surface of the upper support metal fitting of an outer frame, (B) is the perspective view which looked at the figure of (A) from the downward direction. It is a reverse view of the upper support metal fitting part for demonstrating the relationship between a pivot pin and a locking member. It is a reverse view of the upper metal fitting part for demonstrating the effect | action of a locking member. It is a front view of a door frame. It is a rear view of a door frame. It is the perspective view which looked at the door frame from the right front. It is the perspective view which looked at the door frame from the left front. It is the perspective view seen from the right rear of a door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the door frame from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the door frame from the back. (A) is a front perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the door frame base unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the door frame base unit and was seen from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the door frame base board cover and wiring holding member in a door frame base unit from back. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the mode of the wiring which electrically connects a door frame and a main body frame. (A) is a front perspective view of the right side decoration unit in the door frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the right side decoration unit in the door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the right side decoration unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the right side decoration unit and was seen from the back. (A) is a front perspective view of the left side decoration unit in a door frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the left side decoration unit in a door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the left side decoration unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the left side decoration unit and was seen from the back. It is sectional drawing of a left side decoration unit. It is explanatory drawing which shows the light emission aspect of a left side decoration unit with a photograph. It is a front perspective view of the upper decoration unit in a door frame. It is a back perspective view of the upper decoration unit in a door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the upper decoration unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the upper decoration unit and was seen from the back. It is a front perspective view of the dish unit in a door frame. It is a back perspective view of the dish unit in a door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the dish unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the dish unit and was seen afterwards. It is sectional drawing cut | disconnected in the site | part of the ball rental unit of the tray unit in a door frame. (A) is a front perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame, and (B) is a rear perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the operation unit and was seen from the upper right front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the operation unit and was seen from the lower right front. It is sectional drawing of an operation unit. It is sectional drawing shown in the state which pressed the press operation part in the operation unit. (A) is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the handle apparatus in a door frame and was seen from the front, (B) was the disassembled perspective view which disassembled the handle apparatus and was seen from the back. (A) It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the foul cover unit in a door frame and was seen from the front, (B) was the disassembled perspective view which disassembled the foul cover unit and was seen from the back. It is a front view shown in the state where a front cover of a foul cover unit was removed. (A) is a front perspective view of the ball feeding unit in the door frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the ball feeding unit. It is a rear view of a ball feeding unit. (A) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit as seen from the front, and (B) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit as seen from the rear after removing the rear case. (A) is a top view of the tamper-proof member in the ball feeding unit, (B) is a front view of the tamper-proof member, (C) is a perspective view of the tamper-proof member viewed from the front, (D) These are explanatory drawings which show the effect | action of a fraud prevention member. It is sectional drawing which cuts and shows a door frame in the up-down direction approximate center. It is a front view which shows arrangement | positioning of LED for the light emission decoration in a door frame. It is a front view which shows the system | strain of the LED for light emission decoration in a door frame. It is a front view of a main body frame. It is a rear view of a main body frame. It is a front perspective view of a main body frame. It is a back perspective view of a body frame. It is a left view of a main body frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the main body frame and was seen from the front. It is the perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the main body frame and was seen from the back. It is a front perspective view of the main body frame base in a main body frame. It is a back perspective view of the main body frame base in a main body frame. It is a front perspective view of the hitting ball launcher in the main body frame. It is a back perspective view of the hitting ball launcher in the main body frame. It is a front perspective view of a prize ball unit in a body frame. It is a back perspective view of a prize ball unit in a body frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the prize ball unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the prize ball unit and was seen afterwards. It is a disassembled perspective view which decomposes | disassembles and shows the relationship between the prize ball tank and tank rail unit in a prize ball unit. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the prize ball apparatus in a prize ball unit, and was seen afterwards. It is a rear view which shows the relationship between the payout path, the payout motor, and the payout rotating body in the prize ball device. It is sectional drawing which shows the distribution | circulation passage of the ball | bowl in a prize ball unit. It is a front perspective view of the ball exit opening and closing unit in the main body frame. It is a back perspective view of the ball exit opening and closing unit in the main body frame. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the ball | bowl exit opening / closing unit in a main body frame, and the foul cover unit in a door frame. It is a front perspective view of the board | substrate unit in a main body frame. It is a back surface perspective view of the board | substrate unit in a main body frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the board | substrate unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the board | substrate unit and was seen from the back. It is a perspective view explaining the effect | action of the standing wall part of the power supply board box in a board | substrate unit. (A) is sectional drawing of the terminal board box in a board | substrate unit, (B) is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the terminal board box in a board unit, and was seen from the front. (A) is a front view of a launching power supply board box, (B) is a sectional view of an AA line shown in (A). (A) is a front perspective view of the back cover in a main body frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the back cover in a main body frame. It is sectional drawing which expands and shows the site | part of the fastening mechanism in a back cover. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the fastening mechanism in a back cover and was seen from the rear side. (A) is the left view of the locking device in a main body frame, (B) is the perspective view which looked at the locking device in a main body frame from the front. (A) is a rear perspective view of the locking device, and (B) is a rear perspective view showing a sliding door for a glass door and a sliding rod for a main body frame that are slidably provided inside a U-shaped base of the locking device. It is a figure and (C) is a front perspective view of (B). It is the disassembled perspective view which looked after disassembling the locking device. It is explanatory drawing which shows operation | movement of the sliding rod for glass doors, and the sliding rod for main body frames in a locking device. It is explanatory drawing which shows operation | movement of the fraud prevention member in a locking device. It is a front view which shows the game board attached to the main body frame in the state which removed the door frame of the pachinko machine. It is a front view of a game board. FIG. FIG. (A) is the front view which expands and shows the function display unit in a game board in the state attached to the pachinko machine, (B) is a front view which shows the other form of a function display unit. FIG. 100 is an exploded perspective view of a gaming board using a gaming panel of an embodiment different from the example of FIG. It is a disassembled perspective view of the game board which looked at FIG. 103 from back. FIG. 110 is a cross-sectional view of the gaming panel in the gaming board in FIG. 103 cut in the vertical direction. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the game board using the front structural member of embodiment different from examples, such as FIG. 103, and was seen from the front. FIG. 107 is an exploded perspective view of the game board as seen from the rear in FIG. It is a fragmentary sectional view which shows the crime prevention structure in the shaft support side of a pachinko machine. It is the perspective view seen from the back side in the state which accommodated the game board in the main body frame. It is a front view of the game board which abbreviate | omits the rear side of a panel board. It is a front view of a game board. It is the perspective view which looked at the game board from diagonally right front. It is the perspective view which looked at the game board from diagonally left front. It is the perspective view which looked at the game board from diagonally behind. It is the perspective view which decomposed | disassembled for every main member which comprises a game board, and was seen from diagonally forward. It is the perspective view which decomposed | disassembled for every main member which comprises a game board, and was seen from diagonally behind. It is the perspective view which looked at the front unit in a game board from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the front unit in a game board from back. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the attacker unit from the front, (B) is the perspective view which looked at the attacker unit from the back. It is the perspective view which looked at the attacker unit from back lower. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the front side unit from the front, (B) is the perspective view which looked at the front side unit from the back. It is a front view of a center character. It is the perspective view which looked at the center accessory from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the center accessory from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the center accessory for every main structure and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the center accessory for every main structure and was seen afterwards. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the front effect unit in the center actor from the front, (B) is the perspective view which looked at the front effect unit from the back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the table | surface production | presentation unit in a center accessory, and was seen from the front. FIG. It is explanatory drawing which shows the motion of the table | surface production | presentation unit in a center accessory. It is a front view of the back unit in a game board. It is the perspective view which looked at the back unit in a game board from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the back unit in a game board from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back unit for every main structural member, and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back unit for every main structural member and was seen from the back. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the middle box production | presentation unit in a back unit from the front with the middle box, (B) is the perspective view which looked at the middle box production unit from the back with the middle box. FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view of the middle box effect unit in the back unit as seen from the front along with the middle box. It is the exploded oblique view which decomposed | disassembled the middle box production | presentation unit and was seen from behind with the middle box. It is a front view of the back lower right production unit in a back unit. (A) It is the perspective view which looked at the back lower right production unit in a back unit from the front, (B) The perspective view which looked at the back lower right production unit from the back. It is the exploded perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back lower right effect unit for every main structure, and was seen from the front. It is the exploded perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back lower right effect unit for every main structure, and was seen afterwards. It is explanatory drawing which shows a motion of a back lower right production | presentation unit. It is a front view of a back left production unit, a back right production unit, and a back middle production unit in a back unit. It is the exploded perspective view seen from the front in the state where the back left production unit in the back unit, the back right production unit, and the back middle production unit were separated, respectively. It is the exploded perspective view seen from the back in the state where the back left production unit, the back right production unit, and the back middle production unit in a back unit were separated, respectively. It is explanatory drawing which shows a motion of a back left production | presentation unit, a back right production | presentation unit, and a back middle production | presentation unit. FIG. 148 is an explanatory diagram showing movement different from that in FIG. 147. It is explanatory drawing which shows the motion of the back left decoration body in the back left production | presentation unit of a back unit. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the back lower direction production unit in the back unit from the front, (B) is the perspective view which looked at the back lower direction production unit from the back. It is explanatory drawing which shows the motion of the back lower direction production unit in a back unit. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the back upper production unit in a back unit from the front, (B) is the perspective view which looked at the back upper production unit from the back. It is a front view of the game board which shows a motion of a back lower right production unit. FIG. 154 is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the back lower right effect unit following FIG. 153; FIG. 157 is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the back lower right effect unit following FIG. 154; It is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the back middle production unit. FIG. 157 is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the back middle effect unit following FIG. 156; FIG. 156 is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the back middle effect unit in a state different from FIG. 156; FIG. 159 is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the back middle production unit following FIG. 158; It is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the back left decorative body in the back left effect unit. It is a front view of the game board which shows a movement of a back lower direction production unit. It is a front view of the pachinko machine shown in the state where a game board faces from a game window. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the table | surface production | presentation unit in a center accessory, and a function display unit. It is a front view of the game board shown with a middle box decoration board. It is a block diagram which shows roughly the control structure of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure in a main control board. It is a front view of the game board for demonstrating the flow of the game ball in a game area.

[1. Overall structure of pachinko machine]
DESCRIPTION OF EXEMPLARY EMBODIMENTS Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the invention will be described with reference to the drawings. First, the entire pachinko machine according to the embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 7.
FIG. 1 is a perspective view illustrating a state in which a main body frame is opened with respect to an outer frame of the pachinko machine according to the embodiment and a door frame is opened with respect to the main body frame. FIG. 2 is a front view of the pachinko machine, and FIG. 3 is a right side view of the pachinko machine. 4 is a plan view of the pachinko machine, and FIG. 5 is a rear view of the pachinko machine. 6 is an exploded perspective view of the outer frame, main body frame, game board, and door frame constituting the pachinko machine, and FIG. 7 is an outer frame, main body frame, game board constituting the pachinko machine. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the front of the door frame.

  1 to 7, a pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment has an outer frame 2 installed in an island facility (not shown) of a game hall, and is pivotally supported by the outer frame 2 so as to be openable and closable. A game board 4 having a box-shaped main body frame 3, a game area 1100 in which a game ball as a game medium is inserted and fixed to the main body frame 3 from the front side, and a front face of the main body frame 3 and the game board 4 A door frame 5 that is pivotally supported to be openable and closable with respect to the main body frame 3 so as to be closed from the side. The door frame 5 of the pachinko machine 1 stores a game window 101 formed so that the game area 1100 of the game board 4 can be viewed from the player side, and a game ball placed below the game window 101 and storing game balls. A dish-shaped upper plate 301 and lower plate 302, and a handle device 500 operated by the player to drive the game balls stored in the upper plate 301 into the game area 1100 of the game board 5, are provided.

  As shown in the figure, the pachinko machine 1 of the present example is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape in which the outer frame 2, the main body frame 3, and the door frame 5 extend in the vertical direction when viewed from the front. The horizontal width of the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 are slightly shorter than the outer frame 2 in the vertical width dimension. A decorative cover 23 is attached to the front surface of the outer frame 2 at a position below the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5, and the front surface of the outer frame 2 is completely closed by the door frame 5 and the decorative cover 23. It has become so. The outer frame 2, the main body frame 3, and the door frame 5 are arranged so that their upper ends are substantially aligned, and the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 can be rotated at a position on the left end front side of the outer frame 2. The right end of the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 moves to the front side with respect to the outer frame 2 so as to be in an open state.

  The pachinko machine 1 is desired to have a game area 1100 into which a game ball is driven through a substantially circular game window 101 in a front view, and protrudes forward to the lower side of the game window 101. Two upper plates 301 and lower plates 302 are arranged one above the other. In addition, a handle device 500 for the player to operate is arranged at the lower right corner of the front surface of the door frame 5. When the rotation operation is performed, the game ball in the upper plate 301 is driven into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 with a hitting strength corresponding to the rotation angle, and a game can be played.

  Although the details will be described later, the game window 101 of the door frame 5 is closed by a transparent glass unit 590, and the player can visually recognize the inside of the game area 1100. However, the player can recognize the inside of the game area 1100. By inserting a hand or the like, it is impossible to touch the game ball, the obstacle nail G (see FIG. 110), various winning holes, and bonus items in the game area 1100. Further, on the rear side of the main body frame 3, various control boards are provided, and a cover body 1250 that closes the back of the game board 4 is provided.

[1-1. Outer frame]
The outer frame 2 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. FIG. 8 is a front perspective view of the outer frame, FIG. 9 is an exploded perspective view seen from the front of the outer frame, and FIG. 10 is a front view of the outer frame. FIG. 11 is a rear perspective view of the outer frame, and FIG. 12 is a right side view of the outer frame. Further, FIG. 13 is a perspective view for explaining a detaching structure between the upper shaft support fitting of the main body frame and the upper support fitting of the outer frame. 14A is an exploded perspective view showing a mounting state of the lock member provided on the back surface of the upper support fitting of the outer frame, and FIG. 14B is a perspective view of the view of FIG. . FIG. 15 is a rear view of the upper support metal part for explaining the relationship between the pivot pin and the lock member. Further, FIG. 16 is a rear view of the upper support metal part for explaining the operation of the lock member.

  As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the outer frame 2 in the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment includes upper and lower upper and lower frame plates 10 and 11 that extend in the horizontal direction, and left and right sides that extend in the vertical (vertical) direction. Frame plates 12 and 13, and four connecting members 14 that connect the end portions of the respective frame plates 10, 11, 12, and 13, and each of the frame plates 10, 11, 12, 13 is connected by the connecting member 14. They are assembled into a vertically long rectangular shape (square shape) by connecting them together. The upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 in the outer frame 2 of the present example are formed of a solid material (for example, wood, plywood, etc.) having a predetermined thickness, And an engagement notch 15 that is recessed toward the center in the left-right direction. A mounting step 10a that is recessed from the other general surface is formed on the upper surface and the front surface of the left end portion of the upper frame plate 10, and an upper support fitting 20 to be described later is attached to the mounting step 10a. It is like that.

  On the other hand, the side frame plates 12 and 13 are made of a lightweight metal mold (for example, aluminum alloy) having a constant cross-sectional shape, the outer side surface is a substantially flat surface, and the inner side surface protrudes inward at the rear end. The protrusion 16 having a cavity penetrating in the vertical direction (extrusion direction) is provided, and the strength rigidity is enhanced (see FIGS. 9 and 108). In addition, a plurality of grooves extending in the vertical direction are formed on the outer side surface and the inner side surface of the side frame plates 12 and 13, and when installing the pachinko machine 1 in the island facility of the game hall, etc. The pachinko machine 1 can be easily held as a finger hook, and the design of the appearance can be enhanced. For convenience, there is also a drawing in which a plurality of grooves formed on the side surfaces of the side frame plates 12 and 13 are omitted.

  The connecting member 14 in the outer frame 2 of this example is formed by bending and plastically deforming a metal plate having a predetermined thickness by press molding or the like, and is fixed to the upper frame plate 10 or the lower frame plate 11 in the horizontal direction. The plate-like horizontal piece 17 extending to the side, the plate-like vertical piece 18 extending from the outer end of the horizontal piece 17 to one side in the vertical direction and fixed to the side frame plates 12 and 13, and the vertical piece 18 are opposite to each other A plate-like engagement piece 19 that extends in the direction and can be inserted and engaged in the engagement notch 15 of the upper frame plate 10 or the lower frame plate 11. In this example, the connecting member 14 that connects the upper frame plate 10 and the left side frame plate 12 and the connecting member 14 that connects the upper frame plate 10 and the right side frame plate 13 are asymmetrical to each other. The vertical piece 18 is divided into front and rear parts. On the other hand, the connecting member 14 for connecting the lower frame plate 11 and the left side frame plate 12 and the connecting member 14 for connecting the lower frame plate 11 and the right side frame plate 13 are formed in symmetrical shapes, respectively. Has been.

  In the connecting member 14, the upper surface and the lower surface of the horizontal piece 17 are in contact with the lower surface and the upper surface of the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11, and the engagement piece 19 is an engagement notch between the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11. In a state of being inserted and engaged in the portion 15, a predetermined screw passes through the horizontal piece 17 and the engagement piece 19 and is screwed into the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11, so that the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame It is fixed to the plate 11. Further, the connecting member 14 fixed to the upper frame plate 10 penetrates the side frames 12 and 13 with a predetermined screw in a state where the vertical piece 18 is in contact with the upper side inner side surfaces of the side frames 12 and 13. Is screwed into the vertical piece 18 so that the upper frame plate 10 and the side frame plates 12 and 13 can be connected. The rear vertical piece 18 of the connecting member 14 fixed to the upper frame plate 10 is fixed to the side frame plates 12 and 13 while being inserted into the protruding portions 16 of the side frame plates 12 and 13. It is like that. Further, the connecting member 14 fixed to the lower frame plate 11 penetrates the side frame bodies 12 and 13 with a predetermined screw in a state in which the vertical piece 18 is in contact with the lower side inner side surfaces of the side frame bodies 12 and 13. Is screwed into the vertical piece 18 so that the lower frame plate 11 and the side frame plates 12 and 13 can be connected to each other, and the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 are connected by the four connecting members 14. The side frame plates 12 and 13 can be assembled into a frame shape.

  The outer frame 2 of the present example is fixed to a predetermined position inside the lower portion of the left side frame plate 12 that is disposed so as to face the upper support bracket 20 and the upper support bracket 20 that is fixed to the upper surface of the left end of the upper frame plate 10. Fixed to the lower support bracket 21, the reinforcing bracket 22 arranged to support the lower surface of the lower support bracket 21 and fixed to connect the left and right side frame plates 12, 13, and fixed to the front surface of the reinforcement bracket 22. The decorative cover 23 is provided. The upper support bracket 20 and the lower support bracket 21 are for pivotally supporting the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 so that they can be opened and closed.

  First, the upper support fitting 20 includes a plate-like fixed piece 20a fixed to the upper frame plate 10, a support protruding piece 20b protruding forward from the front end of the fixed piece 20a to the front end of the upper frame plate 10, and a support protrusion. The support side wall 20c formed by being cut out so as to bend from the right end near the front end of the piece 20b toward the center of the tip, and the left side frame depending from the left end of the fixed piece 20 and the support protruding piece 20b. A plate-shaped hanging fixing piece 20d (see FIG. 14A) that contacts the outer side surface of the plate 12, and a hanging wall 20e that continues to the hanging fixing piece 20d and hangs along the outer edge of the support protruding piece 20b (see FIG. 14). 14) and a stop drooping portion 20f (see FIG. 15) that is continuous with the drooping wall 20e and is inclined inward at the entrance end of the supporting saddle hole 20c. A shaft support pin 633 (see FIG. 63) of an upper shaft support bracket 630 in the main body frame 3 to be described later is detachably engaged with the support hole 20c in the upper support bracket 20. Further, the upper support bracket 20 can connect the upper frame plate 10 and the left side frame plate 12 by a fixing piece 20a and a hanging fixing piece 20d.

  The strength of the support protrusion 20b is enhanced by a hanging wall 20e depending from the outer edge of the support protrusion 20b. The details of the upper support metal 20 will be described later. The lock member 27 arranged on the back surface of the player can be concealed so that it cannot be seen from the player side, and the appearance can be improved. Further, the support hole 20c formed in the support projecting piece 20b is bent in a square shape so as to be inclined from the side of the opposite side (right side) where the hanging wall 20e is not formed toward the center of the tip. In addition, the width dimension of the inclined hole portion of the support hole 20c is slightly larger than the diameter of the pivot pin 633.

  On the other hand, the lower support bracket 21 includes a horizontal fixing piece 21a that is placed and fixed on the reinforcing metal fitting 22, and a vertical fixing piece that rises upward from the left end of the horizontal fixing piece 21a and is fixed to the inner side surface of the left side frame plate 12. 21b, a plate-like support projecting piece 21c projecting forward from the front end of the horizontal fixing piece 21a to the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11, and a pin shape projecting upward from the vicinity of the front end of the support projecting piece 21c Support projections 21d. A main body frame pivot formed on a main body frame pivot bracket 644 (see FIG. 66, etc.) of the main body frame 3 to be described later is inserted into the support protrusion 21d of the lower support bracket 21. After the support protrusion 21d of the support bracket 21 is inserted into the support hole of the main body frame pivot support 644 in the main body frame 3, the pivot support pin 633 of the upper pivot support 630 of the main body frame 3 is locked to the support stud 20c. Thus, the main body frame 3 can be pivotally supported so as to be freely opened and closed.

  In addition, as shown in the figure, the outer frame 2 of this example has two closing plates 24 and 25 that are disposed at a predetermined distance apart in the vertical direction inside the right side frame plate 13. The closing plates 24 and 25 are formed in a substantially L shape in a plan view, and the closing plate 25 disposed on the lower side has a rectangular opening 25a penetrating in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 9). The closing plates 24 and 25 are hook portions 1054 and 1065 (see FIG. 93) of the locking device 1000 that are attached along the open side of the main body frame 3 when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2. As will be described in detail later, the hooks 1054 and 1065 are disengaged from the closing plates 24 and 25 by inserting a key into the cylinder lock 1010 of the locking device 1000 and turning it to one side. Thus, the main body frame 3 can be opened with respect to the outer frame 2.

  Furthermore, the outer frame 2 of this example further includes a guide plate 26 fixed to the upper surface of the right end of the reinforcing metal fitting 22. The guide plate 26 is used to smoothly guide the main body frame 3 when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, and is mounted and fixed in a replaceable manner.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 14 and the like, the outer frame 2 of the present example further includes a lock member 27 supported on the back surface of the support projecting piece 20b in the upper support metal fitting 20, and the support projecting piece 20b is supported by a rivet 28. On the other hand, it is pivotally supported. The lock member 27 is made of synthetic resin, and has a stopper portion 27a that protrudes forward from a position that is pivotally supported by the rivet 28, and is shorter than the stopper portion 27a rightward from the position that is pivotally supported by the rivet 28. The protruding operation part 27b, the elastic piece 27c protruding from the opposite side of the position supported by the rivet 28 with respect to the operation part 27b, and the front end of the stopper part 27a are formed to bulge forward. An arcuate tip surface 27d. As shown in the figure, the lock member 27 is formed in a substantially L shape by a stopper portion 27a and an operation portion 27b. Further, the elastic portion 27c of the lock member 27 is formed to have a narrower width than the stopper portion 27a and the operation portion 27b, and is formed to extend forward as the distance from the stopper portion 27a increases.

  As shown in FIGS. 14B and 15, the lock member 27 is configured such that the tip contact portion of the elastic piece 27 c is the hanging wall when supported by the support protrusion piece 20 b of the upper support fitting 20 (normal state). 20e is in contact with the inner surface of the stopper 20a, and the stopper 27a closes the inclined hole of the supporting hole 20c. The tip of the stopper 27a is inclined to the inclined hole of the supporting hole 20c. The head space portion is not closed, and a space in which the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support fitting 630 of the main body frame 3 can be inserted is formed in the head space portion of the support hole 20c. .

  The support mechanism of the pivot pin 633 using the upper support fitting 20 and the lock member 27 in this example is such that the pivot pin 633 is inserted into the tip space portion of the inclined hole portion of the support hole 20c so that the stopper portion 27a The tip side faces the stop drooping portion 20f at the inlet end (in this state, there is a slight gap between the tip side of the stopper portion 27a and the stop drooping portion 20f so that the abutting portion is in contact). In a normal shaft support state, the shaft support pin 633 positioned in the tip space portion of the inclined hole portion of the support rod hole 20c formed by bending and the tip surface 27d of the stopper portion 27a are respectively provided. The center is in a state of being offset in an oblique direction and facing each other. In this normal shaft support state, the shaft support pin 633 supporting the heavy body frame 3 is in contact with the tip end portion of the support saddle hole 20c. Since almost no load is applied to the distal end surface 27d of the stopper portion 27a, the elastic piece 27c of the lock member 27 is not loaded. In addition, since the arcuate tip end surface 27d is provided at the tip of the stopper portion 27a, the lock member 27 is smoothly rotated when the operation portion 27b is rotated to rotate the lock member 27. It has become. In the drawing, the center of the arc of the tip surface 27d is the center of the rivet 28 (the rotation center of the lock member 27).

  Therefore, when the acting force F is applied in the direction in which the shaft supporting pin 633 is pulled out along the inclination of the inclined hole portion of the support hole 20c and comes into contact with the arcuate tip end surface 27d, the acting force F is Component force F1 acting on the contact portion between the pin 633 and the arcuate tip end surface 27d (in the normal direction of the arc of the tip end surface 27d), and one side of the inclined hole portion of the shaft support pin 633 and the support hole 20c When divided into the component force F2 acting on the contact portion with the inner surface, the direction of the component force F1 faces the center of the rivet 28 (the rotation center of the lock member 27). The moment for rotating the tip part in the direction away from the support protruding piece 20b (clockwise in the figure) does not act, and the pivot pin 633 is formed between the tip part of the stopper part 27a of the lock member 27 and the inclined hole part of the support collar hole 20c. Maintain the state of being pinched between the inner surface of one side. To. Therefore, the elastic piece 27c of the lock member 27 is not always loaded even in a normal shaft support state or in a state where the acting force of the shaft support pin 633 is applied to the lock member 27, and is an elastic formed integrally with synthetic resin. It is possible to prevent plastic deformation due to creep of the piece 27c and to prevent the pivot pin 633 from coming off from the support hole 20c over a long period of time. Even if an excessive force is applied and the distal end portion of the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27 is rotated in a direction away from the support projecting piece 20b (clockwise in the figure), one side of the distal end portion of the stopper portion 27a. Does not rotate in a direction in which it comes into contact with the stop drooping portion 20f and disengages any further, so that the lock member 27 does not protrude beyond the support protruding piece 20b.

  Even if the shape of the distal end surface 27d of the stopper portion 27a is not an arc, the position where the rotational moment does not occur due to the action of the component force F1 or the distal end portion of the lock member 27 faces the outside of the support protruding piece 20b. By positioning the rotation center of the lock member 27 (the axis fixed by the rivet 28) at a position where a rotational moment to rotate is generated, no load is applied to the elastic piece 27c of the lock member 27 at all times. Since the one side of the tip end of the stopper portion 27a only abuts against the stop drooping portion 20f even when the member 27 rotates, the present applicant points out that the lock member 27 does not protrude outside the support protruding piece 20b. I have confirmed.

  The action of the lock member 27 of this example will be specifically described with reference to FIG. As a premise that the main body frame 3 is pivotally supported on the outer frame 2 so as to be freely opened and closed, a lower support bracket is mounted on a main body frame pivot support hole (not shown) formed in a main body frame pivot support bracket 644 (see FIG. 63). 21 support protrusions 21d need to be inserted. Under such a premise, as shown in FIG. 16A, the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support fitting 630 of the main body frame 3 is pressed against the side surface of the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27, thereby pushing As shown in FIG. 16B, the lock member 27 rotates counterclockwise while deforming the elastic piece 27c, so that the shaft support pin 633 can be inserted into the support rod hole 20c. Then, when the shaft support pin 633 reaches the head space portion of the inclined hole portion of the support flange 20c, as shown in FIG. 16C, the shaft support pin 633 and the tip side surface of the stopper portion 27a do not contact each other. Therefore, the lock member 27 is urged by the elastic force of the elastic piece 27c and rotates in the clockwise direction, and the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27 returns to the normal state again and closes the inlet portion of the support hole 20c. The distal end portion of the stopper portion 27a faces the shaft support pin 633 so that the shaft support pin 633 does not fall out of the support saddle hole 20c.

  This state is maintained even when the main body frame 3 is completely closed or during the normal opening / closing operation of the main body frame 3 as shown in FIG. Next, in order to remove the pivot pin 633 from the support saddle hole 20c, as shown in FIG. 16E, the finger is inserted into the back surface of the support protrusion piece 20b, and the operation portion 27b of the lock member 27 is turned counterclockwise. By rotating, the lock member 27 rotates against the elastic force of the elastic piece 27c, and the distal end portion of the stopper portion 27a is retracted from the support rod hole 20c, so that the shaft support pin 633 is supported. It can be taken out from the hole 20c. Thereafter, the main body frame 3 is lifted, and the main body frame 3 is detached from the outer frame 2 by releasing the engagement between the main body frame shaft support hole formed in the main body frame shaft support metal 644 and the support protrusion 21d of the lower support metal 21. It can be removed from.

  As described above, in the outer frame 2 of this example, the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 constituting the outline of the outer frame 2 are made of wood, and the side frame plates 12 and 13 are made of a lightweight metal ( For example, when the pachinko machine 1 is installed in an island facility lined up in a game hall, it is necessary to perform an operation of fixing it at a predetermined angle with respect to the vertical plane of the island. However, since such an operation is performed by nailing nails to the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 and the island, the nails can be easily nailed, and the pachinko machine 1 can be used without problems in existing island facilities. It can be installed. In addition, since the side frame plates 12 and 13 are made of lightweight metal (for example, aluminum alloy) extrusion mold material, it becomes possible to form a thin wall while maintaining strength as compared with a conventional wooden outer frame. The left and right widths when viewed from the front of the peripheral wall portion 605 (see FIG. 63, etc.) of the main body frame 3 adjacent to the inside of the side frame plates 12 and 13 can be widened, and the game board 4 has a large horizontal dimension. Can be mounted on the main body frame 3, and at the same time, the game area 1100 of the game board 4 can be formed large.

  Further, the upper frame plate 10, the lower frame plate 11, and the side frame plates 12, 13 constituting the outline of the outer frame 2 are connected by a connecting member 14. Since it is fixed in close contact with the inner surface and the connecting member 14 is engaged with the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11, the assembly strength of the outer frame 2 can be increased, and it is sturdy. It can be made into a rectangular frame. Further, after the upper frame plate 10, the lower frame plate 11, and the side frame plates 12 and 13 are connected by the connecting member 14, when the upper support fitting 20 is attached at a predetermined position, as shown in FIG. Since there is no member projecting outward from the outer surface (outer peripheral surface) of the frame plates 10, 11, 12, and 13, when the pachinko machine 1 is installed in an island facility of a game hall (not shown), an adjacent device (for example, It can be attached in close contact with the adjacent ball lending machine.

[1-2. Overall structure of door frame]
Next, the door frame 5 that can be freely opened and closed on the front side of the main body frame 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 17 to 23. 17 is a front view of the door frame, FIG. 18 is a rear view of the door frame, and FIG. 19 is a perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the right front. FIG. 20 is a perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the left front, and FIG. 21 is a perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the right rear. 22 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the front, and FIG. 23 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the back.

  The door frame 5 in the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment includes a gaming frame 101 having a gaming window 101 whose outer shape is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape and whose inner peripheral shape is a slightly vertically long circular shape (elliptical shape) as shown in the figure. The base unit 100, the right side decoration unit 200 attached to the right outer periphery of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100, and the left side of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100 facing the right side decoration unit 200. The left side decoration unit 240 attached to the outer periphery, and the upper decoration unit 280 attached to the upper outer periphery of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100 are provided.

  Further, the door frame 5 passes through the tray unit 300, the tray unit 300 attached to the lower part of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100, the operation unit 400 attached to the upper center of the dish unit 300, and the door. A handle device 500 that is attached to the lower right corner of the frame base unit 100 for driving a game ball, and a rear surface of the door frame base unit 100 that is disposed on the rear side of the tray unit 300 with the door frame base unit 100 interposed therebetween. A foul cover unit 540 attached to the rear side, a ball feed unit 580 attached to the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100 on the right side of the foul cover unit 540, and a game window 101 attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100 so as to be closed. The glass unit 590 is provided.

[1-2A. Door frame base unit]
Next, the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. FIG. 24A is a front perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame, and FIG. 24B is a rear perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame. FIG. 25 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame base unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 26 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame base unit as seen from the rear. Further, FIG. 27 is a perspective view of the door frame base substrate cover and the wiring holding member in the door frame base unit as seen from the rear, and FIG. 28 shows the wiring state for electrically connecting the door frame and the main body frame. It is a perspective view which expands and shows.

  As shown in the figure, the door frame base unit 100 of the present example is a door having a gaming window 101 whose outer shape is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape and penetrated in the front-rear direction and whose inner periphery is formed in a substantially elliptical shape having a vertically long shape. A frame base body 110, a pair of side speakers 130 disposed on the left and right sides of the lower end of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base body 110, and a speaker for fixing the side speakers 130 to the door frame base body 110 A bracket 132 and a handle bracket 140 for supporting the handle device 500 attached to the lower right corner when viewed from the front on the front surface of the door frame base main body 110 are provided.

  The door frame base unit 100 covers the side surface of the side speaker 130 and the front side of the wiring (not shown) connected to the right side decoration unit 200 and the like outside the right side speaker 130 in front view. A cover member 134 attached to the front surface of the door frame base main body 110 is further provided. The cover member 134 can guide the wiring along the outer periphery of the speaker mounting portion 111 and can hold the wiring so that the wiring does not get in the way when the side speaker 130 is attached or removed. It has become.

  Further, the door frame base unit 100 is configured so that the metal frame-shaped reinforcing unit 150 fixed to the rear side of the door frame base body 110 and the lower surface of the gaming window 101 are covered with the rear surface of the door frame base body 110. A security cover 180 to be attached, a glass unit locking member 190 rotatably attached to a predetermined position on the outer periphery of the gaming window 101 on the rear surface of the door frame base main body 110, and a left side (open side) from the center in the left-right direction in a rear view. ) And a launch cover 191 attached to the rear face of the door frame base body 110 along the lower end of the gaming window 101, and a rotational position of the handle device 500 attached to the rear face of the door frame base body 110 below the launch cover 191. The handle device relay board 192 that relays the connection between the detection sensor 512 and the main control board 4100 and the rear side of the handle device relay board 192 are covered. A door frame that is disposed on the opposite side of the middle device relay board cover 193 and the launch cover 191 and the handle device relay board 192 across the center in the left-right direction (right side (axial support side) from the center in the left-right direction in rear view). A door frame base substrate 194 attached to the rear surface of the base body 110, a door frame base substrate cover 195 covering the rear side of the door frame base substrate 194, and a pivotally supported on the rear surface of the door frame base substrate cover 195. And a wiring holding member 197 that holds a part of a wiring cord 196 (see FIG. 28) that connects the door frame 5 side and the main body frame 3 side.

  The door frame base unit 100 of the present example has an overall rigidity increased by fixing a reinforcing unit 150 in which metal sheet metal is assembled with rivets or the like to the rear side of a rectangular door frame base body 110 made of synthetic resin. In addition, it has a strength capable of sufficiently supporting the decorative units 200, 240, 280, the dish unit 300, and the like.

  The door frame base board 194 in the door frame base unit 100 is connected to the side speakers 130 and the upper speakers 222 and 262 of the left and right side decoration units 200 and 240, and a peripheral control unit provided in the game board 4 to be described later. 4, and an amplification circuit that amplifies the acoustic signal sent from the peripheral control unit 4140 and outputs the amplified signal to each speaker 130. In this example, each decoration unit 200, 240, 280, each decorative board 430, 432 provided in the dish unit 300 or the operation unit 400, dial driving motor 414 or sensor 432a, 432b provided in the operation unit 400, 432c, the handle device relay board 192, the ball rental unit 360 of the dish unit 300, and the wiring cord 196 connecting the payout control board 4110, the peripheral control unit 4140, etc. As will be described in detail later, the main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate of the main body frame 3 are extended to the rear by being held by the wiring holding member 197. 882 (see FIGS. 1 and 28).

  The door frame base main body 110 in the door frame base unit 100 of this example is formed in a vertically long frame shape with a synthetic resin as shown in FIGS. The game window 101 having a substantially elliptical shape is formed so as to be offset upward as a whole. As shown in the figure, the gaming window 101 is formed in a smooth curved shape in which the left and right side and upper inner peripheral edges are continuous, whereas the lower inner peripheral edge is formed in a straight line extending to the left and right. ing. In addition, a rectangular notch 101a through which the first ball outlet 544a of the foul cover unit 540 can be inserted on the shaft support side (left side in a front view) is provided on the inner peripheral edge of the lower side of the gaming window 101 in the door frame base body 110. Is formed. The door frame base body 110 has an upper side formed by the game window 101 and widths on the left and right sides of an upper reinforcing sheet metal 151, a pivot supporting side reinforcing sheet metal 152, and an open side reinforcing sheet metal 153 of a reinforcing unit 150 described later. The gaming window 101 is formed as large as possible with respect to the size of the door frame base body 110 in a front view. Accordingly, a wider range of the game board 4 arranged on the rear side of the door frame 5 can be viewed from the player side, and a game area 1100 wider than the conventional pachinko machine can be easily formed. It is like that.

  In addition to the gaming window 101, the door frame base body 110 is disposed on both the left and right outer sides of the lower side of the gaming window 101, and attaches and fixes the ball feeding unit 580 and the speaker mounting portion 111 for mounting and fixing the side speaker 130. A ball feeding unit mounting recess 112 (see FIG. 26) and a game ball penetrating in the front-rear direction at a predetermined position of the ball feeding unit mounting recess 112 and stored in the upper plate 301 of the tray unit 300 to the ball feeding unit 580. A ball feed opening 113 for supply and a handle attachment for attaching the handle bracket 140 inclined obliquely so that the right side (open side) end of the front surface which is arranged in the lower right corner portion and bulges forward in the front view is retracted Portion 114, a wiring passage opening 115 through which the wiring from handle device 500 can pass through in a front-rear direction at a predetermined position of handle attachment portion 114, Cylinder lock 1010 to be described later is formed in a cylindrical shape extending short toward the front in the upper Le mounting portion 114 is provided with a Joana 116, which can be inserted.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 26, the door frame base main body 110 includes a relay board mounting portion 117 for mounting the handle device relay board 192 on the lower side of the ball feed unit mounting recess 112, and a door frame base main body in the rear view. A board mounting part 118 for mounting the door frame base board 194 disposed on the lower right side (axis support side), and an arrangement closer to the center than the speaker mounting part 111 on the left side (open side) in the rear view of the lower end of the gaming window 101 The security cover mounting portion 119 for protruding backward and mounting the mounting elastic piece 185 of the security cover 180 and the door frame base body 110 are recessed to the front side substantially along the inner periphery of the gaming window 101 on the rear side. The glass unit support step 110a with which the outer periphery of the front surface can abut and the glass unit locking member 190 can be rotated by protruding backward from a predetermined position on the outer periphery of the gaming window 101. Further comprises a, and two of the locking member mounting portion 110b for supporting the.

  Furthermore, a door frame protruding piece 110c is provided on the rear side of the door frame base main body 110 so as to protrude a predetermined amount rearward from the lower side thereof. It is designed to be inserted inside. As a result, the door frame 5 can be positioned and locked with respect to the main body frame 3, and an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire is inserted into the pachinko machine 1 from the gap between the lower side of the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3. Even so, the door frame protrusion 110c engaged with the engagement groove 603 can prevent the tool from entering, and the security function of the pachinko machine 1 is enhanced. The rear side of the door frame base body 110 is provided with a positioning projection 110d that protrudes rearward from a position slightly lower right than the lock hole 116 in rear view and engages with the fitting groove 612 of the body frame 3. The positioning projection 110d is fitted into the fitting groove 612 so that the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 are positioned at correct positions.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 25, the door frame base main body 110 is provided with a plurality of mounting bosses 110e projecting forward for fixing the decoration units 200, 240, 280, the dish unit 300, and the like. In addition, a large number of attachment holes for attaching the handle bracket 140 and the like are formed at appropriate positions. Further, the door frame base main body 110 has an attachment portion 110g for attaching the speaker bracket 132 for attaching the side speaker 130 and an attachment hole 110h (see FIG. 18 etc.) for attaching the side speaker cover 338 at appropriate positions. Is formed.

  In addition, the door frame base main body 110 includes a lower dish ball supply port 310g and a foul cover unit 540 in the dish unit base 310 of the dish unit 300, which will be described later, between the ball feeding unit mounting recess 112 and the substrate mounting part 118. A rectangular ball passage opening 110f penetrating in the front-rear direction is provided at a position corresponding to the two-ball outlet 544b.

  Furthermore, the door frame base main body 110 is formed on the front side above the left and right speaker mounting portions 111 and includes a shallow dish-shaped crime prevention recess 120 that is recessed substantially backward in a triangular shape. A security member 121 formed in a shallow box shape is inserted into the security recess 120 from the front side. The security member 121 is formed in a shallow box shape whose front side is opened by bending a metal plate. Thereby, in order to perform an illegal act with respect to the inside of the pachinko machine 1, for example, it is made of a metal that can be drilled with a thin drill or the like from the joint portion between the side decoration units 200, 240 and the dish unit 300. It can be blocked by the crime prevention member 121 and can prevent an illegal act.

  The pair of side speakers 130 in the door frame base unit 100 is not shown in detail, but the intersection of the central axes is a predetermined distance from the center of the game area 1100 to the front in front view (for example, 0.2 m to 1). .5 m), the sound is delivered most efficiently to the player seated in front of the pachinko machine 1. In addition, the side speaker 130 mainly outputs middle and high range sounds, and is disposed at a position as far away from the pachinko machine 1 as possible in the left-right direction. By outputting different related sounds from the side speaker 130, it is possible to output a sound with a high stereo feeling.

  The outer periphery of these side speakers 130 is sandwiched between a substantially annular speaker bracket 132 disposed on the front side and a speaker mounting portion 111 of the door frame base body 110 disposed on the rear side, so that the door frame It can be attached to the base body 110. The speaker bracket 132 is attached to the attachment portion 110g of the door frame base body 110 from the front side with a predetermined screw.

  The door frame base substrate cover 195 in the door frame base unit 100 is formed in a thin box shape with the front side open as shown in FIGS. A step portion 195a that is recessed forward is provided at a position slightly below the center. A wiring holding member 197 is rotatably attached to the step portion 195a of the door frame base substrate cover 195.

  On the other hand, the wiring holding member 197 in the door frame base unit 100 is formed in a plate shape extending in the horizontal direction and having a cross section in an I-shape as shown in FIGS. It is formed of a relatively hard synthetic resin. Further, as shown in the figure, the wiring holding member 197 includes a plurality of holding holes 197a (three in the upper and lower parts in this example) at predetermined intervals along the longitudinal direction at both upper and lower ends. The wiring holding member 197 has an end portion on the side where the door frame 5 is pivotally supported by the main body frame 3 in a state where the door frame 5 is assembled, and a step 195 a on the rear surface of the door frame base substrate cover 195 in the vertical direction Although the detailed illustration is omitted, the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 rotates to the door frame base substrate cover 195 side, so that the wiring holding member 197 is rotated. The door frame base substrate cover 195 can be accommodated in the stepped portion 195a.

  This wiring holding member 197 has a predetermined bundling in a holding hole 197a which is paired up and down with the wiring cord 196 for electrically connecting the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 along the rear surface side. By inserting the band 198 and tightening the wiring cord 196 together with the wiring holding member 197 by the binding band 198, the wiring cord 196 can be held (see FIGS. 1 and 28).

  When the wiring holding member 197 of this example is rotated in the direction in which the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 extends from the free end side of the wiring cord 196 to the main body frame 3. It will be pushed forward by the part and will turn in the direction approaching the door frame base substrate cover 195 side. Thereby, as the door frame 5 is closed, the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 approaches the door frame base substrate cover 195, and the wiring cord 196 extending from the free end of the wiring holding member 197 to the main body frame 3 side is free. The bend becomes large (sharp) near the edge. When the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the wiring cord 196 is folded in two laterally on the free end side of the wiring holding member 197.

  On the other hand, when the door frame 5 closed with respect to the main body frame 3 is opened, the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 are relatively distant from each other. The free end side of the holding member 197 is pulled rearward, and the wiring holding member 197 rotates smoothly so that the free end side moves in a direction away from the door frame base substrate cover 195 (direction of the main body frame 3). Thus, the wiring cord 196 folded on the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 is unfolded so as to extend straight, and the door frame 5 can be opened without being obstructed by the wiring cord 196.

  As described above, according to this example, the end of the wiring frame holding member 197 on the same side as the side on which the door frame 5 is pivotally supported, the door frame base substrate cover 195 is moved so that the free end side moves to the main body frame 3 side. Since it is pivotally supported on the rear surface and a part of the wiring cord 196 that electrically connects the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 is held so as not to move in the vertical direction, the main body frame 3 When the door frame 5 is opened and closed, the wiring cord 196 can be folded or unfolded laterally on the free end side of the wiring holding member 197, and the wiring cord 196 is caught when the door frame 5 is opened and closed. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of malfunctions (breakage of the wiring cord 196, disconnection of the connection connector, etc.) due to pinching.

  Further, according to this example, since the wiring holding member 197 is formed of a relatively hard and highly rigid synthetic resin, even when a force acts through the wiring cord 196 when the door frame 5 is opened and closed, It is possible to prevent blurring in the vertical direction, and the wiring cord 196 can be reliably folded in the horizontal direction to prevent occurrence of problems.

  Further, as described above, when the door frame 5 is opened and closed with respect to the main body frame 3, a bridge is hung between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 by the wiring holding member 197. Since a part is bridged by the wiring holding member 197, it is possible to prevent the wiring 196 from drooping even when the door frame 5 is opened and closed, and when the wiring 196 droops, it is caught by another member and disconnected. Or the door frame 5 cannot be closed, and the main control board 4100, the peripheral control unit 4140, the payout control board 4110, and the like as the main body side electric devices are connected to the door side. Decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322, 430, 432, speakers 130, 222, 262, rental unit 360, as electrical equipment, Bundle 500, etc., capital can provide pachinko machine 1 capable of malfunction in the wiring 196 to be connected to reduce the occurrence as much as possible.

  Further, a part of the wiring 196 is held by a rotatable wiring holding member 197, and the wiring holding member 197 rotates even if the wiring 196 is forcibly pulled when the door frame 5 is opened. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the wiring 196 from being pulled, and to prevent a problem that the wiring 196 is pulled and disconnected or the connection connector is disconnected. it can. In addition, a part of the wiring 196 is held by the wiring holding member 197, and the wiring 196 is only partially bent as the wiring holding member 197 rotates, so that the conventional one (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-213675). ), The wiring 196 does not slide, and it is possible to prevent the wiring 196 from being rubbed and causing problems such as leakage or disconnection.

  Further, in the wiring holding member 197, the binding band 198 is inserted into the holding holes 197 a that are arranged at a predetermined interval in the longitudinal direction, and the wiring 196 is held by the binding band 198. It is possible to prevent the held binding band 198 from moving (sliding) in the longitudinal direction of the wiring holding member 197 through the holding hole 197a, and to reliably prevent the wiring 196 from dropping together with the binding band 198 from the wiring holding member 197. can do.

  Even if the position where the wiring 196 extends from the main body frame 3 or the door frame 5 is arranged at a position away from the side where the door frame 5 is pivotally supported, the wiring 196 is connected by the wiring holding member 197 as described above. Since it is possible to satisfactorily prevent the wiring 196 from drooping when the door frame 5 is opened and closed by guiding, the main body frame 3 having increased strength and rigidity on the side of the door frame 5 that is pivotally supported. And the door frame 5, and the pachinko machine 1 with high security against fraudulent acts can be obtained.

  Further, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided with protrusions protruding at least from the both ends in the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction to the side along which the wiring 196 is located, the wiring is formed by the pair of protrusions and the plate surface of the wiring holding member 197 196 can be surrounded, and the wiring 196 can be easily held along the wiring holding member 197. Further, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided with a protrusion, the bending rigidity of the plate-like wiring holding member 197 can be increased, and the wiring holding member 197 is prevented from being bent when the door frame 5 is opened and closed. Thus, the door frame 5 can be opened and closed in a good state.

  In addition, the length from the base end to the tip end of the wiring holding member 197 is substantially the same as the distance from the axis of the door frame 5 to the base of the base end, and the main body frame 3 extends in the wiring 196. The predetermined position is a position closer to the axial center side of the door frame 5 than the tip of the wiring holding member 197 in a state where the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, and the axial center of the door frame 5 and the wiring holding member Since a pantograph-like link is formed by the axis of 197, the tip of the wiring holding member 197, and the position where the wiring 196 extends in the main body frame 3, wiring when opening and closing the door frame 5 The movement of the holding member 197, the wiring 196, etc. can be made smooth, the opening / closing operation can be facilitated, and an unreasonable force acting on the wiring 196, etc. can be reduced to cause problems such as disconnection. Can be prevented. Further, a pantograph-like link is formed, and when the door frame 5 is closed, a portion of the wiring 196 that extends from the front end of the wiring holding member 197 is folded back on the front end side along the wiring holding member 197. Therefore, when the door frame 5 is closed, the wiring 196 can be folded and gathered compactly, and the space related to the wiring holding member 197 and the wiring 196 can be reduced.

  In addition, the door frame base substrate cover 195 of the door frame 5 that pivotally supports the wiring holding member 197 is recessed so as to open toward the main body frame 3 with the door frame 5 being closed with respect to the main body frame 3. When the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the step 195 a that can store the wiring holding member 197 is provided, and the wiring frame holding member 197 is provided on the door frame base substrate cover 195. Since it is housed in the portion 195a, the protrusion of the wiring holding member 197 from the door frame 5 side to the main body frame 3 side can be almost eliminated, the door frame 5 can be easily closed, and the wiring holding member 197 or The wirings 196 can be gathered in a compact manner, and the wiring 196 can be prevented from being caught by other members, thereby preventing a problem from occurring.

  Further, the wiring 196 is held along the surface of the wiring holding member 197 facing the main body frame 3 side with the door frame 5 closed with respect to the main body frame 3. When the door frame 5 is closed, the wiring holding member 197 can be brought as close as possible to the door frame 5 side (door frame base substrate cover 195 side). The protrusion of the holding member 197 can be reduced, the door frame 5 can be easily closed, and the space related to the wiring holding member 197 and the wiring 196 can be made as small as possible.

  Further, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided on the side of the door frame 5 that moves (opens and closes), the wiring holding member 197 can be easily rotated by an inertial force or an impact force that opens and closes the door frame 5. It is possible to reliably achieve the function and effect. In addition, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided in the door frame 5 and it is not necessary to secure a space for providing the wiring holding member 197 in the main body frame 3, a space for relatively holding the game board 4 in the main body frame 3. The pachinko machine 1 which can hold the game board 4 having a larger game area 1100 by enlarging the game area 1 and can attract the player's interest strongly by having the large game board 4 is provided. it can.

  Further, the handle bracket 140 in the door frame base unit 100 includes a cylindrical tube portion 141 extending in the front-rear direction and a shaft of the tube portion 141 from the rear end of the tube portion 141 as shown in FIGS. An annular flange portion 142 extending outward in a right angle direction, and a plurality of (three in this example) ridges protruding into the cylindrical portion 141 and arranged at unequal intervals with respect to the circumferential direction of the cylindrical portion 141. 143, and a plurality of reinforcing ribs 144 that connect the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 141 and the front surface of the flange portion 142 with respect to the circumferential direction of the cylindrical portion 141. The handle bracket 140 is attached to the handle attachment portion 114 with a predetermined screw in a state in which the rear surface of the flange portion 142 is in contact with the front surface of the handle attachment portion 114 in the door frame base body 110. Although not shown in the drawings, the axis of the cylindrical portion 141 is substantially coincident with the wiring passage opening 115 in a state of being attached to the handle attachment portion 114.

  The handle bracket 140 is provided with one protrusion 143 on the upper side and two protrusions 143 on the lower side in the cylindrical portion 141, and these protrusions 143 are formed on the outer periphery of the cylindrical portion of the handle base 502 in the handle device 500. The three grooves 502a are arranged and formed at positions corresponding to the three grooves 502a. The cylindrical portion of the handle device 500 can be inserted into the cylindrical portion 141 only when the three protrusions 143 of the handle bracket 140 and the three groove portions 502a of the handle device 500 coincide with each other. Yes. Therefore, the handle base 502 of the handle device 500 inserted and supported by the handle bracket 140 is supported in a state in which it cannot rotate relative to the handle bracket 140.

  The handle bracket 140 is attached to the handle attachment portion 114 that is inclined obliquely so that the shaft of the cylinder portion 141 extends toward the right side (open side) toward the front in a front view. Similarly, the shaft of the handle device 500 supported by the handle bracket 140 is also inclined obliquely.

  Subsequently, the reinforcing unit 150 in the door frame base unit 100 includes an upper reinforcing sheet metal 151 attached along the rear side of the upper side of the door frame base main body 110, and a door frame base main body, as mainly shown in FIGS. 110, a pivot-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 attached along the pivot-side side part back surface, an open-side reinforcing sheet metal 153 attached along the open-side side part back surface of the door frame base body 110, and the door frame base body 110. And a lower reinforcing metal plate 154 attached along the lower back surface of the gaming window 101, which are fastened to each other with screws, rivets or the like to form a square shape.

  As shown in FIG. 25, the reinforcing unit 150 includes an upper shaft supporting portion 156 having shaft pins 155 provided on the upper and lower ends of the shaft supporting side reinforcing sheet metal 152 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction on the upper surface, and a lower surface thereof. And a lower shaft support portion 158 having a shaft pin 157 (see FIG. 18). The upper and lower shaft pins 155 and 157 are pivotally supported by the upper shaft bracket 630 and the lower shaft bracket 640 formed on the upper and lower sides of the body frame 3, so that the door frame 5 is attached to the body frame 3. So that it can be freely opened and closed.

  In addition, the lower reinforcing metal plate 154 of the reinforcing unit 150 has a predetermined width and is formed to have a length substantially the same as the horizontal width dimension of the door frame base main body 110, and the lower long side end edge of both long side edges thereof. A lower bent protrusion piece 159 bent toward the front (see FIG. 25), and an upper bent protrusion piece 160 bent forward toward the front right side (open side) of the upper long edge. And a vertical bent projecting piece 161 that is bent rearward at the central portion of the upper long edge and is extended in the vertical direction. The strength of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 is increased by the lower bent protrusion piece 159, the upper bent protrusion piece 160, and the like. Further, the vertical bent projecting piece 161 of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 is formed so as to be engaged and locked with a locking piece 592b formed at the lower end of a unit frame 592 of the glass unit 590 described later. When the unit 590 is fixed to the back side of the door frame 5, the vertical bent protruding piece 161 is locked to the locking piece 592 b of the unit frame 592 in the glass unit 590, so that the lower end of the glass unit 590 is moved in the horizontal direction and It is possible to restrict movement to the rear. The lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 has a notch 162 substantially corresponding to the notch 101a of the door frame base body 110.

  Further, the open side reinforcing sheet metal 153 of the reinforcing unit 150 includes an open side outward bent protrusion 163 bent toward the rear on both sides of the long side between the upper side reinforcing sheet metal 151 and the lower side reinforcing sheet metal 154, As shown in the figure, the open side inner bent projecting piece 164 is formed so as to extend rearward longer than the open side outer bent projecting piece 163. ing. In addition, a hook cover 165 that comes into contact with a door frame hook portion 1041 of the lock device 1000 to be described later is provided at the lower rear side of the open-side reinforcing sheet metal 153. Further, the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is provided with a U-shaped shaft support side U-shaped projecting piece 166 that extends rearward to the outer end of the long side and opens to the outside of the shaft support side (see FIG. 108). Further, the upper reinforcing sheet metal 151 is provided with bent protrusions 167 bent rearward on both sides of the long side.

  The shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 of the reinforcing unit 150 is attached and supported only at the upper and lower points of the upper shaft support portion 156 and the lower shaft support portion 158 with respect to the main body frame 3. If an unauthorized tool such as a screwdriver or a bar is inserted between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3, the support-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is deformed and the gap between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 is increased. Although there is a possibility that an action may be easily performed, the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 of the present example includes the shaft support side U-shaped projecting piece 166, so that the strength of the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is further increased. The shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is difficult to bend. Further, the shaft-supporting side U-shaped projecting piece 166 of the shaft-supporting side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is configured such that a front end piece 952b of a side security plate 950 in the main body frame 3 to be described later is inserted into the U-shape (see FIG. 108), the insertion of the tool can be prevented, and only the pivot-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 can be prevented from bending, so that the crime prevention function of the pachinko machine 1 can be enhanced.

  Next, the security cover 180 of the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 25 and 26. This crime prevention cover 180 is provided with a crime prevention function that covers the lower back surface of the glass unit 590 and prevents the intrusion of unauthorized tools into the game board 4. Are formed in a flat plate shape so as to cover the lower portion of the glass unit 590 disposed between the reinforcing metal plates 152 and 153, and the upper side thereof is formed in an arc shape substantially along the lower arc surface of the inner rail 1112 of the game board 4 A formed contact recess 181 and a post-crime prevention protrusion 182 protruding rearward along the upper end of the contact recess 181 are provided. In addition, the left and right ends of the crime prevention cover 180 are respectively provided with crime prevention rear end protrusions 183 that protrude rearward along the shape of the ends. Note that the right (axial support side) crime prevention rear end protrusion 183 in a rear view is longer than the opposite (open side) crime prevention rear end projection 183. On the other hand, on the front surface of the crime prevention cover 180, the crime prevention projection piece 184 that protrudes along the lower shape of the unit frame 592 in the glass unit 590 with the crime prevention cover 180 attached, and the left and right sides outside the projection piece 184 before the crime prevention. And a U-shaped mounting elastic piece 185 projecting forward at the lower end.

  The security cover 180 has a mounting elastic piece 185 on the right side (open side) attached to the security cover mounting portion 119 of the door frame base unit 100 in front view and a mounting elastic piece 185 on the opposite side (shaft support side). By attaching to the security cover attaching part 364 of the unit 300, it can be detachably attached to the back side of the door frame 5. In a state where the security cover 180 is attached to the door frame 5, detailed illustration is omitted, but the pre-crime projection piece 184 is fitted to the lower outer periphery of the unit frame 592 of the glass unit 590, The rear surface of the lower end portion of the unit frame 592 is in contact with the vertical bent protruding piece 161. Further, when the door frame 5 is closed, the post-crime protruding protrusion 182 protruding rearward is inserted into the lower surface of the inner rail 1112 fixed to the game board 4 and the half on the open side is front. The component 1110 is inserted into the rail security groove 1118 of the inner rail 1112. As a result, even if an unauthorized tool enters the game area 1100 of the game board 4, the intrusion can be prevented by the post-crime projecting piece 182 inserted below the inner rail 1112. .

  The crime prevention cover 180 can cover the lower portion of the front surface of the guide path of the hit ball formed by the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 with the door frame 5 closed by the back surface thereof. In addition, it is possible to prevent the hitting ball that flies or reversely feeds the guide passage portion from colliding with the glass plate 594.

  Accordingly, in this example, the crime prevention cover 180 covers the rear lower outer periphery of the glass unit 590 (the gaming window 101) in the door frame 5, so that the gaming window 101, the glass unit 590 and the like from the front side of the door frame 5 Even if a highly flexible tool is inserted between the pachinko machine 1 (in the game area 1100) and a fraudulent act is attempted, the crime prevention cover 180 can prevent the tool from entering, Thus, the pachinko machine 1 with higher safety can be provided.

  Subsequently, the four glass unit locking members 190 in the door frame base unit 100 are fitted with fitting portions 190a that are rotatably fitted to locking member mounting portions 110b that protrude rearward from the door frame base main body 110. And a locking piece 190b extending in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the fitting portion 190a and locking the locking projection 451f of the glass unit 590. The glass unit locking member 190 has a retaining screw fixed to the tip of the locking member mounting portion 110b in a state where the locking member mounting portion 110b of the door frame base body 110 penetrates the fitting portion 190a. By doing so, it is pivotally supported with respect to the locking member attaching part 110b.

  Although the locking piece 190b of the glass unit locking member 190 is not shown in detail, the locking piece 190b has a protrusion protruding rearward on the rear side, and this protrusion rotates when the glass unit 590 is attached or detached. It is a finger hook when operating.

  Further, the launch cover 191 in the door frame base unit 100 is fixed to the rear side of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 in the reinforcing unit 150. Further, the handle device relay board cover 193 and the door frame base board cover 195 are fixed at predetermined positions on the rear side of the door frame base 110, respectively. In addition, when the launch cover 191, the handle device relay board cover 193, and the ball feed unit 580 are attached to the door frame unit base 100, the rear surfaces thereof are substantially in the same plane. The front surface of the ball striking device 650 attached to the main body frame 3 can be covered.

[1-2B. Right side decoration unit]
Next, the right side decoration unit 200 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 29 to 31. FIG. 29A is a front perspective view of the right side decoration unit in the door frame, and FIG. 29B is a rear perspective view of the right side decoration unit in the door frame. FIG. 30 is an exploded perspective view of the right side decoration unit as seen from the front side. Further, FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective view of the right side decoration unit as seen from the exploded side.

  The right side decoration unit 200 of the door frame 5 in the present embodiment decorates the right half of the front outer periphery of the gaming window 101 excluding the lower part in front view, as shown in the figure, and the inside is the gaming window 101. The outer side of the door frame base unit 100 is linearly formed along the outer periphery of the door frame base unit 100. The right side decoration unit 200 includes a side lens 210 that forms the outer surface of the right side decoration unit 200 and has a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, a side inner lens 212 disposed on the rear side of the side lens 210, The right side upper decorative substrate 214, which is arranged on the rear side of the side inner lens 212 from approximately the center in the vertical direction and has a plurality of LEDs 214a (full color LEDs) and 214b (white LEDs) mounted thereon, and the side inner on the lower side A right side lower decorative board 216 having a plurality of LEDs 216a (full color LEDs) and 216b (white LEDs) mounted on the surface thereof, and a rear side of the right side upper decorative board 214. The right side attached to the side inner lens 212 so as to sandwich the right side upper decorative substrate 214. An upper decorative board cover 218, and a right side lower decorative board cover 220 that covers the rear side of the right side lower decorative board 216 and is attached to the side lens 210 and the side decorative frame 202 so as to sandwich the right side lower decorative board 216. ing.

  Further, the right side decoration unit 200 is disposed at a predetermined interval in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101 while being disposed at a front surface of the side lens 210 and in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101, while being attached to the upper right corner of the side lens 210. A plurality of side flash lenses 204 extending radially from the center, a side upper inner lens 206 disposed between the upper left portion of the side inner lens 212 and the side lens 210, and the side upper inner lens 206 as a side inner lens. An inner lens bracket 208 to be attached to 212 and an upper right speaker 222 to be attached to the side upper inner lens 206 are provided.

  In the right side decoration unit 200, a side outer cover 202, a side flash lens 204, a side upper inner lens 205, an inner lens bracket 208, a side lens 210, and a side inner lens 212 are formed of a translucent member. The side outer cover 202, the side upper inner lens 205, the inner lens bracket 208, the side lens 210, and the side inner lens 212 are substantially colorless and transparent, and the side flash lens 204 is colored and transparent (red in this example).

  Although not shown in detail, a plurality of small-diameter lenses are formed on the surfaces of the side inner lens 212 and the side upper inner lens 206 so that light can be irregularly refracted. Therefore, the LEDs 214a, 214b mounted on the surface (front surface) of the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 disposed on the rear side of the side lens 210, the side inner lens 212, and the side upper inner lens 206, 216a, 216b, etc. cannot be clearly seen from the player side. Further, the front surfaces of the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 are white, and the right side decorative unit 200 is efficiently illuminated and decorated with light from the mounted LEDs 214a, 214b, 216a, 216b, and the like. The decorative boards 214 and 216 are not conspicuous when the LEDs 214a, 214b, 216a, and 216b are not lit. The right side upper decorative board 214 and the right side lower decorative board 216 are connected to the peripheral control unit 4140, and each LED 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a is driven by a drive signal (light emission drive signal) from the peripheral control unit 4140. , 216b can appropriately emit light so that the right side decoration unit 200 can be illuminated.

  The side lens 210 in the right side decoration unit 200 of this example has a right end and an upper end formed in a straight line along the outer periphery of the door frame base body 110 in a front view, and a left end at the gaming window 101 as shown in the figure. It is formed in a curved shape along the right outer periphery. The side lens 210 includes a peripheral lens portion 210a composed of a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, a plurality of peripheral lens portions 210a divided into a plurality in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101, and a plurality extending substantially concentrically with the gaming window 101. A radiating lens portion 210b having a prism surface. As shown in the figure, the plurality of radiating lens portions 210b in the side lens 210 are formed so as to extend on the radiation centered on the lower central portion of the game window 101 when viewed from the front, and from the front surface of the peripheral lens portion 210a. Is also formed so as to be recessed backward, and the side flash lens 204 is inserted into the recess.

  Further, the side lens 210 includes, on the right side, a side diffusion lens portion 210c that extends in the front-rear direction and is arranged in the vertical direction. By the side diffusion lens portion 210c, light from the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 can be diffused widely in the right direction and the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 1. Although detailed illustration is omitted, a plurality of through holes are formed in the side lens 210 corresponding to the lower side of the upper right speaker, and the sound from the upper right speaker is favorably transmitted to the player side. It can be transmitted.

  The side inner lens 212 is substantially colorless and transparent, and is inserted and fitted into the side lens 210 from the rear side. As shown in the drawing, a portion corresponding to the peripheral lens portion 210a in the side lens 210 is formed in a wrinkle shape. In addition, a portion corresponding to the radiation lens portion 210b is formed in a flat surface shape. Although not shown in detail, the side inner lens 212 is formed with a plurality of small-diameter lenses at the peak portion protruding forward in a wrinkled portion corresponding to the peripheral lens portion 210 a of the side lens 210. The side inner lens 212 can diffuse and refract light by a wrinkled portion and a plurality of small-diameter lenses. As well as letting you see it, you can make it look strange.

  The right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 of the right side decorative unit 200 have a plurality of high-brightness color LEDs mounted on the surface, and are disposed at positions corresponding to the peripheral lens portion 210a of the side lens 210. The LEDs 214a and 216a have a relatively wide irradiation angle (for example, 60 ° to 180 °), and the LEDs 214b and 216b disposed at positions corresponding to the radiation lens portion 210b of the side lens 210 have a relatively high irradiation. Those having a narrow angle (for example, 15 ° -60 °) are used. Note that the LEDs 214c of the upper decorative board 214 on the right side are red and green LEDs in this example.

  Like the side speaker 130, the upper right speaker 222 of the right side decoration unit 200 outputs a mid-high range sound, and is attached to a predetermined position in a predetermined direction by the side upper inner lens 206. ing. The upper side inner lens 206 that supports the upper right speaker 222 includes a cylindrical horn portion that extends diagonally forward and downward at the center of the left and right sides of the pachinko machine 1 when viewed from the front. The upper right speaker 222 is fixed so that the upper right speaker 222 cannot be seen from the player side in front view.

  The upper right speaker 222 in this example is emitted from the upper part of the pachinko machine 1 toward the lower player by the horn part of the side upper inner lens 206, and this causes noise to other pachinko machines. It has become difficult. The side upper inner lens 206 also has a wrinkle-like front surface as in the side inner lens 212, and a plurality of small-diameter lenses are formed on the crest-like projecting portion of the wrinkled portion. In addition, the light can be irregularly refracted and diffusely reflected by the wrinkled portion and the plurality of small diameter lenses.

  The side flash lens 204 of the right side decoration unit 200 is arranged to be inserted in front of the radiating lens portion 210b that is recessed to the rear of the side lens 210, and imitates a rocky surface that is rugged by a plurality of spindle-shaped curved surfaces. The side lens 210 thus made can be accented. Further, the side flash lens 204 can perform a radial light emission effect by the light emission of the LEDs 214b and 216a of the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 arranged on the rear side, and the peripheral lens portion 210a. Can be divided in the circumferential direction of the game window 101 to emphasize each of them.

[1-2C. Left side decoration unit]
Next, the left side decoration unit 240 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 32 to 36. FIG. 32A is a front perspective view of the left side decoration unit in the door frame, and FIG. 32B is a rear perspective view of the left side decoration unit in the door frame. FIG. 33 is an exploded perspective view of the left side decoration unit as seen from the front side. Further, FIG. 34 is an exploded perspective view of the left side decoration unit as seen from the exploded side. FIG. 35 is a cross-sectional view of the left side decoration unit, and FIG. 36 is an explanatory view showing a light emission mode of the left side decoration unit with a photograph.

  The left side decoration unit 240 of the door frame 5 in the present embodiment decorates the left half of the front outer periphery of the gaming window 101 excluding the lower part in front view, as shown in the drawing, and the right side is the gaming window 101. The left side and the upper side are formed in a straight line along the outer periphery of the door frame base unit 100, and are formed asymmetrically with the right side decoration unit 200. The left side decoration unit 240 has a substantially same width as the right side decoration unit 200 and extends in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101, and an oval shape disposed between the large window frames 242a. A frame-shaped side lower decorative frame 242 having a small window frame 242b, two large window frames 244a that are continuous with the upper side of the side lower decorative frame 242 and extend in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101, and a large And a frame-shaped side upper decorative frame 244 having one elliptical small window frame 244b disposed between the window frames 244a.

  The left side decoration unit 240 also includes a side flash lens 246 fitted from the rear side with respect to the small window frames 242a and 244a of the side lower decoration frame 242 and the side upper decoration frame 244, and the side flash lens 246 on the rear side. A transparent side lens 250 having a plurality of peripheral lens portions 250a fitted from the rear side to the large window frames 242a and 244a of the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244, and the side lens 250 An inner decorative member 251 provided with a plurality of slits 251a disposed on the rear side of the peripheral lens portion 250a and extending in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101 and having a plated layer having a metallic luster on the surface, and the rear side of the inner decorative member 251 A plurality of bands extending in a radial pattern centered on the lower left and right center of the gaming window 101 A side inner lens 252 having a diffusing portion 252a formed by the lens, and a.

  The left side decoration unit 240 is disposed on the rear side of the side inner lens 252 from the substantially vertical center to the upper side, and the left side upper decoration in which a plurality of LEDs 254a (full color LEDs) and 254b (white LEDs) are mounted on the surface. A substrate 254, and a left side lower decorative substrate 256, which is disposed on the lower side from a substantially center in the vertical direction of the side inner lens 252 and has a plurality of LEDs 256a (full color LEDs) and 256b (white LEDs) mounted on the surface. A left side upper decorative substrate cover 258 that covers the rear side of the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and is attached to the side inner lens 252 so as to sandwich the left side upper decorative substrate 254, and a left side that covers the rear side of the left side lower decorative substrate 256 Left side lower decorative board cover attached to the side lens 250 so as to sandwich the lower decorative board 256 It is provided with a 60, a.

  Furthermore, the left side decoration unit 240 includes a left upper speaker 262 disposed on the front side of the side inner lens 252 and on the upper right portion of the front view, and a transparent upper portion that supports the upper left speaker 262 and is attached to the upper right portion of the front surface of the side inner lens 252. The upper speaker bracket 264 and a diffusion part formed by a plurality of band-like lenses attached to the front surface of the upper speaker bracket 264 and inserted from the rear side into the inner decorative member 251 at the upper right of the front view and extending radially centered on the lower left and right centers And an upper right inner lens 266 having 266a. The upper left speaker 262 is attached to the upper speaker bracket 264 so as to sandwich a protective plate 268 made of a metal plate capable of transmitting sound.

  In the left side decoration unit 240, a side lower decoration frame 242, a side upper decoration frame 244, a left side upper decoration board cover 258, and a left side lower decoration board cover 260 are formed of a light-impermeable member. The surface of the decorative member 251 is provided with a plating layer of a predetermined color (in this example, silver). Further, the side flash lens 246 has translucency and is entirely made of a milky white synthetic resin. Further, the side lens 250, the side inner lens 252, the upper speaker bracket 264, and the upper right inner lens 266 are formed of a substantially colorless and transparent synthetic resin.

  In this example, both sides of the small window frames 242b and 244b in the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 (the small windows with respect to the radial axial direction centering on the lower left and right central lower portions of the gaming window 101). On both sides of the frames 242b and 244b, there are formed opening frames 242c and 244c that pass through the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 in a state of being cut out, and the small window frames 242b and 244b and The opening frames 242c and 244c on both sides are closed by the side flash lens 246 from the rear side. Therefore, from the player side, the rear side of the small window frames 242b and 244b and the opening frames 242c and 244c in the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 cannot be visually recognized by the milky white side flash lens 246. .

  On the other hand, the large window frames 242a and 244a in the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 are closed by inserting the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250 from the rear side. An inner decorative member 251 disposed on the rear side through 250a is visible from the player side. A diffusion portion 252a of the side inner lens 252 is located on the rear side of the inner decoration member 251, and light is irregularly refracted by the diffusion portion 252a so that the rear of the side inner lens 252 passes through the slit 251a of the inner decoration member 251. The side cannot be clearly seen. That is, the LEDs 254a, 254b, 256a, and 256b mounted on the surface (front surface) of the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 disposed on the rear side of the side inner lens 252 through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251. Etc. cannot be clearly seen from the player side.

  Further, the front surfaces of the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 are white, and the left side decorative unit 240 is efficiently decorated with light emission by the light of the mounted LEDs 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, and the like. The decorative boards 254, 256 are not conspicuous when the LEDs 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b are not lit. The left side upper decorative board 254 and the left side lower decorative board 256 are connected to the peripheral control unit 4140, and each LED 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b is driven by a drive signal (light emission drive signal) from the peripheral control unit 4140. The left side decoration unit 240 can be decorated with light emission by appropriately emitting light.

  The lower side decorative frame 242 in the left side decorative unit 240 of the present example has a shape extending in the vertical direction along the left outer periphery of the gaming window 101, and is formed in a U-shaped cross section with the rear side open. The side lower decorative frame 242 is arranged between a plurality of large window frames 242a extending along the outer periphery of the gaming window 101 and penetrating in the front-rear direction, and a substantially elliptical small frame disposed between the large window frames 242a and penetrating in the front-rear direction. A window frame 242b, and an opening frame 242c that is disposed on both sides of the small window frame 242b (the game window 101 side and the outside of the pachinko machine 1) and penetrates in the front-rear direction and is cut out to the side surface. Is formed.

  The side lower decorative frame 242 is configured such that the peripheral lens portion 250a corresponding to the side lens 250 is fitted into the large window frame 242a from the rear side, and the side flash lens 246 corresponding to the small window frame 242b and the opening frame 242c. Is fitted from the rear side. That is, the side lower decorative frame 242 can form a peripheral lens portion 250a of the corresponding side lens 250 and an outer peripheral frame of the side flash lens 246, respectively.

  Further, the side upper decoration frame 244 in the left side decoration unit 240 is continuous with the upper end of the side lower decoration frame 242 and extends from the upper left outer periphery to the upper outer periphery of the gaming window 101 in a substantially triangular shape. It is formed in a U-shaped cross-section with the side opened. The side upper decoration frame 244 includes two large window frames 244a extending along the game window 101 and penetrating in the front-rear direction, and a substantially elliptical small window frame disposed between the large window frames 244a and penetrating in the front-rear direction. 244b and an opening frame 244c that is disposed on both sides of the small window frame 244b (the game window 101 side and the outside of the pachinko machine 1) and penetrates in the front-rear direction and is cut out to the side surface, and is formed of a synthetic resin. ing.

  The side upper decorative frame 244 is configured such that the peripheral lens portion 250a corresponding to the side lens 250 is fitted into the large window frame 244a from the rear side, and the side flash lens corresponding to the small window frame 244b and the opening frame 244c. 246 is fitted from the rear side. That is, the side upper decorative frame 244 can form the peripheral lens portion 250a of the corresponding side lens 250 and the outer peripheral frame of the side flash lens 246, respectively. The side upper decorative frame 244 forms a design that is continuous with the side lower decorative frame 242 when assembled as the left side decorative unit 240.

  In this example, the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 are colored in black, and the side lenses facing the large window frames 242a and 244a, the small window frames 242b and 244b, and the opening frames 242c and 244c. 250 and the side flash lens 246 are highlighted.

  Further, the side lens 250 in the left side decoration unit 240 has a size that combines the side lower decoration frame 242 and the side upper decoration frame 244, and has a size that extends from the center to the left side of the left and upper sides of the game window 101. Yes. The side lens 250 has a configuration in which the peripheral lens portion 250a fitted into the large window frames 242a and 244a of the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 is recessed from the rear side, and is recessed rearward between the peripheral lens portions 250a. And a radiation lens portion 250b in which a side flash lens 246 is disposed on the front side. The side lens 250 is formed by one curved surface in which the peripheral lens portion 250a is smoothly curved, and the radiation lens portion 250b is formed by a substantially flat surface. The side lens 250 is made of a transparent synthetic resin so that the rear side can be visually recognized.

  Furthermore, the inner decorative member 251 in the left side decorative unit 240 includes a plurality of slits 251 a that are disposed on the rear side of each peripheral lens portion 250 a in the side lens 250 and extend along the outer periphery of the gaming window 101 and penetrate in the front-rear direction. ing. As shown in the drawing, the inner decorative member 251 has a plurality of slits 251a extending along the outer periphery of the gaming window 101, and is concentric with the center of the gaming window 101 as a center. Several are provided. In addition, the inner decorative member 251 has a front surface in which a plurality of slits 251 a are formed in a curved shape substantially along the inner surface of the peripheral lens portion 250 a of the side lens 250. Note that the inner decorative member 251 of this example has a plated layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface, and is visible from the player side through the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250. .

  In addition, the side inner lens 252 in the left side decoration unit 240 is disposed on the rear side of the inner decoration member 251 and has substantially the same size and outer shape as the side lens 250, and is formed of a substantially colorless and transparent synthetic resin. Yes. The side inner lens 252 is formed with a diffusion portion 252a that bulges forward so that a portion corresponding to the inner decorative member 251 is inserted into the inner decorative member 251 from the rear side. The diffusion part 252a of the side inner lens 252 is formed with a plurality of band-like lenses extending radially around the lower center in the left-right direction of the gaming window 101 on the front surface, and the extending direction of the band-like lens is arranged on the front side. The decorative member 251 intersects (substantially orthogonal) with the direction in which the slit 251a extends.

  In the side inner lens 252, the diffusion part 252 a can be seen from the player side through the slit 251 a of the inner decorative member 251. The rear side cannot be clearly seen through the portion 252a. Further, as shown in the drawing, the side inner lens 252 has a substantially flat surface between the diffusion portions 252a, and light from the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 disposed on the rear side. Can be transmitted forward without being diffused or refracted.

  The left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 of the left side decorative unit 240 have a plurality of high-brightness color LEDs mounted on the surface, and are larger than the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244. The LEDs 254a and 256a arranged at positions corresponding to the window frames 242a and 244a (the peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250) have a relatively wide irradiation angle (for example, 60 ° to 180 °). LEDs 254b disposed at positions corresponding to the small window frames 242b and 244b and the opening frames 242c and 244c (the radiation lens portion 250b of the side lens 250, that is, the side flash lens 246) of the lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244, 256b has a relatively narrow irradiation angle (for example, 15 ° to 6 °). °) is used.

  Similar to the side speaker 130, the upper left speaker 262 of the left side decoration unit 240 outputs a mid-high range sound and is attached to a predetermined position in a predetermined direction by the upper speaker bracket 264. Yes. The upper speaker bracket 264 that supports the upper left speaker 262 includes a cylindrical horn portion (not shown) that protrudes obliquely forward and downward at the center of the left and right of the pachinko machine 1 in a front view. The upper left speaker 262 is fixed to the back of the upper end of the horn portion of the upper speaker bracket 264 via a protective plate 268 so that the upper left speaker 262 cannot be seen from the player side in a front view. It has become. Further, the protection plate 268 made of a metal plate can prevent the mischief of the left upper speaker 262 or the breaking of the cone of the upper left speaker 262 to insert an unauthorized tool into the pachinko machine 1. It has become. The upper left speaker 262 in this example is emitted from the upper part of the pachinko machine 1 toward the player below, and is less likely to cause noise with respect to other pachinko machines.

  Next, a characteristic light emission effect in the left side decoration unit 240 of this example will be described. As described above, the left side decoration unit 240 includes a side lens 250 including a transparent peripheral lens portion 250a that forms and curved the outer surface of the left side decoration unit 240, and is disposed on the rear surface of the peripheral lens portion 250a. An inner decorative member 251 having a metallic gloss plating layer and provided with a plurality of slits 251a penetrating in the front-rear direction, and disposed in the rear side of the inner decorative member 251 and extending in a direction intersecting the extending direction of the slit 251a. The left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 on which a plurality of LEDs 254a and 256a are mounted on the rear side of the side inner lens 252 and a side inner lens 252 having a diffusion portion 252a composed of a plurality of band-shaped lenses. (See FIG. 35 and the like). Thereby, in the left side decoration unit 240, when the LEDs 254a and 256a are caused to emit light, the light irradiated forward is diffused by the diffusion portion 252a of the side inner lens 252 and then passes through the slit 251a of the inner decoration member 251. It is irradiated from the peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250 toward the player side, so that the peripheral lens portion 250a of the left side decoration unit 240 can be illuminated and decorated.

  By the way, a part of the light irradiated forward (side lens 250 side) through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251 is transmitted to the player side through the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250. At the same time, the remaining light is reflected by the inner surface of the peripheral lens portion 250a to irradiate the front surface of the inner decorative member 251. And since the inner decoration member 251 is provided with a plating layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface, the light reflected toward the inner decoration member 251 by the inner surface of the peripheral lens portion 250a is the surface of the inner decoration member 251. The light is reflected toward the peripheral lens portion 250a at the (front surface), and a part of the light reflected from the surface of the inner decorative member 251 passes through the peripheral lens portion 250a and is irradiated to the player side.

  At this time, in this example, as shown in FIG. 35, the circumferential lens portion 250a, the front surface of the inner decorative member 251 and the diffusion portion 252a of the side inner lens 252 are smoothly curved, so The light reflected on the rear surface side converges and the light reflected on the outer surface side (front surface side) diffuses, and the peripheral lens portion 250a has a direct light passing through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251 and a peripheral light. The indirect light reflected by the front surface of the lens part 250a and the inner decorative member 251 is irradiated to the shifted positions. Further, the light passing through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251 is diffused in a stripe shape and intersected by the diffusion portion 252a formed by the plurality of band-like lenses in the side inner lens 252. It diffuses in the direction of (substantially orthogonal). Accordingly, the peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250 is irradiated (projected) with a plurality of striped lights having different shades extending in a direction that is longer than the width of the slit 251a and intersecting the direction in which the slit 251a extends. As a result, a fantastic luminous decoration with a sense of perspective can be made (see FIG. 36).

[1-2D. Upper decoration unit]
Next, the upper decoration unit 280 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. FIG. 37 is a front perspective view of the upper decorative unit in the door frame, and FIG. 38 is a rear perspective view of the upper decorative unit in the door frame. FIG. 39 is an exploded perspective view of the upper decorative unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 40 is an exploded perspective view of the upper decorative unit as seen from the rear.

  The upper decorative unit 280 in the door frame 5 of the present embodiment is, as shown in FIG. 17 and the like, at the upper center of the front surface of the door frame 5 and between the upper edge on the center side in the right side decorative unit 200 and the left side decorative unit 240. It is installed between and decorates between them. As shown in the drawing, the upper decoration unit 280 includes an annular central frame 281a penetrating in the front-rear direction, a frame-shaped upper extended frame 281b that extends from the upper part of the central frame 281a to the left and right and becomes thinner toward the tip, and A front decoration member 281 having a frame-like lower extension frame 281c extending from the lower part of the central frame 281a to the left and right and becoming thinner toward the tip, and an upper extension frame 281b and a lower part arranged on the rear side of the front decoration member 281 A translucent upper lens 282 having a through hole 282a having a diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the central frame 281a and a cylindrical shape that is inserted into the through hole 282a of the upper lens 282 while closing the inside of the extension frame 281c. A central sleeve 283; an upper central lens 284 inserted into the central sleeve 283 and bulging forward; and a surface disposed on the rear side of the upper central lens 284 A plate-like diffusion lens 285 having a plurality of fine prisms formed thereon, an annular lens support member 286 that holds the outer periphery of the diffusion lens 285 and supported on the rear side of the upper lens 282, and the rear side of the lens support member 286 A light shielding member 287 having a cylindrical portion 287a having a diameter substantially the same as the inner diameter of the lens support member 286, and a position corresponding to the inside of the cylindrical portion 287a of the light shielding member 287 disposed on the rear side of the light shielding member 287. A plurality of LEDs 288a, and an upper central decorative substrate 288 on which a plurality of LEDs 288b arranged at positions corresponding to the outside of the tube portion 287a are mounted on the front surface.

  The upper decoration unit 280 includes a unit base 289 that supports the front decoration member 281, the upper lens 282, the light shielding member 287, and the upper central decoration substrate 288 from the rear side, and a plurality of front decoration units 280 disposed on the rear side of the unit base 289. The upper side decorative board 290 on which the LED 290a is mounted, the board cover 291 that covers the rear surface of the upper side decorative board 290 and is attached to the rear side of the unit base 289, and is attached to the lower part of the rear surface of the board cover 291 and extends backward. A mounting bracket 292, an upper lower cover 293 attached to the lower side of the mounting bracket 292 and extending rearward from the lower rear end of the front decorative member 281; An upper lower decorative cover 294 shaped into a shape.

  Further, the upper decoration unit 280 is attached to the substrate cover 291 and extends rearward from the upper rear end of the front decoration member 281 in a plate shape, and has a notch 295a having a rear end opened at the center in the left-right direction. A cover 295; a plate-like lid member 296 that closes the notch 295a of the upper upper cover 295; and a decorative member 297 that is attached to the right side surface of the unit base 289 when viewed from the front and shaped into a predetermined shape. .

  In the upper decorative unit 280 of this example, a plated layer having a silver metallic luster is formed on the surface of the front decorative member 281 so that the front decorative member 281 glitters with light from the outside. The upper lens 282 is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin, and a central ring lens portion 282b facing the center frame 281a of the front decorative member 281 on the outer periphery of the through hole 282a, and an upper extension of the front decorative member 281. And an extended frame lens portion 282c facing the inside of the frame 281b and the lower extended frame 281c. In the upper lens 282, a plurality of band-like lenses extending radially are arranged in the circumferential direction on the rear surface of the central ring lens portion 282b, and the axis of the through hole 282a is centered on the front surface of the extended frame lens portion 282c. A plurality of concentrically extending prisms are formed. As a result, the plurality of prisms and belt-like lenses of the upper lens 282 can diffuse light, so that the rear side of the upper lens 282 cannot be clearly seen.

  The upper central lens 284 of the upper decoration unit 280 is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin. The upper central lens 284 has a smooth spindle shape on the front side, whereas a plurality of concentric lenses are formed on the rear side, so that light can be irregularly refracted. Is invisible.

  In addition, the upper central decorative board 288 of the upper decorative unit 280 has a plurality of LEDs 288a and 288b mounted on the front surface as full-color LEDs, and within the frame of the central frame 281a of the upper central lens 284 and the front decorative member 281. The outer periphery of the upper central lens 284 can be separately decorated with light emission. Furthermore, the upper side decorative board 290 of the upper decorative unit 280 has a plurality of LEDs 290a mounted on the front surface as full color LEDs, and these LEDs 290a are the upper extending frame 281b and the lower extending frame 281c in the front decorative member 281. Are arranged at positions corresponding to the inside of the frame. The upper side decorative board 290 can make the upper extended frame 281b and the lower extended frame 281c of the front decorative member 281 have a light emission decoration by appropriately causing the LED 290a to emit light.

[1-2E. Dish unit]
Next, the dish unit 300 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 41 to 45. 41 is a front perspective view of the dish unit in the door frame, and FIG. 42 is a rear perspective view of the dish unit in the door frame. FIG. 43 is an exploded perspective view of the dish unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 44 is an exploded perspective view of the dish unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view taken along a portion of the ball rental unit of the tray unit in the door frame.

  The tray unit 300 in the door frame 5 of the present embodiment includes an upper plate 301 and a lower plate 302 for storing game balls paid out from a prize ball device 740 to be described later, and games stored in the upper plate 301. The ball can be supplied to a ball hitting device 650 described later via the ball feeding unit 580. As shown in FIGS. 43 and 44, the dish unit 300 of the present example includes a substantially plate-shaped dish unit base 310 that is fixed to the lower front surface of the door frame base unit 100 and that extends in the left-right direction. A dish-shaped upper plate body 312 that is fixed at the approximate center of the front surface, opened upward and rearward, and has a large left side (axial support side) in front view and bulges forward. Upper plate upper panel 314 formed in a curved shape so that the center in the left-right direction is projected forward, upper plate front decoration member 316 attached to the upper front edge of upper plate upper panel 314, and upper plate front part The upper plate upper inner decorative member 318 disposed between the decorative member 316 and the upper plate upper panel 314 is continuous with the right portion of the upper plate front decorative member 316 and is located on the right upper side of the upper plate upper panel 314. A dish upper right decorative member 319 on the cover, and a.

  In addition, the dish unit 300 is attached to the lower surface of the upper dish upper panel 314 from the right and left center to the lower surface on the right side, and is attached to the lower side of the board mounting base 320. And an upper plate decorative substrate 322 having a plurality of LEDs 322a mounted thereon. A part of the upper dish front decoration member 316 and the upper dish upper right decoration member 319 can be illuminated by decorating the LED 322a of the upper dish decoration substrate 322 as appropriate.

  Further, the dish unit 300 is fixed to the front surface of the dish unit base 310 at the lower side of the upper dish body 312 and opened upward and rearward, and the center in the left-right direction bulges forward in front view and the front end toward the center in the left-right direction. A dish-shaped lower dish body 324 formed to become lower toward the front, and fixed to the upper part of the lower dish body 324, and in the front view, the center in the left-right direction bulges forward in the same manner as the lower dish body 324. A plate-like lower plate top plate 326 that is curved so as to become higher toward the center, and a cylinder lock 1010 of the lock device 1000 to be described later are provided at a portion that covers the lower end front end of the lower plate body 324 and extends to the right side in front view. A lower plate cover 328 having a lock hole 328a facing it, and an upper opening 330a coaxial with the lock hole 328a of the lower plate cover 328 by decorating the right side from the position of the lower left and right center left sides of the lower plate cover 328. A lower tray right side cover 330 provided with a lower opening 330b of the handle 500 is inserted from the front opening on the lower side of the upper opening 330a, and a.

  Also, the dish unit 300 is arranged at the lower end of the lower dish upper left side cover 332 and the lower dish upper left side cover 332 that are obliquely extended to cover the left side front end of the lower dish main body 324 and the left front end of the lower dish top plate 326, and the front and rear. A lower plate lower left side cover 334 having an opening 334a penetrating in the direction, a protective cover 336 made of a metal plate that allows the sound to be transmitted by closing the opening 334a of the lower plate lower left side cover 334 from the rear side, and protection A frame-shaped holding member 337 that holds the outer periphery of the cover 336 and is attached to the rear surface of the lower pan lower left side cover 334. The right front end of the lower dish top plate 326 is covered with an upper dish front decorative member 316.

  The dish unit 300 is attached to the upper left and right ends of the dish unit base 310, and the lower ends of the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 and the upper ends of the lower dish side cover 330 and the lower dish upper left cover 332 are designed. A side speaker cover 338 formed in a continuous shape and having an opening 338a penetrating in the front-rear direction at a position corresponding to the side speaker 130 attached to the door frame base unit 100, and an opening of the side speaker cover 338 A cover body 339 having a plurality of holes in the shape of a disk that is loosely curved so as to close 338a from the rear side and bulge to the front side.

  In this example, since the cover body 339 is formed of a predetermined punching metal, it is difficult to be deformed even if it is pushed or hit from the front side, and the side speaker 130 is possible. As long as it can be protected. The side speaker cover 338 has a plated layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface. The cover body 339 is colored black.

  Further, the dish unit 300 includes an upper dish ball removing mechanism 340 for removing game balls attached to the dish unit base 310 and the upper dish body 312 and stored in the upper dish 301 to the lower dish 302, and a lower dish body 324. A lower tray ball removing mechanism 350 for pulling downward the game balls attached to the lower surface and stored in the lower tray 302, and installed on the upper left side in front view of the tray unit base 310 and installed adjacent to the pachinko machine 1. A ball rental unit 360 that operates a ball rental machine (also referred to as CR unit 6, not shown).

  The dish unit 300 of this example constitutes an upper dish 301 that can store game balls by a part of the dish unit base 310, the upper dish body 312, the upper dish upper panel 314, and the like. The dish unit 300 constitutes a lower dish 302 that can store game balls by a part of the dish unit base 310, the lower dish body 324, the lower dish top plate 326, the lower dish cover 328, and the like.

  As shown in FIG. 43, the dish unit base 310 in the dish unit 300 is formed in a substantially plate shape extending in the left-right direction, and a decorative portion 310a having a predetermined shape is formed on the upper end edge extending in the left-right direction. Is provided. A ball rental unit attachment portion 310b for penetrating in the front-rear direction and attaching the ball rental unit 360 is formed at the left end of the decorative portion 310a. The dish unit base 310 is disposed on the lower side of the ball rental unit mounting portion 310b (near the upper left corner when viewed from the front) and has a horizontally long rectangular shape that passes through in the front-rear direction and an upper dish ball supply port 310c. An upper plate ball discharge port 310d extending in the front-rear direction and extending in the vertical direction below the right end of the decorative portion 310a on the lower side of the mouth 310c (substantially in the height direction of the plate unit base 310), and the upper plate And a pair of lower tray support portions 310e that are disposed directly below the ball discharge port 310d and the upper tray ball supply port 310c, protrude forward, and have the same upper surface. The upper dish ball discharge port 310d is continuously formed up to an intermediate position in the front-rear direction on the upper surface of the lower dish support part 310e arranged immediately below.

  The dish unit 300 is disposed between the pair of lower dish support portions 310e and is fitted to the rear ends of the lower dish body 324 and the lower dish top plate 326, and is formed in a horizontally long rectangular ring in front view. A groove 310f and a rectangular lower dish ball supply port 310g that is disposed in the lower right portion of the center surrounded by the lower dish support groove 310f and penetrates in the front-rear direction are provided. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 44, the dish unit base 310 includes a lower dish ball supply bowl 310h that extends rearward in a cylindrical shape so as to be continuous with the lower dish bowl supply port 310g, and an open side of the lower dish bowl supply bowl 310h. A notch 310i formed on a side surface and having a size through which a game ball can pass.

  The upper tray ball supply port 310 c of the dish unit base 310 is a foul cover attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit via the door frame base main body 110 and the cutout portions 101 a and 162 of the reinforcing unit 150 in the door frame base unit 100. The unit 540 communicates with the first ball outlet 544a. At the front end of the upper bowl supply port 310c, there is provided a guide recess 310j that extends in the right direction in the front view and is recessed backward. The guide recess 310j is inclined so that the right end side when viewed from the front is slightly lower with respect to the left-right direction, and is inclined so that the front end side is lower with respect to the front-rear direction. As a result, the difference in height between the front end of the guide recess 310j and the bottom surface of the upper plate body 312 increases toward the right end of the guide recess 310j. The height difference is slightly higher than the outer diameter of the game ball.

  Therefore, in this example, when the front side of the upper plate ball supply port 310c is closed by the game balls stored in the upper plate 301, the game balls paid out from the prize ball device 740 via the foul cover unit 540 are: Since it becomes impossible to go straight into the front upper plate 301 from the upper plate ball supply port 310c, the paid-out game ball comes into contact with the game ball whose front side is closed and rolls. The direction is changed, and is guided to roll rightward in the guide recess 310j, and is released from the vicinity of the right end of the guide recess 310j to the upper side of the game ball stored in the upper plate 301. Become. As a result, the game balls can be automatically stored in the upper and lower stages in the upper plate 301, so that when the game ball blocks the front of the upper plate ball supply port 310c, the player does not bring the game ball by hand. However, it is possible to continue to supply (release) the game balls that have been paid out into the upper plate 301, and to prevent the player from feeling troublesome about the storage of the game balls in the upper plate 301. , By dedicating the player to the game ball driving operation and the game using the game ball that has been driven in, it is possible to suppress the interest in the game from being reduced, and to increase the storage amount of the game ball in the upper plate 301 Can be done.

  The upper dish ball outlet 310d of the dish unit base 310 includes an opening 344a of the upper dish ball removal base 344 in the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 and a ball feed opening 113 of the door frame base body 110 in the door frame base unit 100. Via the entrance 581a of the ball feed unit 580 attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100. Further, in the lower dish ball supply port 310g, a lower dish ball supply rod 310h extending rearward from the rear side extends rearward through the ball passage opening 110f of the door frame base body 110 in the door frame base unit 100. The cutout portion 310i of the lower dish ball supply rod 310h is connected to the second ball outlet 544b of the foul cover unit 540 attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100, and the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 It is connected to the ball passage 344c of the upper dish ball removal base 344.

  In this example, as shown in the drawing, the front end of the lower dish ball supply port 310g is provided with an enlarged portion 310k that spreads leftward in a front view, and the lower dish ball supply port is provided by this enlarged portion 310k. The front end of 310g is in a state of spreading in the left-right direction. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of ball clogging at the lower plate ball supply port 310g at an early stage due to the game balls in the lower plate 302 accumulated on the front side of the lower plate ball supply port 310g, and more games The sphere can be supplied into the lower plate 302.

  The upper plate body 312 of the plate unit 300 is formed so that the left side (the shaft support side) bulges forward from the center in the front view, and the bottom surface is entirely lowered at the left end side (open side) and the rear end side. Yes. The bottom surface of the upper plate body 312 has a rear end on the pivot support side near the bottom of the upper plate ball supply port 310 c in the plate unit base 310, and a rear end on the open side of the upper plate ball discharge port 310 d in the plate unit base 310. The game balls are formed so as to be located in the vicinity of the middle position in the vertical direction, and the game balls supplied from the upper plate ball supply port 310c to the upper plate body 312 (upper plate 301) are guided to the upper plate ball discharge port 310d. It has become so.

  The upper plate body 312 is provided with a metal upper plate rail 313 that can come into contact with the game ball from the center in the left-right direction to the open side at the rear end of the bottom surface. Although not shown, the upper plate rail 313 is electrically grounded (grounded) so that static electricity charged on the game ball can be removed.

  The upper dish upper panel 314 of the dish unit 300 extends in a curved shape from the upper end of the upper dish body 312 so that the center in the left-right direction of the door frame 5 protrudes forward, and is outside the open side of the upper dish body 312. A mounting hole 314a is formed which penetrates in the vertical direction to which an upper dish ball removal mechanism 340, which will be described later, is attached. The upper plate upper panel 314 is formed in a step shape at the front end that is one step lower than the upper front end of the upper plate main body 312, and a decoration attachment portion 314 b for attaching the upper plate front decoration member 316 and the upper plate upper inner decoration member 318. And an operation unit mounting portion 314c that is formed in a step shape that is further lower than the decorative mounting portion 314b at a position in front of the upper plate body 312 at the center in the left-right direction and for mounting an operation unit 400 to be described later. Yes.

  The upper dish front decoration member 316 is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin in a shape extending in a curved shape in the left-right direction along the front end of the upper dish upper panel 314. The upper dish front decorative member 316 is formed with a plurality of curved surfaces curved in a spindle shape on the right side, while the left side is formed in a smooth shape from a position right to the center in the left-right direction. It is formed in such a rugged shape. Although the detailed illustration of the upper dish front decoration member 316 is omitted, a plurality of small-diameter lenses are formed on the rear surface on the right side formed by a plurality of curved surfaces, and light can be irregularly refracted. The rear side is not clearly visible from the player side. The upper dish upper inner decorative member 318 is disposed on the rear side of the left smoothly formed portion of the upper dish front decorative member 316, and is provided with a plated layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface. ing. As a result, the upper dish upper inner decorative member 318 can be clearly seen from the player side through the left side of the upper dish front decorative member 316 in the assembled state, whereas the upper dish upper inner decorative member 318 has a right side of the upper dish front decorative member 316. The part that can be seen through is unclear from the player side, and it seems that the sense of distance is not fixed.

  The upper dish upper right decorative member 319 is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin. The upper dish upper right decorative member 319 is formed of a plurality of curved surfaces whose surfaces are curved in a spindle shape, similar to the right part of the upper dish front decorative member 316. The upper right end side is formed so as to decorate the outer periphery of the upper dish ball removal button 341 which will be described later. Further, the upper dish upper right decorative member 319 has a plurality of small-diameter lenses formed on the back surface (lower surface), can diffuse light refractingly, and the lower side cannot be clearly seen from the player side. Yes. An upper plate decoration board 322 is disposed on the rear side of the right portion of the upper plate front decoration member 316 and on the lower side of the upper plate upper right decoration member 319, and the LED 322a of the upper plate decoration board 322 is connected to the upper plate decoration board 322. By appropriately emitting light, the upper dish front decorative member 316 and the upper dish upper right decorative member 319 can emit light appropriately.

  The lower plate body 324 of the plate unit 300 has a bottom plate 324a that extends in a fan shape forward in a plan view and has a rear end that is formed in a straight line in the left-right direction and has a substantially lower center on the upper surface, and a center of the bottom plate 324a. And a side plate 324c that rises upward from the front end and side end excluding the rear end of the bottom plate 324a. The side plate 324c of the lower plate body 324 is formed in a curved shape so that the upper end rising upward from the side end of the bottom plate 324a is the lowest on the front side and becomes higher toward the rear side, and the bottom plate 324a The upper end rising upward from the side end is formed in a straight line, and the left and right ends of the lower dish top plate 326 are placed and connected to the linear part of the upper end.

  The lower plate body 324 is configured such that the rear ends of the bottom plate 324 a and the side plate 324 c are inserted and supported in a lower plate support groove 310 f formed on the front surface of the plate unit base 310. Further, the lower dish ball removal hole 324b of the lower dish body 324 is closed by an opening / closing shutter 352 of a lower dish ball removal mechanism 350 disposed on the back side of the bottom plate 324a.

  The lower dish cover 328 is made of a black synthetic resin. On the other hand, the lower dish side cover 330 is formed of a predetermined synthetic resin and provided with a plated layer having a silvery metallic appearance (matte state such as a sandblast treatment instead of a mirror surface) on the surface. The lower dish side cover 330 includes a plate-like portion that extends rearward from the lower end and forms a part of the bottom surface of the dish unit 300. The lock hole 328 a of the lower plate cover 328 and the upper opening 330 a of the lower plate side cover 330 are formed at positions corresponding to the cylinder lock 1010 of the lock device 1000 attached to the main body frame 3. When the door frame 5 is closed, the lock hole of the cylinder lock 1010 faces the lock hole 328a and the upper opening 330a.

  The lower pan upper left cover 332 is formed of a predetermined synthetic resin and has a plating layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface. The lower pan lower left cover 334 is formed of a predetermined synthetic resin and has a plating layer having a red metallic luster on the surface, and extends rearward from the lower end to a part of the bottom surface of the pan unit 300. The plate-shaped part which forms is provided. An opening 334a of the lower left lower cover 334 is formed at a position corresponding to the front surface of a speaker 821 provided in the main body frame 3 to be described later, so that sound from the speaker 821 can be transmitted to the player side. It has become. The protective cover 336 that closes the opening 334a of the lower pan lower left cover 334 is a punching metal in which a plurality of holes are formed in a metal plate, and prevents unauthorized tools from being inserted therein.

  The dish unit 300 of this example is configured such that the bottom surface except the center in the left-right direction is closed by the lower dish side cover 330 and the lower dish left lower cover 334. Is closed by a lower dish ball removing mechanism 340 described later.

  The upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 in the dish unit 300 is provided for the operation of the upper dish ball removal button 341 that is attached to the attachment hole 314a of the upper dish upper panel 314 so as to be movable back and forth, and the operation of the upper dish ball removal button 341. The upper plate ball release button 341 is moved up and down more than the vertical movement of the upper plate ball 341 and is supported on the front side of the plate unit base 310. The operation piece 342 is supported so as to be operable (turnable), and the plate unit base 310 is supported. And a contact piece that slides up and down by the vertical movement of the operating piece 342 supported by the mounting base 346 and comes into contact with an operating rod 583c of a ball removing member 583 in a ball feed unit 580 described later. An upper dish ball removal slider 343 that is provided on the rear side of the dish unit base 310 and includes an upper dish ball removal slider 34. The an upper pan ball vent base 344 attached to the rear side of the vertical direction slidably supported to be countersunk unit base 310, and a.

  Although the detailed illustration of the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 is omitted, an operating piece 342 that moves up and down together with the upper dish ball removal button 341 is arranged so that the upper dish ball removal button 341 is positioned at the upper moving end. The coil spring is urged upward. The upper dish ball removal slider 343 is biased upward by a coil spring provided between the upper dish ball removal base 344.

  The upper dish ball removal base 344 of the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 closes the upper dish ball discharge port 310d of the dish unit base 310 and simultaneously communicates with the upper plate ball discharge port 310d to open forward 344a (see FIG. 43), and a ball guiding channel 344b that communicates with the opening 344a on the back side of the upper dish ball removing base 344 and guides the game ball that has passed through the opening 344a downward and then guided backward (FIGS. 42 and 44) and after extending downward from the lower side of the ball guiding channel 344b, it extends toward the right side (axial support side) end portion in rear view substantially along the lower side of the upper dish ball removing base 344. And a ball passage 344c through which game balls can be distributed.

  In the upper dish ball removal base 344, the opening 344a communicates with the upper dish ball discharge port 310d, and the lower end of the ball guide channel 344b communicated with the opening 344a is the ball of the door frame base main body 110 in the door frame base unit 100. The game ball stored in the upper plate 301 is transferred to the ball feed unit 580 so as to communicate with the entrance 581a of the ball feed unit 580 attached to the rear side of the door frame base body 110 through the feed opening 113. Can be supplied to.

  Further, the upper end adjacent to the ball guiding channel 344b of the upper plate ball removing base 344 communicates with the ball outlet 581b of the ball feeding unit 580 through the ball feeding opening 113 of the door frame base body 110. In addition, the lower end extending to the shaft support side communicates with the notch 310i of the lower dish ball supply rod 310h in the dish unit base 310, and the game balls discharged from the ball outlet 581b of the ball feed unit 580 are It can be guided to the lower plate 302. The rear end lower portion of the bulb passage 344c is closed by an upper dish bulb passage cover 345.

  When the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 presses the upper dish ball removal button 341 downward against the biasing force of the coil spring, the upper dish ball removal slider 343 slides downward and the contact piece 343a protruding rearward is also provided. Move down. Then, the operating rod 583c of the ball removing member 583 in the ball feeding unit 580 that contacts the upper surface of the contact piece 343a moves the partitioning portion 583a of the ball removal member 583 in a predetermined direction by moving the contact piece 343a downward. The partition between the entrance 581a and the ball outlet 581b partitioned by the partition portion 583a is released, and the entrance 581a and the ball outlet 581b communicate with each other. Thereby, the game balls stored in the upper plate 301 enter the entrance 581a of the ball feeding unit 580 from the upper plate ball discharge port 310d through the opening 344a of the upper plate ball removal base 344 and the ball guide path 344b. After that, the balls are discharged from the ball outlet 581b to the ball passage 344c of the upper dish ball base 344, and from the lower dish ball supply port 310g to the lower dish 302 via the lower dish ball supply rod 310h of the dish unit base 310. It can be discharged.

  Note that the ball removal member 583 of the ball feeding unit 580 is in contact with the upper surface of the contact piece 343a of the upper dish ball removal slider 343 whose operating rod 583c is biased upward by the coil spring. Even if the game ball is vigorously supplied onto the partition portion 581a, the impact can be absorbed by the coil spring that urges the upper plate ball removal slider 343 via the operating rod 583c, and the ball removal member 583 and the like can be absorbed. It is possible to prevent breakage and to prevent the game ball from bouncing off at the partition portion 583a.

  The lower dish ball removing mechanism 350 in the dish unit 300 is arranged between the lower dish side cover 330 and the lower dish lower left cover 334 on the lower side of the lower dish body 324 and forms a bottom center part of the dish unit 300. A punching base 351, a plate-like opening / closing shutter 352 pivotally supported on the upper surface of the lower dish ball removal base 351 and capable of opening and closing the lower dish ball removal hole 324b of the lower dish body 324, and the opening / closing shutter 352 are rotated. A lower dish ball removal slider 353 supported on the upper surface of the lower dish ball removal base 351 so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction, and a lower dish ball removal button 354 attached to the front end of the lower dish ball removal slider 353. Yes.

  The lower dish ball removal base 351 includes a base ball removal hole 351a penetrating in the vertical direction at a position facing the lower dish ball removal hole 324b of the lower dish body 324. The open / close shutter 352 includes a closing portion 352a capable of closing the lower dish ball extraction hole 324b, and a shutter ball extraction hole which is disposed on the front side of the closing portion 352a and penetrates in the vertical direction and can substantially coincide with the lower dish ball extraction hole 324b. 352b, and the closing portion 352a is biased by the coil spring 356 between the lower dish ball removal base 351 and the lower dish ball removal hole 324b and the base ball removal hole 351a. .

  Although not shown in detail, the open / close shutter 352 includes a contact pin that can come into contact with the lower dish ball removal slider 353, and the contact pin comes into contact with the lower dish ball removal slider 353. The lower plate ball removal slider 353 is rotated so that the closing portion 352a and the shutter ball removal hole 352b move rearward, or the lower plate ball removal slider 353 is slid forward by the biasing force of the coil spring 356. Be able to.

  Further, the lower dish ball removing mechanism 350 is configured such that the shutter ball removal hole 352b of the opening / closing shutter 352 substantially coincides with the lower dish ball removal hole 324b of the lower dish body 324 and the base ball removal hole 351a of the lower dish ball removal base 351. In order to hold in the moving position, a holding mechanism 355 for holding the lower dish ball removal slider 353 in a predetermined position is further provided.

  The lower dish ball removal mechanism 350 is in a closed state in which the lower dish ball removal button 354 is moved to the front end when the surface shape of the lower dish ball removal button 354 is continuous with the surface shape of the lower dish cover 328 or the like. Yes, the lower plate ball hole 324b of the lower plate body 324 is closed by the closing portion 352a of the opening / closing shutter 352. In this state, the game balls can be stored in the lower plate body 324 (the lower plate 302). When the lower dish ball removal button 354 in the closed state is pushed rearward, the lower dish ball removal button 354 and the lower dish ball removal slider 353 slide backward, and the lower dish ball removal slider 353 slides backward. The opening / closing shutter 352 rotates against the urging force of the coil spring 356 so that the closing portion 352a and the shutter ball extraction hole 352b move rearward.

  Then, as the opening / closing shutter 352 rotates rearward, the shutter ball hole 352b overlaps with the lower plate ball hole 324b and the base ball hole 351a, and eventually the shutter ball hole 352b and the lower plate ball hole are formed. 324b matches, and the game balls stored in the lower dish 302 can be discharged to the lower side of the dish unit 300 through the lower dish ball removal hole 324b. When the lower dish ball removal slider 353 moves rearward to a position where the shutter ball removal hole 352b and the lower dish ball removal hole 324b substantially coincide with each other, the lower dish ball removal slider 353 is held by the holding mechanism 355. When the slide of the lower dish ball removal slider 353 is locked (held), the lower dish ball removal button 354 is left in the opened state, and the shutter ball removal hole 352b is provided in the lower dish ball. The game balls stored in the lower plate 302 can be discharged downward even if the lower plate ball removal button 354 is not kept depressed, while being held in a state where it matches the hole 3324b.

  On the other hand, when closing the lower dish ball removal hole 324b, when the retracted lower dish ball removal button 354 is further pushed backward, the holding mechanism 355 releases the lower dish ball removal slide 353, and the lower dish The ball slide 353 can be slid, and the open / close shutter 352 urged by the coil spring in the direction to close the lower plate ball removal hole 324b by the coil spring, the closing portion 352a is lowered by the urging force. It will rotate in the direction of moving in the direction (forward) of the ball removal hole 324b. Then, as the opening / closing shutter 352 rotates forward, the lower dish ball removal slide 353 slides forward, the lower dish ball removal hole 324b is closed by the closing portion 352a, and the lower dish ball removal button 354 is lowered. It returns to the position of the closed state substantially coinciding with the front surface of the dish cover 328 and the like, and the game ball can be stored in the lower dish 302.

  Note that the holding mechanism 355 of the lower dish ball removing mechanism 350 uses a known technique having the above-described function, and a detailed description of the detailed mechanism is omitted.

  The lending unit 360 in the dish unit 300 includes a lending button 361 and a return button 362 that can be pressed backward, and a lending remaining display portion 363 between the lending button 361 and the return button 362. When the ball lending unit 360 is pushed into the ball lending machine provided adjacent to the pachinko machine 1 and then pushes the ball lending button 361, a predetermined number of game balls are transferred to the dish unit 300. It can be lent (paid out) into the upper plate 301, and when the return button 362 is pressed, the cash balance and prepaid card inserted after drawing the remainder of the lent are returned. Yes. Further, the remaining lending display section 363 displays the number of cash and prepaid cards remaining in the ball lending machine.

  The ball rental unit 360 is attached from the rear side to a ball rental unit mounting portion 310b formed on the decorative portion 310a at the upper end of the dish unit base 310. The ball lending unit 360 includes a security cover mounting portion 364 that protrudes rearward from the rear surface and mounts and locks the mounting elastic piece 185 on the shaft support side (left side in front view) of the security cover 180.

  More specifically, the lending unit 360 includes a transparent front cover 365 that covers the front side of the lending remaining display portion 363, a lending remaining display portion 363 that is disposed on the rear side of the front cover 365, and a lending button 361. And a ball rental unit board 366 (see FIG. 45) to which a switch operated by operating the return button 362 is attached, and the rear side of the ball rental unit mounting part 310b of the tray unit base 310 covering the rear side of the ball rental unit board 366. And a rear cover 367 attached to the rear cover. The security cover mounting portion 364 is provided on the rear surface of the rear cover 364.

  The ball rental unit mounting portion 310b of the dish unit base 310 to which the ball rental unit 360 is mounted is formed between the circular button opening 310m facing the ball rental button 361 and the return button 362 and the button openings 310m. A transparent front cover 365 that closes the display opening 310n is provided with a rectangular display opening 310n that is closed by the cover 365, and a protrusion 310o that is formed on the outer periphery of the two button openings 310m and protrudes forward. The rental remaining display part 363 arranged on the rear side through the player can be seen from the player side. Further, as shown in FIG. 45, the protrusion 310o of the dish unit base 310 has a rounded front end.

  As shown in the figure, the ball rental unit 360 of the present example has a ball rental unit mounting portion 310b of the plate unit base 310 disposed above the upper plate 301 and directly above the upper plate ball supply port 310c. It is arranged to face. In the rental unit 360, the return button 362 is disposed at a position closer to the center in the left-right direction than the rental button 361. In this example, the ball rental button 361 and the return button 362 are colored differently from the plate unit base 310 (ball rental unit mounting portion 310b). This makes it easier for the player to recognize the lending button 361 and the return button 362.

  The ball rental unit 360 also includes a protruding portion 310o that protrudes forward (player side) from the outer periphery of the ball rental button 361 and the return button 362, and when the player inserts a hand into the upper plate 301. Since the hand touches the protruding portion 310o before the hand touches the lending button 361 or the return button 362, the player can be aware of the presence of the lending button 361 or the return button 362. It is possible to prevent erroneous operation of 361, the return button 362, and the like.

  The dish unit 300 of the present example includes an upper dish 301 and a lower dish 302, and can be a pachinko machine 1 having the same feeling as a conventional pachinko machine having two storage dishes. The pachinko machine 1 can be reminiscent, and even with the new pachinko machine 1 (new pachinko machine), it is possible to make the pachinko machine 1 easy to select as a pachinko machine to play by reducing anxiety given to the player. It has become.

[1-2F. Operation unit]
Next, the operation unit 400 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 46 to 50. 46A is a front perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame, and FIG. 46B is a rear perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame. FIG. 47 is an exploded perspective view of the operating unit as seen from the upper right front, and FIG. 48 is an exploded perspective view of the operating unit as seen from the lower right front. Further, FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view of the operation unit, and FIG. 50 is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the pressing operation unit is pressed in the operation unit.

  The operation unit 400 in the door frame 5 of the present embodiment is disposed on the front surface of the upper plate 301 at a substantially center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, a dial operation unit 401 that can be rotated by the player, and a press that can be pressed by the player An operation unit 405, which can accept a player's operation or move the dial operation unit 401 in accordance with the gaming state, and not only a game ball driving operation for the player It is intended to be able to participate in production during the game.

  The operation unit 400 includes an annular dial operation unit 401, a columnar pressing operation unit 405 inserted into the ring of the dial operation unit 401, and an annular follower coupled to the lower end of the dial operation unit 405. A gear 410, a disc-shaped drive gear 412 that meshes with the driven gear 410, a dial drive motor 414 that is fixed to the rotating shaft of the drive gear 412, an annular gear rail 416a that rotatably supports the driven gear 410, and An operation unit holding member 416 having a cylindrical button support tube 416b that supports the pressing operation unit 405 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction, and the press operation unit 405 disposed in the button support tube 416b of the operation unit holding member 416 are arranged. A spring 418 that biases upward, and an opening 420a through which the gear rail 416a and the button support cylinder 416b of the operation unit holding member 416 can pass are provided. A base member 420 to which the operation portion holding member 416 and the dial drive motor 414 are fixed to the lower surface, and an upper cover 422 that covers the upper surface of the base member 420 and has an opening 422a through which the inner cylinder portion 401a of the dial operation portion 401 can pass. And a lower cover 424 that is attached so as to sandwich the base member 420 under the upper cover 422 and covers the lower surface of the base member 420 and the dial drive motor 414.

  In addition, the operation unit 400 is fixed to the base member 420 so as to cover the upper side of the upper cover 422, and the opening 426a through which the inner cylinder portion 401a of the dial operation unit 401 can pass, and extends outward from both the left and right sides of the opening 426a. A cover body 426 having a fixing portion 426b for fixing to the operation unit mounting portion 314c in the dish unit 300, and a plating which is disposed on the upper side of the cover body 426 and has a predetermined shape and has a silver metallic luster on the surface. An inner cover 427 provided with a layer and a transparent surface cover 428 covering the upper surface of the inner cover 427 are provided. The inner cover 427 and the front cover 428 are formed with circular openings through which the outer cylinder 401c of the dial operation unit 401 can pass.

  Further, the operation unit 400 has an opening 430 a that is attached to the upper surface of the base member 420 and through which the button support cylinder 416 b of the operation section holding member 416 and the inner cylinder section 401 a of the dial operation section 401 can pass. A dial decoration board 430 on which a plurality of color LEDs 430b are mounted at positions corresponding to the ring of the ring, and a pair of rotation detection sensors 432a that are fixed to the lower side of the operation unit holding member 416 and detect the rotation of the dial operation unit 401. 432b, a press detection sensor 432c for detecting the operation of the pressing operation unit 405, and a button decoration substrate 432 having a color LED 432d mounted on the upper surface immediately below the pressing operation unit 405. The button decoration substrate 432 is latched and held on the lower surface of the operation portion holding member 416 by a substrate holding claw 416g of the operation portion holding member 416.

  The dial operation unit 401 in the operation unit 400 of this example is formed of a material having translucency, and has a cylindrical inner cylinder part 401a extending in the vertical direction and outward from the upper end of the inner cylinder part 401a. An annular top plate portion 401b having a predetermined decoration on the extended surface, an outer tube portion 401c that extends downward from the outer peripheral end of the top plate portion 401b in a cylindrical shape, and is shorter than the inner tube portion 401a, and an outer tube And a flange portion 401d extending in an annular shape outward from the lower end of the portion 401c. The outer diameter of the flange 401 d in the dial operation unit 401 is larger than the inner diameter of the opening 422 a in the upper cover 422. Moreover, the dial operation part 401 is provided with the connection latching | locking part (refer FIG. 48) at the lower end of the inner cylinder part 401a. 401 and the driven gear 410 can be connected.

  Furthermore, the dial operation unit 401 further includes a protruding portion 401f that protrudes in the center direction from the inner wall of the inner cylinder portion 401a at a position that is lower than the upper end by a predetermined distance. The protruding portion 401f of the dial operation portion 401 is formed in an annular shape along the inner periphery of the inner cylinder portion 401a. As will be described in detail later, the protruding portion 401 f can come into contact with the step portion 407 a of the button cap 407 in the pressing operation portion 405, and the step portion 407 a of the button cap 407 protrudes from the dial operation portion 401. By coming into contact with the portion 401f, the button cap 407 (pressing operation portion 405) can be prevented from being further immersed into the inner cylinder portion 401e (see FIG. 50).

  In addition, as shown in the figure, the protrusion 401 f of the dial operation unit 401 and the stepped portion 407 a of the button cap 407 in the pressing operation unit 405 are arranged such that their contact surfaces become lower toward the center of the dial operation unit 401. In this case, the contact area is increased when they are in contact with each other. As a result, the load from the pressing operation unit 405 can be more dispersed (released) to the dial operation unit 401 side, and vibration from the dial operation unit 401 can be easily transmitted to the pressing operation unit 405 side. It has become.

  Further, the pressing operation unit 405 in the operation unit 400 is formed in a cylindrical shape whose upper end is closed, a bottomed cylindrical button body 406, a button cap 407 for closing the upper end of the button body 406, and a button cap. A cap inner 408 disposed inside the button body 407 and sandwiched between the upper end of the button main body 406 and the button cap 407. The button main body 406 of the pressing operation unit 405 has a truncated cone shape whose bottom surface is narrowed downward, and the upper end of a coiled spring 418 is inserted into the truncated cone-shaped bottom surface. In addition, a through-hole 406a penetrating in the vertical direction is provided at the center of the lower end surface of the truncated cone shape. It is like that.

  The button main body 406 has a pair of locking claws 406 b that extend downward from the lower outer periphery and protrude outward in the direction perpendicular to the axis. By engaging with a locking projection 416f (see FIGS. 49 and 50) formed in the button support cylinder 416b, the upward movement end is prevented so that the button body 406 does not come out of the button support 416b. It can be regulated. Although not shown in detail, the button support tube 416b of the operation portion holding member 416 includes a contact portion that prevents the locking claw 406b of the button body 406 from moving in the circumferential direction. The button main body 406 (the pressing operation unit 405) is prevented from rotating within the button support cylinder 416b. A predetermined amount of gap is formed in the circumferential direction between the locking claw 406b of the button main body 406 and the contact portion in the button support cylinder 416b, and the button main body 406 has a predetermined angle by the gap. It can be rotated within the range.

  Further, the button main body 406 includes a pressing detection piece 406c that extends downward from a different position on the outer peripheral lower part of the locking claw 406b and can be detected by the pressing detection sensor 432c of the button decorative substrate 432. The press detection piece 406c is detected by the press detection sensor 432c when the button body 406 (press operation unit 405) moves downward against the biasing force of the spring 418.

  Further, as shown in the figure, the button cap 407 of the pressing operation unit 405 has an outer diameter lower than a substantially center in the vertical direction smaller than the upper side, and a stepped portion 407a between the upper side and the lower side. Is formed. The button cap 407 (pressing operation portion 405) has a lower diameter than the step portion 407a smaller than the inner diameter of the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation portion 401, and an upper side than the step portion 407a is a dial operation portion. The inner cylindrical portion 401a 401 has a smaller diameter than the inner diameter of the protruding portion 401f. As a result, when the button cap 407 (pressing operation portion 405) is inserted into the inner cylinder portion 401a from the upper side of the dial operation portion 401, the step portion 407a of the button cap 407 contacts the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation portion 401. Further, the button cap 407 (pressing operation unit 405) cannot be further immersed into the inner cylinder part 401e (see FIG. 50).

  Further, the button cap 407 and the cap inner 408 of the pressing operation unit 405 are formed of a material having a translucent ring. A character “Push” is displayed on the upper surface of the cap inner 408, and the character can be visually recognized from the outside through the button cap 407.

  The driven gear 410 in the operation unit 400 includes a plurality of gear teeth that mesh with the drive gear 412 on an annular outer periphery. The driven gear 410 has an inner diameter that is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the button support cylinder 416b in the operation portion holding member 416, and an annular slide that contacts the gear rail 416a of the operation portion holding member 416 on the lower surface. A moving surface 410a is provided. When the sliding gear 410 is inserted into the button support cylinder 416b and the sliding surface 410a is brought into contact with the gear rail 416a, the sliding gear 410 can slide and rotate substantially concentrically with the button support cylinder 416b. It can be done.

  Further, the driven gear 410 includes a pair of connection locking claws 410 b that extend upward from a position at which the upper ends are opposed to each other and project inward. The driven gear 410 and the dial operation unit 401 are connected to each other so as to be integrally rotatable by being locked with the connection locking portion 401e of the inner cylinder portion 401a.

  The driven gear 410 includes a plurality of rotation detection pieces 410c that protrude downward from the lower end and are arranged at regular intervals in the circumferential direction. These rotation detection pieces 410c are detected by a pair of rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b attached to the button decoration substrate 432. Although details will be described later, the rotation detection pieces 410c and the rotation detection pieces 410c are arranged between each other. The rotation direction of the driven gear 410, that is, the dial operation unit 401 can be detected by the detection pattern of each of the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b with respect to the rotation detection piece 410c by the slit 410d formed therebetween. In this example, the circumferential lengths of the rotation detection piece 410c and the slit 410d are substantially the same.

  Further, as shown in the figure, the drive gear 412 in the operation unit 400 is a spur gear that meshes with the driven gear 410 and is fixed so as to be integrally rotatable with the rotary shaft of the dial drive motor 414. The dial drive motor 414 is a known stepping motor capable of arbitrarily controlling the rotation direction, rotation speed, and rotation angle, and the drive gear 412 is driven to rotate by the dial drive motor 414 via the rotation shaft. Thus, the dial operation unit 401 can be rotated via the driven gear 410. In addition, the dial operation unit 401 can be vibrated by repeating forward and reverse rotations of the drive gear 412 (rotary shaft) in small increments by the dial drive motor 414. In addition, the rotation of the dial drive motor 414 is stopped for a predetermined rotation angle for a short period of time based on detection signals from the rotation detection sensors 432a and 342b, so that the rotation operation of the dial operation unit 401 is clicked. A feeling can be given.

  Further, the operation unit holding member 416 in the operation unit 400 includes an annular gear rail 416a that rotatably supports the driven gear 410, and a button body 406 of the pressing operation unit 405 that protrudes in a cylindrical shape upward from the inside of the gear rail 416a. Button support cylinder 416b that slidably moves in the vertical direction, and a locking projection 416f that is formed on the inner peripheral surface near the bottom of the button support cylinder 416b and can be locked with the locking claw 406b of the button body 406 49 and FIG. 50), and a through hole 416c that transmits light from the LED 432d that passes through the center of the bottom of the button support cylinder 416b and is mounted on the button decoration board 432 to the button support cylinder 416b (press operation unit 405). And a rotation detection sensor 4 attached to the button decoration board 432 through the bottom portion outside the button support cylinder 416b in the vertical direction. An opening 416d through which 2a and 432b can pass, an opening 416e that passes through the bottom of the button support tube 416b in the vertical direction and is attached to the button decoration board 432, and an opening 416e that is desired from the upper side; A pair of board holding claws 416g for locking and holding the extended button decorative board 432.

  Although not shown in detail, the operation portion holding member 416 is disposed in the button support cylinder 416b, and forms a predetermined amount of clearance in the circumferential direction with respect to the locking claw 406b of the button body 406 and is locked. It further includes a plurality of abutting portions that can abut against the claw 406b. By this contact portion, the button main body 406 (the pressing operation portion 405) can be rotated within a predetermined angle range, and is not rotated in the button support cylinder 416b. Further, although the detailed description of the operation unit holding member 416 is omitted, screw holes for fixing to the base member 420, positioning bosses for positioning the base member 420 and the button decoration board 432, and the like are appropriately positioned. Is provided.

  The operation portion holding member 416 slides the driven gear 410 (dial operation portion 401) about a predetermined rotation axis by inserting the driven gear 410 through the outer periphery of the button support cylinder 416b and placing it on the gear rail 416a. It can be supported so as to be rotatable. Further, by inserting the button main body 406 of the pressing operation portion 405 into the button support cylinder 416b, the pressing operation portion 405 can be slidably supported in the vertical direction via the button main body 406. . A coiled spring 418 is arranged between the bottom of the button support cylinder 416b and the truncated cone-shaped lower surface of the button main body 406, and the button main body 406 (pressing operation portion) is arranged by the spring 418. 405) is biased upward.

  The base member 420 in the operation unit 400 is formed of a metal such as an aluminum alloy, and the operation unit 400 is not easily damaged even if the dial operation unit 401 or the pressing operation unit 405 is hit strongly. The base member 420 has a lower concave portion 420b that can be fitted to the outer periphery of the operation holding member 416 and is recessed upward, and a bottom portion (ceiling portion) of the lower concave portion 420b that vertically penetrates the operation holding member 416. An opening 420a having an inner shape through which the gear rail 416a can pass, and an upper recess 420c that is disposed on the opposite side of the lower recess 420b across the opening 420a and that is recessed downwardly so as to accommodate at least the driven gear 410. I have. Further, as shown in FIG. 48, the base member 420 is opened downward to the outside of the lower recess 420b and is attached to the motor mounting portion 420d for attaching the dial drive motor 414, and downward from the outside of the lower recess 420b. A plurality of (four in this example) leg portions 420e projecting by a predetermined amount, and positioning holes 420f opening downward at the lower ends of the leg portions 420e are provided.

  The base member 420 includes a plurality of cover fixing portions 420g for fixing the cover main body 426 disposed on the outer side of the upper concave portion 420c, and the cover fixing portion 420g is located upward from a different position outside the upper concave portion 420c. And a plurality of board mounting bosses 420h for mounting the dial decoration board 430. Further, although detailed description is omitted, the base member 420 is formed with positioning bosses and mounting holes for positioning each member at appropriate positions on the upper and lower surfaces thereof.

  The base member 420 is inserted into the lower recess 420b so that the button support cylinder 416b and the gear rail 416a pass from the lower side with respect to the central opening 420a. Is screwed into the operation portion holding member 416 from the upper side through the ceiling portion of the lower concave portion 420b, so that the operation portion holding member 416 can be supported. Although the detailed illustration of the base member 420 is omitted, the upper end of the gear rail 416a is slightly above the top surface of the ceiling of the lower recess 420b, that is, the bottom surface of the upper recess 420c when the operation unit holding member 416 is supported. The driven gear 410 placed on the gear rail 416a can slide and rotate within the upper recess 420c without any problem.

  Further, the leg portion 420e of the base member 420 has a positioning hole 420f formed at the lower end thereof fitted to a positioning protrusion 424a formed on the upper surface of the bottom portion of the lower cover 424 described later. 420 and the lower cover 424 can be positioned at predetermined positions. Further, the board mounting boss 420h of the base member 420 protrudes to a position above the driven gear 410 accommodated in the upper recess 420c, and the dial decoration board 430 mounted on the board mounting boss 420h is driven. It does not come into contact with the gear 410.

  Further, the base member 420 comes into contact with the upper surface of the dial drive motor 414 by attaching the dial drive motor 414 to the motor mounting portion 420d, and heat from the dial drive motor 414 is transferred to the base member 420 side. Thus, the heat of the dial drive motor 414 can be dissipated by the base member 420. Thereby, the overheating of the dial drive motor 414 can be suppressed, and it is possible to prevent the malfunction of the dial drive motor 414 and the like due to overheating.

  The upper cover 422 of the operation unit 400 has a box shape with an open bottom, and includes an opening 422a having an inner diameter through which the outer cylinder portion 401c of the dial operation portion 401 can pass and the flange portion 401d cannot pass. ing. The upper cover 422 has a long direction (horizontal direction in the pachinko machine 1) connecting the axis of the pressing operation unit 405 (driven gear 410) and the axis of the dial drive motor 414 (drive gear 412) in plan view. The engaging claw 422b that protrudes downward is provided at both ends in the major axis direction, and the engaging claw 422b is engaged with the engaging portion 424b of the lower cover 424. The cover 422 and the lower cover 424 can be assembled.

  The upper cover 422 includes a claw-like locking piece 422c that extends downward from the outer periphery of one side (front side in the pachinko machine 1) in the short axis direction (front and rear direction in the pachinko machine 1) and protrudes outward at the lower end. I have. The locking piece 422c can be locked to the upper dish front decoration member 316 in the dish unit 300, and by locking the locking piece 422c to the upper dish front decoration member 316, The operation unit 400 can be prevented from coming out upward from the operation unit mounting portion 314c.

  The upper cover 422 is configured such that the dial operation unit 401 is attached to the base member 420 from the lower side with respect to the opening 422a in a state where the operation unit holding member 416, the driven gear 410, the dial decoration board 430, the dial member 401, and the like are attached. By covering the upper part of the base member 420 so as to pass, it is possible to prevent the dial operation unit 401 from being pulled upward by the opening 422a.

  On the other hand, the lower cover 424 of the operation unit 400 has a box shape with the upper part opened, and has an outer peripheral shape substantially coincident with the outer periphery of the upper cover 422. A positioning protrusion 424a that can be fitted into the positioning hole 420f at the lower end of 420d is provided. The lower cover 424 is provided with engaging portions 424b that can be engaged with the engaging claws 422b of the upper cover 422 at both upper portions in the major axis direction (left and right direction in the pachinko machine 1). The upper cover 422 can be attached to the lower cover 424 by engaging the engaging claws 422b.

  As shown in the figure, the cover main body 426 in the operation unit 400 has an opening 426a that passes through the center in the vertical direction and through which the upper cover 422 can pass, and extends outward from the left and right sides of the opening 426a. A fixing portion 426b fixed to the portion 314c, and a fixing boss 426c extending downward from the lower surface of the outer periphery of the opening 426a and fixed to the cover fixing portion 420g of the base member 420.

  The operation unit 400 of this example is attached to the dish unit 300 via the fixing part 426b of the cover main body 426. Although not shown in detail, the operation unit 400 is attached to the operation unit attachment part 314c of the dish unit 300. In the state, the operation unit 400 (lower cover 424) is attached in a state where the lower surface of the operation unit 400 (lower cover 424) is slightly lifted from the upper surface of the operation unit attachment portion 314c (for example, 0.5 mm to 2.0 mm). The cover body 426 can be elastically deformed to reduce the impact when it is pressed or hit.

  In the operation unit 400, with the inner cover 427 and the front cover 428 removed, the fixing portion 426b of the cover body 426 is attached with a predetermined screw to the operation unit attachment portion 314c of the dish unit 300, and then The inner cover 427 and the front cover 428 are attached to the upper surface of the cover main body 426.

  In the operation unit 400 of the present embodiment, the rotation detection piece 410c of the driven gear 410 that rotates together with the dial operation unit 401 has a circumferential length in the slit between the adjacent rotation detection pieces 410c and the circumference of the rotation detection piece 410c. The length in the direction is the same length. In addition, the pair of rotation detection sensors 432 a and 432 b attached to the button decoration board 432 has an interval in the circumferential direction corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 that is 2.5 times the length in the circumferential direction of the rotation detection piece 410. It is said that. As a result, as will be described in detail later, when the player rotates the dial operation unit 401, a time lag occurs in the detection / non-detection of the rotation detection piece 410c by the pair of rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b, and each rotation detection is detected. The direction in which the dial operation unit 401 is rotating can be detected from the detection pattern of the rotation detection piece 410c by the sensors 432a and 432b.

  The operation unit 400 of the present example, as will be described in detail later, can rotate the dial operation unit 401 clockwise or counterclockwise by the driving force of the dial drive motor 414. . Further, the operation unit 400 rotates the dial operation unit 401 step by step by the driving force of the dial drive motor 414 using a stepping motor, or when the player rotates the dial operation unit 401, Rotation can be assisted, it can be prevented from turning on purpose, or a click can be added to the rotation. Further, the operation unit 400 can vibrate the dial operation unit 401 by repeatedly rotating the dial drive motor 414 forward and backward in small increments.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 50, in the operation unit 400 of this example, when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed downward, the stepped portion 407a of the button cap 407 contacts the protruding portion 401f of the dial operating unit 401, Since 407 (press operation part 405) cannot be further immersed into the inner cylinder part 401e, the load applied to the press operation part 405 is dialed via the step part 407a and the protrusion part 401f. The operation unit 401 can be dispersed, and the pressing operation unit 405 (operation unit 400) is not easily broken.

  Further, the operation unit 400 of this example presses the pressing operation unit 405 so that the dial drive motor 414 is adjusted in small increments while the stepped portion 407a of the button cap 407 and the protruding portion 401f of the dial operating unit 401 are in contact with each other. By repeatedly rotating and reversing, the pressing operation unit 405 can be vibrated together with the dial operation unit 401, and the player can be surprised by the vibration of the pressing operation unit 405 so that the game and production can be enjoyed. It has become.

  According to the operation unit 400 of this example, the dial operation unit 401 that can be rotated by the player and the pressing operation unit 405 that can be pressed are supported by the metal base member 420. Since the strength can be increased, it is possible to prevent the operation unit 400 from being damaged even if a player or the like hits the operation units 401 and 405 strongly, and the operation units 401 and 405 can be freely attached to the player. In addition to being able to operate, it is possible to improve the operability of the operation units 401 and 405, and to prevent the player's interest in the game from deteriorating by enjoying the effects using the operation units 401 and 405. it can.

  Further, the pressing operation unit 405 is arranged at the center of the annular dial operation unit 401. If the pressing operation unit 405 is struck strongly, the dial operation unit 401 is also struck, The force of hitting 401 and 405 can be distributed to the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405, and it is possible to prevent the hitting impact from being concentrated and prevent the operation unit 400 and the dish unit 300 from being damaged. Therefore, the operation units 401 and 405 of the operation unit 400 can be made to withstand strong hits, and the player can freely operate the operation units 401 and 405. It is possible to improve the operability of 405 and to entertain the performance using the operation units 401 and 405 and to suppress the decrease in interest for the game. Door can be.

  Further, the base member 420 and the like of the operation unit 400 are accommodated in the recessed operation unit mounting portion 314c of the dish unit 300, and a predetermined amount of gap is formed between the lower end of the base member 420 and the bottom surface of the operation unit mounting portion 314c. As shown, when the cover main body 426 attached to the base member 420 is fixed to the upper surface of the dish unit 300 and the operation parts 401 and 405 of the operation unit 400 are hit to give an impact or a load is applied, Until the lower end of the operation unit 400 comes into contact with the bottom surface of the operation unit mounting portion 314c, the cover body 426 can absorb an impact and a load by elastic deformation, and the lower end of the operation unit 400 is connected to the bottom surface of the operation unit mounting portion 314c. After the contact, an impact is caused by the bottom of the operation unit mounting portion 314c (the dish unit 300). Since the load can be received, the impacts from the operation units 401 and 405 can be dispersed to avoid the concentration of the impacts, and the impact resistance and load resistance by the operation unit 400 and the dish unit 300 can be reduced. Can be increased.

  Furthermore, the base member 420 is provided with a plurality of legs 420e protruding downward from positions where the operation parts 401 and 405 are supported, and the legs 420e of the base member 420 are the operation units in the dish unit 300. Even when the impact from the operation portions 401 and 405 is applied to the base member 420 by contacting the bottom surface of the mounting portion 314c, the leg portions 420e are not arranged immediately below the impact, so the operation portions 401 and 405 in the base member 420 are not provided. The portion that supports the base plate is bent by the impact, and the base member 420 is bent (elastically deformed), so that the shock from the operation units 401 and 405 can be absorbed to some extent, and the base member 420 is applied to the dish unit 300. It is possible to reduce the impact and prevent the dish unit 300 from being damaged.

  In addition, the dial operation unit 401 is held by the operation unit holding member 416 attached to the base member 420 from below so that a part of the dial operation unit 401 overlaps the base member 420 in plan view. Even when the operation unit holding member 416 that holds the dial operation unit 401 moves away from the base member 420 when the operation unit 401 is struck from the upper side, the dial operation unit 401 comes into contact with the upper surface of the base member 420. The base member 420 can restrict the downward movement of the dial operation unit 401 and can satisfactorily prevent the dial operation unit 401 from falling.

  Furthermore, since the dial operation unit 401 having the pressing operation unit 405 disposed at the center is rotated by the dial drive motor 414 according to the gaming state, the dial operation unit 401 rotates freely (rotation drive including vibration). Thus, the player can be surprised and attention can be paid to the effects produced by the operation units 401 and 405, and the player can be entertained. The effects using the 401 (press operation unit 405) can be made more difficult to get tired of, and it is possible to suppress the player's interest in games from being reduced.

  In addition, the dial operation unit 401 is rotated by the dial drive motor 414 via the driven gear 410 and the drive gear 412, and the position of the rotation axis of the dial drive motor 414 is, as a matter of course, the dial operation unit 401 (driven gear). 410), even if the dial operation unit 401 or the pressing operation unit 405 is strongly struck, the impact is transmitted via the rotation axis of the dial operation unit 401. Direct dial drive motor 414 can be avoided and damage to dial drive motor 414 (operation unit 400) can be prevented.

  Furthermore, since the opening 420a of the base member 420 has a smaller diameter than the dial operation unit 401, the dial operation unit 401 is supported by the gear rail 416a of the operation unit holding member 416 through the opening 420a. Even if the gear rail 416a (operation unit holding member 416) moves downward due to an impact or load from 401, the dial operation unit 401 can abut on the upper surface of the opening 420a of the base member 420, and the dial operation unit 401 becomes the base member. It is possible to reliably prevent a drop from 420. Further, since the dial operation unit 401 is supported by the annular gear rail 416a, the contact area between the dial operation unit 401 and the operation unit holding member 416 (gear rail 416a) can be increased. It is possible to prevent the operation portion holding member 416 from being damaged by dispersing the impact and load from the operation.

  Further, since the dial drive motor 414 for rotating the dial operation unit 401 is attached to the metal base member 420, the dial operation unit 401 is frequently rotated by the dial drive motor 414, or the dial drive motor 414 is driven. Although the rotation of the dial operation unit 401 is forcibly stopped by the player despite being driven by the rotation, even if the amount of heat generated due to excessive load on the dial drive motor 414 increases, The heat generated from the dial drive motor 414 can be dissipated and radiated satisfactorily through the base member 420, and it is possible to prevent the dial drive means 414 from being defective due to overheating. That can withstand high loads. Can be sufficiently embody the effect of the dial operation unit 401 using a dial driving means 414 as described above, can be pachinko machine 1 to be entertained player.

  Furthermore, rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b for detecting the rotation of the dial operation unit 401 and a press detection sensor 432c for detecting the press of the press operation unit 405 are provided, and the dial operation unit 401 and the press operation unit 405 are provided. Rotation operation and pressing operation can be detected, and it is possible to produce an effect according to the player's operation based on the detection signal. It is possible to provide an effect with a bodily sensation and entertain the player, and to suppress a decrease in interest in the game. In addition, a dial decoration board 430 and a button decoration board 432 for decorating the operation units 401 and 405 are provided, and the operation units 401 and 405 can be decorated with light emission, so that the operation units 401 and 405 emit light. Thus, the player's interest can be attracted to the operation units 401 and 405, and the player can easily operate the operation units 401 and 405.

  Further, when the pressing operation portion 405 in the operation unit 400 is pressed, the step portion 407a of the pressing operation portion 405 and the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation portion 401 are in contact with each other, so that the player can press the pressing operation portion 405. When the dial is pressed, the dial operation unit 401 is vibrated by repeating forward and reverse rotations within a predetermined angle range by the dial drive motor 414, thereby allowing the dial operation unit 401 to contact the projecting portion 401f of the dial operation unit 401 via the step 407a. The pressing operation unit 405 can also be vibrated. Therefore, since it is possible to give the player a feeling of operation with respect to the pressing operation 405 without separately providing a vibrator or the like for vibrating the pressing operation unit 405, an effect using the operation unit 400 can be enjoyed. It can suppress that the interest with respect to a game falls. Further, since the pressing operation unit 405 vibrates when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed, the player can be greatly surprised by the movement of the pressing operation unit 405 that the user thought would not move. It is possible to make it seem that there is something, and it is possible to increase the sense of expectation for the game and suppress the interest from deteriorating. Therefore, unlike the conventional operation unit, the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 move freely, so that the player's interest can be strongly attracted to the operation unit 400, and the player can participate in the production using the operation unit 400. It is possible to facilitate the operation of the operation unit 400 to the player, and the enjoyment of the game by reducing the operation of the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 of the operation unit 400 is reduced. Can be suppressed.

  Further, when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed, the pressing operation unit 405 and the dial operation unit 401 are in contact with each other, so that the force from the pressing operation unit 405 can be transmitted to the dial operation unit 401 side. Even when the pressing operation unit 405 is struck, the load and impact applied to the pressing operation unit 405 can be dispersed also on the dial operation unit 401 side, and load resistance and impact resistance against the pressing operation unit 405 can be distributed. Can be increased. Therefore, even if the pressing operation unit 405 is struck, it is possible to prevent the pressing operation unit 405 from being damaged. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game from being interrupted due to damage to the pressing operation unit 405 (operation unit 400). It is possible to prevent a player's interest in games from being reduced due to the interruption of the game.

  Further, the pressing operation unit 405 is supported so as to be rotatable only within a predetermined angle range with respect to the axial center extending in the vertical direction. When the player presses the pressing operation unit 405, the dial is driven. Even if the dial operation unit 401 is driven to rotate by the motor 414, the pressing operation unit 405 can be prevented from rotating together with the dial operation unit 401, so that the player can perform the dial operation in the operation unit 400. The role of each of the unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 can be surely recognized, and the player can easily enjoy the performance using the operation unit 400, and is guided to the upper surface of the pressing operation unit 405. The “PUSH” characters that have been played can be easily read from the player without turning or tilting greatly, It is possible to reliably recognize that the part 405 is intended to pressing.

  In addition, the dial operation unit 401 includes a protruding portion 401f that protrudes from the inner periphery of the inner tube portion 401a toward the axial center, and the outer peripheral surface of the pressing operation portion 405 has a smaller diameter than a predetermined position in the vertical direction. Since the step portion 407a is formed at the upper end of the operation unit 400, the inner peripheral surface of the inner cylinder portion 401a of the dial operation portion 401 and the outer peripheral surface of the pressing operation portion 405 can be brought as close as possible. It is possible to improve the appearance by reducing the gap between the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 as much as possible, and the inside of the operation unit 400 through the gap between the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405. It is possible to make it difficult for foreign matter such as dust and dust to enter, and it is difficult for the dial operation unit 401 to rotate due to the entry of foreign matter, and it is difficult to press the pressing operation unit 405. The occurrence of a problem it is possible to prevent that or Tsu.

  Further, the contact portion between the pressing operation unit 405 and the dial operation unit 401 in the operation unit 400 is formed in an annular shape, and when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed, which part of the circumferential direction with respect to the dial operation unit 401 is selected. Since the contact can be made even at a position, even if the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed with a feeling that it is tilted (a position that is biased toward the outer periphery from the center of the pressing operation unit 405), the dial operation unit 401 is reliably contacted. Therefore, the rotational drive from the dial drive motor 414 can be reliably transmitted to the pressing operation unit 405 via the dial operation unit 401. In addition, since the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 are annularly contacted, the load from the pressing operation unit 405 can be widely distributed to the dial operation unit 401 side. Impact resistance can be further increased.

  Further, since the contact portion between the pressing operation unit 405 and the dial operation unit 401 in the operation unit 400 is inclined so as to become lower toward the direction of the rotation axis of the dial operation unit 401, In comparison, the contact area can be relatively increased, and the driving force from the dial drive motor 414 can be easily transmitted to the pressing operation unit 405 side via the dial operation unit 401. In addition, the load from the pressing operation unit 405 can be distributed radially outward in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the rotation axis extends, and the load is prevented from being concentrated. The loadability and impact resistance can be reliably increased, the durability of the operation unit 400 can be increased, and the occurrence of problems during the game can be reduced as much as possible to reduce the interest of the player. Can be suppressed.

  Further, since the dial drive motor 414 of the operation unit 400 is a stepping motor capable of forward / reverse rotation, the dial operation unit 401 is not simply rotated, but can be easily stopped at a predetermined position, or forward / reverse. The operation unit 400 (pachinko machine 1) that can be easily vibrated by repetition and that exhibits the above-described effects can be reliably realized.

  In addition, since the operation unit 400 is supported by the dish unit 300 having the upper plate 301 for storing game balls, the strength and rigidity of the dish unit 300 is high in order to store a large number of game balls. Thus, it is possible to sufficiently cope with a smashing of the operation unit 400 (pressing operation unit 405), and it is possible to easily entertain using the operation unit 400.

[1-2G. Handle device]
Next, the handle device 500 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. FIG. 51A is an exploded perspective view of the handle device in the door frame as seen from the front, and FIG. 51B is an exploded perspective view of the handle device as seen from the back. As shown in the figure, the handle device 500 of the present embodiment is attached to a handle bracket 140 attached to the front surface of the door frame base body 110 of the door frame base unit 100 through the handle insertion hole 334a of the plate side outer cover 334 of the plate unit 300. A handle base 502 that is fixed and cylindrical and has a front end that bulges out in a direction perpendicular to the axis, a handle body 504 that is disposed on the front side of the handle base 502 so as to be rotatable relative to the handle base 502, and a front surface of the handle body 504 And a front end cover 506 which is disposed and fixed to the handle base 502 and rotatably supports the handle body rear 504 in cooperation with the handle base 502.

  In addition, the handle device 500 has a rear end and a front end rotatably supported by an inner base 508 attached to the front surface of the handle base 502 on the rear side of the handle main body 504, and the inner base 508 and the front end cover 506. A shaft member 510 that can rotate integrally with the shaft 504 and has a drive gear portion 510a on the outer periphery, a transmission gear 511 that meshes with the drive gear portion 510a of the shaft member 510, and a detection shaft portion 512a that can rotate integrally with the transmission gear 511. And a rotational position detection sensor 512 sandwiched between the inner base 508 and the handle base 502.

  Furthermore, the handle device 500 has one end attached to the inner base 508 and the other end attached to the transmission gear 511, and the detection shaft portion 512a of the rotational position detection sensor 512 is rotated clockwise in front view via the transmission gear 511. Auxiliary spring 514 for biasing, a touch sensor 516 attached to the rear side of the inner base 508, a firing stop switch 518 attached to a different position on the rear surface of the inner base 508, and the inner base 508 A single-shot button 520 that is pivotally supported and operates a firing stop switch 518, and one end side is attached to the handle base 502 and the other end side is attached to the handle body 504 so that the handle body 504 is in an initial rotation position (counterclockwise in front view). Energized to return to the rotation end in the direction of A handle return spring 522 that includes a.

  As shown in the figure, the handle base 502 of the handle device 500 of the present example is configured to have a rear end portion that is open at the front side and has a rear end portion that extends in a cylindrical shape rearward from a front end portion that bulges rearwardly. Three groove portions 502a extending in the axial direction are formed on the outer periphery of the cylindrical shape. The three groove portions 502a of the handle base 502 have one on the upper side, two on the lower side, and unequal intervals with respect to the circumferential direction so as to correspond to the three protrusions 143 in the cylindrical portion 141 of the handle bracket 140. Has been placed. The handle base 502 is supported in a non-rotatable state by being inserted into the tube portion 141 of the handle bracket 140 so that the groove portion 502a is fitted to the protrusion 143.

  In the handle device 500, an arc-shaped slit 504a arranged concentrically with the rotation shaft is formed in the handle body 504, and three mounting bosses 506a projecting rearward are formed in the front end cover 506. These mounting bosses 506 a are fixed to the front surface of the handle base 502 through the slits 504 a of the handle body 504. Accordingly, the rotational range of the handle body 504 is restricted by the circumferential end of the slit 504a in the handle body 504 coming into contact with the mounting boss 506a of the front end cover 506.

  Further, in the handle device 500, a locking projection 504b protruding rearward is formed on the handle main body 504, and the other end side (front end side) of the coiled handle return spring 522 is formed on the locking projection 504b. By being locked, the handle main body 504 is biased so as to rotate counterclockwise when viewed from the front by a handle return spring 522 attached to the handle base 502 at one end side.

  The handle device 500 of this example is attached to the handle attachment portion 114 of the door frame base main body 110 via the handle bracket 140. The handle mounting portion 114 of the door frame base body 110 is inclined so that its mounting surface faces the outside (open side) in a plan view as viewed from above. The device 500 is also tilted outward in plan view (in other words, the front end of the pachinko machine 1 is tilted so as to face the outside of the pachinko machine 1 with respect to a line perpendicular to the front vertical plane of the pachinko machine 1). 5 to be fixedly attached. Thereby, it is easy for a player to grasp the handle device 500, and there is no sense of incongruity in the rotation operation, and it is easy to perform the rotation operation.

  Further, in the handle device 500, the rotational position detection sensor 512 is a variable resistor. When the handle main body 504 (the handle device 500) is rotated, the rotational position detection sensor 512 is connected via the shaft member 510 and the transmission gear 511. The detection shaft portion 512a rotates. Then, the internal resistance of the rotational position detection sensor 512 changes according to the rotation angle of the detection shaft portion 512a, and the driving force of the firing solenoid 654 in the ball hitting device 650 described later changes according to the internal resistance of the rotational position detection sensor 512. Thus, the game ball is driven into the game area 1100 with a strength corresponding to the rotation angle of the handle device 500.

  The outer peripheral surfaces of the handle main body 504 and the front end cover 508 are conductively plated, and the touch sensor 516 detects contact when the player touches the handle main body 504 or the like. Then, when the touch sensor 516 detects a player's contact, when the handle body 504 rotates, the rotation drive of the firing solenoid 654 is controlled with the strength according to the rotation, and the game ball is shot. Can be done. That is, even if the player tries to drive the game ball by rotating the handle device 500 in some way without touching the handle device 500, the firing solenoid 654 is not driven and the game ball cannot be driven, It is possible to reduce a load (burden) related to the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed by preventing the player from playing a game different from the original game.

  Further, when the player presses the single button 520 while the handle device 500 is being rotated, the firing stop switch 518 detects the operation of the single button 520, and the firing control unit 4120 (see FIG. 165) controls the firing solenoid 654. The rotational drive can be stopped. Thereby, even if it does not return rotation operation of the handle apparatus 500, while launching of a game ball can be stopped temporarily, before operating the single button 520 by operating the single button 520 release operation. A game ball can be launched with a driving strength.

  In the handle device 500 of this example, the rotation operation of the handle body 504 is electrically detected by the rotation position detection sensor 512, and then the launch control unit 4120 detects the rotation position from the rotation position detection sensor 512. Since the rotational driving strength of the launch solenoid 654 is controlled, the handle device 500 provided in the door frame 5 and the hitting ball launch device 650 provided in the main body frame 3 are connected to the door as in a conventional pachinko machine. It is not necessary to provide a mechanical (for example, joint unit) mechanism so that the frames 5 are linked to each other when the frame 5 is closed and the linkage is released when the door frame 5 is opened, and the configuration related to the pachinko machine 1 can be simplified. It is possible to eliminate the occurrence of defects in the joint unit, and to prevent the player's interest from deteriorating due to game ball driving defects It has to be able to bet.

[1-2H. Foul cover unit]
Next, the foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 52 and 53. FIG. 52A is an exploded perspective view of the foul cover unit in the door frame as seen from the front, and FIG. 52B is an exploded perspective view of the foul cover unit as seen from the back. FIG. 53 is a front view of the foul cover unit with the front cover removed.

  A foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 is attached to a rear surface below the game window 101 in the door frame base unit 100 and is fired by a game ball paid out from a prize ball unit 700 to be described later, or a ball hitting device 650. Nevertheless, the game balls (foul balls) that have not reached the game area 1100 are guided to the upper plate 301 and the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300. The foul cover unit 540 of this example includes a cover base 542 having a front side opened and having a plurality of game ball passages therein, and a front cover 544 closing the front end of the cover base 542.

  As shown in FIG. 52B, the cover base 542 of the foul cover unit 540 includes a first sphere inlet 542a that is disposed in the upper right corner in the rear view and penetrates in the front-rear direction, and a cover base that communicates with the first sphere inlet. A first sphere passage 542b that expands to the right in front view toward the front end of 542, and a second sphere inlet 542c that is disposed outside the first sphere inlet 542a (on the right side in the rear view) and has a larger opening than the first sphere inlet 542a. And a second sphere inlet 542c that communicates with the second sphere passage 542d and extends downward and slopes downward toward the lower right corner when viewed from the front. The first ball inlet 542a and the second ball inlet 542c are the normal ball outlet 774 and the full ball outlet 776 of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 in a state where the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3. Are formed at positions facing each other. As shown in the drawing, the second ball passage 542d in the cover base 542 has a height of a portion extending in the left-right direction along the lower end, which is about three times the outer diameter of the game ball. An accommodation space 546 that can accommodate a predetermined amount of game balls is formed.

  Further, the cover base 542 can be guided to the upper part in the vicinity of the downstream of the foul ball inlet 542e and the foul ball inlet 542e, which is disposed at a substantially central upper part in the left-right direction and opens upward, and communicates with the foul ball inlet 542e. A foul ball passage 542f. The cover base 542 includes an opening / closing operation piece 542g for operating the opening / closing shutter 792 of the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 on the lower rear surface of the second ball inlet 542c. When the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the opening / closing operation piece 542g contacts the spherical contact portion 793d of the opening / closing crank 793 in the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790, thereby rotating the opening / closing crank 793. The open / close shutter 792 can be opened.

  The front cover 544 of the foul cover unit 540 is formed in a substantially plate shape that closes the front surface of the cover base 540, and is disposed in the upper left corner of the front view and communicates with the first spherical passage 542b of the cover base 540 and penetrates in the front-rear direction. The first sphere outlet 544a and the second sphere outlet 544b that is disposed in the lower right corner of the front view and communicates with the downstream end of the second sphere passage of the cover base 540 and penetrates in the front-rear direction. The first ball outlet 544 a of the front cover 544 is connected to the upper plate ball supply port 310 c of the plate unit 300 through the notch 101 a of the door frame base unit 100. Further, the rear end of the lower dish ball supply rod 310h in the dish unit 300 is connected to the second ball outlet 544b through the ball passage opening 110f of the door frame base body 110.

  The foul cover unit 540 of the present example uses the first ball outlet to pass the game ball supplied from the normal ball outlet 774 of the full tank branching unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 to the first ball inlet 542a. From 544a, the plate unit 300 can be supplied to the upper plate 301 via the upper plate ball supply port 310c. Further, the foul cover unit 540 passes the game ball supplied from the full ball outlet 776 of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 to the second ball inlet 542c through the second ball passage 542d. From 544b, it can be supplied to the lower plate 302 via the lower plate ball supply bowl 310h and the lower plate ball supply port 310g of the plate unit 300.

  Further, the foul cover unit 540 will be described in detail later, but when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the foul ball inlet 542e is positioned below the foul space 626 of the main body frame 3. When the game ball fired by the hit ball launching device 650 does not reach the game area 1100 and becomes a foul ball and falls in the foul space 626, it is received by the foul ball inlet 542e. Then, the foul cover unit 540 discharges (supply) the game balls received at the foul ball inlet 542e from the second ball outlet 544b to the lower plate 302 of the dish unit 300 through the foul ball passage 542f and the second ball passage 542d. ) Can be.

  Further, the foul cover unit 540 of the present example forms a side surface on the upstream side (left side in front view) of the accommodation space 546 in the second ball passage 542d, and can swing by a game ball stored in the accommodation space 546. A swing member 548 pivotally supported by the shaft, a full tank detection sensor 550 that detects the swing of the swing member 548, and a spring that biases the swing member 548 in a non-detection state by the full tank detection sensor 550. 552. As shown in FIG. 53, the swinging member 548 is pivotally supported at the lower end with respect to the cover base 542, and the upper end is turned to the left when viewed from the front. In this state, the left side wall of the accommodation space 546 is formed. Further, the swinging member 548 is biased by the spring 552 to a position where the swinging member 548 is in a substantially vertical state. Further, the swinging member 548 is formed with a detection piece 548a protruding outward on the side surface opposite to the accommodation space 546 side, and this detection piece 548a is detected by a full tank detection sensor 550. .

  Further, the foul cover unit 540 includes an earth rail 554 disposed at the bottom of the accommodation space 546 in the second ball passage 542d, and a plate-like earth metal fitting 556 that covers the right end and the left end in the rear view of the cover base 542, respectively. , And can remove static electricity generated by rolling resistance caused by circulation of game balls.

  In this example, the game balls paid out from the prize ball unit 700 are supplied from the normal ball outlet 774 of the full tank branch unit 770 to the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 via the foul cover unit 540. Even if the inside of the upper plate 301 is full, when the game ball is further paid out from the prize ball unit 700, the game ball stagnates in the first ball passage 542b of the foul cover unit 540, and further the normal ball outlet 774 in the full tank branch unit 770 When the upstream normal passage 773 is also full, the game ball flows to the full tank passage 775 side via the branch space 772 of the full tank branch unit 770 (see FIG. 79). From the full tank outlet 776 to the second bulb inlet 542c, the second bulb passage 542d, and the second bulb outlet 544 of the foul cover unit 540. It comes to be supplied to the lower tray 302 of tray unit 300 via the.

  When the inside of the lower plate 302 of the tray unit 300 is filled with game balls, the game balls can no longer come out from the second ball outlet 544b of the foul cover unit 540, and are stuck in the accommodation space 546 in the second ball passage 542d. Game balls will be stored. Further, as the game balls are paid out from the prize ball unit 700 and more game balls are stored in the accommodation space 546, the storage pressure of the game balls acts on the swinging member 548 and resists the biasing force of the spring 552. The upper end of the swing member 548 will move to the left. When the detection piece 548a of the swinging member 548 is detected by the full tank detection sensor 550, the payout control board 4110 (see FIG. 165) stops the payout of the game ball from the prize ball unit 700, and the game A notification for urging a person to discharge the game ball in the dish unit 300 to the outside is provided.

  When the game ball in the storage space 546 (the lower plate 302) is discharged and the swinging member 548 is returned to a substantially vertical state by the biasing force of the spring 552, the full detection sensor 550 detects the detection piece 548a. The non-detection is made, and the payout of game balls from the prize ball unit 700 is resumed.

[1-2I. Ball feed unit]
Next, the ball feeding unit 580 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 to 57. 54A is a front perspective view of the ball feeding unit in the door frame, and FIG. 54B is a rear perspective view of the ball feeding unit. FIG. 55 is a rear view of the ball feeding unit. FIG. 56 (A) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 56 (B) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit as seen from the rear after removing the rear case. Further, FIG. 57A is a plan view of the tamper-proof member in the ball feeding unit, FIG. 57B is a front view of the tamper-proof member, and FIG. 57C is a perspective view of the tamper-proof member viewed from the front. (D) is explanatory drawing which shows the effect | action of a fraud prevention member. The ball feeding unit 580 in the door frame 5 can supply the game balls supplied from the upper plate 301 in the tray unit 300 one by one to the hitting ball launcher 650, and the game balls stored in the upper plate 301. The upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 can be pulled out to the lower dish 302 by operating the upper dish ball removal button 341.

  In this ball feed unit 580, game balls stored in the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 are supplied through the upper plate ball discharge port 310d of the plate unit base 310 and the ball feed opening 113 of the door frame base body 110 in the front-rear direction. A box-shaped front cover 581 that has a penetrating entrance 581a and a ball outlet 581b that opens to the lower side of the entrance 581a and is opened at the rear, and the rear end of the front cover 581 is closed and the front is opened. A rear cover 582 having a hitting ball supply port 582a for supplying a game ball that has penetrated in the front-rear direction and entered from the entrance 581a of the front cover 581 to the hitting ball launcher 650, and the rear cover 582 and the front cover. A partition 58 that is pivotally supported around an axis extending in the front-rear direction between 581 and partitions between the entrance 581a and the ball outlet 581b on the rear side of the front cover 581. a ball-extracting member 583 having a, and game balls on the partitioning portion 583a of the ball-extracting member 583 are sent one by one to the hitting supply port 582a of the rear cover and extend vertically between the front cover 581 and the rear cover 582. A ball feeding member 584 supported so as to be rotatable around the axis, and a ball feeding solenoid 585 for rotating the ball feeding member 584. In this example, as shown in the drawing, the ball feeding member 584 is disposed on the right side of the entrance 581a in the front view, and the ball removing member 583 is disposed on the left side of the ball feeding member 584, and the ball feeding solenoid 585 is disposed on the right side. Has been placed.

  The front cover 581 of the ball feeding unit 580 includes an arc-shaped slit 581c formed concentrically with the rotation center of the ball removing member 583 on the left side of the ball outlet 581b when viewed from the front. An operating rod 583c of a ball punching member 583, which will be described later, extends from 581c to the front. Further, the front cover 581 extends upward from the upper edge of the entrance 581a. When the front cover 581 is assembled to the door frame base unit 100, the rear end opening of the ball guide channel 344b in the upper dish ball removal base 344 is assembled. Is formed to close.

  Further, the ball removing member 583 has a partition portion 583a which is located below the entrance port 581a and partitions the entrance port 581a and the ball exit port 581b so that the upper surface becomes lower toward the ball feed member 584, and the partition portion 583a. Around the axis that extends downward from the end opposite to the ball feed member 584 and bends from the middle in the vertical direction toward the lower center of the ball outlet 581b and the lower end extends in the front-rear direction. A pivot collar 583b that is pivotally supported, a rod-shaped actuation collar 583c that projects forward from the upper end of the pivot collar 583b, and a side surface of the pivot collar 583b below the actuation collar 583c. And a weight portion 583d protruding to the opposite side to the partition portion 583a. An operating rod 583c of the ball removing member 583 is formed so as to protrude forward through an arc-shaped slit 581c formed in the front cover 581 (see FIG. 54), and a ball feed opening of the door frame base body 110 The upper tray ball removal mechanism 340 of the dish unit 300 is in contact with the upper end of the contact piece 343 a of the upper dish ball removal slider 343 via the 113.

  Further, the ball feeding member 584 has a fan-shaped blocking portion 584a and a blocking portion 584a in plan view with the rotation axis extending in the vertical direction facing the entrance 581a and the partitioning portion 583a of the ball removing member 583. A sphere holding portion 584b that is recessed in an arc shape from the rear end to the rotating shaft core side, and a rod-shaped flange portion 584c that extends downward from the rear end of the sphere holding portion 584b are provided. The blocking portion 584a and the ball holding portion 584b in the ball feeding member 54 are formed within an angle range of about 90 ° around the rotation axis. Further, the ball holding portion 584b of the ball feeding member 584 is sized to hold one game ball. The ball feed member 584 rotates about the rotation axis when the flange 584c arranged at a position eccentric from the rotation axis is moved in the left-right direction by driving the ball feeding solenoid 585. ing.

  In the ball feeding member 584, the blocking portion 584a faces the partition portion 583a, and at the same time, the ball holding portion 584b communicates with the hitting ball supply port 582a, and the ball holding portion 584b faces the partition portion 583a. It rotates between the holding position. When the ball feeding member 584 is in the supply position, the game ball held by the ball holding portion 584b is supplied from the hit ball supply port 582a to the hit ball launching device 650 and enters the partition portion 583a from the advance port 581a. The ball is blocked from moving toward the ball holding portion 584b (hit ball supply port 582a) by the blocking portion 584a and stays on the partition portion 583a. On the other hand, when the ball feeding member 584 rotates to the holding position, the ball holding portion 584b faces the partition portion 583a, and the end of the ball holding portion 584b on the flange portion 584c side closes the hitting ball supply port 582a. Only one game ball on the partition portion 583a is held in the ball holding portion 584b.

  Further, the ball feed unit 580 is moved back and forth by a ball feed operation rod 586 whose tip is swung vertically by driving (energizing) the ball feed solenoid 585 and a movement of the tip of the ball feed operation rod 586 which is swung vertically. And a ball feed crank 587 that rotates around an axis extending in the direction and rotates the ball feed member 584 around an axis extending in the vertical direction. The ball feed crank 587 is engageable with the vertically moving tip of the ball feed operation rod 586 and extends in the left-right direction, and the side of the engagement portion 587a that engages with the ball feed operation rod 586. Is disposed on the opposite side and is supported between a front cover 581 and a rear cover 582 so as to be pivotable about a shaft extending in the front-rear direction, and a ball feed member 584 extending upward from the shaft 587b. And a transmission portion 587c that engages with a rod-shaped flange portion 584c (see FIG. 56) that protrudes downward from a position that is eccentric with respect to the rotation center.

  The ball feed unit 580 of this example transmits the movement of the ball feed actuating rod 586 that swings by the driving of the ball feed solenoid 585 that moves forward and backward by the ball feed actuating rod 586 and the ball feed crank 587. 584 can be rotated. When the ball feed solenoid 585 is not driven (normal time), the tip of the ball feed operating rod 586 swinging away from the lower end of the ball feed solenoid 585 is positioned downward. In this state, the ball feeding member 584 is located at the supply position. Further, when the ball feeding solenoid 585 is driven, the ball feeding operation rod 586 is attracted to the lower end of the ball feeding solenoid 585 and the tip of the swing is positioned upward, so that the ball feeding member 584 rotates to the holding position. It has become. That is, when the ball feeding solenoid 585 is driven (ON state), the ball feeding member 584 receives one game ball, and when the ball feeding solenoid 585 is released (OFF state), the ball feeding member 584 receives the game ball. The game ball is sent (supplied) to the hitting ball launching device 650 side. The driving of the ball feeding solenoid 585 in the ball feeding unit 580 is controlled by the firing control unit 4120 in synchronization with the drive control of the firing solenoid 654.

  Further, the ball removing member 583 that is pivotally supported in the ball feeding unit 580 of the present example is configured to apply a moment that rotates counterclockwise by the weight portion 583c. The operation rod 583c protruding forward comes into contact with the upper end of the contact piece 343a of the upper dish ball removal slider 343 in the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 of the dish unit 300, so that its rotation is restricted. In a normal state, the partitioning portion 583a of the ball removal member 583 partitions the entrance 581a and the ball removal port 581b so that the game ball does not enter the ball removal port 581b side. Then, when the player presses the upper dish ball removal button 341 of the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 in the dish unit 300 downward, the upper dish ball removal slider 343 slides downward together with the contact piece 343a and comes into contact. As the piece 343a moves downward, the operating rod 583c also moves relatively downward.

  In this way, when the operating rod 583c moves downward together with the contact piece 343a of the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340, the ball removal member 583 rotates counterclockwise when viewed from the front, and the entrance by the partition portion 583a. The partition between the ball outlet 381a and the ball outlet 381b is released, and the game ball that has entered from the entrance 381a is discharged from the ball outlet 381b to the ball outlet passage 344c of the upper dish ball outlet base 344 of the dish unit 300. Then, it is discharged (supplied) to the lower plate 302.

  Since the contact piece 343a of the upper dish ball removal slider 343 against which the operating rod 583c of the ball removal member 583 abuts is biased upward by a coil spring, the game ball is vigorously supplied onto the partition portion 581a. However, the impact can be absorbed by the coil spring that urges the upper dish ball removal slider 343 via the operating rod 583c, and the ball removal member 583 and the like can be prevented from being damaged. It is possible to prevent the partition portion 583a from bouncing back.

  In addition, the ball feeding unit 580 of the present example is formed with a rectangular mounting recess 582b (see FIG. 56B, etc.) that is recessed forward in the upper right in the rear view of the hitting ball supply port 582a in the rear cover 582. At the same time, a tamper-proof member 588 is mounted in the mounting recess 582b. The fraud prevention member 588 of the ball feeding unit 580 is formed of a hard metal plate such as tool steel or stainless steel, and is attached to the inside of the mounting recess 582a of the rear cover 582 so as to be detachable from the rear side. As shown in FIG. 55 and the like, the fraud prevention member 588 is formed in a rectangular shape whose overall outer diameter in the rear view is a horizontally long shape, and is on the opposite side from the substantially vertical center at the tip which is the left side in the rear view. The upper piece portion 588b and the lower piece portion 588c divided vertically with a dividing line 588a extending a predetermined length toward the base end side (right side side) of the upper end portion 588b and the lower piece portion 588c are A V formed between the upper piece 588b and the lower piece 588c by bending the base end side of the upper piece 588b in a direction perpendicular (rearward) to the general surface of the tamper-proof member 588 so as to be separated from each other. A character-shaped cutting portion 588d and an inclined portion 588e formed at the tips of the upper piece portion 588b and the lower piece portion 588c and inclined toward the cutting portion 588d are provided.

  As shown in the figure, the fraud prevention member 588 is formed by bending the base end side of the upper piece portion 588b so that the distal end (the left end side in the rear view) of the upper piece portion 588b moves backward, It is formed in a V shape in plan view, and a wire rod Iw attached to an illegal game ball I is inserted into the V shape. The cutting portion 588d of the fraud prevention member 588 has a state in which the lower side of the upper piece portion 588b and the upper side of the lower piece portion 588c intersect each other at a predetermined angle in plan view, and the gap becomes narrower toward the base end side. It is formed as follows.

  Further, the inclined portion 588e of the fraud preventing member 588 is formed at the tip of the cutting portion 588d, and the wire Iw attached to the illegal game ball I can be guided and guided into the cutting portion 588d by the inclined portion 588e. It is like that. In the ball feeding unit 580 of this example, as shown in the figure, a tamper-proof member 588 is mounted in the mounting recess 582b of the rear cover 582 from the rear side, and the cutting portion 588d in the mounting recess 582b of the rear cover 582 is shown. A portion corresponding to the portion where the is formed penetrates in the front-rear direction and at the same time communicates with the hit ball supply port 582a. In other words, the rear cover 582 is formed in a shape in which the hit ball supply port 582a extends into the mounting recess 582b.

  According to the fraud prevention member 588, the illegal game ball I attached with the wire Iw is supplied from the ball feeding unit 580 to the hit ball launching device 650, and the hit ball launching device 650 sends the illegal game ball I to the game area of the game board 4. When the player hits the inside 1100, the illegal game ball I launched by the hitting ball launcher 650 moves obliquely to the upper left along the launch rail 660 in the front view, and moves between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112. An attempt is made to enter the game area 1100 through the game. At this time, the wire rod Iw attached to the illegal game ball I is pulled by the momentum of the hit game ball I, and the wire rod Iw differs from the movement trajectory of the illegal game ball I, and the path of the game ball It moves along the route connecting with the shortest distance. Accordingly, the wire Iw extending from the dish unit 300 through the hitting supply port 582a of the ball feeding unit 580 to the hitting ball launcher 650 moves the game ball I in the upper left direction in the front view (upper right direction in the rear view). Thus, the ball is pulled toward the upper right corner of the hitting ball supply port 582a so as to move to the shortest route, and moves into the mounting recess 582b formed at the upper right of the hitting ball supply port 582a in the rear view. The wire Iw that has moved to the portion (inside the mounting recess 582b) that extends rightward in the rear view of the hitting ball supply port 582a is cut by the pair of inclined portions 588e of the anti-fraud member 588 disposed at the position. After being guided into 588d, it is further pulled to the right in the rear view by the force of the illegal game ball I.

  As a result, the wire Iw attached to the illegal game ball I is pulled in the direction of narrowing the gap (leftward in front view) by the cutting portion 588d of the anti-fraud member 588 by the force of the illegal game ball I. In this state, friction and shearing force are applied by the cutting portion 588d, and the wire Iw is cut (see FIG. 57D). At this time, since the momentum of the illegal game ball I attached with the wire Iw is attenuated by friction or the like acting on the wire Iw, it does not enter the game area 1100 between the outer rail 1111 and the launch rail 660. Will be discharged through.

  Accordingly, the wire rod Iw attached to the illegal game ball I can be cut by the cutting portion 588d of the anti-fraud member 588. Can be prevented. Even if an illegal game ball I enters the game area 1100, as described above, the wire rod Iw can be cut by the fraud prevention member 588, so that it is impossible to perform an illegal act. Even if the wire rod Iw could not be cut by the fraud prevention member 588, the wire rod Iw bites into the V-shaped cut portion 588d, thereby reducing the momentum of the illegal game ball I and playing area 1100. It is possible to prevent intrusion, so that it is possible to prevent illegal acts.

  As described above, according to the present example, the game ball is stored in the upper plate 301 and the game ball is supplied to the ball feeding unit 580, and then the player holds the handle device 500 provided on the front surface of the door frame 5. When operated, the game ball is sent to the ball hitting device 650 by driving the ball feed solenoid 585 of the ball feed unit 580, and the game ball is driven into the game area 1100 by the ball hitting device 650, thereby playing the game window 101 of the door frame 5. A game is played in the game area 1100 that can be viewed via the player, so that the player can be entertained, and a feed mechanism (ball feed member 584 or ball feed solenoid 585 is provided on the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100. Etc.) and a discharge mechanism (ball removal member 583) are disposed, so that only the ball feed member 584 and the ball removal member 583 are provided. The ball feeding member 584 and the ball hitting device 650 are also brought as close as possible, and when the game ball in the upper plate 301 is discharged by operating the upper plate ball removing button 341, it remains on the ball feeding member 584 side. It is possible to reduce the number of game balls as much as possible, and to prevent the player from feeling lost, and to prevent the interest from deteriorating.

  Further, since the ball feeding unit 580 provided with the ball removing member 583 is arranged on the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100, the capacity of the upper plate 301 in the plate unit 300 can be increased, and the game ball can be thrown in. It is possible to prevent the game balls in the upper plate 301 from disappearing early or the game balls in the upper plate 301 from being filled up early due to the operation. Since the player can be less annoyed and the interest can be prevented from being reduced, and the plate unit 300 can be downsized while maintaining the capacity of the upper plate 301. The area 1100 can be enlarged (widened) to provide a pachinko machine 1 that can attract the player's attention.

  Further, since the ball feed unit 580 is provided with the ball feed member 583, the ball feed member 580 is simply attached to the ball feed member 580 as compared with the ball feed member 584 and the ball feed member 583 separately. 584 and the ball punching member 583 can be attached, the labor involved in the assembly can be simplified, the feeding unit 580 can be easily replaced, and a defect occurs in the ball feeding member 584 and the ball punching member 583. Even so, the problem can be easily solved by replacing the ball feeding unit 580.

  Further, since the ball feeding unit 580 is arranged on the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 5, the upper plate ball is compared with the ball feeding unit 580 provided on the main body frame 3 side. There is no need to configure the transmission mechanism (the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340) that transmits the operation of the removal button 341 to the ball removal member 584 of the ball feeding unit 580 so as to straddle the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 that can be opened and closed. The configuration related to the transmission mechanism can be simplified. Further, since the ball feeding unit 580 is provided on the door frame 5 side, the transmission mechanism (when the door frame 5 is opened, as compared with the case where the ball feeding unit 580 is provided on the main body frame 3 side). By shutting off the upper bowl removing mechanism 340), it is possible to avoid the possibility that the transmission mechanism will be consumed at an early stage, causing malfunction or damage, and reliability for the operation of the transmission mechanism, the ball feeding unit 580, etc. And durability can be increased.

  Further, since the upper plate ball removal button 341 is pressed downward, the game ball can be discharged from the upper plate 301 to the lower plate 302 or the upper plate 301 by simply pressing the upper plate ball removal button 341 downward. Can be stopped, and the player can easily perform the ball removal operation in the upper plate 301 by the upper plate ball removal button 341.

  In addition, the partition 583a of the ball removal member 583 is moved by the movement of the upper plate ball removal slider 343 that slides in the vertical direction according to the operation of the upper plate ball removal button 341, and the upper plate ball removal slider 343 is moved. At the same time, the partition portion 583a is also movable in the vertical direction, so that the horizontal movement range of the upper plate ball removal slider 343 and the partition portion 583a can be made as small as possible. The unit 580 can be reduced in size, and the pachinko machine 1 that can reliably achieve the above-described effects can be obtained.

  Further, the upper plate ball removal slider 343 is urged upward, and the partition portion 583a of the ball removal member 583 communicates the entrance 581a and the hit ball supply port 582a when the upper plate ball removal slider 343 is in the raised position. Therefore, even if the game ball from the upper plate 301 vigorously comes into contact with the partition portion 583a, the impact can be reduced by the urging force acting on the upper plate ball removal slider 343, and the partition portion 583a (ball removal member) 583) can be improved. Further, since the impact applied to the partition portion 583a can be reduced by the urging force acting on the upper dish ball removal slider 343, it is possible to make it difficult to repel even when the game ball collides with the partition portion 583a. As a result, it is possible to prevent the ball feeding unit 580 and the like from being damaged and causing problems.

  In addition, since the partition portion 583a is rotated, the movement of the partition portion 583a when a load of a game ball is applied to the partition portion 583a is compared with the case where the partition portion 583a is slid. The friction loss can be reduced, and the operability can be improved by lightening the operation of the upper dish ball removal button 341, and the moving range of the partitioning portion 583a can be reduced in the planar projection. The effect of this can be achieved.

  In addition, since the partition portion 583a is rotated by its own weight in a direction in which the entrance 581a and the ball outlet 581b communicate with each other, the partition portion Rotating due to its own weight, the entrance and the discharge port are in communication with each other, and the game medium in the storage tray is sent to the feed mechanism (input device) side even though the discharge operation unit is not operated. Since it will be discharged to the player side without being played, the player can be made aware that there is a problem with the pachinko machine 1 and moved to a pachinko machine 1 with no problems. It can suppress that it falls.

  Furthermore, since the ball removing member 583 is rotated via the rotating hook part 583b bent, the rotating hook part bent when the game ball collides with the divider 583a. It is possible to prevent the impact from being linearly transmitted to the rotating shaft by dispersing it by 583b or by absorbing it by bending of the rotating collar portion 583b, and to improve the durability of the ball removing member 583. Can be increased.

  Further, since the ball outlet 581b is arranged directly below the entrance 581a communicating with the upper plate 301 side, when the game ball in the upper plate 301 is discharged, the right and left of the game ball in the ball feeding unit 580 are The movement of the direction can be minimized, and the game ball can be discharged well by improving the passage of the game ball in the ball feeding unit 580. Further, since the ball outlet 581b is arranged immediately below the entrance 581a, the discharge path of the game balls in the ball feed unit 580 can be shortened as much as possible, and the ball feed unit 580 can serve as a discharge mechanism. Even if the ball removing member 583 is provided, the ball feeding unit 580 can be prevented from being unnecessarily enlarged.

  Further, the fraud prevention member 588 is attached to the mounting recess 582b on the rear side of the rear cover 582, and the fraud prevention member 588 (cutting portion 588d) is disposed as close as possible to the ball hitting device 650. Therefore, the wire Iw adhering to the illegal game ball I in the fastest (momentary) state immediately after being fired by the ball hitting device 650 comes into contact with the cutting portion 588d, and the cutting portion 588d. As the wire Iw is pulled quickly (strongly), the wire Iw can be surely cut, and the force of the illegal game ball I is attenuated to prevent entry into the game area 1100. It is possible to reliably prevent an illegal act from being performed by the illegal game ball I.

  Further, since the tamper-proof member 588 having the cutting portion 588d is mounted in the mounting recess 582b that is recessed forward from the rear surface of the rear cover 582, the V-shaped cutting portion 588d is formed. The upper piece 588b bent rearward can be prevented from projecting rearward from the rear end surface of the rear cover 582, and the upper piece 588b of the anti-fraud member 588 is injured by an operator during assembly. Can be prevented.

  Further, in the anti-fraud member 588 capable of cutting the wire Iw attached to the illegal game ball I, the upper upper piece 588b is bent backward with the dividing line 588a extending from the right end of the metal plate material interposed therebetween. Thus, since the V-shaped cutting part 588d is formed, the cutting part 588d capable of exerting a shearing force can be easily formed (processed), and the cost associated with the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced. The increase can be suppressed.

[1-2J. Glass unit]
Next, the glass unit 590 in the door frame 5 is demonstrated mainly with reference to FIG.22 and FIG.23. This glass unit 590 has an opening of approximately the same size as the gaming window 101 and has an annular, vertically long octagonal unit frame 592 and two sheets for closing the front and rear ends of the opening of the unit frame 592. A transparent glass plate 594 (see FIG. 108). The unit frame 592 of the glass unit 590 has two stopper pieces 592a disposed on the upper sides of the left and right sides and extending outward in a plate shape, and a plate-like engagement extending in the left-right direction along the lower end and extending downward. Stop piece 592b.

  The glass unit 590 locks the locking piece 592b at the lower end to engage with the vertical bent protrusion 161 of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 in the reinforcing unit 150 of the door frame base unit 100 from the rear upper side. After that, the outer peripheral edge of the unit frame 592 is fitted into the glass unit support step 110a of the door frame base main body 110, and the stop piece 592a of the unit frame 592 is locked by the glass unit locking member 190. The base unit 100 is detachably attached (see FIG. 21 and the like).

[1-2K. Molding decoration on door frame]
Next, modeling decoration in the door frame 5, that is, shape decoration, will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 17, 19, 20, and 58. FIG. 58 is a cross-sectional view showing the door frame cut at a substantially vertical center. The door frame 5 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment has an upper plate 301 and a lower plate 302 for storing game balls arranged vertically below the vertically long oval gaming window 101 as shown in the figure. In order to drive the game balls stored in the upper plate 301 into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 disposed on the rear side of the transparent glass unit 590 that closes the game window 101 on the right side of the lower plate 302 in front view. A handle device 500 is arranged. The door frame 5 includes a right side decoration unit 200, a left side decoration unit 2200, and an upper decoration unit 280 so as to surround the left and right sides and the upper side of the gaming window 101, and surrounds the lower side of the gaming window 101. Thus, the dish unit 300 is arranged.

  The door frame 5 is greatly different in appearance on both sides across the gaming window 101, and the right side has a natural rock-like appearance crumpled by the side lens 210 that forms the outer surface of the right side decoration unit 200. On the other hand, the left lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 that are visible on the left side from the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250 of the left side decorative unit 240 give a metallic sharp and artificial appearance. ing.

  58, the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 have different amounts of forward projection, as shown in FIG. 58, and the right side decoration unit 200 has a left side decoration unit. It protrudes forward larger than 240. In addition, the front end of the right side decoration unit 200 is formed in a shape that is pointed forward, whereas the front end of the left side decoration unit 240 is formed in a gently curved flat shape.

  Thereby, when the door frame 5 of this example is seen from the front right side, the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 look similar to each other (see FIG. 19), whereas the left front part When viewed from above, the right side decoration unit 200 appears larger than the left side decoration unit 240, and the decoration of the left side decoration unit 240 becomes almost invisible, and a different impression can be given depending on the player's standing position with respect to the pachinko machine 1. It is like that. That is, since the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 changes depending on the position of the player with respect to the pachinko machine 1 and can be given an illusion like a pachinko machine of a different model, the player who is selecting the pachinko machine to play, etc. Therefore, the pachinko machine 1 that can attract the player's attention can be obtained.

  In addition, since the front appearance of the door frame 5 is asymmetrical left and right, for example, when the pachinko machine 1 is arranged in a plurality of rows in the left and right direction in the island equipment of the game hall, the whole appearance of the island equipment is smooth and solid. The appearance (atmosphere) that gives the player a rhythmic impression and excites the player by alternately arranging the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 in different forms. It is possible to increase the appeal to the player and attract the player's interest strongly.

  Further, the door frame 5 emits LEDs mounted on the decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322 and the like provided in the respective units 200, 220, 280, 300, thereby allowing the gaming window 101 to emit light. It is possible to decorate the light emission with an arbitrary light emission color so as to surround. Of the LEDs mounted on the decoration boards 214, 216, 254, and 256 provided in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 220, the LEDs 214b and 216b disposed on the rear side of the side flash lenses 204 and 246, respectively. , 254b, 256 are turned on and off to change the mode of light-emitting decoration surrounding the game window 101.

[1-2L. Luminous decoration on door frame]
Next, the light emission decoration in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 59 and 60. FIG. 59 is a front view showing the arrangement of the LEDs for light emission decoration in the door frame. FIG. 60 is a front view showing a system of LEDs for light emission decoration in the door frame. The door frame 5 of the present embodiment has a substantially annular outer periphery of the game window 101 substantially corresponding to the game area 1100 of the game board 4 by the right side decoration unit 200, the left side decoration unit 240, the upper decoration unit 280, and the dish unit 300. It is formed to surround. Each of these units 200, 240, 280, 300 is provided with decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322 on which LEDs are mounted. The outer periphery can be decorated with light emission.

  As described above, the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 of the door frame 5 are formed so as to surround most of the outer periphery excluding the lower side of the game window 101, and a plurality of peripherals in the side lenses 210 and 250. The lens portions 210 a and 250 a are arranged along the outer periphery of the gaming window 101, and the side flash lenses 204 and 246 extend along a radial axis centered around the lower portion of the gaming window 101 at the center in the left-right direction. Is disposed between the peripheral lens portions 210a and 250a adjacent to each other.

  In the door frame 5 of this example, the peripheral lens portion 210a of the side lens 210 in the right side decoration unit 200 is formed by a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, whereas the side lens 250 in the left side decoration unit 240 is. The peripheral lens portion 250a is formed by one smooth loose curved surface. In the door frame 5, side inner lenses 212 and 252 capable of diffusing light are disposed on the rear side of the side lenses 210 and 250 in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240. In the left side decoration unit 240, an inner decoration member 251 having a plurality of slits 251a is disposed between the peripheral lens portion 250a and the side inner lens 252 in the side lens 250.

  Further, the door frame 5 has a right side upper decorative substrate 214, a right side lower decorative substrate 216, and a left side upper decorative substrate 254 on the rear side of the side inner lenses 212 and 252 in the right side decorative unit 200 and the left side decorative unit 240. , And a lower left side decorative board 256 are arranged, and a plurality of LEDs 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b are mounted on the front surface of each of the decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256. ing.

  The right side upper decorative substrate 214, the right side lower decorative substrate 216, the left side upper decorative substrate 254, and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 disposed on the rear side of the side inner lenses 212 and 252 are provided with peripheral lens portions 210a and 250a. LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a arranged at corresponding positions, and LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b arranged at positions corresponding to the radiation lens portions 210b, 250b (side flash lenses 204, 246) are provided. . In this example, the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a corresponding to the peripheral lens portions 210a, 250a are full-color LEDs, and the LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b corresponding to the radiating lens portions 210b, 250b are relatively high in luminance. LED. The two LEDs 214c arranged at the upper right end of the upper decorative board 214 on the right side are a green LED and a red LED.

  In this example, the surfaces of the right side upper decorative substrate 214, the right side lower decorative substrate 216, the left side upper decorative substrate 254, and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 are white photoresist, white printing (for example, silk printing). ), White paint, etc. As a result, the reflectance of the decoration boards 214, 216, 254, 256 can be increased, so that the lights from the player side are reflected by the decoration boards 214, 216, 254, 256 when the LEDs 210a, 210b, etc. are not lit. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the side lenses 210 and 250 from becoming too dark and deteriorating in appearance, and by reflecting the light from each of the LEDs 210a and 210b that emit light to the player side by the substrate, The lenses 210 and 250 can be brightly decorated.

  As described above, the upper decoration unit 280 of the door frame 5 connects between the ends of the upper side of the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 facing the center side in the left-right direction of the door frame 5. It is formed and decorates the upper center of the game window 101. The upper decorative unit 280 includes an upper central lens 284 disposed at the center in the left-right direction, an annular central annular lens portion 282b disposed on the outer periphery of the upper central lens 284, and outward outward from the central annular lens portion 282b. And four extending frame lens portions 282c extending to the right. The front surface of the extended frame lens portion 282c on the lower right side in front view is covered with an upper lower decorative cover 294.

  The upper decorative unit 280 includes an upper central decorative substrate 288 disposed on the rear side of the central ring lens portion 282b of the upper central lens 284 and the upper lens 282, and the upper lens 282 extending in the left-right direction from the upper central decorative substrate 288. And an upper side decorative substrate 290 disposed on the rear side of the upper central decorative substrate 288. On the upper central decorative substrate 288, a plurality of LEDs 288a corresponding to the upper central lens 284 and a plurality of LEDs 288b corresponding to the central annular lens portion 282b are mounted on the front surface, and the upper central lens 284 and the central annular lens portion 282b are mounted. And can be individually decorated with light emission. In addition, a plurality of LEDs 290a corresponding to the extended frame lens portions 282c are mounted on the front surface of the upper side decorative substrate 290 so that each extended frame lens portion 282c can be decorated with light emission. . The LEDs 288a, 288b, and 290a of the upper central decorative board 288 and the upper side decorative board 290 are full-color LEDs.

  Subsequently, in the dish unit 300, the outer surface is formed by a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, and the appearance is continuous with the appearance of the right side decoration unit 200. In this dish unit 300, an upper dish decoration board 322 is arranged on the rear side of the upper dish decoration element 316, and a plurality of LEDs 322 a mounted on the upper dish decoration board 322 are used in the upper dish decoration element 316. The upper dish upper right decorative member 319 that decorates the right part and the front outer periphery of the upper dish ball removal button 341 can be decorated with light emission. In this example, the LED 322a of the upper plate decorative substrate 322 is a full color LED.

  Next, the operation unit 400 attached to the dish unit 300 includes a ring-shaped dial operation unit 401 having translucency and a columnar pressing operation unit having translucency disposed inside the dial operation unit 401. 405, and a dial decoration board 430 and a button decoration board 432 are disposed below the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405, respectively. The dial decoration board 430 is provided with a plurality of (four in this example) LEDs 430 b arranged in the circumferential direction so as to correspond to the dial operation unit 401. Further, the button decoration substrate 432 is provided with one LED 432d so as to correspond to the pressing operation unit 405. In this example, the LED 430b of the dial decoration substrate 430 is a white LED with high brightness, and the LED 432d of the button decoration substrate 432 is a full color LED. Further, the surfaces (upper surfaces) of the dial decoration substrate 430 and the button decoration substrate 432 are also white, so that the same effects as described above can be achieved.

  By the way, the door frame 5 of this example corresponds to the peripheral lens portions 210 a and 250 a of the side lenses 210 and 250 in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 that cover the outer periphery above the lower side of the gaming window 101. LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a are a first annular group 102 (within the hatched area in FIGS. 59 and 60) close to the gaming window 101, and a second annular group 103 arranged outside the first annular group 102. (In the range of the cross hatch in FIG. 59 and FIG. 60), the LEDs of the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 are made to emit light appropriately, so as to surround the gaming window 101, and are substantially concentric. A plurality (two in this example) of light emission can be decorated. That is, when all the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a of the first annular group 102 are caused to emit light, the hatched area near the gaming window 101 is decorated in a ring shape, and the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a of the second annular group 103 are activated. When all the lights are emitted, the cross hatch area away from the game window 101 is illuminated and decorated in a ring shape.

  In the door frame 5, LEDs 214 b, 216 b, 254 b, 256 b corresponding to the side flash lenses 204, 246 (radiation lens portions 210 b, 250 b of the side lenses 210, 250) in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 are provided. The radial group 104 (in FIGS. 59 and 60) that extends radially around the lower center in the left-right direction of the gaming window 101 (game area 1100) so as to divide the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 in the circumferential direction. Within the shaded area). The LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, and 256b of the radial group 104 can appropriately emit light so that the outside of the gaming window 101 can be decorated with light emission in addition to the ring shape of the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 The light emitting decoration can be decorated so as to be divided in the circumferential direction.

  Further, in the door frame 5, the LED 214c of the right side upper decorative board 214 corresponding to the upper right corner of the side lens 210 in the right side decorative unit 200 is set as the notification group 105. It is possible to notify various information to a person or a game hall employee who installed the pachinko machine 1.

  In the door frame 5, the LEDs 288 a and 288 b corresponding to the upper central lens 284 and the central annular lens portion 282 b in the upper decorative unit 280 that decorates the upper center of the gaming window 101 are the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103. The upper center group 106 is configured to illuminate and decorate the upper center. The LED 288a and 288b of the upper central group 106 can appropriately emit light so that the upper center of the gaming window 101 can be decorated with light emission, and the reference of the annular light emitting decoration by the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 It is possible to make a light emitting decoration that becomes a dot. The LED 290a corresponding to the extended frame lens portion 282c in the upper decoration unit 280 is an upper central side group 107 that decorates the left and right sides of the upper central group 106. By appropriately emitting light from the LED 290a of the upper central side group 107, the boundary between the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 and the upper central group 106 can be decorated with light emission.

  Further, in the door frame 5, the LED 322 a corresponding to the upper dish front decoration member 316 and the upper dish upper right decoration member 319 arranged on the lower side of the gaming window 101 is used to decorate the upper dish 301 with light emission. The dish group 108 is set. In the door frame 5, the LEDs 430 b and 432 d corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 of the operation unit 400 arranged at the lower center of the gaming window 101 and in the upper center of the dish unit 300 An operation unit group 109 for decorating light emission is used. By appropriately emitting the LEDs 430b and 432d of the operation unit group 109, the dial operation unit 401 and the press operation unit 405 can be decorated with light emission, and the operation timing and operation direction of the dial operation unit 401 and the press operation unit 405 can be changed. The player can be informed.

  The light emitting decoration in the door frame 5 in this embodiment will be described in more detail. In this example, the LEDs 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, 430b, and 432d are further subdivided corresponding to the control system in the groups 102, 103, 104, 106, 107, 108, and 109 to which they belong. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 60, the 20 LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, and 256a belonging to the first annular group 102 are 102a to 102j for each of the peripheral lens portions 210a and 250a of the side lenses 210 and 250, respectively. The 26 LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a belonging to the second annular group 103 are divided into 10 systems of 103a to 103j for each of the peripheral lens portions 210a, 250a of the side lenses 210, 250. It has been.

  The 20 LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, and 256b belonging to the radial group 104 are divided into 8 systems 104a to 104h for each side flash lens 204 and 246 (radiation lens portions 210b and 250b of the side lenses 210 and 250). ing. The two LEDs 214c belonging to the notification group 105 are divided into two systems, an upper side 105a and a lower side 105b. Further, the eight LEDs 288a and 288b belonging to the upper central group 106 are divided into three systems, that is, a central part 106a, a right part 106b, and a left part 106c. The seven LEDs 290a belonging to the upper central side group 107 are divided into two systems, a right side 107a and a left side 107b.

  Further, the eleven LEDs 322a belonging to the upper plate group 108 are divided into four systems 108a to 108d on the front and rear sides and on the right and left sides. The five LEDs 430b and 432d belonging to the operation group 109 include four LEDs 430b corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 arranged diagonally across the pressing operation unit 405 as a set, and the left and right 109a and the front and rear 109b. The two LEDs, one LED 432c corresponding to the pressing operation unit 405, is divided into three systems. Thus, in the door frame 5 of this example, each LED 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, 430b, 432d is divided into 42 systems. ing.

  In the door frame 5, as described above, the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, and 432d are full-color LEDs, and the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a, 288a, 288b, 28 systems 102a to 102j, 103a to 103j, 106a to 106c, 108a to 108d, and 109c to which 290a, 322a, and 432d belong are further provided with three independent RGB systems in order to emit light in full color. In the light emission control, there are three times 84 systems. The LEDs 288a and 430b are high-intensity white LEDs, and the four systems 107a, 109a and 109b to which the LEDs 288a and 430b belong require a large amount of current to emit light with high luminance. Two systems are connected, and in actual light emission control, there are twice as many as eight systems.

  The LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, and 256b are white LEDs having normal luminance, and belong to the eight systems 104a to 108h. The LED 214c is a green LED and a red LED, and belongs to the two systems 105a and 105b. The ten systems 104a to 108h, 105a, and 105b by these LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b, and 214c can be sufficiently controlled by each system, so that there are ten systems of the same number in actual light emission control.

  Therefore, the actual number of systems in the light emission control in the door frame 5 is 102 systems, and each LED 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, For each system to which 430b and 432d belong, lighting / flashing is controlled by dynamic lighting, and gradation (color and brightness) is controlled by PWM control (pulse width modulation control). . As a result, a rich light-emitting effect can be achieved.

  As the lighting effect in the door frame 5, for example, light is emitted sequentially from the first annular group 102 to the second annular group 103 (sequential light emission of the same color or similar color) to spread outwardly around the gaming window 101. Light emission effect, or conversely, light emission effect that converges from the outside toward the gaming window 101 by emitting light sequentially from the second annular group 103 to the first annular group 102 (sequential light emission of the same color or similar color), Alternatively, the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 can emit light at the same time, so that a light-emitting effect or the like can be performed so that the entire outer periphery of the gaming window 101 emits light widely.

  Further, by coordinating with LEDs (not shown in detail) provided on the game board 4, the LEDs of the game board 4, the LEDs of the first annular group 102 close to the game window 101, and the first annular group 102 With the LEDs of the second annular group 103 arranged on the outer side, it is possible to produce a more expressive light-emitting effect, which can attract the player's interest strongly and entertain the player. Can be suppressed.

  Further, in the first annular group 102, the second annular group 103, and the lower group 108, each of the systems 102 a to 102 j and 103 a to 103 j is appropriately caused to emit light, so that the upper portion of the upper decoration unit 280 is aligned along the outer periphery of the gaming window 101. It is possible to produce a light emission effect such that light moves toward the central lens 284 or light moves from the upper central lens 284 along the outer periphery of the game window 101. In this example, the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 are divided into 10 systems 102a to 102j and 103a to 103j in the circumferential direction (10 divisions). However, the present invention is not limited to this. If it is divided into about 8 systems (about 8 divisions), it is possible to perform a light emission effect such that light circulates around the outer periphery of the gaming window 101.

  Further, by emitting light only from the radial group 104, a light emission effect is produced in which the light is emitted radially around the gaming window 101, or the first annular group 102, the second annular group 103, and the lower group 108 are emitted simultaneously with the radial group 104. To produce a light emission effect that causes the entire outer periphery of the gaming window 101 to emit light substantially uniformly, or to cause the radial group 104 to emit light (light on / flash) while the first annular group 102 or the second annular group 103 emits light. It is possible to perform a light emitting effect that gives an accent to the light emitting decoration. In addition, by causing each of the systems 104a to 104h of the radial group 104 to emit light individually, it is possible to produce a light emission effect such that the side flash lenses 204 and 246 (radiating lens portions 210b and 250b) circulate.

  Further, by causing the upper central group 106 and the upper central side group 105 to emit light, an opportunity or a specific gaming state (for example, a big hit gaming state, a probability variation gaming state, a short time gaming state, a probability variation short gaming state) , Etc.) can be performed.

  Furthermore, by appropriately emitting light from each of the systems 108a to 108d of the lower group 108, a light emission effect for lighting and decorating the upper plate 301, or by emitting light in association with the operation group 109, the dial operation unit 401 or pressing operation is performed. A light emission effect that prompts the operation of the unit 405 can be performed. In addition, the system 109a, 109b corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 in the operation group 109 is appropriately caused to emit light so as to prompt the operation of the dial operation unit 401 or guide the rotational operation direction of the dial operation unit 401. can do. Further, by causing the system 109c corresponding to the pressing operation unit 405 in the operation group 109 to emit light, it is possible to produce a light emitting effect that prompts the operation of the pressing operation unit 405.

  Since the system 109c of the first annular group 102, the second annular group 103, the upper central group 106, the lower group 108, and the operation group 109 is a full color LED, each group 102, 103, 106, 108, It is possible to produce a lighting effect with different gradations such as luminescent color and brightness for each 109 or for each system 102a to 102j, 103a to 103j, 106a to 106c, 108a to 108d, 109c. A rich lighting effect can be performed.

[1-3. Overall structure of main frame]
Next, the main body frame 3 in the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 61 is a front view of the main body frame, and FIG. 62 is a rear view of the main body frame. FIG. 63 is a front perspective view of the main body frame, and FIG. 64 is a rear perspective view of the main body frame. 66 is an exploded perspective view of the main body frame as seen from the front, FIG. 65 is a left side view of the main body frame, and FIG. 67 is a perspective view of the main body frame as seen from the rear. FIG. The main body frame 3 of the present embodiment is pivotally supported on the left side when viewed from the front with respect to the outer frame 2 and is supported in a door shape so as to open and close the front surface of the outer frame 2 on the rear side of the door frame 5. The front side can be opened and closed by the door frame 5. Further, the main body frame 3 can hold the game board 4 detachably from the front side at a position corresponding to the game window 101 of the door frame 5.

  The main body frame 3 of this example forms a skeleton of the main body frame 3 and penetrates in the front-rear direction to have a main body frame base 600 having a rectangular game board holding port 601 for holding the game board 4, and a main body frame base An upper shaft bracket 630 and a lower shaft bracket 640 that are attached to the upper and lower ends of the left end portion of the front view 600 and are pivotally supported by the outer frame 2 and pivotally support the door frame 5, and the main body frame base 600. A ball hitting device 650 for driving a game ball into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 attached to the lower front surface of the game board 4 and a game ball delivered to the upper plate 301 of the tray unit 300 attached to the rear side of the main body frame base 600 And the flow of game balls from the prize ball unit 700 to the dish unit 300 of the door frame 5 when the door frame 5 is opened with respect to the main body frame 3 and attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 600. Open the ball exit It includes a unit 790, a.

  The main body frame 3 is attached to the lower rear surface of the main body frame base 600, and includes various control boards for controlling electrical components provided in the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 except the game board 4, a power supply board 851, and the like. Are combined into a unit board unit 800, a back cover 900 that covers the rear opening of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame base 600, and a side security plate 950 that covers the left end of the main body frame base 600 when viewed from the front. And a locking device 1000 that is attached to the right end of the main body frame base when viewed from the front and that locks the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 and opens and closes the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3.

[1-3A. Body frame base]
Next, the main body frame base 600 in the main body frame 3 will be described with reference mainly to FIGS. FIG. 68 is a front perspective view of the main body frame base in the main body frame. FIG. 69 is a rear perspective view of the main body frame base in the main body frame. The main body frame base 600 in the main body frame 3 of the present embodiment is integrally formed of synthetic resin, and the outer shape of the front view is a vertically long rectangular shape along the outer shape of the door frame 5 and is approximately in the front-rear direction. It is formed to have a certain depth D (see FIG. 65). Accordingly, when the main body frame base 600 is faced down when attaching the prize ball unit 700, the substrate unit 800, the back cover 900, the lock device 1000, and the like to the rear side of the main body frame base 600. In addition, the rear surface of the main body frame base 600 is substantially flat at the depth D of the main body frame base 600, and the prize ball unit 700 and the like can be easily placed, and workability relating to the assembly of the main body frame 3 is improved. Can be improved.

  As shown in the figure, the main body frame base 600 has a gaming board holding port through which the entire range of about 3/4 penetrates in a rectangular shape in the front-rear direction from the upper part to the lower part so that the outer periphery of the gaming board 4 can be fitted and held. 601, a U-shaped front end frame portion 602 that forms the outer periphery of the front end excluding the left side of the main body frame base 600 when viewed from the front, and a recess from the front surface of the front end frame portion 602 to the rear, and the door frame base body 110 in the door frame 5. Door frame protruding piece 110c protruding rearward from the lower end of the frame, the upper bent protruding piece 167 protruding rearward of the upper reinforcing sheet metal 151 in the reinforcing unit 150 of the door frame 5, and the open side outside protruding rearward of the opening side reinforcing sheet metal 153. And an engaging groove 603 into which the bent protrusion 163 is inserted and engaged.

  Further, the main body frame base 600 extends from the lower side of the game board holding port 601 to the lower end of the main body frame base 600 and is recessed from the front end of the front end frame portion 602 to the rear side by a predetermined amount and spread in a plate shape in the left-right direction. 604 and a peripheral wall portion 605 that protrudes rearward inside the front end frame portion 601 and forms an inner peripheral wall of the game board holding port 601. The peripheral wall portion 605 connects the free end portions (upper and lower left end portions in front view) of the U-shaped front end frame portion 602 to each other, and the outer shape of the main body frame base 600 becomes a frame shape. It is like that.

  In addition, the main body frame base 600 forms a lower side of the game board holding port 601 at the upper end of the lower rear wall part 604, and a game board placement part 606 on which the game board 4 is placed, and the game board placement part 606. A game board of the game board 4 that is formed at a predetermined position on the right inner wall of the peripheral wall 605 and a positioning projection 607 that protrudes upward from substantially the center in the left-right direction and engages with the out-ball discharge groove 1156 of the game panel 1150 in the game board 4. A game board locking portion 608 (see FIG. 61) to which the stopper 1120 is fixed, and a plate shape that hangs downward from the upper inner wall of the peripheral wall portion 605 and whose lower end can come into contact with the upper end of the game board 4 in the horizontal direction. A plurality of upper end regulating ribs 609. The positioning protrusion 607 of the main body frame base 600 can be fitted into the out ball discharge groove 1156 of the game board 4 to restrict the lower end of the game board 4 from moving in the left-right direction and the rear direction. ing. In addition, the game board locking portion 608 can restrict the right side of the game board 4 from moving in the front-rear direction by locking the game board stopper 1120 of the game board 4. Yes. Although the details of the left side of the game board 4 when viewed from the front will be described later, movement in the front-rear direction is restricted by the positioning member 956 of the side security plate 950.

  Further, the main body frame base 600 is mounted with a bracket for mounting the upper shaft bracket 630 and the lower shaft bracket 640 on the rear surface of the free end portion (upper left and right end portions in front view) of the U-shaped front end frame portion 602. Part 610 (see FIG. 69). As shown in FIG. 68 and the like, the bracket mounting portion 610 is reinforced by a plurality of ribs whose front side extends vertically and horizontally, and attaches the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 with sufficient strength. Can be done. Further, the main body frame base 600 is formed in a substantially circular cylinder lock through-hole 611 penetrating in the front-rear direction at the upper right end of the lower rear wall portion 604 in front view, and is formed at the lower left of the cylinder lock through-hole 611 in front view. The U-shaped fitting groove 612 that fits the positioning protrusion 110d that protrudes rearward from the door frame base main body 110 and the firing solenoid 654 of the ball striking device 650 that is formed in the lower left of the fitting groove 612 when viewed from the front are accommodated. A solenoid housing recess 613.

  As described above, the main body frame base 600 of this example is formed at a position where the lower rear wall portion 604 is recessed one step further to the rear side than the front surface of the front end frame portion 602, The ball striking device 650 is attached to the front surface from the front side so that the firing solenoid 654 of the ball striking device 650 is accommodated in the solenoid housing recess 613. In a state in which the ball hitting device 650 is attached to the front surface of the lower rear wall portion 604, as shown in FIG. 63, FIG. 98, and the like, A foul space 626 extending downward is formed. In this example, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the foul ball inlet 542 e in the foul cover unit 540 is positioned below the foul space 626, and the foul space 626 is lowered. The game ball is received by the foul ball inlet 542 e of the foul cover unit 540 and discharged to the lower plate 302 in the plate unit 300.

  The main body frame base 600 is formed with a plurality of openings 614 penetrating in a rectangular shape in the front-rear direction to the left of the left and right center of the lower rear wall 604 in a front view, and on the upper side of the opening 614 and on the left and right sides of the front view. A through hole 615 penetrating in the front-rear direction. The opening 614 of the main body frame base 600 is closed from the front side by a relay terminal plate cover 692 (see FIG. 66 and the like), and passes through the opening 692a of the relay terminal plate cover 692 so that the lower rear wall portion 604. The main-side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral-side relay terminal plate 882 of the board unit 800 attached to the rear surface face the front side. The plurality of through holes 615 are for transmitting sound from the speaker box 820 of the substrate unit 800 to the front side of the main body frame base 600. The through holes 615 arranged on the left and right sides of the opening 614 are ventilation-type holes having a front wall on the front side.

  In addition, the main body frame base 600 has a fixture support portion that rotatably supports a game board fixture 690 for detachably fixing the game board 4 near the upper front end of the lower rear wall 604 above the opening 614. 616 and a stopper 617 that protrudes forward from the lower right of the fixture support portion 616 when viewed from the front and restricts the rotational position of the game board fixture 690.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 61 and the like, the game board fixing tool 690 includes a fixing piece 690a that spreads in a fan shape around an axis that is pivotally supported by the fixing tool support portion 616 of the main body frame base 600, and a fixing piece 690a. And an operation piece 690b extending outward from one end side in the circumferential direction (the side that becomes the rear end when rotated clockwise when viewed from the front). The game board fixing tool 690 is pivotally supported on the fixing tool support 616 of the main body frame base 600, and then the operation piece 690b is operated to rotate the game board fixing tool 690 in the clockwise direction in front view. Then, the fixed piece 690a protrudes upward from the game board mounting portion 606 and is inserted into the fixed recess 1121 of the game board 4 mounted on the game board mounting portion 606. Can be prevented from moving forward. Further, the game board fixing tool 690 is configured such that the operation piece 690b comes into contact with the stopper 617, and the rotation end in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front is regulated by contacting the stopper 617. It has become.

  Furthermore, the main body frame base 600 is provided with a door frame opening switch 618 for detecting the opening of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 on the lower front surface of the cylinder lock through hole 611. When the door frame 5 is opened (opened), the pressing is released and the opening of the door frame 5 can be detected. Further, the main body frame base 600 is provided with a main body frame opening switch 619 for detecting the opening of the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 on the lower rear surface from the position where the door frame opening switch 618 is attached ( When the main body frame 3 is opened (opened) with respect to the outer frame 2, the pressure is released and the opening of the main body frame 3 can be detected.

  Further, the main body frame base 600 includes three pieces penetrating vertically in the front-rear direction on the inner side (axial support side) of the engagement groove 603 on the right side (open side) of the U-shaped front end frame portion 602 in front view. A door hook hole 620 and a lock locking hole 621 that penetrates in the front-rear direction under the door hook hole 620 at the lower end and is arranged in the left-right direction are provided. These three door hook holes 620 are respectively formed in the vicinity of the upper and lower ends in the vertical direction and the approximate center in the vertical direction. The upper and center door hook holes 620 and the lock locking holes 621 are engaged with and locked by the locking projections 1004 provided at the upper and lower ends of the locking device 1000, and the front end frame 602. The locking device 1000 is attached to the main body frame base 600 along the outer wall of the peripheral wall portion 605 on the rear side of the right side of the front view. When the lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame base 600, the three door frame hook portions 1041 of the lock device 1000 protrude forward from the three door hook holes 620 and the cylinder lock of the lock device 1000. 1010 protrudes forward from the cylinder lock through hole 611 (see FIG. 63).

  Furthermore, the main body frame base 600 descends slowly and obliquely downward from the upper right end toward the substantially center in the left-right direction on the rear surface of the lower rear wall 604 in the rear view, and then the lower rear wall 604 at the substantially center in the left-right direction. Is provided with a main body frame base ball extraction passage 622 that is allowed to circulate from the middle in the vertical direction to a position slightly upward. The main body frame base ball extraction passage 622 is closed at the rear side by a substrate unit base 810 in the substrate unit 800, and will be described in detail later. A game ball that has circulated through the ball extraction passage 741d in the prize ball device 740 is provided. It comes to circulate.

  A plurality of main body frame bases 600 are arranged at predetermined intervals in the vertical direction at the rear end of the left side of the peripheral wall portion 605 when viewed from the back, and the back cover shaft support portion 623 rotatably supports the shaft support pins 906 of the back cover 900. A mounting portion 624 for mounting the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 on the front surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 obliquely upper left in the front view of the opening 614, and the locking device 1000 on the right side (open side) of the peripheral wall portion 605 in front view. And a lock mounting portion 625 for mounting and fixing.

  Although detailed description is omitted, in addition to the above, the main body frame base 600 has mounting bosses and mounting holes for mounting the hitting ball launching device 650, the prize ball unit 700, the substrate unit 800, and the like as appropriate. Is formed.

[1-3B. Upper shaft support bracket and lower shaft support bracket]
Next, the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 66 and 67. The upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 in the main body frame 3 are attached to the main body frame 3 by using predetermined screws, respectively, to the metal mounting portions 610 on the upper left and lower rear surfaces of the main body frame base 600 when viewed from the front. Thus, the door frame 5 can be pivotally supported to be openable and closable, and the main body frame 3 can be pivotally supported to the outer frame 2 to be openable and closable.

  First, the upper shaft support metal 630 is attached to the upper metal attachment part 610 of the main body frame base 600 and has a plate-like attachment part 631 extending in the vertical and horizontal directions, and a plate-like extension extending forward from the upper end of the attachment part 631. A front extending portion 632, a shaft supporting pin 633 projecting upward from the vicinity of the front end of the front extending portion 632, and a shaft pin 155 of the door frame 5 disposed on the left side in front of the shaft supporting pin 633. The door frame shaft support hole 634 (see FIG. 63 and the like) penetrating in the vertical direction is inserted, and the door frame 5 is pivoted downward from the left end of the front extension portion 632 when viewed from the front. And a stopper 635 (see FIGS. 65 and 109) for restricting the end. In the upper shaft support 630, the mounting portion 631, the front extending portion 632, and the stopper 635 are integrally formed by bending a single metal plate.

  On the other hand, the lower shaft support bracket 640 is disposed below the door frame shaft support bracket 642 for supporting the door frame 5 and supports the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2. A main body frame shaft support bracket 644. The door frame shaft bracket 642 in the lower shaft bracket 640 is attached to the lower bracket mounting portion 610 of the main body frame base 600 and spreads in the vertical and horizontal directions, and forward from the lower end of the mounting portion 642a. A plate-like front extending portion 642b that extends, a door frame shaft support hole 642c that penetrates in the vertical direction near the front end of the front extending portion 642b and into which the shaft pin 157 of the door frame 5 is inserted, and a front extending portion And a stopper 642d that is erected upward from the left end of the front view 642a and restricts the rotation end of the door frame 5 toward the open side. The door frame shaft support 642 is integrally formed with a mounting portion 642a, a front extension 642b, and a stopper 642d by bending a single metal plate.

  Further, the main body frame shaft support bracket 644 in the lower shaft support bracket 640 is attached to the lower bracket attachment portion 610 of the main body frame base 600 and extends from the bottom of the attachment portion 644a in a plate-like attachment portion 644a. A front extending portion 644b extending forward and a main body frame shaft support hole (not shown) penetrating in the vertical direction in the vicinity of the front end of the front extending portion 644b are provided. The main body frame shaft support 644 is also integrally formed with an attachment portion 644a and a front extension portion 644b formed by bending a single metal plate.

  The lower shaft support 640 of this example is in a state in which the mounting portion 642a of the door frame shaft support 642 and the mounting portion 644a of the main body frame shaft support 644 are overlapped (contacted) in the front-rear direction. The front extension 642b of the shaft support 642 and the front extension 644b of the main body frame support 644 are attached to the lower metal attachment 610 of the main body frame base 600 with a predetermined distance therebetween in the vertical direction. It is like that.

  The upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 are attached to the main body frame base 600, and the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the body frame shaft support hole (not shown) of the lower shaft support bracket 640 Are positioned on the same axis, and the body frame shaft support hole of the body frame shaft support bracket 644 in the lower shaft support bracket 640 is fitted and inserted into the support protrusion 21d of the lower support bracket 21 in the outer frame 2. As described above, the front extending portion 644b of the main body frame shaft support bracket 644 is placed on the support projecting piece 21c of the lower support bracket 21, and the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support bracket 630 is placed on the outer frame 2. The main body frame 3 can be pivotally supported with respect to the outer frame 2 so as to be openable and closable by being inserted into the support hole 20 c of the upper support fitting 20.

  Further, the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 are attached to the main body frame base 600, and the door frame shaft support hole 634 of the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the door frame shaft support of the lower shaft support bracket 640. The metal fitting 642c is coaxially positioned, and the door is such that the shaft pin 157 of the door frame 5 is inserted into the door frame shaft support hole 642c of the door frame shaft support metal 642 in the lower shaft support metal 640. After the lower shaft support portion 158 of the frame 5 is placed on the front extension portion 642b of the door frame shaft support bracket 642, the shaft pin 155 of the door frame 5 is inserted into the door frame shaft support hole 634 of the upper shaft support bracket 630. By inserting, the door frame 5 can be pivotally supported with respect to the main body frame 3 so as to be opened and closed. In this example, the shaft pin 155 on the upper side of the door frame 5 is slidable in the vertical direction. When the shaft pin 155 is inserted into the door frame shaft support hole 634 of the upper shaft support bracket 630, the shaft pin 155 is inserted. Once the door shaft 5 is slid downward and the upper shaft support portion 156 of the door frame 5 and the front extension portion 632 of the upper shaft support fitting 630 are vertically overlapped, the shaft pin 155 is slid upward to open the door. It can be inserted into the frame shaft support hole 634.

[1-3C. Hitting ball launcher]
Next, the hitting ball launcher 650 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 70 and 71. FIG. 70 is a front perspective view of the ball striking device in the main body frame. FIG. 71 is a rear perspective view of the ball striking device in the main body frame. This hitting ball launching device 650 can drive the game ball supplied from the ball feeding unit 580 of the door frame 5 into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 with strength according to the rotation operation of the handle device 500. is there.

  In the ball hitting device 650 of the present embodiment, a metal plate launch base 652 attached to a predetermined position on the front surface of the lower rear wall 604 in the main body frame base 600, and a rotary drive shaft 654a projecting forward on the lower rear surface of the launch base 652 are projected. The launching solenoid 654, the hitting ball 656 fixed to the drive shaft 654a of the firing solenoid 654 so as to be integrally rotatable, the tip 658 fixed to the tip of the hitting ball 656, and the movement locus of the tip 658. The tip of the hitting ball 656 between the firing rail 660 that extends obliquely to the upper left in front view and is attached to the front surface of the firing base 652 and the firing rail 660 at the upper base end of the firing rail 660. The ball stop that holds the game ball at the base end of the launch rail 660 by forming a gap through which the game ball cannot pass at the same time as the ball 658 can pass. The ball 66 槌 (tip 658) is prevented from rotating toward the firing rail 660 from the hitting position where the game ball held at the base end of the firing rail 660 can be hit by the piece 662 and the ball stop piece 662. A stopper 664.

  The firing solenoid 654 in the hitting ball launching device 650 is not shown in detail, but the drive shaft 654a is reciprocally rotated at a strength (speed) corresponding to the rotational operation angle of the handle device 500. Further, the ball striking ball 656 of the ball striking device 650 includes a fixed portion 656a fixed to the drive shaft 654a of the firing solenoid 654, and a tip extending from the fixed portion 656a in a gentle arc shape with respect to the axis of the drive shaft 654a. A collar portion 656b that faces the normal direction and has a collar portion 656b fixed to the tip, and a stopper portion 656c that extends to the opposite side with respect to the collar portion 656b and can be brought into contact with the stopper 664c. ing. When the stopper portion 656c of the hitting ball basket 656 is in contact with the stopper 664, the tip of the tip 658 is rotated to the firing rail 660 side from the hitting position (the rotation end in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front). Being regulated.

  In addition, the launch rail 660 of the hitting ball launcher 650 has a loose arc shape that is recessed downward so as to be substantially along the lower end extension line of the outer rail 1111 of the game board 4 (see FIG. 98) and in the front-rear direction. On the other hand, the center is shaped like a V-shape, and the game ball hit by the hitting ball 656 can be smoothly guided to the game board 4 side along the launch rail 660. The firing rail 660 is formed by bending a metal plate.

  Further, the hitting ball launching device 650 has a stopper cover 666 that covers the front surface of the stopper 664 that can regulate a rotation end of the hitting ball 656 toward the hitting ball position, and a rotation of the hitting ball 656 at a position away from the hitting ball position. And a stopper 668 for restricting an end (a rotation end in a clockwise direction in a front view). The hitting ball launching device 650 of this example has the surfaces of the stoppers 664 and 668 covered with rubber, so that it can absorb the impact when the hitting ball 656 abuts and suppress the generation of noise due to the abutment. Be able to.

  As shown in FIG. 63, FIG. 98, and the like, the hit ball launching device 650 of the present example is attached to the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600. The upper end of the rear wall portion 604, that is, the lower side of the game board mounting portion 606 (the lower side of the game board holding port 601) is located outside the game board 4 held by the game board holding port 601. A foul space 626 that extends downward with a predetermined width in the left-right direction is formed between the lower end of the rail 1111. The hitting ball launching device 650 of this example hits the game ball into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 by firing the game ball so as to jump over the foul space 626 on the left side of the front view from the launch rail 660. Can be done. As described above, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the foul ball inlet 542e of the foul cover unit 540 is positioned below the foul space 626, and the game area 1100 A game ball that has not been driven into a foul ball falls into the foul space 626, is received by the foul ball inlet 542e, and is discharged to the lower plate 302.

  In addition, the hitting ball launching device 650 is configured such that the launching solenoid 654 is driven by the firing control unit 4120 with a driving strength according to the rotation operation of the handle device 500, and the ball feeding solenoid 585 of the ball feeding unit 580 is used. It is made to drive in synchronism with the drive. Specifically, in the ball feed unit 580 that supplies the game ball to the hit ball launcher 650, when the ball feed solenoid 585 is driven (ON), the ball feed member 584 receives the game ball, and the ball feed solenoid 585 is driven from this state. When is released (OFF), the game ball received by the ball feed member 584 is sent to the ball hitting device 650 side, so that the ball launching solenoid 654 of the ball feed unit 580 is driven almost simultaneously. By turning on (ON), the game ball can be smoothly supplied from the ball feed unit 580 to the rear end of the launch rail 660, and the game ball can be reliably fired by the rotation of the hitting ball cage 656. ing.

[1-3D. Prize ball unit]
Next, the prize ball unit 700 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 72 to 79. 72 is a front perspective view of the prize ball unit in the main body frame, and FIG. 73 is a rear perspective view of the prize ball unit in the main body frame. FIG. 74 is an exploded perspective view of the prize ball unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 75 is an exploded perspective view of the prize ball unit as seen from the rear. Further, FIG. 76 is an exploded perspective view showing the relationship between the prize ball tank and the tank rail unit in the prize ball unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 77 is an exploded perspective view of the prize ball device in the prize ball unit as seen from the exploded position. FIG. 78 is a rear view showing the relationship among the payout passage, the payout motor, and the payout rotating body in the prize ball device. FIG. 79 is a cross-sectional view showing a sphere circulation passage in the prize ball unit.

  The prize ball unit 700 in the main body frame 3 of the present embodiment stores a game ball supplied from the island facility side to the pachinko machine 1 in an island facility in the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, and then gives a predetermined payout instruction. Is paid out to the upper plate 301 of the pachinko machine 1. The prize ball unit 700 includes a prize ball base 710 attached to the rear surface of the main body frame base 600, and a prize ball tank 720 which is attached to the upper rear surface of the prize ball base 710 and receives and stores game balls supplied from the island facility side. And a tank rail unit 730 arranged below the prize ball tank 720 and arranged to send the game balls stored in the prize ball tank 720 to the downstream side, and a predetermined payout of the game balls arranged by the tank rail unit 730 The payout device 740 to be paid out based on the instruction, and the game ball paid out by the payout device 740 can be guided to the upper plate 301 of the dish unit, and the game ball to be paid out when the upper plate 301 is full of game balls And a full tank branching unit 770 capable of branching to the lower plate 302 side.

  The prize ball unit 700 includes a prize ball passage cover 780 that closes the rear opening of the prize ball passage 715 formed in the prize ball base 710, and a grounding bracket for grounding the tank rail unit 730 and the prize ball device 740. 782, an external terminal plate 784 attached to the rear surface of the winning ball base 710, and an external terminal plate cover 786 that covers the rear side of the external terminal plate 784. The prize ball passage lid 780 in the prize ball unit 700 is for fastening and fixing the back cover engagement groove 780a for fixing the back cover 900 to the rear surface thereof, and the back cover 900 on the left side of the back cover engagement groove 780a in rear view. The back cover fastening hole 780b is formed (see FIGS. 73 and 75).

  In the prize ball unit 700, the prize ball base 710 is formed in an inverted L shape so that the upper side and the left side of the main body frame base 600 are along the front view, and the prize ball tank 720 and the tank rail unit 730 are arranged on the upper side. In addition, a vertically long prize ball device 740 is arranged on the left side, and a full tank branch unit 770 is arranged below the prize ball device 740. Further, an external terminal plate 784 and an external terminal plate cover 786 are arranged immediately above the prize ball device 740 and above the tank rail unit 730 so as to be adjacent to the prize ball tank 720.

  Next, the prize ball base 710 in the prize ball unit 700 is formed in a reverse L shape in front view so as to substantially correspond to the left side of the game board holding port 601 in front view with the upper side of the main body frame base 600 as shown in the figure. And is integrally formed of a transparent synthetic resin. The prize ball base 710 has a peripheral wall portion 710a that extends rearward substantially along the outer periphery of the inverted L-shape, and a predetermined width that extends inward from the rear end of the peripheral wall portion 710a and is disposed in a substantially identical plane. And a rear wall portion 710b. In this example, as shown in FIG. 75, the upper side of the peripheral wall 710 a is formed to extend backward from a position that is one step lower than the upper end of the prize ball base 710. The award ball base 710 is located at a position where the rear wall portion 710b is deeper than the front end, and when attached to the main body frame base 600, a space that can accommodate the game board 4 can be formed. ing.

  The prize ball base 710 includes a tank attachment part 711 for attaching the prize ball tank 720 to the upper side of the upper side of the peripheral wall part 710a, and the side of the tank attachment part 711 (right side in the rear view). External terminal plate mounting portion 712 for mounting the cover 786, a plurality of mounting locking portions 713 for mounting the tank rail unit 730 on the rear side of the rear end of the upper side of the rear wall portion 710b, and the rear side of the vertical side of the rear wall portion 710b A prize ball apparatus mounting portion 714 for attaching the prize ball apparatus 740, a prize ball passage 715 for guiding a game ball paid out from the prize ball apparatus 740 downward adjacent to the prize ball apparatus attachment portion 714, and a rear wall. An attachment locking portion 716 for attaching the full tank branching unit 770 to the lower end of the portion 710b.

  Furthermore, the prize ball base 710 has a relief hole 717 for letting out a payout motor 744 and the like that penetrates in the front-rear direction to the position of the prize ball device mounting portion 714 of the rear wall portion 710b and projects forward from the prize ball device 740, and the like. And a back cover engaging groove 718 for fixing the cover 900. Although the detailed description is omitted, the mounting holes and mounting bosses for mounting the winning ball tank 720, the winning ball device 740, etc., or mounting to the main body frame base 600 are appropriately positioned on the winning ball base 710. Is formed.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 76, the prize ball tank 720 in the prize ball unit 700 is formed in a horizontally long box shape with the top opened, and is a bottom wall portion that is substantially rectangular in plan view. 721, an outer peripheral wall portion 722 that rises upward from the outer periphery of the bottom wall portion 721 and has only a right rear portion (open side rear portion) that protrudes rearward from the bottom wall portion 710 in a rectangular shape in plan view, and an outer peripheral wall portion A discharge port 723 formed by a portion projecting rearward from the bottom wall portion 721 at the rear right side in 722 and a plate-like shape from the left side (axial support side) in plan view of the discharge port 723 to the left end of the prize ball tank 720 , A rod-shaped shaft portion 725 extending rearward from the lower left side in plan view of the flange portion 724, a baseball tank formed near the proximal end of the shaft portion 725 and at both front ends of the outer peripheral wall 722. 720 in the baseball 710 An attachment portion 726 for attachment to the spherical tank mounting portion 711, and a.

  In the prize ball tank 720, the outer periphery of the bottom wall portion 721 is surrounded by an outer peripheral wall portion 722 so that a predetermined amount of game balls can be stored on the bottom wall portion 721. The prize ball tank 720 is inclined so that the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 721 is lowered toward the discharge port 723 so that the game ball on the bottom wall portion 721 rolls toward the discharge port 723. It has become.

  The prize ball tank 720 includes two ball leveling members 727 that are pivotally supported by the shaft portion 725. As shown in the figure, the spherical leveling member 727 is supported at one end side by a shaft portion 725 and holds a weight inside, and the other end side is suspended by its own weight. . The ball leveling member 727 hangs down in a tank rail unit 730, which will be described later, so that game balls circulating in the tank rail unit 730 can be leveled and aligned. In addition, the collar portion 724 of the prize ball tank 720 is formed so as to cover substantially the upper half of the tank rail unit 730, so that the game ball can be prevented from overflowing from the tank rail unit 730. It is possible to prevent dust and the like from entering the rail unit 730.

  Although not shown in detail, the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 721 of the prize ball tank 720 is inclined so that the left side (the side far from the discharge port 723) is lowered toward the right side in plan view, The right side (the side close to the discharge port 723) in plan view is formed so as to be inclined toward the rear discharge port 723. Thereby, the flow of the game ball can be made smooth, and the occurrence of the ball clogging in the prize ball tank 720 can be suppressed, and from the discharge port 723 to the tank rail unit 730 side. The game balls can be discharged smoothly.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 76, the tank rail unit 730 in the prize ball unit 700 includes a tank rail 731 disposed below the prize ball tank 720 and extending in the left-right direction. The tank rail 731 has a bowl shape with a predetermined depth with the upper part open, and has a width (depth) in which the game balls can be aligned in two lines in the front-rear direction. The bottom is inclined so as to be low. The tank rail 731 includes a discharge port 731a (see FIG. 79) that opens downward to the left (shaft support side) end, a partition wall 731b that extends upward from the bottom at a substantially center in the front-rear direction, and a front end lower surface And a plurality of locking protrusions 731c (see FIG. 74) that protrude downward and are locked to the mounting locking portion 713 of the prize ball base 710 from above.

  The tank rail 731 has an end on the right side (open side) when viewed from the front, which is positioned immediately below the discharge port 723 in the prize ball tank 720. The game ball discharged from the discharge port 723 of the prize ball tank 720 After receiving, it rolls to the left and can be delivered from the outlet 731a to the prize ball device 740 side. Further, the tank rail 731, that is, the tank rail unit 730 can be attached to the winning ball base 710 by locking the locking protrusion 731 c of the tank rail 731 to the mounting locking portion 713 of the winning ball base 710. ing.

  The tank rail unit 730 is continuous with the alignment gear 732 rotatably supported on the upper portion of the discharge port 731 a of the tank rail 731, the gear cover 733 covering the upper portion of the alignment gear 732, and the right end of the gear cover 733 when viewed from the front. A ball retainer plate 734 that closes the upper portion of the tank rail 731 and a ball stop piece that can be moved forward and backward in the tank rail 731 and can stop the game ball in the tank rail 731 from rolling toward the discharge port 731a. 735, and a grounding plate 736 that is disposed in the tank rail 731 and that can contact a game ball in the tank rail 731. As shown in the drawing, two alignment gears 732 are provided side by side in the front-rear direction so as to correspond to the two flow paths of the game balls partitioned in two rows by the partition wall 731 b of the tank rail 731. The ball retainer plate 734 includes an attachment portion 734a to which a ball stop piece 735 is attached at an upper portion, and two slits 734b that penetrate in the vertical direction and into which the protruding piece 735a of the ball stop piece 735 can be inserted.

  In this tank rail unit 730, two ball leveling members 727 pivotally supported on the prize ball tank 720 are inserted from above into the upstream side (open side) of the ball presser plate 734. The game balls discharged from the outlet 723 of the prize ball tank 720 into the tank rail 731 by the ball leveling member 727 are leveled and aligned in two rows along the partition wall 731b. It can be done. The ball retainer plate 734 is for forcibly making the game balls that have not become one step by the ball leveling member 727, and the gap with the bottom of the tank rail 731 narrows toward the discharge port 731a. It is attached to the tank rail 731.

  As shown in the drawing, the alignment gear 732 of the tank rail unit 730 has a plurality of teeth formed on the outer periphery, and is supported so that the pitch of the teeth in the pair of alignment gears 732 is shifted by half a pitch. As a result, when the upper part of the game balls that have flowed down the tank rail 731 flow down to the discharge port 732 on the downstream side while meshing with the teeth of the alignment gear 732, the game balls aligned in two rows are alternately awarded one by one. To the device 740.

  A narrow groove penetrating vertically is formed at the bottom of the tank rail 731 so that foreign matters such as dust rolling along with the game ball in the tank rail 731 fall downward from the narrow groove. It has become. The ground plate 736 disposed on the inner wall of the tank rail 731 is not shown in detail, but is grounded to the outside via the grounding metal fitting 782 and the grounding connector of the power supply board 851. The game ball comes into contact with the ground plate 736 in the tank rail 731 so that the charged static electricity can be removed.

  Further, the tank rail unit 730 rotates the ball stop piece 735 rotatably attached to the attachment portion 734a of the ball retainer plate 734, and the protrusion 735a of the ball stop piece 735 passes through the slit 734a in the tank rail 730. , The two rows of flow paths in the tank rail 731 can be closed by the protruding piece 735a, and the supply of game balls to the prize ball device 740 can be stopped. Yes.

  Further, in the tank rail unit 730, the tank rail 731 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and the state of a game ball or the like in the tank rail 731 can be visually recognized from the outside.

  Subsequently, the prize ball device 740 in the prize ball unit 700 is for paying out the game balls discharged and supplied from the discharge port 731a of the tank rail unit 730 to the upper plate 301 of the dish unit 300 based on a predetermined payout instruction. Is. As shown in FIGS. 77 to 79, the prize ball device 740 includes a unit base 741 extending in the vertical direction attached to the prize ball device mounting portion 714 of the prize ball base 710. As shown in the drawing, the unit base 741 in the prize ball device 740 is provided on the rear surface side with a supply passage that opens to the upper end and extends to a position slightly below the center in the vertical direction with a width slightly wider than the outer shape of the game ball. 741a, a distribution space 741b that communicates with the lower end of the supply passage 741a and has a space of a predetermined width, and communicates with a lower left side (open side) lower end of the distribution space 741b and bends substantially in a letter shape when viewed from the rear. A prize ball passage 741c that opens to the left side surface and a ball extraction passage 741d that communicates with the lower right side (axial support side) bottom of the distribution space 741b and extends downward and open to the lower end. The supply passage 741a, the distribution space 741b, the prize ball passage 741c, and the ball removal passage 741d of the unit base 741 are formed in a state opened rearward.

  The prize ball device 740 of this example is attached to the rear side of the unit base 741 and has a back cover 742 that is shorter in the vertical direction than the unit base 741 and a plate-like motor support disposed below the back cover 742. A plate 743, a discharge motor 744 disposed on the front side of the motor support plate 743 and fixed to the unit base 741 so that the rotation shaft 744a protrudes rearward from the motor support plate 743, and a rotation shaft 744a of the discharge motor 744 are integrated. A first gear 745 that is rotatably fixed and disposed on the rear side of the motor support plate 743, a second gear 746 that meshes with the first gear 745 and is pivotally supported by the unit base 741, and meshes with the second gear 746. A third gear 747 that is pivotally supported by the unit base 741 and a payout circuit that rotates together with the third gear 747 and is disposed in the distribution space 741c of the unit base 741. The body 748 and the payout rotating body 748 are fixed to the opposite side so as to be integrally rotatable with the third gear 747 interposed therebetween, and have a plurality of (three in this example) detection slits 749a at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. 749.

  Further, the prize ball device 740 is attached to the unit base 741 and detects the presence or absence of a game ball in the supply passage 741a, and the number of game balls attached to the unit base 741 and circulating in the prize ball passage 741c. A counting sensor 751 for measuring the rotation angle, a rotation angle sensor 752 for detecting the detection slit 749a of the rotation detection board 749 that rotates integrally with the payout rotating body 748, and a rotation angle sensor 752 that is attached to the rear surface of the back cover 742. A sensor board 753, a payout motor 744, a ball break switch 750, a counting sensor 751, and a prize ball relay board 754 attached to the rear surface of the back cover 742 by relaying the connection between the rotation angle sensor 752 and the payout control board 4110. I have.

  Further, the prize ball device 740 includes a board cover 755 that covers the prize ball relay board 754 from the rear side and is attached to the rear surface of the back cover 742, a first gear 745, a second gear 746, and a third gear 747 (rotation detection board 749). ), And a gear cover 756 that covers the sensor substrate 753 from the rear side and is attached to the rear surface of the unit base 741 with the back cover 742 interposed therebetween, and a supply passage ground that can contact a game ball that circulates in the supply passage 741a of the unit base 741 The metal fitting 757, the screw 744 for fixing the payout motor 744 to the unit base 741 with the motor support plate 743 interposed therebetween, and the back cover 742 are detachably supported with respect to the unit base 741. A detachable button 759.

  The prize ball device 740 of this example has a rear cover 742 attached to the rear side of the unit base 741, so that the supply passage 741a, the distribution space 741b, the prize ball passage 741c, and the ball removal passage 741d are opened at the rear end. Is supposed to be closed. Further, the unit base 741 has a shape in which the position below the upper end of the supply passage 741a is once bulged rearward, so that the momentum of the game ball discharged and dropped from the tank rail unit 730 can be reduced. It can be done. Further, the unit base 741 is partially cut out at one side (left side in the rear view) of the lower side of the supply passage 741a from the position bulged rearward and outside the position where the supply passage 741a is cut out. A switch mounting portion 741e for mounting the ball break switch 750, a sensor mounting portion 741f for mounting the counting sensor 751 in the middle of the prize ball passage 741c, and a front and rear direction penetrating below the prize ball passage 741a. A motor insertion hole 741g that is formed and into which the payout motor 744 can be inserted.

  By attaching the ball break switch 750 to the switch mounting portion 741e of the unit base 741, the operation piece of the ball break switch 741e forms a part of the side wall of the supply passage 741a and exists in the supply passage 741a. When the operating piece is pressed by the playing ball, the presence or absence of the playing ball in the supply passage 741a can be detected by the cut ball switch 741e. In a state where the game ball in the supply passage 741e is not detected by the ball break switch 741e (out of ball state), the payout motor 744 is prevented from rotating, and it is determined that the ball is out of the player or the hall. It is notified to the side.

  Further, the unit base 741 is provided between the bearing portion 741h for pivotally supporting the second gear 746 and the third gear 747 (dispensing rotary body 748), and between the switch mounting portion 741e and the distribution space 741b in the supply passage 741a. An earth metal fitting attaching portion 741i for attaching the supply passage earth metal fitting 757, and a button support hole 741j for supporting an attaching / detaching button 759 for attaching / detaching and supporting the back cover 742 arranged on the upper portion of the unit base 741. I have. The unit base 741 is configured such that the rear surface of the supply passage ground metal fitting 757 can come into contact with the game ball in the supply passage 741a by attaching the supply passage ground metal fitting 757 to the ground metal fitting attachment portion 741i. The front surface of the supply path grounding metal fitting 757 is in contact with the rear surface of the lower end of the U-shaped earthing metal fitting 782, and the static electricity of the game balls flowing through the supply path 741 a is removed via the supply path grounding metal fitting 757. Can be done.

  The back cover 742 of the prize ball device 740 has a vertically long plate shape, and its upper end bulges backward. The upper part of the back cover 742 has a button insertion hole 742a through which the detachable button 759 is inserted, a relay board mounting portion 742b for mounting the prize ball relay board 754 and the board cover 755 on the substantially central rear surface in the vertical direction, and the relay board mounting. The sensor board attaching part 742c which is arrange | positioned under the part 742b for attaching the sensor board 753, and the through-hole 742d which the paying-off | rotation body 748 can pass are provided. The relay board mounting portion 742 b of the back cover 742 is formed so as to be located on the rear side of the ground metal mounting portion 741 i of the unit base 741.

  Further, the motor support plate 743 of the prize ball device 740 is an aluminum plate in this example, and comes into contact with the metal motor housing of the payout motor 744, and heat generated by the payout motor 744 is generated. It is possible to facilitate heat dissipation.

  As shown in FIG. 78, the payout rotator 748 of the prize ball device 740 includes three recesses 748a each having a size that can accommodate one game ball at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. By rotating 748, the game balls supplied from the supply passage 741a are stored one by one in the recess 748a and can be paid out to the prize ball passage 741c or the ball removal passage 741d. The three detection slits 749a of the rotation detection board 749 that rotate integrally with the payout rotating body 748 are formed at positions corresponding to the spaces between the recesses 748a of the payout rotating body 748, respectively. By detecting, the rotational position of the payout rotating body 748 can be detected.

  The prize ball device 740 of the present example has a payout motor when a payout command from the main control board 4100, a loan command from the CR unit 6 or the like is input to the payout control board 4110, or a ball removal switch 860b is operated. 744 rotates so that a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out to the player side (upper plate 301) or discharged to the game hall side (rear side of the pachinko machine 1). When the rotation shaft 744 a of the payout motor 744 is driven to rotate, the first gear 745 fixed to the rotation shaft 744 a rotates, and at the same time, the second gear 746 that meshes with the first gear 745 rotates, and further the second gear 746. Is rotated. The third gear 747 has a payout rotator 748 on the front side and a rotation detection board 749 on the rear side so as to be able to rotate integrally therewith. It is designed to rotate.

  As shown in FIG. 78, in the prize ball device 740, a payout rotating body 748 is rotatably supported at the approximate center of the distribution space 741b. When the payout rotating body 748 is rotated counterclockwise by the payout motor 744, the game balls in the supply passage 741a are paid out toward the prize ball passage 741c, and the payout rotation The game balls paid out to the prize ball passage 741c side by the rotation of the body 748 are counted one by one by the counting sensor 751 and then delivered to the prize ball passage 715 of the prize ball base 710. On the other hand, when the payout rotator 748 is rotated clockwise by the payout motor 744, the game balls in the supply passage 741a are paid out toward the ball removal passage 741d. The game balls paid out to the side of the ball extraction passage 741d are discharged from the lower end of the ball extraction passage 741d into a ball extraction passage 778 of a full tank sorting unit 770 described later, a main body frame base ball extraction passage 622 of the main body frame base 600, It can be discharged outside the rear side of the pachinko machine 1 through the opening 812 of the substrate unit base 810 in 800 and the discharge passage 842 of the power supply board box holder 840.

  Note that the unit base 741 in the prize ball apparatus 740 of this example is formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and even when assembled in the main body frame 3, the award is given from the front side of the main body frame 3 through the transparent prize ball base 710. The inside of the supply passage 741a, the distribution space 741b, the prize ball passage 741c, the ball removal passage 741d and the like of the ball device 740 can be visually recognized, and a defect such as a ball clogging can be easily found. .

  Next, the full tank branching unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 74, 75, and 79. The full tank sorting unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 is attached to the lower end of the prize ball base 710 and guides the game ball paid out to the prize ball path 741c side of the prize ball unit 740 to the dish unit 300. In addition, when the game ball is full in the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300, the game ball can be distributed to the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300 so as to be paid out.

  The full tank branching unit 770 is fixed to the rear surface of the lower end of the prize ball base 710 at the upper part of the rear end and the latching part 770a latched to the attachment latching part 716 of the prize ball base 710 at the substantially upper center in the front-rear direction. Fixing portion 770b. The full tank branching unit 770 is suspended from the mounting locking portion 716 by locking the locking portion 770a to the mounting locking portion 716 of the prize ball base 710 from the rear side. By fixing the fixing portion 770b to the 710 with a predetermined screw, the full tank branching unit 770 can be attached and fixed to the lower end of the prize ball base 710.

  Further, as shown in the figure, the full tank branching unit 770 is formed in a box shape that becomes lower as it goes from the rear end to the front end, and opens upward at a substantially horizontal center in the upper part of the rear end. A prize ball receiving port 771 for receiving a game ball flowing down the prize ball passage 715 of the prize ball base 710 and a branch space 772 arranged below the prize ball receiving port 771 and extending in the left-right direction (see FIG. 79). And a normal passage 773 (see FIG. 79) for guiding the game ball from directly under the prize ball receiving port 771 to the front side in the branch space 772, and a game ball that has circulated through the normal passage 773 forward and the front end of the front end. A normal ball outlet 774 opened at the right end of the view and a full passage 775 (see FIG. 79) that guides the game ball toward the front side from a position on the right side of the rear view rather than just below the prize ball receiving port 771 in the branch space 772. A), a fill-up passage 775 game ball that has flowed through the discharge forward a full sphere outlet 776 which opens in a front view the left side of the normal ball outlet 774, a.

  Further, the full tank branching unit 770 has a ball outlet 777 that opens upward at the left end of the rear end upper part when viewed from the front and receives the game ball flowing down the ball extraction passage 741d of the prize ball device 740, A ball extraction passage 778 (see FIG. 79) for guiding the game ball received at the opening 777 to the front side, and a game ball flowing through the ball extraction passage 778 is discharged forward, and a normal ball outlet 774 and And a ball outlet 779 opened at a position behind the full tank outlet 776.

  When the full tank branching unit 770 of the present example is in a state in which the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank outlet 776 are respectively the first foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5. The game ball released from the normal ball outlet 774 passes through the first ball inlet 542a of the foul cover unit 540 and communicates with the ball inlet 542a and the second ball inlet 542c. The game balls supplied to the upper plate 301 and discharged from the full tank outlet 776 are supplied to the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300 through the second ball inlet 542c of the foul cover unit 540. The ball outlet 779 is formed so as to communicate with the upper right side of the main body frame base ball outlet passage 622 in the main body frame base 600 so that the game ball released from the ball outlet 779 is released from the main body frame base 600. It is delivered to the main body frame base ball extraction passage 622.

  The full tank branching unit 770 is configured such that a game ball delivered to the prize ball passage 741c side of the prize ball device 740 is received at the prize ball receiving port 771 via the prize ball passage 715 of the prize ball base 710. In the normal state, the game ball that has entered the prize ball receiving port 771 hangs down the branch space 772 and flows down into the normal passage 773 arranged immediately below the prize ball receiving port 771. The game ball that has flowed into the normal passage 773 enters the first ball inlet 542a of the foul cover unit 540 from the normal outlet 774, passes through the first ball passage 542b, and passes through the first ball outlet 544a to the top of the dish unit 300. It will be supplied to the plate 301.

  By the way, when the game ball is further paid out from the prize ball unit 700 (the prize ball device 740) in a state where the upper plate 301 of the dish unit 300 is full of game balls, the first ball exit of the foul cover unit 540 is provided. The game balls that can no longer come out from the 544a toward the upper plate 301 stagnate in the first ball passage 542b of the foul cover unit 540 and eventually fill up the normal passage 773 upstream through the normal ball outlet 774 in the full tank branching unit 770. become. In this state, the game ball that has entered the branch space 772 from the prize ball receiving port 771 cannot enter the normal passage 773, starts to move laterally in the branch space 772, and moves laterally. A game ball enters into the full tank passage 775 and passes from the full tank exit 776 to the bottom of the dish unit 300 via the second ball entrance 542c, the second ball passage 542d, and the second ball exit 544b of the foul cover unit 540. It is supplied to the dish 302.

  The full tank branch unit 770 of the present example is formed entirely of a transparent synthetic resin so that the inside can be visually recognized from the outside. As a result, foreign matter such as dust and debris that has entered the full tank branch unit 770, the occurrence of clogging, etc. can be easily found without disassembling the full tank branch unit 7700. .

  In this way, the full tank branching unit 770 of this example automatically plays the game balls paid out from the prize ball device 740 until the game balls are full in the upper plate 301 until the game balls are full. Since the upper plate is full like the conventional pachinko machine, the game ball is not supplied to the ball hitting device by operating the ball pulling button on the upper plate. It is possible to avoid interruption of game ball driving, and it is possible to eliminate the annoyance during the game and suppress the interest in the game from being reduced.

  In addition, as described above, the full tank branching unit 770 of this example branches the path of the game ball to be paid out immediately below the prize ball device 740, that is, at the rear part of the pachinko machine 1, when the upper plate 301 becomes full. Since the game ball staying in the normal passage 773 of the full tank branching unit 770 is paid out to the upper plate 301, the game ball in the upper plate 301 and the game ball in the normal passage 773 are used as a ball hitting device. A game ball that can be directly struck by 650, and the storage amount of the game ball in the upper plate 301 is substantially the sum of the capacity of the upper plate 301 and the capacity of the normal passage 773. That is, even if the capacity of the upper plate 301 is made smaller than the capacity of the upper plate in the conventional pachinko machine, the capacity of the normal passage 773 is added, so that the same amount of game balls as in the conventional case are stored in the upper plate 301. Can do. Accordingly, by reducing the size of the upper plate 301, the gaming window 101 in the door frame 5 can be relatively enlarged (widened), and the pachinko machine 1 having a wider gaming area 1100 can be obtained. The pachinko machine 1 can be made highly appealing to the player, and the player can be entertained by the wide game area 1100.

  Furthermore, since the two normal ball outlets 774 and the full tank ball outlets 776 of the full tank branching unit 770 are arranged side by side on the left and right sides, the door frame 5 is provided with only one storage tray (the first inlet) Even when there is only one ball inlet 542a and second ball inlet 542c), the game ball can be sent to the door frame 5 side without changing the main body frame 3 side (full tank branching unit 770). Accordingly, the pachinko machine 1 can be made to be able to correspond to the door frame 5 having a different number of storage dishes without changing the flow path of the game ball (full tank branching unit 770) in the main body frame 3. And it can suppress that the cost concerning the lineup of the pachinko machine 1 provided with the door frame 5 from which the number of storage dishes differs differs.

  In addition, as described above, even if the number of storage trays provided in the door frame 5 is changed, it can be handled without changing the main body frame 3, so that the entire pachinko machine 1 according to the change of the door frame 5 is achieved. Thus, various pachinko machines 1 can be provided at low cost.

  Furthermore, a game ball sent from the normal ball outlet 774 to the door frame 5 side through the normal passage 773 is preferentially driven into the game area 1100, and the door frame 5 having only one storage tray. Even if it is exchanged, the game ball paid out from the prize ball device 740 can be immediately sent to the storage tray through the normal passage 773 and the normal ball outlet 774, so the time lag from payout to storage can be reduced. In addition, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest of the player due to a lack of game balls for driving, and to sufficiently cope with the door frame 5 having a different number of storage trays. .

  In addition, as long as the upper plate 301 is not full, the game balls paid out from the prize ball device 740 are sent to the upper plate 301, so that the frequency of transferring the game balls stored in the lower plate 302 to the upper plate 301 is reduced. This makes it possible to devote the player to a game ball driving operation and the like, and to prevent the player's interest in games from being reduced.

  Even if the normal sphere outlet 774 and the full sphere outlet 776 of the full tank branching unit 770 are arranged side by side and the door frame 5 is provided with only one storage tray, the first sphere The position of the lower end of the receiving port corresponding to the inlet 542a and the like can be set to the same height as the first ball inlet 542a and the like corresponding to the upper plate 301 of the door frame 5 provided with two storage plates. It becomes possible to avoid the depth becoming shallower, the storage tray can be deepened to secure a sufficient amount of game balls, and the game can be played without frequently worrying about the amount of storage for the player. Can be made to correspond to the door frame 5 having a different number of storage dishes without changing the main body frame 3 side, and the cost for changing the model of the pachinko machine 1 and the like increases. Can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, the position where the full tank passage 775 in the full tank branching unit 770 branches from the normal passage 773 is branched at a position as close as possible to the prize ball device 740, and the upper plate 301 is filled with game balls. Even if the game ball can no longer come out from the normal ball exit 774, the amount of game balls stored in the normal passage 773 from the normal ball exit 774 to the branch position of the full tank passage 775 is increased as much as possible. The amount of substantial game balls stored in the upper plate 301 can be increased as much as possible. In addition, in the case where only one storage tray is provided in the door frame 5, even if the storage tray becomes full of game balls and the game balls can no longer come out from the normal ball exit 773 or the full tank exit 776, Since the position where the full tank path 775 branches from the normal path 773 is arranged as close as possible to the prize ball device 740, many game balls are provided not only in the normal path 773 but also in the full tank path 775. Can be stored, and the amount of substantial game balls stored in the storage tray can be increased as much as possible. Therefore, even if the number of storage trays provided on the door frame 5 side is different, the storage amount of the game balls in each door frame 5 is maximized without changing the main body frame 3 side (full tank branching unit 770). The pachinko machine 1 can be increased to a limit and can sufficiently cope with different door frames 5.

  In addition, the normal passage 773 and the full tank passage 775 in the full tank branch unit 770 are wide enough to allow game balls to circulate in a plurality of rows, and the stopping amount (reserved amount) of the game balls in the full tank branch unit 770 is determined. Since it can be increased, even if the number of storage dishes provided in the door frame 5 is different, it is possible to prevent the substantial storage amount of the game balls in the full tank branch unit 770 from decreasing. Thus, the pachinko machine 1 that can correspond to the door frame 5 having a different number of storage dishes without changing the flow path of the game balls in the main body frame 3 can be obtained.

  Moreover, since the inside of the normal passage 773 and the full tank passage 775 can be visually recognized from the outside by forming the full tank branch unit 770 with transparent resin, the game ball is clogged in the full tank branch unit 770 and a problem occurs. In this case, it is possible to easily find the place where the ball is clogged from the outside of the full tank branching unit 770, and it is possible to solve the problem at an early stage and increase the operating rate of the pachinko machine 1.

[1-3E. Ball exit opening / closing unit]
Next, the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 80 is a front perspective view of the ball outlet opening / closing unit in the main body frame. FIG. 81 is a rear perspective view of the ball outlet opening / closing unit in the main body frame. Further, FIG. 82 is an explanatory view showing the relationship between the ball outlet opening / closing unit in the main body frame and the foul cover unit in the door frame. The ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 in the main body frame 3 of the present embodiment is attached to an attachment portion 624 formed in the vicinity of the upper left end of the main body frame base 600 in the lower rear wall portion 604 when viewed from the front. When the door frame 5 is opened, the normal ball outlet 774 and the full ball outlet 776 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 are closed, and the prize ball unit 700 moves to the dish unit 300 of the door frame 5. It is possible to block the flow of game balls.

  The ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 is attached to a mounting portion 624 formed near the upper left end of the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600 so as not to protrude from the upper end of the lower rear wall portion 604. A plate-like opening / closing shutter 792 slidably held on the shutter base 791, an opening / closing crank 793 for sliding the opening / closing shutter 792 in the up-down direction, and the opening / closing shutter 792 ascending through the opening / closing crank 793. And an open / close spring 794 for urging.

  The shutter base 791 of the bulb outlet opening / closing unit 790 has a pair of slide grooves 791a extending in the vertical direction for holding the open / close shutter 792 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction so as to protrude upward from the upper end of the shutter base 791; A rectangular opening 791b that penetrates between the pair of slide grooves 791a in the front-rear direction, and a crank that is disposed in front of the left end portion in front view and supports the open / close crank 793 so as to be rotatable about an axis extending in the front-rear direction. A support portion 791c and a spring locking portion 791d for locking one end (upper end) of the opening / closing spring 794 are provided. The crank support 791c of the shutter base 791 is disposed on the left side of the opening 791b in front view, and the spring locking portion 791d is disposed in the vicinity of the upper portion on the left side from the center in the left-right direction in front view.

  The opening / closing shutter 792 of the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 includes a flat shutter body 792a and a pair of sliding protrusions (not shown) that protrude from the front surface of the shutter body 792a and slide in the slide groove 791a of the shutter base 791. , And a horizontally elongated drive hole 792b that is disposed at a position facing the opening 791b of the shutter base 791 between the pair of sliding protrusions and penetrates in the front-rear direction.

  Furthermore, the opening / closing crank 793 of the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 includes a shaft portion 793a that is supported by a crank support portion 791c of the shutter base 791 so as to be rotatable about a shaft extending in the front-rear direction, and a right-side outer periphery of the shaft portion 793a. From the front end of the opening 791b and projecting rearward from the front end of the driving lever 793b and slidably inserted into the driving hole 792b of the opening / closing shutter 792. A driving pin 793c, a contact portion 793d extending downward from the outer periphery on the lower side in front view of the shaft portion 793a, and a spherical shape at the tip, and the other end (lower end) of the open / close spring 794 formed on the upper surface of the driving rod 793b. And a spring locking portion 793e for locking.

  In this example, the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 is configured such that the shutter base 791 and the opening / closing shutter 792 are formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and are arranged on the rear side through the opening / closing shutter 792 even when the opening / closing shutter 792 is raised. The normal sphere outlet 774 and the full sphere outlet 776 in the full tank branching unit 770 are visible.

  In the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 of this example, the driving pin 793c of the opening / closing crank 793 rotates in the vertical direction at the same time as the opening / closing crank 793 rotates about the axis extending in the front-rear direction. The open / close shutter 792 is slid in the vertical direction through the drive hole 792b in which the is inserted. When the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 is in contact with the opening / closing operation piece 542 g of the foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5. The contact portion 793d is rotated in the clockwise direction in the front view against the urging force of the opening / closing spring 794, and the drive pin 793c rotates in the clockwise direction in the front view together with the contact portion 793d. By moving, the open / close shutter 792 is lowered so that the normal sphere outlet 774 and the full sphere outlet 776 at the front end of the full tank branching unit 770 can be opened.

  When the door frame 5 is opened with respect to the main body frame 3 from this state, the contact between the contact portion 793c of the opening / closing crank 793 and the opening / closing operation piece 542g of the foul cover unit 540 on the door frame 5 is released, and the opening / closing crank 793 is released. Is rotated counterclockwise by the biasing force of the opening / closing spring 794, and at the same time, the opening / closing shutter 792 is raised to close the normal bulb outlet 774 and the full bulb exit 776 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770. Be able to.

  As described above, in response to opening / closing of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3, the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 automatically switches the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank ball outlet 776 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700. Since it can be opened and closed, even if the door frame 5 is opened with the game ball remaining in the full tank branch unit 770, the game ball is prevented from spilling from the normal ball exit 774 and the full tank exit 776. Can be done.

[1-3F. Substrate unit]
Next, the substrate unit 800 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 83 to 89. FIG. 83 is a front perspective view of the board unit in the main body frame, and FIG. 84 is a rear perspective view of the board unit in the main body frame. FIG. 85 is an exploded perspective view of the substrate unit as seen from the front. Furthermore, FIG. 86 is an exploded perspective view of the substrate unit as seen from the exploded position. FIG. 87 is a perspective view for explaining the operation of the standing wall portion of the power supply board box in the board unit. 88A is a cross-sectional view of the terminal board box in the board unit, and FIG. 88B is an exploded perspective view of the terminal board box in the board unit as seen from the front. FIG. 89A is a front view of the launch power supply board box, and FIG. 89B is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA shown in FIG.

  The board unit 800 in the main body frame 3 includes a board unit base 810 attached to the rear surface of the lower rear wall 604 of the main body frame base 600, a speaker box 820 attached to the rear left side of the board unit base 810, and a board unit base. Of the power supply board box 830 attached to the rear face of the right end of the front view 810, the power supply board box holder 840 attached to the rear face of the board unit base 810 so as to surround the fired power supply board box 830 from the rear side, and A power supply board box 850 that is attached to the rear face and has a rear end that is substantially flush with the rear end of the speaker box 820, and a payout control board box 860 attached to the rear face of the power supply board box 850 and the speaker box 820. And the payout control board box A terminal board box 840 attached to the rear surface of the speaker box 820 so as to cover the left end portion of the front view of 860, and a main-side relay terminal board 880 and a peripheral-side relay terminal board 882 attached to the front face of the board unit base 810. I have.

  As shown in the figure, the substrate unit base 810 in the substrate unit 800 of the present example is configured to extend in the left-right direction, and the substantially central portion in the left-right direction is stepped downward and gradually tilted upward as it goes to the left and right ends. A wall-shaped shielding wall portion 811 protruding forward from the front surface, an opening portion 812 that is disposed above the position of the shielding wall portion 811 that is one step lower in the center in the left-right direction, penetrates in the front-rear direction, and the lower side of the shielding wall portion 811 And a board mounting portion 813 for mounting the main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882, which is formed on the front surface in the vicinity of the left end when viewed from the front, and a rectangular shape that is horizontally long in the front-rear direction on the left side of the board mounting portion 813 when viewed from the front. A plurality of vertically long slits penetrating in the front-rear direction at a position corresponding to the penetrating cylindrical duct portion 814 and the speaker 821 of the speaker box 820 fixed to the rear surface. A hole 815, and a rear view left (front view on the right) box accommodation portion 816 capable of accommodating the front is open rearwardly and upwardly to the rear surface of the upper firing power board box 830, the.

  The board unit base 810 is formed such that the shielding wall portion 811 is along the lower side of the main body frame base ball passage 622 formed on the rear surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 in the main body frame base 600. The game ball can be prevented from dropping downward from the base ball removal passage 622, and the strength of the board unit base 810 can be increased. Further, the board base unit 810 sends the game balls flowing down the main body frame base ball removal passage 622 to the power supply board box holder 840 disposed on the rear side of the board unit base 810 through the opening 812 penetrating in the front-rear direction. Be able to.

  The board unit base 810 has a board mounting portion 813 for attaching the main relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral relay terminal board 882 at a position corresponding to the rectangular opening 614 in the main body frame base 600. In the state where the main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 are attached to the board mounting portion 813, the main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 are located on the front side from the opening 614 of the main body frame base 600. It comes to face. Further, the board unit base 810 can transmit sound from the speaker 821 of the speaker box 820 to the front side satisfactorily by the duct portion 814 and the plurality of through holes 815.

  Further, the substrate unit base 810 is formed at a position corresponding to the front box housing portion 843 of the power supply board box holder 840 in which the box housing portion 816 is arranged on the rear side. The box housing portion 816 and the front box housing portion 843 Thus, a housing recess for housing the firing power supply substrate box 830 can be formed.

  The speaker box 820 in the board unit 800 is literally provided with a speaker 821 attached facing the front side. The speaker box 820 has a horizontally elongated opening 822 formed on the left side of the speaker 821 when viewed from the front, while covering the rear side of the speaker 821 in a sealed manner. Although not shown in detail, the opening 822 communicates with the space behind the speaker 821 through a predetermined labyrinth-like passage, thereby inverting the phase of the sound behind the speaker 821 and moving forward. The bass-reflex type speaker box is capable of emitting a deep bass to the diameter of the speaker 821. Note that the duct portion 814 in the board unit base 810 is formed at a position corresponding to the opening 822 of the speaker box 820, so that sound radiated from the opening 822 can be transmitted well forward. ing.

  The launch power supply board box 830 in the board unit 800 is formed in a box shape with the rear opened, and includes a launch power supply board 831 attached so as to close the rear end opening. This launching power supply board box 830 accommodates various electronic components attached to the launching power supply board 831 and heat from the electronic parts etc. through slits 830a formed on the upper and lower surfaces. Can be released to the outside.

  This launching power supply board box 830 is detached from above in an accommodation recess opened upward by a box accommodation part 816 of the board unit base 810 and a front box accommodation part 844 of a power supply board box holder 840 described later. It is designed to be accommodated as possible. Thereby, in the state where the main body frame 3 is assembled, if a problem occurs in the launch power supply board box 830, the launch power supply board box 830 can be easily detached from the front side of the main body frame 3 to be replaced or repaired. (See FIG. 63).

  Further, the launch power supply board box 830 will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 89, the launch power supply board 831 includes a DC / DC converter 831a and an electrolytic capacitor SC0 for charging and discharging power from the DC / DC converter 831a. The combined current obtained by combining the current from the DC / DC converter 831a and the current from the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is supplied to the firing solenoid 654 of the ball striking device 650 and driven. This launching power supply board box 830 is formed with slits 830a as heat dissipation holes on the upper and lower surfaces in order to release the heat generated by the DC / DC converter 831a and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 mounted on the launching power supply board 831 to the outside. ing.

  In addition, since the electrolytic capacitor SC0 of the launch power supply board 831 is an electronic component that is more easily damaged by heat than the DC / DC converter 831a, the side surface of the launch power supply board box 830 on which the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is disposed is provided as a heat dissipation hole. A slit 830a is formed. Further, the launching power supply board box 830 has a partition wall 830b that divides the internal space into two spaces, a space for accommodating the DC / DC converter 831a and a space for accommodating the electrolytic capacitor SC0. And the bottom inner wall are integrally formed from the bottom surface to the end opening edge. Thus, when the launch power supply board 831 is attached to the end opening of the launch power supply board box 830 and the interior space of the launch power supply board box 830 is closed, the interior space of the launch power supply board box 830 accommodates the electrolytic capacitor SC0 by the partition wall 830b. Two spaces, an accommodation space 830c for accommodating the DC / DC converter 831a, and an accommodation space 830c for accommodating the electrolytic capacitor SC0 are formed. , Functioning as a heat insulating wall that blocks heat from entering and exiting the housing space 830d for housing the DC / DC converter 831a.

  The heat in the accommodation space 830c in which the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is accommodated, that is, the heat generated by the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is a slit as a heat radiation hole formed in each of the upper surface, the side surface, and the lower surface that communicates the accommodation space 830c with the outside air. By being discharged to the outside via 830a, the released heat can be prevented from entering the accommodation space 830d in which the DC / DC converter 831a is accommodated. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the heat generated by the electrolytic capacitor SC0 from being transmitted to the DC / DC converter 831a. Further, the heat in the accommodation space 830d in which the DC / DC converter 831a is accommodated, that is, the heat generated by the DC / DC converter 831a is a heat radiation hole formed in the upper surface and the lower surface that communicate the accommodation space 830d with the outside air, respectively. As a result, the released heat can be prevented from entering the storage space 830c in which the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is stored. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the heat generated by the DC / DC converter 831a from being transmitted to the electrolytic capacitor SC0.

  In the present embodiment, the DC / DC converter 831a and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 for creating a combined current that flows to the firing solenoid 654 of the ball striking device 650 are not provided on the power board 851, but are fired separately from the power board 851. By providing the power supply board 831, the size of the launch power supply board 831 can be made smaller than the size of the power supply board 851. Therefore, it becomes easy to handle by reducing the size of the launch power supply substrate 831 and the replacement work of the launch power supply substrate 831 is facilitated, which contributes to shortening the time spent for the replacement work. In this replacement operation, the launch power supply board box 830 can be exchanged in a state where the launch power supply board 831 remains attached to the end opening of the launch power supply board box 830, that is, the launch power supply board box 830.

  Further, even if the pachinko gaming machine 1 is operated and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 reaches the end of its life and the driving firing by the launching solenoid 654 suddenly becomes impossible to launch and the game has to be interrupted, the replacement work of the firing power supply board 831 is not performed. By being able to do easily, the interruption of the game can be eliminated at an early stage. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the impossibility of firing due to the life of the electrolytic capacitor SC0 very easily, and it is possible to resolve the interruption of the game due to the impossibility of firing at an early stage and resume the game, thereby reducing the interest of the player. Can be suppressed.

  It should be noted that the electrolytic capacitor SC0 of the firing power supply substrate 831 deteriorates and reaches the end of life due to repeated charging and discharging, for example, at a frequency of 100 times per minute every time driving firing by the firing solenoid 654 is performed. On the other hand, the power supply board 851 creates a DC power supply from the AC power supply of an island facility such as a game hall, but is not repeatedly charged and discharged at the same frequency as the electrolytic capacitor SC0 of the launch power supply board 831. Compared with the launch power supply substrate 831, its lifetime is extremely long. In other words, the fired power supply board 831 reaches the end of its life due to deterioration associated with charging / discharging of the electrolytic capacitor SC0, while the power supply board 851 reaches the end of its life due to secular change. The DC / DC converter 831a and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 for creating the merged current flowing through the firing solenoid 654 are not provided on the power supply board 851, but are provided on the launch power supply board 831 separate from the power supply board 851. Thus, electronic components accompanying long-term aging can be concentrated on the power supply board 851. As a result, it is possible to prevent the electronic component accompanying a long-life change over time from being replaced together with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 having a short life.

  In addition, since the firing power supply substrate 831 provided with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 for controlling the hitting ball launching device 650 can be detached from the front side through the game board holding port 601 for holding the game board 4, it has a capacity for changing the driving characteristics. Even if an attempt is made to change the electrolytic capacitor SC0 to a different one, it is necessary to remove the game board 4 held in the game board holding port 601 in order to remove the launch power board 831 and it is difficult to replace the launch power board 831. It is possible to prevent fraud, and it is possible to suppress fraud that deliberately changes the driving strength of the launch power supply substrate 831 that has been tampered with and optimized, and to make fraud difficult. A pachinko machine 1 that can prevent a player who has been frustrated from developing into a fraud such as a fraudulent act can be provided.

  In addition, since the launch power supply board 831 can be exchanged so as to be removable, even if an unauthorized operation is performed on the electrolytic capacitor SC0 or the like of the launch power supply board 831, the launch power supply board 831 can be replaced immediately and the unauthorized use can be made. It can be eliminated, and the interruption period of the game can be shortened as much as possible, and it is possible to eliminate the feeling of irritation or disappointment due to the interruption of the game at an early stage. It is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest in the game of the player.

  Furthermore, the launch power supply board 831 provided with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 in the launch controller 4120 that controls the hitting ball launcher 650 is detachable from the front side through the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3 holding the game board 4. When the game board 4 is replaced due to a model change or the like, the launch power supply board 831 (launch power supply board box 830) of the launch control unit 4120 can be easily replaced, so it matches the concept of the new model to be replaced. Replacing the launching power supply board 831 equipped with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 and the DC / DC converter 831a capable of realizing the driving characteristics makes it possible to change the driving characteristics of the hitting ball launcher 650 previously provided in the main body frame 3 to a new game. It can be matched to board 4. Therefore, it is possible to easily match the driving characteristics of the game ball with the concept of the game board 4, so that the game with the new model of the game board 4 can be fully enjoyed, and the interest of the player is reduced. can do.

  In addition, since the launch power supply board 831 of the launch control unit 4120 can be detached from the front side, when replacing the launch power supply board 831, there is no need to open the main body frame 3 for island facilities such as a game hall, It is possible to simplify the time and labor required for exchange, and it is possible to exchange in a short time, and it is possible to suppress an increase in the burden on the game hall side. Further, since the launch power supply board 831 (launch power supply board box 830) can be exchanged so as to be removable, the driving characteristics are changed as compared with the case where the entire launch control unit 4120 (dispensing control board 4110) is exchanged. Cost can be reduced, and the burden on the hall side or the like can be reduced.

  Furthermore, when changing the model etc., only the game board 4 is replaced so that the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 can be used as they are. When the electrolytic capacitor SC0 or the like of the launching power supply board 831 deteriorates, as described above, the launching power supply board box 830 can be easily replaced from the front side. The problem can be resolved, the game interruption period can be shortened as much as possible, and it is possible to quickly eliminate irritation and disappointment due to the game interruption. It is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest of the player in the game.

  Further, the launch power board 831 (launch power board box 830) is supported through the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3, and the launch power board 831 is held in the game board holding port 601 for detachment. Since it is necessary to remove the game board 4, even if a tool for performing an illegal act enters the gap between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3, the illegal tool reaches the launch power supply board 831 by the game board 4. Thus, the pachinko machine 1 can be prevented from performing an illegal act on the launch power supply substrate 831 and has a high defense against the illegal act.

  Further, the launch power supply board box 830 is supported through the game board holding port 601, and the position where the launch power supply board box 830 is supported is more rearward than the front surface of the main body frame 3. A space for supporting the board box 830 can be easily secured, and the pachinko machine 1 that supports the launch power board box 830 and exhibits the above-described effects can be reliably realized.

  Further, the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is provided in the firing power supply board 831. Since the firing power supply board 831 can be easily detached from the front side of the main body frame 3, power is supplied from the electrolytic capacitor SC0 to the firing solenoid 654. Even if the load on the electrolytic capacitor SC0 becomes large and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is likely to deteriorate, the electrolytic capacitor SC0 (launching power supply substrate 831) can be easily replaced, and the malfunction can be solved at an early stage to interrupt the game. The time can be shortened as much as possible, and the pachinko machine 1 that reliably exhibits the above-described effects can be obtained.

  Further, the power supply board box holder 840 in the board unit 800 receives a game ball that is opened upward and discharged from the out ball discharge portion 1161 of the game board 4 to the lower left side of the left and right center in front view. A discharge ball receiving portion 841, a discharge passage 842 that guides and discharges the game balls received by the discharge ball receiving portion 841 downward, and the front side of the discharge passage 842 and the discharge ball receiving portion 841 (right side in front view) The front box housing portion 843 that is open forward and upward and can accommodate the rear side of the launch power board box 830, and the entire rear surface of the power board box holder 840 are formed so as to be recessed forward. A rear box accommodating portion 844 that can be accommodated.

  In the power supply board box holder 840, the opened front end side of the discharge passage 842 is closed by the rear surface of the board unit base 810, and the opening 812 of the board unit base 810 is located at a desired position to the discharge passage 842. The rear side of the substrate unit base 810 passes through the opening 812 of the substrate base unit 810 through the main body frame base ball passage 622 formed on the rear surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600. The game ball that has flowed down and the game ball that has been discharged from the out-ball discharge unit 1161 of the game board 4 and received by the discharge ball receiving unit 841, which will be described in detail later, pass through the discharge passage 842 to the lower rear side of the pachinko machine 1. Can be discharged.

  The power supply board box holder 840 is formed at a position corresponding to the box accommodation part 816 of the board unit base 810, and the box accommodation part 816 and the front box accommodation part 843 accommodate the emission power supply board box 830. A recess can be formed.

  Furthermore, the power supply board box 850 in the board unit 800 is formed in a horizontally long box shape with the front open, and includes a power supply board 851 attached so as to close the front end opening. The power supply board box 850 accommodates various electronic components attached to the power supply board 851, and externally transfers heat from the electronic parts and the like through a plurality of slits 850a formed on the upper surface and the lower surface. Can be released. As shown in FIG. 86, a power switch 852 attached to the power supply board 851 faces the rear surface of the power supply board box 850.

  The power supply board box 850 is a standing wall that protrudes rearward along the lower side of the opening where the power supply terminal 853 (see FIGS. 84 and 86) attached to the lower side of the power switch 852 in the power supply board 851 faces the rear side. The wiring cord 854 can be inserted between the portion 850b, the protruding portion 850c protruding rearward from both sides of the rear end of the standing wall portion 850b, and the outer periphery of the power supply board box 850 disposed on the front side and the lower side of the standing wall portion 850b. And a wiring guide portion 850d that forms a large gap. Although not shown in detail, the power supply terminal 853 mounted on the power supply board 851 has a locking piece to be locked with the locking claw of the connector terminal 855, and the locking claw and the locking piece. And the connector terminal 855 is prevented from being detached from the power supply terminal 853.

  As shown in FIG. 87, the power board box 850 has a standing wall 850b slightly behind the rear end of the connector terminal 855 in a state where the connector terminal 855 of the wiring cord 854 is connected to the power terminal 853 of the power board 851. It is formed so as to protrude. In the power supply board box 850 of this example, the wiring cord 854 is connected to the power supply terminal 853 of the power supply board 851 in a state where the wiring cord 854 is turned from the lower front side of the power supply board box 850 to the rear end so as to be hooked to the rear end of the standing wall portion 850b. A terminal 855 is connected.

  By the way, when the connector terminal where the wiring cord extends is connected to the connection terminal attached to the board, and then the wiring cord is pulled to the board side, the connector terminal is connected by the tension from the wiring cord. Since it is in a state of being pressed against the terminal side, there is a problem that it is difficult to remove the connector terminal from the connection terminal. However, according to the power supply board box 850 of this example, the front end side of the wiring cord 854 (the side opposite to the connector terminal 855 side connected to the power supply terminal 853) is directed to the power supply board 851 side (front side with respect to the main body frame 3). Even when pulled, the wiring cord 854 is routed around the connector terminal 855 so as to be turned back (turned back) from the connector terminal 855 by the standing wall portion 850b protruding rearward from the connector terminal 855. It is possible to prevent a force from pressing the terminal 855 toward the power supply terminal 853 side, and the connector terminal 855 connected to the power supply terminal 853 can be easily removed.

  Further, since the power supply board box 850 includes the protruding portions 850c protruding rearward on both sides of the rear end of the standing wall portion 850b, even if the wiring cord 854 slides along the rear end of the standing wall portion 850b, The protrusions 850c provided at both ends can prevent the wiring cord 854 from sliding further outward, and the wiring cord 854 can be prevented from coming off the standing wall portion 850b.

  Further, by inserting the wiring cord 854 into the wiring guide portion 850d of the power supply board box 850, the wiring cord 854 folded back by the standing wall portion 850b can be moved toward the standing wall portion 850b, so that the wiring cord 854 is drawn from the standing wall portion 850b. Since the wiring cord 854 is folded back by the standing wall portion 850b and the wiring cord 854 can be immediately moved to the standing wall portion 850b side by the wiring guide portion 850d, a series of operations are continuously performed. This can be performed, and the work process related to assembly can be simplified.

  The power supply board box 850 and the power supply board holder 840 are formed so that the dimensions in the front-rear direction in the assembled state are substantially the same as the dimensions in the front-rear direction of the speaker box 820. When attached, the rear surface of the power supply board box 850 and the rear surface of the speaker box 820 are substantially flush with each other.

  Further, in this example, the connector terminal 855 is connected to the power supply terminal 853 facing from the opening of the power supply board box 850 that covers the power supply board 851, and then the connector is connected by the standing wall portion 850b protruding rearward from the rear end of the connector terminal 855. Since the wiring cord 854 extending from the rear end of the terminal 855 is folded back, the tension applied to the connector terminal 855 when the wiring cord 854 is pulled is connected to the power supply terminal whose connection is fixed by a locking claw or the like. The connector terminal 855 can be prevented from being disconnected by the wiring cord 854 and the connector terminal 855 connected to the power terminal 853 of the power board 851 can be prevented. Can be easily removed, and maintenance such as substrate replacement can be easily performed.

  In addition, the wiring cord 854 is folded back by the standing wall portion 850b of the power supply board box 850, and the bending of the wiring cord 854 can be loosened as compared with the case where there is no standing wall portion 850b. It is possible to prevent an unreasonable force from acting on the 854 itself, and it is possible to prevent the wiring cord 854 from being disconnected due to the unreasonable force and causing a failure.

  Further, a standing wall portion 850b is provided in the vicinity of the opening of the power supply board box 850 facing the power supply terminal 853, and the standing wall portion 850b is positioned adjacent to the power supply terminal 853. The wiring cord 854 extending from the connector terminal 855 can be extended to the rear side as straight as possible with respect to the connector terminal 855, and the joint between the connector terminal 855 and the wiring cord 854 is broken. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a force from acting and to prevent problems such as disconnection.

  Further, since the power supply board box 850 that covers the power supply board 851 is provided with the standing wall portion 850b, it is not necessary to provide the power supply board 851 with the standing wall portion 850b, and the assembly work of the power supply board 851 can be facilitated. . In addition, since the power supply board 851 is covered with the power supply board box 850, dust and dirt that cause a failure can be prevented from adhering to the power supply board 851 and mounted on the power supply board 851. It is possible to make it difficult to touch or replace electronic components (for example, resistors, capacitors, transistors, ICs, CPUs, memories, etc.) and to increase the defense against fraud. It has become.

  In addition, the direction in which the connector terminal 855 is connected to the power supply terminal 853 in the power supply board 851 is substantially perpendicular to the board surface (front-rear direction), and the connector terminal is connected to the power supply terminal 853 mounted on the power supply board 851. Since the force applied when connecting or removing the 855 can be easily applied to the surface of the power supply substrate 851, it is possible to prevent the shearing force from acting on the lead portion of the power supply terminal 853. Can be prevented from being energized and causing a failure of energization or the power supply terminal 853 being detached from the power supply board 851, and the pachinko machine 1 that is less prone to malfunction can be obtained.

  Further, since the connection between the connector terminal 855 and the power supply terminal 853 is fixed by the fixing means using the locking claw and the locking piece, the wiring cord 854 is folded back by the standing wall portion 850b so that the wiring cord 854 is Even if a force is applied to the connector terminal 855 in such a direction as to release the connection with the power supply terminal 853, the connection between the connector terminal 855 and the power supply terminal 853 can be prevented from being released. Connection between the terminal 855 and the power supply terminal 853 can be reliably maintained to prevent problems such as poor contact and poor energization.

  Further, since the projections 850c projecting rearward are provided at both ends of the rear end where the wiring cord 854 in the standing wall portion 850b of the power supply board box 850 is folded back, the wiring cord 854 is folded back at the standing wall portion 850b. Even if it slides along the side, the projection 850c provided at both ends of the side can prevent the wiring cord 854 from sliding further outward, and the wiring cord 854 can be prevented from coming off the standing wall 850b. The pachinko machine 1 that reliably prevents the above-described effects can be realized.

  Further, since the wiring cord 854 folded back at the standing wall portion 850b is moved toward the standing wall portion 850b by the wiring guide portion 850d provided in the power supply board box 850, the wiring cord 854 is not easily detached from the standing wall portion 850b. In addition, the above-described effects can be surely achieved, and the wiring cord 854 is folded back by the standing wall portion 850b, and then the wiring cord 854 is immediately moved toward the standing wall portion 850b by the wiring guide portion 850d. Thus, a series of operations can be performed continuously, and the work process related to assembly can be simplified to prevent an increase in cost.

  Also, the payout control board box 860 in the board unit 800 includes a thin box-shaped box base 861 that is horizontally long and opened rearward, and a thin box-shaped cover that is fitted into the box base 861 from the rear side and opened forward. 862 and a payout control board 4110 (see FIG. 165) attached to the rear surface of the box base 861 and covered by the cover 862. Further, the payout control board box 860 includes a plurality of separation cutting portions 863 that protrude outward from the left end in the rear view and are formed on both the box base 861 and the cover 862, and are provided at one location of the plurality of separation cutting portions 863. The box base 861 and the cover 862 are fixed by caulking. Thus, in order to separate the box base 861 and the cover 862, the separation and cutting portion 863 must be cut so that the box base 861 and the cover 862 cannot be separated. When the dispensing control board box 860 is opened, the trace remains. . Therefore, it can be determined whether or not the dispensing control board box 860 has been opened and closed illegally. In this example, the dispensing control board box 860 can be opened and closed only once for inspection or the like.

  In the payout control board box 860, an error release switch 860a, a ball removal switch 860b, an inspection output terminal 860c, and the like attached to the payout control board 4110 face rearward through a cover 862 (see FIG. 62). ). The payout control board box 860 has various connection terminals for connecting to the main control board 4100 and the like facing rearward through the cover 862.

  Further, the terminal board box 870 in the board unit 800 is attached to the rear surface of the speaker box 820, and includes a board mounting portion 871a formed on the upper rear surface on the left side in the rear view and a board cover mounting portion 871b formed on the rear surface on the right end in the rear view. The board base 871 is provided, the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872 is attached to the board mounting portion 871a of the board base 871 from the rear side and the peripheral panel relay terminal 872a is attached to the rear surface, and the board cover mounting portion 871b of the board base 871 A connection terminal plate cover 873 having an opening portion 873b that is attached from the rear side and extends in the vertical direction on the rear wall portion 873a, and a CR unit connection terminal 874a that faces rearward from the opening portion 873a of the connection terminal plate cover 873 are attached to the rear surface. CR unit connection terminal plate 8 supported in the connected terminal plate cover 873 And 4, a substrate box cover 875 covering the rear side of the substrate base 871, together with the connection joint terminal plate cover 873.

  The peripheral panel relay terminal board 872 in the terminal board box 870 connects the pachinko machine 1 with a frequency indicator for displaying the operating state of the pachinko machine 1 provided on the island facility side where the pachinko machine 1 is installed. The CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is for connecting a ball lending machine (also referred to as a CR unit 6) installed adjacent to the pachinko machine 1 and the pachinko machine 1. Note that the board base 871, the connection terminal board cover 873, and the board box cover 875 in the terminal board box 870 are each formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and externally connected to the peripheral panel relay terminal board 872 and the CR unit connection terminal from the outside. The plate 874 and the like can be visually recognized. In addition, on the rear surface of the board box cover 875, when a defect such as ball clogging occurs in the pachinko machine 1, the content of the error code displayed on the frequency indicator or the CR unit 6 installed on the island facility side is displayed. The displayed status display sticker 876 is pasted.

  As shown in FIG. 88, the board base 871 in the terminal board box 870 has a board mounting portion 871a formed in a thin box shape with the rear end opened. The substrate base 871 is formed on the inner upper portion of the substrate mounting portion 871a and a fixing piece (not shown) for fixing the upper end of the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872, and is formed on the inner lower portion of the substrate mounting portion 871a. A locking claw 871c for locking the lower end of the terminal plate 872, and the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872 can be detachably held from the rear side by the fixing piece and the locking claw 871c. ing.

  The substrate base 871 is formed in a thin box shape in which the substrate cover mounting portion 871b is opened to the rear side, and the size of the inner periphery thereof is set such that the outer periphery of the connection terminal plate cover 873 can be inserted. In addition, the inner peripheral wall is an outer piece portion 871c extending in the front-rear direction. The substrate base 871 extends rearward from the bottom wall of the substrate cover mounting portion 871b and contacts the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 through a pair of fixing holes 871d penetrating the outer piece portion 871c on the right side when viewed from the back. Two protrusions 871e extending in the vertical direction and a locking hole 871f penetrating in the front-rear direction are provided on the left outer side in back view of the substrate cover mounting portion 871b. The protrusion 871e on the substrate base 871 is in a state in which the amount of backward protrusion is slightly less than that of the outer piece 871c, and as much as possible on both side ends of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, as shown It is arranged to be close to the position.

  Further, the substrate base 871 is disposed on the rear right side rear surface of the substrate cover mounting portion 871b so as to be vertically separated from each other, and a pair of bearing portions 871g for pivotally supporting the substrate box cover 875, and a left end in the rear view. And a rectangular tube-shaped locking portion 871h disposed on the rear surface in the vicinity of the portion and extending in the front-rear direction.

  The connection terminal board cover 873 in the terminal board box 870 surrounds the outer periphery of the CR unit connection terminal board 872 and can be inserted into the board cover mounting part 871b surrounded by the outer piece part 871c of the board base 871. A rear wall portion 873a for closing the rear end of the outer wall portion 873c, a rectangular opening portion 873b penetrating the rear wall portion 873a and extending in the vertical direction, and a rear wall portion substantially along the inner periphery of the opening portion 873b An inner wall portion 873d extending forward (from the substrate base 871) from 873a, and the upper and lower outer wall portions holding the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 so that the front end of the inner wall portion 873d contacts the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. And a pair of claw-like substrate holding portions 873e formed in 873c.

  Further, the connection terminal plate cover 873 is arranged at a position corresponding to the plurality of internal connection terminals 874b attached to the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, and has a plurality of openings 873f penetrating through the rear wall portion 873a, and an approximately vertical direction. A box-shaped protective portion 873g that covers the rear side of the opening 873f disposed in the center and is opened on the left side when viewed from the back side, and extends outward (rightward) from the right side end when viewed from the back side of the outer wall portion 873c. A pair of fixing pieces 873h that can be inserted into the fixing hole 871d, and an elastic claw-like engagement that is formed at the left end of the outer wall portion 873c when viewed from the back and can be locked to the locking hole 871f of the substrate base 871. A pawl piece 873i. In addition, although illustration is abbreviate | omitted, the inner wall part 873d extended ahead also in the upper and lower sides of the inner periphery in the center opening part 873f provided with the protection part 873g is formed.

  The connection terminal plate cover 873 has a thin box shape whose front side is opened by an outer wall portion 873c and a rear wall portion 873a. Further, the connection terminal plate cover 873 is configured to restrict the movement of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 rearward by the front end of the inner wall portion 873d by inserting the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 into the inside from the opened front side. In addition, the pair of substrate holding portions 873e can restrict the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 from moving forward, and thus the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 can be detachably held. It has become. Further, the connection terminal plate cover 873 has the fixing piece 873h inserted into the fixing hole 871d of the substrate base 871, and the locking claw piece 873i is locked to the locking hole 871f of the substrate base 871, thereby The base 871 can be detachably attached to the board cover attaching portion 871b.

  The CR unit connection terminal plate 874 in the terminal board box 870 has a CR unit connection terminal 874a for connecting the pachinko machine 1 and the CR unit 6 installed on the island facility side of the game hall on the front side (rear side). In addition, a plurality of internal connection terminals 874b for connecting to the payout control board 4110, the ball rental unit 360, and the like are provided. In the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 of this example, as shown in the figure, the CR unit connection terminal 874a is a D-sub connector having a locking function, and the internal connection terminal 874b is a square two-piece connector. Yes.

  Further, the board box cover 875 in the terminal board box 870 is formed in a thin box shape that covers the entire rear surface of the board base 871 and is opened to the front side, and is disposed on the right side surface as viewed from the rear side. A pair of shaft portions 875a pivotally supported by the bearing portion 871g, a through-hole 875b corresponding to the opening 873b in the connection terminal plate cover 873, penetrating in the front-rear direction, and forward from both left and right ends of the through-hole 875b And a locking piece 875d locked to the locking portion 871h of the substrate base 871.

  The board box cover 875 can cover the rear surface of the board base 871 so as to be openable and closable together with the connection terminal plate cover 873 by pivotally supporting the pair of shaft parts 875a on the bearing part 871g of the board base 871. Yes. Further, the board box cover 875 has a length in which a wall 875c on the side close to the shaft portion 875a (side supported) extends to the rear surface of the substrate base 871, and a wall on the side far from the shaft portion 875a. The length 875c extends to the rear surface of the connection terminal plate cover 873. That is, in the terminal board box 870 of this example, when the board box cover 875 is closed, the front ends of the respective barrier walls 875c are substantially in contact with the rear surfaces of the board base 871 and the connection terminal board cover 873. It is like that.

  In the terminal board box 870 of this example, since the CR unit connection terminal 874a of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is a D-sub connector, the CR unit is connected to the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 as shown in FIG. The main body of the connection terminal 874a is in a floating state, and the lead portion extending from the CR unit connection terminal 874a is also exposed to the outside on the rear surface side of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Further, the internal connection terminal 874b of the CR unit connection end plate 874 is a square two-piece connector, and is attached so that it can be fitted and connected from the rear as shown in the figure.

  As shown in FIG. 88, the terminal board box 870 of this example has an outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal board cover 873 and a board base 871 in the direction along the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal board 874 in the assembled state. The protrusion 871e and the outer piece 871c of the connecting terminal plate cover 874 in the direction along the rear surface of the CR unit connecting terminal plate 874 are the outer wall portion 873c, the inner wall portion 873d, and the shaft portion 875a of the board box cover 875. Since the barrier wall 875c on the side exists, a barrier wall is formed by multiple layers, and the cross-sectional shape of the boundary between the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the substrate base 871 has a meandering crank shape. It has become. Therefore, even if an unauthorized tool having excellent flexibility is to be inserted between the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the board base 871 (boundary), the tool does not bend along the boundary, and the CR unit connection terminal It is possible to reliably prevent an unauthorized tool from entering from the direction along the surface of the plate 874, and to reliably prevent an illegal act on the CR unit connection terminal 874a provided in the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. It has become.

  Further, since the front end of the inner wall portion 873d of the connection terminal plate cover 873 is in contact with the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, the terminal board box 870 has a CR unit attached as a CR unit connection terminal 874a. Even if a D-sub connector in which a gap is formed between the connection terminal plate 874 and the outer periphery of the lead portion exposed by the inner wall portion 873d can be covered, illegal acts can be prevented. It is like that.

  The terminal board box 870 has a pair of shaft portions 875a on the shaft portion 875a side of the through-hole 875b facing the CR unit connection terminal 874a to the substrate box cover 875 pivotally supported on the rear surface of the substrate base 871. A barrier wall 875c having a length in between is provided, and the strength and rigidity of the substrate box cover 875 can be increased by the barrier wall 875c. Therefore, a driver or the like is inserted between the substrate box cover 875 and the substrate base 871. Even if an attempt is made to form a gap between the pair of shaft portions 875a, it is possible to prevent the board box cover 875 from being distorted and prevent the gap from being formed. It can be made expensive.

  Further, the terminal board box 870 of this example is configured so that the rear side of the internal connection terminal 874b near the center of the CR unit connection terminal board 874 is covered with the protection portion 873g of the connection terminal board cover 873 and the board box cover 875. Therefore, an illegal act of inserting a needle-like electrode through the gap between the connector main body of the connection terminal and the wiring cord in a state where the connection terminal on the wiring cord side is fitted and connected to the internal connection terminal 874b that is a two-piece connector. However, the protection part 873g and the board box cover 875 can prevent the insertion of the electrode, and can also prevent an illegal act on the internal connection terminal 874b.

  Thus, according to this example, since the terminal board box 870 containing the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is attached to the rear surface of the main body frame 3, the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 3 are attached from the front side of the pachinko machine 1. Even if an unauthorized tool is inserted through a gap between the front and back of the pachinko machine 1, the terminal board box 870 protects the accommodated CR unit connection terminal plate 874 even if the distal end of the unauthorized tool is inserted. It is possible to prevent illegal acts against the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 with certainty.

  When the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is accommodated in the terminal substrate box 870, the outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the substrate are in the direction along the front surface (back surface of the substrate) of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. The protrusion 871e and the outer piece portion 871c of the base 871, and the outer wall portion 873c, the inner wall portion 873d, and the substrate of the connection terminal plate cover 873 in the direction along the rear surface (surface of the substrate) of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 Since the barrier wall 875c of the box cover 875 exists, a barrier wall is formed by multiple layers, and the cross-sectional shape of the boundary between the connection terminal board cover 873 and the substrate base 871 has a meandering crank shape. In an analogy, an unauthorized tool with excellent flexibility tries to enter between the connection terminal board cover 873 and the board base 871 (boundary). However, the tool does not bend along the boundary, and the unauthorized entry of the tool from the direction along the surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 can be surely prevented. The pachinko machine 1 that can reliably prevent an illegal act on the unit connection terminal 874a and the internal connection terminal 874b can be obtained.

  Further, since the front end of the inner wall portion 873d of the connection terminal plate cover 873 is in contact with the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, each lead portion is exposed between the substrate as the CR unit connection terminal 874a. Even if the D-sub connector is used, the outer periphery of the lead portion exposed by the inner wall portion 873d can be covered, and illegal acts can be surely prevented.

  Further, one end of the terminal board box 870 is pivotally supported on the rear surface of the substrate base 871 so that the rear surface of the connection terminal board cover 873 can be opened and closed, and the opening 873b of the connection terminal board cover 873 is opened. And a board box cover 875 having a plate-like barrier wall 875c extending forward from the side end of the pivotally supported side of the through-hole 875b to the rear surface of the board base 871. Even if a screwdriver or the like is inserted between the portions of the box cover 875 that are pivotally supported with respect to the substrate base 871 to form a gap to allow an unauthorized tool to enter, an unauthorized tool is connected to the connection terminal by the barrier 875c. Reaching to the plate cover 873 (CR unit connection terminal plate 874) side can be prevented, and illegal acts can be prevented. Kill.

  Further, in order to take out the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 in the terminal board box 870, it is necessary to open the connection box board cover 873 after opening the board box cover 875, which makes it difficult to take out the CR unit connection terminal board 874. Can increase deterrence against fraud. Further, since the strength and rigidity of the substrate box cover 875 can be increased by the barrier 875c, even if a driver or the like is inserted between the substrate box cover 875 and the substrate base 871 to form a gap, the substrate box cover 875 is formed. Can be prevented from being distorted to prevent the formation of a gap, making it difficult to perform fraud and making it highly deterrent.

  Furthermore, even if an unauthorized act of inserting the needle-like electrode through the gap between the connector main body and the wiring cord at the terminal on the wiring cord side connected to the C internal connection terminal 874b of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is attempted, Since the rear side of the corresponding opening 873f, that is, the rear side of the opening of the gap along the wiring cord of the connector main body is covered with the protective part 873g and the board box cover 875, the outside of the terminal board box 870 The needle-like electrode cannot be inserted from the (rear side) into the gap of the connector body, and it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts from being performed on the terminals of the connected wiring cord. Can be.

  In addition, since the outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal plate cover 873 is provided with a substrate holding portion 873e for holding the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, the outer wall portion 873c extends to the front side from the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Even when a screwdriver or the like is inserted between the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the board base 871 to form a gap in order to perform an illegal act, the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 moves rearward together with the connection terminal plate cover 873. Therefore, the positional relationship between the front end of the outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 does not change, and the outer periphery of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is the outer wall portion 873c (connection terminal plate cover 873). The CR unit connection terminal on the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Can not be performed spamming like 74a, it is possible to prevent illegal acts targeting CR unit connection terminal plate 874 and CR unit connection terminals 874a and the like.

  Furthermore, since the terminal board box 870 is formed of a transparent resin and the inside of the terminal board box 870 can be visually recognized from the outside, the terminal board box 870 can be viewed from the outside without disassembling the terminal board box 870. Whether an unauthorized tool is inserted into the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 and the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872 accommodated therein, or the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 itself is not replaced with an unauthorized one. Or, it is possible to easily check whether electronic parts (for example, ROM, IC, resistors, capacitors, etc.) mounted on the CR unit connection terminal board 874 have been replaced with unauthorized ones. , It can make it easier to detect fraud, and it also makes it easier to find fraud. Is to be able, it can increase the deterrent to fraud.

  Further, since the terminal board box 870 is attached to the back surface side of the main body frame 5 so that the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 and the like is directed to the rear side, When the main body frame 5 is rotated to the front side and the rear side of the main body frame 5 appears, the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 and the like housed in the terminal board box 870 are directed to the worker side (player side), and the CR The unit connection terminal plate 874 and the terminal board box 870 can be easily inspected.

  The main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 in the board unit 800 include a peripheral control unit 4140 provided in the game board 4 attached to the main body frame 3, a payout control board 4110 of the board unit 800, etc. 5 for relaying the connection with the handle device 500, each decorative board, the operation unit 400, and the like. The main-side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral-side relay terminal plate 882 include a plurality of connection terminals for connection to the main body frame 3 side and the door frame 5 side, and are formed on the front surface of the substrate unit base 810. By attaching to the attachment portion 813, these connection terminals face the front side from the front surface of the main body frame base 600.

  The main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 are covered with a relay terminal plate cover 692 attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 600 as shown in FIGS. In addition, only the connection terminals for connecting to the door frame 5 side face the front side through the opening 692a of the relay terminal plate cover 692, and the wiring cord 196 is connected to these connection terminals. (See FIG. 1 and FIG. 28).

  Further, the main relay terminal plate 880 includes a ball rental button 361, a return button 362, a remaining loan display portion 363, and a rotational position detection sensor of the handle device 500 in the ball rental unit 360 in the dish unit 300 arranged on the door frame 5 side. 512, the touch sensor 516, the firing stop switch 518, and the full tank detection sensor 550 of the foul cover unit 540, and the connection of the payout control board 4110 disposed on the main body frame 3 side is relayed. Further, the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 is attached to each decoration unit 200, 240, 280 arranged on the door frame 5 side, each decoration board 430, 432 provided in the dish unit 300 or the operation unit 400, and the operation unit 400. This relay relays the connection between the provided dial drive motor 414 and sensors 432a, 432b, and 432c and the peripheral control unit 4140 of the game board 4 arranged on the main body frame 3 side.

[1-3G. Back cover]
Next, the back cover 900 in the main body frame 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 90 to 92. 90A is a front perspective view of the back cover in the main body frame, and FIG. 90B is a rear perspective view of the back cover in the main body frame. FIG. 91 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing a portion of the fastening mechanism in the back cover, and FIG. 92 is an exploded perspective view of the fastening mechanism in the back cover as seen from the rear side. The back cover 900 of this example is formed of a transparent synthetic resin so that the inside of the main body frame 3 can be visually recognized from the rear side of the pachinko machine 1.

  The back cover 900 in the main body frame 3 covers the rear side of the game board holding port 601 (the game board 4 attached to the main body frame 3) for holding the game board 4 in the main body frame 3 so as to be openable and closable. . The back cover 900 has a plate-like main body portion 902 that closes the rear opening of the game board holding port 601, a side portion 904 that extends forward from the right side of the main body portion 902, and a front end of the side portion 904. A plurality of juxtaposed vertical rows, projecting downward and pivotally supported by the back cover pivotal support 623 of the main body frame base 600, and a prize ball formed on the upper left and lower sides of the main body 902 when viewed from the front. An engagement piece 908 that engages with the back cover engagement groove 718 of the base 710 and the back cover engagement groove 780a of the prize ball passage lid 780 respectively, and the back cover 900 is placed in the vicinity of the lower engagement piece 908. 3 is provided with a fastening mechanism 920 for fastening in a non-openable / closable manner.

  The fastening mechanism 920 in the back cover 900 has a circular insertion hole that penetrates in the front-rear direction to the left in the rear view of the lower locking piece 908 in the main body 902 of the back cover 900, as shown in FIGS. 921, a vertically long rectangular locking port 922 that is arranged at a predetermined distance on the left side in the rear view of the insertion hole 921 and penetrates in the front-rear direction, and a locking that is elastically locked to the locking port 922 from the rear side A plate-shaped guide member 923 having a strip 923a on one end side and a horizontally long slot 923b corresponding to the insertion hole 921 on the other end side, and inserted into the slot 923b of the guide member 923 from the rear side. A fastening member 924 having a male screw portion 924a screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b of the prize ball passage lid 780 through the insertion hole 921 and a guide member 923 on the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 Includes a retaining member 925 attached so as to sandwich, the. Note that the guide member 923 in the fastening mechanism 920 is formed of a soft synthetic resin and is easily bent.

  The fastening mechanism 920 is configured such that the locking piece 923a of the guide member 923 is locked in a loosely fitted state with respect to the locking port 922 of the main body 902, and the guide member 923 is within a predetermined range. You can play with. Further, the fastening mechanism 920 is in a state in which the fastening member 924 is supported by the guide member 923 through the long hole 923b by the disk-shaped holding member 925 attached to the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924, and along the long hole 923b. It can be slid in the left-right direction and is not dropped from the long hole 923b. When the locking piece 923a of the guide member 923 is locked from the rear side to the locking port 922 of the main body 902, the fastening mechanism 920 has a fastening member 924 that protrudes forward through the elongated hole 923b of the guide member 923. The male screw portion 924a is inserted into the insertion hole 921 of the main body portion 902.

  The back cover 900 of this example can open and close the rear opening of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3 by pivotally supporting the pivot pin 906 on the back cover shaft supporting portion 623 of the main body frame base 600. By engaging the engagement pieces 908 with the main body frame base 600 and the back cover engagement grooves 718 and 780a of the prize ball passage cover 780, the engagement pieces 908 can be closed. Note that when the back cover 900 is in a closed state, the insertion hole 921 in the fastening mechanism 920 and the back cover fastening hole 780b of the prize ball passage cover 780 are substantially aligned.

  When the back cover 900 is closed, the male thread portion 924a of the fastening member 924 inserted from the rear side to the front side into the insertion hole 921 is not naturally screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b. Even if the cover 900 is closed, the front end of the male screw portion 924a is stopped at the rear end of the back cover fastening hole 780b, and the fastening member 924 protrudes rearward from the main body portion 902 of the back cover 900. By the way, in this example, since the fastening member 924 is supported in the long hole 923b of the guide member 923 locked to the main body portion 902 of the back cover 900, the fastening member 924 does not fall off from the back cover 900. A state of being positioned on the rear side of the main body 9002 is maintained.

  Then, by inserting the tip of the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 into the back cover fastening hole 780b and rotating the fastening member 924 from this state, the male screw portion 924a is screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b (screwed). The back cover 900 can be fastened and fixed. It should be noted that the fastening mechanism 920 of the present example allows the fastening member 924 to be fastened even when the guide member 923 that supports the fastening member 924 is inclined with respect to the main body portion 902 when the fastening member 924 is screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b. Since it is supported by the long hole 923b, the fastening member 924 (male thread portion 924a) can be positioned straight with respect to the axis of the back cover fastening hole 780b, and the fastening member 924 can be satisfactorily moved to the back cover fastening hole 780b. It can be screwed in.

  Further, in this example, the back cover 900 is fastened and fixed to the main body frame 3 side by a single fastening mechanism 920, so that it can be easily fastened or fastened only by operating one fastening member 924. The maintenance work can be improved by simplifying the labor involved in opening and closing the back cover 900.

  The back cover 900 includes a connection notch 910 that is cut upward in a rectangular shape at the lower right end of the main body 902 when viewed from the front, and a confirmation opening that passes through the connection notch 910 in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front. 912 and a confirmation notch 914 that is cut out in a rectangular shape at the lower left corner of the main body 902 when viewed from the front.

  As shown in FIG. 5, the back cover 900 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, through the connection notch 910, the RAM clear switch 4100c of the main control board box 1170 in the game board 4, the test terminal 4100f, and the like. Comes to the rear. Further, the back cover 900 has a confirmation opening portion 912 through which a board management seal 1178 (see FIG. 101) attached to the rear surface of the main control board box 1170 faces the rear side. The sealing part 1176 of the main control board box 1170 faces through the notch part 914. Thereby, even if the back cover 900 is not opened with respect to the main body frame 3, it is possible to perform operation confirmation, appearance confirmation, management state confirmation, etc. of the main control board box 1170 and the main control board 4100.

  The back cover 900 is formed with a plurality of slits 916 that are elongated in the main body 902 and the side portion 904, and heat generated in the game board 4 and the like through the slits 916 is generated in the main body frame 3 (pachinko machine 1). It can be discharged outside the rear side. As shown in the figure, a plurality of through-holes 918 are arranged at predetermined intervals in the left-right direction that are wide and extend in the up-down direction at a position slightly to the left in front view from the center. These through holes 918 are in a state where the back cover 900 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3 and the game board 4 is accommodated and held in the main body frame 3, and the rear side of the liquid crystal display device 1900 in the game board 4. It is located on the rear side of the cooling fan for cooling the peripheral control unit 4140 and the liquid crystal control unit 4150 provided in the apparatus so that the heat from the peripheral control unit 4140 and the like can be exhausted satisfactorily. It has become. Incidentally, the width of the through hole 918 is set to be smaller than the outer diameter of the game ball so that the game ball does not enter the pachinko machine 1 through the through hole 918.

  Accordingly, in this example, the fastening member 924 that fastens the back cover 900 that closes the rear side of the game board 4 held by the main body frame 3 to the main body frame 3 is fixed to the guide member 923 attached to the back cover 900. When the game board 4 is held in the main body frame 3, the back cover 900 is opened from the rear side of the main body frame 3 and maintenance of the rear side of the game board 4 is performed. Even if the fastening of the fastening member 924 that fastens and fixes the back cover 900 to the main body frame 3 is released and the fastening member 924 is separated from the back cover fastening hole 780 b of the main body frame 3, the fastening member 924 remains the guide member 923. It is possible to prevent the fastening member 924 from being lost or left in the pachinko machine 1 from being attached to the back cover 900. 4 can be pachinko machine 1 capable of preventing falling off.

  Further, as described above, it is possible to prevent the fastening member 924 from falling off from the opened back cover 900, so that it is not necessary to store the fastening member 924 whose fastening has been released at a predetermined position during maintenance or the like. Further, it can be held in the vicinity of the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900 via the guide member 923, and maintenance can be facilitated.

  In addition, since the elongated hole 923b of the guide member 923 is extended at least to the side opposite to the locking port 922 side, even if the guide member 923 is inclined with respect to the surface of the back cover 900, The male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 923 can be positioned straight to the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3 through the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900, and the male screw portion 924a is reliably in a correct state with respect to the back cover fastening hole 780b. Can be fastened. Therefore, the back cover 900 can be securely fastened to the main body frame 3, and the crime prevention effect by the back cover 900 can be reliably exhibited.

  Further, since the holding member 925 that holds the fastening member 924 in a freely movable manner with respect to the guide member 923 in cooperation with the head of the fastening member 924 is attached to the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924, the fastening member 924 is provided. The guide member 923 is sandwiched between the head and the holding member 925, and the male screw portion 924 a of the fastening member 924 can be reliably prevented from coming out of the elongated hole 923 b of the guide member 923, and the holding member 925 can be prevented. The fastening member 924 can be held movably with respect to the guide member 923 by the gap and the long hole 923b.

  In addition, an accommodation recess capable of accommodating a holding member is provided around the insertion hole 921 in the back cover 900, and the male screw portion 924 a of the fastening member 924 is inserted into the back cover of the main body frame 3 through the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900. When the fastening hole 780b is fastened, the holding member 925 sandwiching the guide member 923 with the head of the fastening member 924 can be housed in the housing recess, so that the back cover 900 and the guide member 923 are brought into close contact with each other. Thus, the protrusion from the back cover 900 can be reduced as much as possible, and the possibility of other members coming into contact with the protruding portions of the guide member 923 and the fastening member 924 is reduced to reduce the occurrence of problems. Can improve the appearance.

  Further, since the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3 is used as a female threaded portion and is screw-coupled with the male threaded portion 924a of the fastening member 924, it is fastened only by pulling compared to engagement by a simple locking claw. Can not be released and the back cover 900 can be made difficult to remove, the crime prevention effect by the back cover 900 can be further enhanced, and the pachinko machine 1 with high deterrence against fraudulent acts can be obtained.

  Furthermore, since the guide member 923 has flexibility and the guide member 923 can be bent, the degree of freedom of movement of the fastening member 924 relative to the back cover 900 (insertion hole 921) can be further increased. The male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 is easily positioned in a straight position with respect to the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3, and the male screw portion 924 is easily moved straight with respect to the back cover fastening hole 770b. The male screw portion 924a can be securely fastened to the back cover fastening hole 780b.

  In addition, in the state where the locking piece 923a of the guide member 923 is in contact with the inner wall extending in the direction perpendicular to the axis connecting the insertion hole 921 in the locking port 922 of the back cover 900, the locking port Since it is elastically locked to 922, the shaft extending in the direction perpendicular to the axis connecting the insertion hole 921 on the distal end side (the long hole 923b side) of the guide member 923 that is movably mounted The locking piece 923a can be pivotally supported with respect to the locking port 922. Therefore, the fastening member 924 held in the long hole 923b on the distal end side of the guide member 923 can be rotated so as to open and close the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900, that is, the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3. Therefore, the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 can be easily inserted into the insertion hole 921 and the back cover fastening hole 780b, and the fastening work by the fastening member 924 can be easily performed.

  Further, a plurality of back cover engagement grooves 718 and 780a are further provided at positions different from the back cover fastening holes 780b in the main body frame 3, and the back cover 900 is elastically engaged with the back cover engagement grooves 718 and 780a, respectively. A plurality of engaging pieces 908 to be engaged, and by engaging the engaging pieces 908 of the back cover 900 with the back cover engaging grooves 718 and 780a of the main body frame 3, the fastening by the fastening member 924 is described. Separately, since the back cover 900 can be fixed to the main body frame 3, the fastening work can be reduced as much as possible by using only one fastening part using the fastening member 924, and work such as assembly and maintenance can be performed. Can increase the sex. Further, as described above, the back cover 900 can be fixed to the main body frame 3 by the engagement of the engagement piece 908 and the back cover engagement grooves 718 and 780a separately from the fastening member 924, so that the closed range is wide. Even in the back cover 900, the rear side of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3 (the rear side of the game board 4) can be closed in a good state without increasing the number of fastening points by the fastening member 924.

  Further, the back cover 900 can be pivotally supported with respect to the main body frame 3 by pivotally supporting the pivot pins 906 of the back cover 900 on the back cover pivot support portion 623 of the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600). Therefore, by simply rotating the back cover 900 in the closing direction and closing the rear side of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3, the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900 and the back cover fastening of the main body frame 3 are fastened. The hole 780b can be easily aligned, and the fastening member 924 held by the back cover 900 through the insertion hole 921 can be easily fastened to the back cover fastening hole 780b. Further, since the back cover 900 is pivotally supported with respect to the main body frame 3, the back cover 900 can be opened even when the fastening by the fastening member 924 is released and the back cover 900 is opened during maintenance or the like. It is possible to keep the cover 900 pivotally supported on the main body frame 3, and it is not necessary to remove the back cover 900 from the main body frame 3, and the time and effort required to open and close the back cover 900 can be simplified.

[1-3H. Side security board]
Next, the side crime prevention plate 950 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 66 and 67. The side security plate 950 in the main body frame 3 forms the left side surface of the main body frame 3 in a front view as shown in the figure, and is attached to the main body frame base 600. The side security plate 950 includes a metal main body 952 that is extruded in a shallow U shape in plan view, and a mounting bracket 954 that is fixed to the top and bottom near the inner front end of the main body 952 and attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 600. A positioning member 956 that is fixed to the inside of the main body 952 and engages with the positioning recess 1119 of the game board 4.

  A main body 952 of the side security plate 950 includes a side plate piece 952a having a length substantially the same as the height of the main body frame base 600 and extending in the vertical direction and having a substantially constant depth in the front-rear direction, and a right side when viewed from the front end of the side plate piece 952a. A front end piece 952b extending in the direction, a middle piece 952c that is disposed so as to form a predetermined amount of gap on the rear side of the front end piece 952b and has a smaller protruding amount than the front end piece 952b, and a front face from the rear end of the side plate piece 952a. And a rear end piece 952d extending longer than the front end piece 952b in the rightward direction (see FIG. 108). The main body 952 is formed in a shallow U-shape by a side plate piece 952a, a front end piece 952b, and a rear end piece 952d, and the front component member 1110 in the game board 4 is interposed between the middle piece 952c and the rear end piece 952d. A left side portion in front view with the game panel 1150 is inserted (see FIG. 108).

  The side security plate 950 of this example is configured such that the mounting bracket 954 is attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 600 and the rear end piece 952d of the main body 952 is attached to the rear surface of the main body frame base 600. When the side security plate 950 is in a state in which the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the front end piece 952 b of the main body 952 is connected to the shaft side of the shaft side reinforcing sheet metal 152 in the reinforcing unit 150 of the door frame 5. It is designed to be inserted into the U-shape of the U-shaped projecting piece 166 and to prevent the insertion of a tool for performing an illegal act between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 on the left side when viewed from the front (See FIG. 108). The main body 952 of the side security plate 950 is made of a metal (for example, aluminum alloy) extrusion mold material, and has a front end piece 952b, a middle piece 952c, and a middle piece 952c arranged in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the side plate piece 952a. Since the rear end piece 952d is provided, the strength and rigidity of the side security plate 950 are increased, so that the overall strength of the main body frame 3 can be increased to favorably support the game board 4, the door frame 5, and the like. It has become.

  Thus, according to this example, when the front surface of the main body frame 3 is closed with the door frame 5, the door frame 5 is interposed between the front end piece 952b and the middle piece 952c formed inside the front end of the crime prevention side face plate 950. The rear side piece of the pivot-side U-shaped projecting piece 166 formed in a substantially U-shape of the reinforcing unit 150 is inserted (enters), and the front end piece 952b is inserted into the pivot-side U-shape. Therefore, even if the door frame 5 is forcibly opened with respect to the main body frame 3, the U-shaped protrusion 166 on the pivotal side of the door frame 5 is attached to the front end piece 952 b of the main body frame 3. It is possible to prevent the pivoted U-shaped projecting piece 166 of the door frame 5 from moving in a direction away from the main body frame 3 and prevent the closed door frame 5 from being opened. And can be used to perform illegal acts such as opening the door frame 5 against the main body frame 3 It can be a pachinko machine 1 that can be stopped.

  In addition, since the security side plate 950 formed of metal in the main body frame 3 and the reinforcing unit 150 formed of metal in the door frame 5 are fitted, the space between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 is set. The body frame 3 and the door frame 5 can be made difficult to be distorted by an unauthorized tool, and the crime prevention performance in the pachinko machine 1 can be improved. In addition, since the main body frame base 600 that supports the game board 4 is formed of synthetic resin, the security side plate 950 on the side that supports the door frame 5 (the shaft support side) is formed of metal. Compared with the case where the entire body frame 3 is made of metal, the cost associated with the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

  Furthermore, the door frame hook portion 1041 of the locking device 1000 that locks the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 is engaged with the hook cover 165 of the reinforcing unit 150 in the door frame 5 at one location between the upper and lower ends. Since the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 on the lock device 1000 side (open side) are locked by the three door frame hook portions 1041, the open side is illegal such as a bar. Even if the tool is scooped by an easy tool, it is possible to prevent the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 from being spread well, and to prevent the door frame 5 from being forcibly opened.

  Further, the rear end of the side piece 952a in the crime prevention side plate 950 is extended rearward from the front surface (game area 1100) of the game board 4, and the dimension in the front-rear direction of the side piece 952a is increased. Since the bending rigidity with respect to the load applied in the front-rear direction is increased, the strength and rigidity of the security side plate 950 as a whole can be further increased, and it is possible to prevent the crime prevention side plate 950 from being forcibly bent and performing illegal acts. .

  Further, since the security side plate 950 of the main body frame 3 is formed by a metal extrusion mold material, the security side plate 950 (main body 952) having a predetermined cross-sectional shape having the front end piece 952b and the middle piece 952c can be easily obtained. It can be formed, and even if the crime prevention performance of the pachinko machine 1 is enhanced, the increase in cost can be suppressed, and defects such as a decrease in strength that occur during processing are compared with the case where the metal plate is bent. The security side plate 950 can be reduced as much as possible and has high durability and high strength.

[1-3I. Locking device]
Next, the lock device 1000 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 93 to 97. FIG. 93A is a left side view of the locking device in the main body frame, and FIG. 93B is a perspective view of the locking device in the main body frame as viewed from the front. FIG. 94A is a rear perspective view of the lock device, and FIG. 94B is a glass door slide rod and a body frame slide rod provided slidably inside the U-shaped base of the lock device. It is a rear perspective view which shows these, (C) is a front perspective view of (B). Further, FIG. 95 is an exploded perspective view of the locking device as seen after disassembling, and FIG. 96 is an explanatory view showing the operation of the glass door sliding rod and the main body frame sliding rod in the locking device. FIG. 97 is an explanatory view showing the operation of the tamper-proof member in the lock device.

  The lock device 1000 in the main body frame 3 is attached from the substantially upper end to the lower end of the main body frame 3 along the outer side surface on the open side of the peripheral wall portion 605 in the main body frame base 600 of the main body frame 3, as shown in FIG. In addition, a door hook hole 620 formed in the upper part of the right side (open side) of the front end frame part 602 in the main body frame base 600 and a lock locking hole 621 formed in the lower part, and a peripheral wall in the main body frame base 600 A plurality of lock mounting portions 625 are formed on the right side surface of the portion 605 when viewed from the front.

  As shown in FIGS. 93 to 95, the lock device 1000 includes a U-shaped base 1001 as a lock base formed in a U-shaped cross section, and a door frame that is slidably provided in the U-shaped base 1001. The U-shaped sliding rod 1040, the main body frame sliding rod 1050 slidably provided in the U-shaped base 1001, and the main body frame sliding rod 1050 cannot be illegally slid. Fraud prevention members 1023 and 1032 attached to the lower part of the base body 1001.

  The U-shaped base 1001 in the lock device 1000 is formed by bending a predetermined metal plate so as to have a U-shaped cross section, and includes a door frame sliding rod 1040 and a main body frame sliding rod 1050. Are slidably arranged. Note that the U-shaped base 1001 has an extremely thin lateral width as compared to a conventional locking device integrated into a base having an L-shaped cross section. Thereby, the horizontal dimension of the locking device 1000 can be made as thin as possible, and the horizontal dimension of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3 can be relatively increased. 1100 wide game board 4 can be provided.

  The U-shaped base body 1001 is attached in a state in which the open side having a U-shaped cross section faces the back surface of the main body frame base 600. The open side of the base body 1001 is closed by the main body frame base 600. As a result, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 arranged inside the U-shaped substrate 1001 are formed on the U-shaped substrate 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1054, and 1065. It is in a completely covered state, and has a fraud prevention structure in which it is difficult to perform fraudulent acts on the lock device 1000 from the outside.

  Further, the U-shaped base 1001 in the lock device 1000 has a rectangular shape through which the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 can penetrate vertically on the closed side (front side) opposite to the open side (rear side). A hook through opening 1002, a screw fixing portion 1003 projecting outward in the upper part and middle of a side surface 1001b (see FIG. 95) in contact with the peripheral wall 605 of the main body frame base 600 on the front side, and a screw fixing part 1003 protrudes forward from the open side (front side) upper and middle portions of the side surface 1001a (see FIG. 95) opposite to the side surface 1001b on which the projections 1003 are provided, and from the lower ends of the open side surfaces 1001a and 1001b. The locking protrusion 1004 is provided.

  Screw fixing portions 1003 and locking protrusions 1004 of the U-shaped base body 1001 are for attaching the locking device 1000 to the back surface of the main body frame base 600. When the screw locking portion 1003 is inserted into the lock locking hole 621 from the rear side and moved upward, the screw fixing portion 1003 and the lock mounting portion 625 of the main body frame base 600 are aligned with each other. By screwing a screw (not shown) to the lock attachment portion 625, the lock device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the main body frame base 600 (main body frame 3).

  The locking device 1000 is mounted not only on the upper and middle screw fixing portions 1003 but also on the screw fixing portion 1003 formed on the lock mounting piece 1008 described later and in the vicinity of the cylinder lock through hole 611. Also, the lock attaching portion 625 is fixed to the main body frame base 600 with a screw (not shown), and the lower part of the lock device 1000 is also attached.

  Further, when the locking device 1000 is attached, the locking projections 1004 formed at the upper, middle, and lower three locations on the open side (front side) of the U-shaped base 1001 are connected to the upper and lower door hook holes 620 and the locking locking holes. Since the screw fixing portion 1003 of the U-shaped base body 1001 is fixed to the lock mounting portion 625 with screws, the locking device 1000 can be attached to the main body frame base 600 with a very simple structure. It can be firmly fixed to (main body frame 3).

  In other words, even when the locking device 1000 is configured by concentrating on the U-shaped base 1001 having a very small width, the locking device 1000 is firmly attached to the main body frame 3 by the locking and fixing of the front side and the rear side of the locking device 1000. It can be fixed to. In particular, in the case of the present embodiment, after the locking projection 1004 constituting the front locking structure (which may be a fixed structure) protrudes from the side surface 1001a that does not contact the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped base body 1001, Since the screw fixing portion 1003 constituting the rear side fixing structure projects from the side surface 1001b close to the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped base body 1001 to the peripheral wall portion 605 side, the front locking structure is the peripheral wall portion 605. The locking device 1000 can be fixed to the main body frame 3 so as not to be loose as compared with the case where it is formed on the side surface 1001b which is dense with the main body frame 3.

  The U-shaped base 1001 is provided with insertion holes 1005 penetrating left and right in the upper, middle, and lower sides of both side surfaces 1001a and 1001b. The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are inserted inside the U-shaped base 1001 by inserting and crimping the rivet 1006 into the insertion hole 1005 with the body frame sliding rod 1050 stored. Can be slidably mounted in the vertical direction.

  That is, as shown in FIG. 94 (C), the rivet 1006 penetrates the upper end of the rivet slot 1042 formed at the upper, middle and lower portions of the door frame sliding rod 1040, and FIG. As shown in (B), a rivet 1006 penetrates the lower end portions of long holes 1055 and 1061 for rivets formed in the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 respectively for the body frame sliding rod 1050. The door frame sliding rod 1040 can be moved upward, and the body frame sliding rod 1050 can be moved downward.

  Further, the U-shaped base body 1001 protrudes from the front end of the side surface 1001b in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 of the open-side main body frame base 600 and protrudes laterally. Then, a lock mounting piece 1008 for mounting the cylinder lock 1010, and an insertion vertical opening 1020, a spring locking piece 1021, and a relief lateral hole 1022 are formed on the side surface 1001b in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605, respectively. The fraud prevention notch 1007 of the U-shaped base body 1001 will be described later in detail, but the stopper piece 1027 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is advanced and retracted. Further, the lock mounting piece 1008 of the U-shaped base body 1001 is located on the side surface 1001b so as to be positioned below the lower end side of the game board holding port 601 in a state where the lock device 1000 is mounted on the back surface of the main body frame base 600. Projecting from the front end to the side, the lock insertion hole 1009 through which the cylinder lock 1010 penetrates and the mounting hole 1013 formed in the lock mounting substrate 1011 of the cylinder lock 1010 are mounted at two locations on the top and bottom. A mounting hole 1014 drilled in the screw and a screw stopper 1003 drilled to mount the lower part of the lock device 1000 to the back surface of the main body frame 3 are formed.

  The U-shaped base 1001 has an insertion vertical opening 1020 through which the first engagement protrusion 1017 and the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 fixed to the cylinder lock 1010 enter when the cylinder lock 1010 rotates. A spring locking piece 1021 for locking the spring 1035 that urges the second tamper-proof member 1032 upward, and a clearance lateral hole 1022 that forms a clearance hole so as not to obstruct the movement of the connecting pin 1034; It has.

  The cylinder lock 1010 in the lock device 1000 is attached to the lock attachment piece 1008 in the U-shaped base 1001. In this cylinder lock 1010, a lock mounting substrate 1011 for fixing to a lock mounting piece 1008 is fixed to the rear end of a cylindrical cylinder lock body, and a lock shaft 1015 of the cylinder lock body extends from the rear surface of the lock mounting substrate 1011. At the same time, an engagement cam 1016 is fixed to the rear end of the lock shaft 1015 by a screw 1019. The engagement cam 1016 is formed in a boomerang shape, and one end side is a first engagement protrusion 1017 that engages with the downward engagement hole 1062 of the body frame sliding rod 1050 when rotating. The end side is a second engagement protrusion 1018 that engages with the rising engagement hole 1045 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 when rotating.

  This cylinder lock 1010 has a cylindrical cylinder lock main body portion inserted into a lock insertion hole 1009 formed in the lock attachment piece 1008 from the rear side, and attachment holes 1013 formed at two positions on the lock attachment substrate 1011. The cylinder lock 1010 can be fixed to the U-shaped base 1001 by screwing a screw 1012 into the mounting hole 1014 of the lock mounting piece 1008.

  The fraud prevention members 1023 and 1032 attached to the U-shaped base body 1001 of the lock device 1000 do not rotate the cylinder lock 1010 with an official key, but fraudulently for the main body frame with a piano wire, a wire, etc. It is for preventing lowering. The fraud prevention members 1023 and 1032 have a structure in which a first fraud prevention member 1023 and a second fraud prevention member 1032 are connected by a connecting pin 1034 as shown in FIG. The first fraud prevention member 1023 has a vertically long plate shape and is supported by the U-shaped base body 1001 so as to be swingable about the swing shaft hole 1025 at the upper end. More specifically, the first tamper-proof member 1023 is positioned together with the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 disposed inside the U-shaped base body 1001 through the swing shaft hole 1025. A lower insertion hole 1005 and a rivet 1006 are attached.

  In addition, the first fraud prevention member 1023 opens vertically in the plate-like surface at a position overlapping the insertion vertical opening 1020 of the U-shaped base 1001, and the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 can be inserted. The protruding piece insertion hole 1026 is provided. The second engagement projection piece 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 passes through the projection piece insertion hole 1026 and the insertion vertical opening 1020, so that the door frame sliding rod 1040 provided inside the U-shaped base body 1001. The raised engagement hole 1045 and the second engagement protrusion 1018 are engaged with each other. Further, the first fraud prevention member 1023 is inclined obliquely on the outer front side of the protruding piece insertion hole 1026 so as to be able to contact the rear surface side of the first engaging protruding piece 1017 when the engaging cam 1016 is rotated. The inclined portion 1024 comes into contact with the first engaging protrusion 1017 when the engaging cam 1016 rotates, so that the first fraud prevention member 1023 is centered on the swing shaft hole 1025. As shown in FIG. 97 (B).

  Furthermore, the first fraud prevention member 1023 further includes a stopper piece portion 1027 that protrudes toward the U-shaped base 1001 side from an obliquely lower lower side of the protruding piece insertion hole 1026, and a position where the stopper piece portion 1027 protrudes. A regulation protrusion 1031 that protrudes downward, and a pin hole 1029 and a connection hole 1030 that pass through the front side of the regulation protrusion 1031 in the left-right direction and are arranged vertically. The stopper piece 1027 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is intruded into and engaged with the fraud prevention cutout portion 1007 and the engagement cutout portion 1066 of the main body frame slide rod 1050 when the main body frame slide rod 1050 is locked. Thus, the main body frame sliding rod 1050 can be prevented from sliding illegally. Further, the restricting protruding piece 1031 of the first fraud preventing member 1023 abuts on the second fraud preventing member 1032 biased upward by the spring 1035, so that the second fraud preventing member 1032 moves upward (biasing direction). The movement can be restricted.

  Further, the pin hole 1029 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is configured such that the guide pin 1028 is inserted and fixed from the back side of the first fraud prevention member 1023, and the guide pin 1028 fixed to the pin hole 1029 is The first fraud prevention member 1023 is guided along the side surface 1001b of the U-shaped base 1001 by engaging with a horizontally long opening formed at the lowermost end of the insertion vertical opening 1020 in the U-shaped base 1001. Can be done. Further, the connecting hole 1030 of the first tamper-proof member 1023 is for connecting the first tamper-proof member 1023 and the second tamper-proof member 1032 in a pivotable manner by a connecting pin 1034.

  On the other hand, the second fraud prevention member 1032 connected to the first fraud prevention member 1023 is formed of an inverted “te” -shaped plate material, and has a connection hole 1033 at one upper end and a spring locking hole 1036 at the other upper end. And a contact portion 1037 at the lower end. The second fraud prevention member 1032 can be connected to the first fraud prevention member 1023 so as to be relatively rotatable by inserting the connection pin 1034 after aligning the connection hole 1033 with the connection hole 1030 of the first fraud prevention member 1023. It can be done. Further, the second fraud prevention member 1032 locks the lower end (the other end) of the spring 1035 whose upper end (one end) is locked to the spring locking piece 1021 of the U-shaped base body 1001 in the spring locking hole 1036. Thus, the spring 1035 is biased upward. Further, the second fraud prevention member 1032 is configured such that the abutting portion 1037 abuts on the closing plate 25 fixed to the inner lower portion of the outer frame 2 when the main body frame 3 is closed.

  Next, the door frame sliding rod 1040 in the lock device 1000 is slidably supported inside the U-shaped base 1001 and is formed of a vertically long metal plate-like member. The door sliding rod 1040 includes door frame hook portions 1041 projecting forward at three locations on the upper, middle, and lower sides of one vertical side. The door frame hook portion 1041 of the door sliding rod 1040 protrudes forward from the open side of the U-shaped substrate 1001 in a state where the door sliding rod 1040 is housed in the U-shaped substrate 1001. When the locking device 1000 is fixed to the back surface of the main body frame base 600, the door frame 5 protrudes forward from a door hook hole 620 (see FIGS. 63 and 68) formed in the main body frame base 600. It can be locked to a hook cover 165 (see FIG. 18) formed on the back surface of the cover. The door frame hook portion 1041 has a downward engaging claw shape as shown in the figure, and thereby the door frame hook portion 1041 and the hook cover are lifted by raising the door frame sliding rod 1040. The locked state with 165 can be released.

  Also, the door frame sliding rod 1040 is formed in the center of the upper, middle, and lower side surfaces, and has a vertically long rivet slot 1042 through which the rivet 1006 is inserted, below the uppermost rivet slot 1042, and for the door frame. A guide protrusion 1043 protruding in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the door frame sliding rod 1040 is provided at the lowermost end of the sliding rod 1040. In the rivet slot 1042 of the door sliding rod 1040, a rivet 1006 inserted through the insertion hole 1005 of the U-shaped base body 1001 is inserted, and the rivet 1006 is inserted into the door frame sliding rod. It is formed in a vertically long shape so as not to interfere with the upward movement of 1040. In the normal state, the rivet 1006 penetrating the upper end of the rivet slot 1042 is in contact. The door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted such that the guide projection 1043 is inserted into the protruding piece moving holes 1056 and 1064 formed in the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 of the body frame sliding rod 1050. Thus, the sliding movement between the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 can be guided.

  In addition, the door frame sliding rod 1040 is formed with a spring hook portion 1046 for locking one end of the spring 1048 at the upper end portion. The other end of the spring 1048 locked to the spring hook portion 1046 is locked to the spring hook portion 1057 of the upper hook member 1051 in the main body frame sliding rod 1050, and the door frame sliding is performed by the spring 1048. The collar 1040 is biased downward, and the main body frame sliding collar 1050 is biased mutually upward. Further, the door frame sliding rod 1040 includes a contact elastic piece 1047 formed in a convex shape in the middle in the vertical direction, and is stamped from one side surface of the door frame sliding rod 1040 by press molding. It is formed in a convex shape. The contact elastic piece 1047 is configured to contact the inner surface of the U-shaped base 1001, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 can be prevented from rattling inside the U-shaped base 1001. It is like that.

  Further, the door frame sliding rod 1040 includes a vertically long play hole 1044 and a rising engagement hole 1045 on the side surface of the lower portion. The play hole 1044 is provided at the tip of the first engagement protrusion 1017 so as not to obstruct the rotation of the engagement cam 1016 when the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted and rotated. This constitutes a space in which the part can move. Further, when the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted into the rising engagement hole 1045 and rotated, the door frame sliding rod 1040 is raised by the rotation operation of the engagement cam 1016. It is for engaging with. The door frame sliding rod 1040 is provided with a relief notch 1049 that is notched larger in the vertical direction than the fraud prevention notch 1007 at the lower rear of the vertical side. This escape notch 1049 is obstructed by the door frame sliding rod 1040 so that the stopper piece 1027 of the first tamper-proof member 1023 is securely engaged with the tamper-proof notch 1007 and the engagement notch 1066. The corresponding part is notched so as not to become.

  On the other hand, the body frame sliding rod 1050 includes an upper hook member 1051 made of a metal plate, a lower hook member 1052 made of a metal plate, a connecting wire rod 1052 connecting the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052, It has. That is, the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is not formed of a single vertically long metal plate as in the prior art, and the upper hook member 1051 having the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the lower hook member 1052 are made of metal. A plate material is formed by pressing, and the metal upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 are connected by a thin metal connecting wire rod 1053. As a result, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 can be efficiently stored in the narrow space of the U-shaped base 1001.

  The upper hook member 1051 of the body frame sliding rod 1050 includes a hook portion 1054 formed rearward at the upper end portion, and a long rivet hole 1055 penetrating in a horizontal direction in a plate surface portion adjacent to the hook portion 1054. , A protruding piece moving hole 1056 that passes through the rivet long hole 1055 in the left-right direction, a spring hook portion 1057 formed at the lower end of the vertical side in front of the protruding piece moving hole 1056, and a lower side of the spring hook portion 1057 And a contact hole 1059 formed on the upper side and the lower side of the upper hook member 1051. The hook portion 1054 of the upper hook member 1051 passes through the hook penetration opening 1002 above the U-shaped base body 1001 and engages with the closing plate 24 provided on the upper part on the open side of the outer frame 2. A locking claw is formed upward.

  Further, the rivet slot 1055 of the upper hook member 1051 is disposed at a position corresponding to the rivet slot 1042 formed in the upper part of the door frame sliding rod 1040. In a normal state in which the rivet 1006 has penetrated, the rivet 1006 has penetrated the lowermost end portion of the rivet slot 1055 so that the upper hook member 1051 can move downward. The upper hook member 1051 has a protruding piece moving hole 1056 into which the guide protruding piece 1043 above the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1040. The mutual movement with 1050 can be guided.

  Further, the spring hook portion 1057 of the upper hook member 1051 is configured such that the other end of the spring 1048 is locked. Further, the connection hole 1058 of the upper hook member 1051 is inserted with the upper end of the connection wire rod 1053 bent. Further, the abutting portion 1059 of the upper hook member 1051 comes into contact with the inner side wall of the U-shaped base body 1001 when housed in the U-shaped base body 1001. There is no backlash and it can slide smoothly.

  On the other hand, the lower hook member 1052 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is for the rivet penetrating in the left-right direction near the upper end of the plate surface portion of the lower hook member 1052 and the hook portion 1065 projecting rearward from the lower end portion. A long hole 1061, a downward engagement hole 1062 arranged below the long hole 1061 for rivets, a play hole 1063 extending downward from the lower rear side of the downward engagement hole 1062, and a lower part of the free hole 1063 A projecting piece moving hole 1064 formed in the vicinity of the lower end, a connecting hole 1060 drilled in the front end side of the upper end of the vertical side of the lower hook member 1052, and an engagement formed in the lower part of the vertical side behind the lower hook member 1052. A joint notch 1066 and a contact portion 1067 formed on the upper side and the lower side of the lower hook member 1052 are provided.

  The hook portion 1065 of the lower hook member 1052 passes through the hook penetration opening 1002 below the U-shaped base body 1001 and engages with the closing plate 25 formed at the lower portion on the open side of the outer frame 2. A locking claw is formed upward. The rivet slot 1061 of the lower hook member 1052 is formed at a position corresponding to the rivet slot 1042 formed in the lower portion of the door frame sliding rod 1040, and the rivet slot 1061 has a rivet. In a normal state in which 1006 is penetrated, the rivet 1006 is in a state of penetrating the lowermost end portion of the rivet long hole 1061. As a result, the lower hook member 1052 can move downward.

  Further, when the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted into the lower engagement hole 1062 of the lower hook member 1052 and rotates, the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is lowered by the rotation operation. It is for engaging. Further, the play hole 1063 of the lower hook member 1052 has a second engagement protrusion 1018 so as not to obstruct the rotation operation when the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted and rotated. It is possible to form a space in which the distal end portion of the can move. Further, the guide piece 1043 below the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted into the protruding piece moving hole 1064 of the lower hook member 1052, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding plate are inserted. The mutual movement with the palpit 1050 can be guided.

  The lower end of the connecting wire rod 1053 is inserted into the connecting hole 1060 of the lower hook member 1052. Further, the abutting portion 1067 of the lower hook member 1052 comes into contact with the inner side wall of the U-shaped base 1001 when housed in the U-shaped base 1001, and is lower than the U-shaped base 1001. When the hook member 1052 slides, it can be smoothly slid without play.

  Next, assembly of the lock device 1000 of this embodiment will be described. To assemble the lock device 1000, the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 are connected by a connecting wire rod 1053, and the guide projection of the door frame sliding rod 1040 in that state is connected. The piece 1043 is inserted into the protruding piece moving holes 1056 and 1064 of the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052, and the rivet elongated holes 1042 and the rivet elongated holes 1055 and 1061 are aligned and overlapped. In the combined state, the hook portion 1054 of the upper hook member 1051 and the hook portion 1065 of the lower hook member 1052 are passed through the hook penetration opening 1002 of the U-shaped base body 1001, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the main body frame slide are inserted. After inserting the pallet 1050 into the U-shaped space of the U-shaped base 1001, the rivet 1006 is inserted through the insertion hole 1005.

  When the rivet 1006 is inserted, the rivet 1006 is inserted so as to pass through the rivet long holes 1055, 1061, 1042. When the lowermost rivet 1006 is inserted, it is necessary to insert the rivet 1006 into the swing shaft hole 1025 of the first tamper-proof member 1023 and attach the first tamper-proof member 1023 to the U-shaped base 1001 at the same time. Further, before attaching the first tamper-proof member 1023 to the U-shaped base 1001, the first tamper-proof member 1023 and the second tamper-proof member 1032 are coupled by the coupling pin 1034, and the guide pin 1028 is coupled to the pin hole. It is necessary to insert the guide pin 1028 into the opening at the lowermost end of the insertion vertical opening 1020 after it is fixed at 1029 with a screw (not shown).

  Furthermore, with the rivet 1006, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are housed and fixed in the U-shaped base 1001, and the spring 1048 is spanned between the spring hook portions 1046 and 1057, The frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are biased in opposite directions, and the spring 1035 is stretched over the spring locking piece 1021 and the spring locking hole 1036 to prevent the second fraud. It is assumed that the member 1032 is in contact with the restriction protrusion 1031. Thereafter, the cylindrical body portion of the cylinder lock 1010 is inserted into the lock insertion hole 1009 of the lock attachment piece 1008, and the cylinder lock 1010 is fixed to the attachment hole 1014 with a screw 1012. At this time, the distal end portion of the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is slightly inserted outside the inclined portion 1024 and into the insertion vertical opening 1020, and the second engagement protrusion of the engagement cam 1016. The cylinder lock 1010 is attached to the lock attachment piece 1008 so that the tip of the piece 1018 is slightly inserted into the protruding piece insertion hole 1026 and the insertion vertical opening 1020 of the first fraud prevention member 1023.

  In order to attach the assembled locking device 1000 to the back surface of the main body frame base 600 in this way, the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted into the door hook hole 620 formed in the main body frame base 600. While being inserted, the locking protrusion 1004 protruding in a bowl shape is inserted into the door hook hole 620 and the lock locking hole 621 of the main body frame base 600 and moved upward, and in this state, the screw fixing portion 1003 protruding in the horizontal direction is provided. The lock device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the back surface of the main body frame base 600 by matching the lock mounting portion 625 and screwing a screw (not shown) into the matched hole. In particular, in the case of the present embodiment, the locking protrusion 1004 constituting the locking structure of the front portion is formed to protrude from the side surface 1001a that does not contact the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped base 1001, while the rear portion is fixed. Since the screw fixing portion 1003 constituting the structure is formed so as to project in the horizontal direction from the side surface 1001b that contacts the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped base body 1001, the front locking structure contacts the peripheral wall portion 605. Compared with the case where it is formed on the side surface 1001b, the locking device 1000 can be fixed to the main body frame base 600 so as not to be loose.

  Next, the operation of the locking device 1000 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 96 and 97. As shown in FIG. 96, when the main body frame base 600 (main body frame 3) is closed with respect to the outer frame 2 and the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, as shown in FIG. Further, the closing plates 24 and 25 of the outer frame 2 and the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 are locked, and the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the door frame 5 The hook cover 165 is locked. In this state, when a key (not shown) is inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 and the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is rotated in a direction to enter the insertion vertical opening 1020, as shown in FIG. The front end of the first engagement protrusion 1017 engages with the lower engagement hole 1062 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 to depress the lower hook member 1052 downward against the urging force of the spring 1048, and is connected thereto. The connected connecting rod 1053 and the upper hook member 1051 are also pushed down and lowered. As a result, the locking state between the closing plates 24 and 25 of the outer frame 2 and the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is released, and the main body frame 3 is removed by pulling the main body frame 3 to the front side. The frame 2 can be opened.

  When the main body frame 3 is closed, the hook portions 1054 and 1065 are lifted by the urging force of the spring 1048 (the same lifted position as in the state shown in FIG. 96A). , 1065 is inclined downward toward the outer side, so that the upper side inclined portion of the hook portions 1054, 1065 is formed on the closing plates 24, 25 by forcibly pressing the main body frame 3 against the outer frame 2. Since it contacts the lower end, the main body frame sliding rod 1050 descends downward, and the upward claw portions of the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the closing plates 24 and 25 are locked again, thereby sliding the main body frame. The hook 1050 is raised and returned to the locked state.

  On the other hand, when a key (not shown) is inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 and the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 rotates in a direction to enter the insertion vertical opening 1020, as shown in FIG. The front end of the two engaging protrusions 1018 engages with the ascending engagement hole 1045 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 and pushes the door frame sliding rod 1040 upwardly against the urging force of the spring 1048. For this reason, the hook state 165 of the door frame 5 and the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 are released from the locked state. The main frame 3 can be opened.

  When the door frame 5 is closed, the door frame hook portion 1041 is lowered by the urging force of the spring 1048 (the same lowered position as in the state shown in FIG. 96A). Since the lower side of the hook part 1041 for the door is inclined upward toward the outside, the lower side inclined part of the hook part 1041 for the door frame is hooked to the hook cover 165 by forcibly pressing the door frame 5 against the main body frame 3. The door frame sliding rod 1040 is raised upward, and the downward claw portion of the door frame hook portion 1041 and the hook cover 165 are re-engaged with each other. The pail 1040 descends and returns to the locked state. The door frame sliding rod 1040 according to the present embodiment is formed to have a length substantially the same as the full length of the U-shaped base 1001, and the U-shaped base 1001 is substantially the vertical side surface of the main body frame 3. The door frame hook portion 1041 that is attached over the entire length and is a locking portion with the door frame 5 is formed at three locations of the upper end portion, the center portion, and the lower end portion of the door frame sliding rod 1040. Therefore, it is possible to securely lock the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 in the entire length in the vertical direction, and forcibly open the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 and insert an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire from the inside. The act cannot be performed.

  Thus, the locking device 1000 of the door frame 3 of this embodiment releases the locking of the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 by rotating the key inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 in one direction, and in the other direction. The door frame 5 can be unlocked with respect to the main body frame 3 by rotating. Further, the locking device 1000 of this example performs an illegal act of hooking a piano wire or the like on the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 and lowering it without inserting a key into the cylinder lock 1010. Can not be. The first structure for preventing such fraud is a lock mechanism composed of a first fraud prevention member 1023 and a second fraud prevention member 1032, and the second fraud prevention structure is a U-shaped base 1001. The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are accommodated in the closed space.

  First, the operation of the lock mechanism, which is the first fraud prevention structure, will be described with reference to FIG. First, in a state where the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 3 are closed, as shown in FIG. 97A, the closing plate 25 of the outer frame 2 and the contact portion 1037 of the second fraud prevention member 1032 contact It has become a state. In this state, the first fraud prevention member 1023 is rotated counterclockwise by the biasing force of the spring 1035 so that the stopper piece 1027 enters the fraud prevention notch 1007 and the stopper piece 1027 is intrusion prevention notch. The main body frame sliding rod 1050 at a position corresponding to 1007 is engaged with an engagement notch 1066 formed on the lower hook member 1052. As a result, even if the piano frame or the like is hooked onto the main body frame sliding rod 1050 and pulled down, the stopper piece portion 1027 and the engagement notch portion 1066 are engaged. Unauthorized pulling down (unlocking) becomes impossible, and an illegal act of opening the main body frame 3 cannot be performed.

  On the other hand, when the main body frame 3 is properly unlocked by inserting a key into the cylinder lock 1010, the first engagement protrusion of the engagement cam 1016 is rotated by rotating the key as shown in FIG. The piece 1017 is rotated so as to enter the insertion vertical opening 1020. When the first engagement protrusion 1017 is rotated, the inclined portion 1024 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the side surface of the first engagement protrusion 1017 come into contact with each other. The stopper piece 1027 starts to rotate around the angle 1025 in the clockwise direction shown in the figure, and also moves so as to be retracted from the tamper-proof notch 1007. As a result, the engagement between the stopper piece 1027 and the engagement notch 1066 is released. At this time, the second fraud prevention member 1032 is in a position where the spring 1035 is extended and the contact portion 1037 is retracted. When the engagement cam 1016 is further rotated in this state and the first engagement protrusion 1017 is also rotated, the tip of the first engagement protrusion 1017 is engaged with the lower engagement hole 1062 of the lower hook member 1052. Since the entire body frame sliding rod 1050 is lowered, the hooked state of the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the closing plates 24 and 25 of the outer frame 2 is released, and the main body frame 3 is opened with respect to the outer frame 2. Can be done.

  Note that when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, the second fraud prevention member 1032 is in contact with the restriction protrusion 1031, so the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member The positional relationship with 1032 is substantially the same as the state shown in FIG. When the main body frame 3 is closed in this state, the closing plate 25 of the outer frame 2 and the contact portion 1037 of the second fraud prevention member 1032 contact from the front, and finally the state shown in FIG. 97 (A) is obtained. Thereby, the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 do not get in the way when the main body frame 3 is closed. In the present embodiment, the first tamper-proof member 1023 and the second tamper-proof member 1032 prevent only the lowering operation of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 from being illegally performed. If the frame sliding rod 1050 is opened improperly, the door frame sliding rod 1040 can be easily opened manually after being released, and the illegal act of raising the sliding rod with a piano wire or the like is practically difficult to perform. For this reason, it has been devised to prevent unauthorized operation of the body frame sliding rod 1050.

  Even in the lock mechanism that is the first tamper-proof structure described above, it is impossible to disable the function of the lock mechanism by swinging the first tamper-proof member 1023 with a piano wire or the like. Absent. Therefore, assuming that the lock function of the lock mechanism is disabled by an unauthorized action, in the present embodiment, in the state where the lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600), the internal The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 provided in the housing are housed in the closed space of the U-shaped base body 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1054, and 1065, and are completely covered. Therefore, even if an attempt is made to pull down the body frame sliding rod 1050 provided inside the closed space of the U-shaped base 1001 by inserting a piano wire or the like, both side surfaces 1001a, 1001b of the U-shaped base 1001 Since the intruder is prevented from entering the closed space, the structure is such that it is not possible to easily perform the illegal act.

  As described above, the lock device 1000 of the present embodiment has the sliding frame 1040 for the door frame in the inside of the U-shaped base 1001 whose width is extremely thin as compared with the conventional lock device concentrated on the L-shaped base. The body frame sliding rod 1050 is slidably provided and the cylinder lock 1010 for operating the locking device 1000 is attached to the U-shaped base 1001 at a position below the lower end side of the game board 4. Therefore, even if the size of the game board 4 in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction is extremely large, and the space surrounded by the side walls 540 to 543 of the main body frame 3 is increased, the lock device 1000 is placed on the back side of the main body frame 3. Can be attached firmly.

  Moreover, since the open side of the U-shaped base 1001 is attached so that the open side of the U-shaped cross section faces the back surface of the main body frame 3, in the state where the lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600) The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are completely covered by the U-shaped base body 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1054, and 1065, respectively. It is not possible to easily perform an illegal act such as pulling down a main body frame sliding rod 1050 provided by inserting a piano wire or the like.

  Further, when the locking device 1000 is attached, the locking projections 1004 formed at the upper, middle, and lower three positions on the open side (front portion) of the U-shaped base 1001 are inserted into the door hook hole 620 and the lock locking hole 621. The structure is such that the screw fixing portions 1003 formed at the upper, middle, and lower portions of the closed side (rear portion) of the U-shaped base 1001 are fixed to the lock mounting portion 625 with screws. With this structure, the lock device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600).

  In the locking device 1000 of this example, the screw fixing portion 1003 formed in the lock mounting piece 1008 and the upper portion of the cylinder lock through hole 611 of the main body frame 3 as a structure for fixing the lower portion of the U-shaped base 1001 with screws. Although the structure in which the formed lock attachment portion 625 is screwed is shown, instead of this, a screw 1012 for attaching the cylinder lock 1010 to the lock attachment piece 1008 is used, and the tip of the screw 1012 is attached to the lock. It is good also as a structure which forms the lock attachment hole penetrated through the piece 1008 on the upper and lower sides of the cylinder lock penetration hole 611. Even if the lower portion of the U-shaped base 1001 is not screwed, the locking device 1000 can be attached to the main body frame 3 (main body frame only by fixing the screw fixing portion 1003 and the lock mounting portion 625 at the rear of the locking device 1000. It can be fixed sufficiently firmly on the back surface of the base 600).

  In the lock device 1000 of this example, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are completely covered with the U-shaped base 1001 having the left and right side surfaces 1001a and 1001b. For example, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are slidably mounted on the opposite side surface 1001a not in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 with a rivet or the like, and the side surface 1001b in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 is omitted. The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod are formed in a closed space formed by the side surface 1001a of the L-shaped substrate (tablet substrate) and the first side wall 540. It is good also as a structure which accommodates 1050, and there can exist the same effect as the locking device 1000 mentioned above.

  As described above, according to the main body frame 3 of the present example, the transparent prize ball base 710 having the peripheral wall portion 710a extending rearward (front-rear direction) on the rear side of the body frame base 600, and the upper side of the prize ball base 710 The prize ball tank 720 for storing the game balls supplied from the island facility side of the game hall in which the pachinko machine 1 is installed is aligned with the game balls discharged from the prize ball tank 720 to align the rear wall portion 710b of the prize ball base. A transparent tank rail unit 730 mounted on the rear side, and a game ball released from the tank rail unit 730 is discharged to the upper plate 301 of the door frame 5 based on a predetermined payout instruction, and the rear wall portion 710b of the prize ball base 710 A part of the award ball device 740 that is attached to the rear side and a side portion 904 that extends to the rear end of the main body frame base 600 and the rear surface of the tank rail unit 730 and the award ball device 740 are rear. And a transparent back cover 900 arranged substantially in the same plane as that of the game board 4 held in the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame base 600 through the prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, and the like. A pachinko machine that can visually check the rear side of the game board 4 without opening the back cover 900 that covers the rear side of the game board 4. 1 can be used.

  Further, not only the rear side (rear surface) of the game board 4 but also the rear side surface of the game board 4 can be visually recognized through the transparent prize base 710, the back cover 900, etc. When the game board 4 is removed from the front side to the 601, even if tools such as a screwdriver or pliers, cleaning waste, dust or dirt remain between the game board 4 and the back cover 900, remove them. It can be easily detected from the above, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of any malfunction due to the residue.

  Further, as described above, since the rear surface and rear side surface of the game board 4 can be viewed from the outside, unauthorized devices and tools for performing illegal acts are attached to the rear side and side surfaces of the game board 4. Even if it is done, it can be easily discovered, and it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts from being performed, and it is also possible to easily find unauthorized devices attached to the game board 4 from the outside, The pachinko machine 1 having a high deterrence against fraudulent behavior can be provided, which can be used to prevent unauthorized installation of devices.

  Also, since the rear side of the game board 4 is covered with the prize ball base 710 and the back cover 900, other members in the island facility where the game machine 4 is installed come into contact with the game board 4 or the game board 4 It is possible to prevent foreign matters such as dust and dust from adhering to the rear side, and it is possible to keep the game board 4 in a good state and suppress the occurrence of problems.

  In addition, the rear surface of the prize ball tank 720 is located at a position about twice as deep as the depth D of the main body frame base 600 from the front end of the main body frame base 600, that is, the depth D of the main body frame base 600. Is about half the depth of the main body frame 3, the rear side and the rear side surface of the game board 4 can be more easily seen through the prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, and the like, and the above-described effects are surely achieved. be able to. Further, since the depth D of the main body frame base 600 is about half of the depth of the main body frame 3, the height when the main body frame base 600 is turned down can be made as low as possible to obtain a flat shape. Further, it is possible to facilitate the attaching operation of attaching the prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, the tank rail unit 730, the prize ball device 740, and the like to the rear side of the main body frame base 600.

  Further, the rear surface (main body portion 902) of the transparent back cover 900 is substantially flush with the rear surfaces of the prize ball tank 720, the tank rail unit 730, the prize ball device 740 and the like attached to the prize ball base 710. As a result, the rear surface of the pachinko machine 1 can be made into a substantially flat surface, and it can be caught or brought into contact with other members in the island facility to be installed by eliminating protrusions on the rear side. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of problems. In addition, since the rear surface of the pachinko machine 1 is substantially flat, when the pachinko machine 1 is transported, it is possible to use a buffer material with a simple shape and to increase the accumulation efficiency (storage efficiency). The cost related to the machine 1 can be reduced.

  In addition, the back cover 900 is provided with a plurality of slits 916 and through-holes 918, and the rear side and the rear side surface of the game board 4 can be directly visually recognized through the slits 916 and the like. The rear side of 4 can be further easily seen, and the above-described effects can be reliably achieved. Further, even if the back side of the game board 4 held by the main body frame base 600 is covered with the back cover 900, heat from the game board 4 can be released to the outside through the slits 916 and the like of the back cover 900. The heat from the game board 4 can be prevented from accumulating, and the control of the game is unstable due to the heat, and the occurrence of problems due to deformation of members such as synthetic resin is suppressed. be able to. Furthermore, since the slit 916 and the through hole 918 of the back cover 900 are sized so that the game ball cannot pass through, for example, even if the game ball spills behind the pachinko machine 1 in the island facility, It is possible to prevent the game ball from entering the pachinko machine 1, and it is possible to prevent a malfunction from occurring due to the game ball entering.

[1-4. Basic configuration of game board]
Next, the basic configuration of the game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 98 is a front view showing the game board attached to the main body frame with the door frame of the pachinko machine removed. FIG. 99 is a front view of the game board, FIG. 100 is an exploded perspective view of the game board as seen from the front, and FIG. 101 is an exploded perspective view of the game board as seen from the rear. FIG. Further, FIG. 102 (A) is an enlarged front view showing the function display unit in the game board in a state attached to the pachinko machine, and FIG. 102 (B) is a front view showing another form of the function display unit.

  FIG. 103 is an exploded perspective view of the game board using the game panel of the embodiment different from the example of FIG. 100 and the like, as viewed from the front, and FIG. It is a disassembled perspective view of a board. FIG. 105 is a cross-sectional view of the gaming panel in the gaming board of FIG. 103 cut in the vertical direction. Further, FIG. 106 is an exploded perspective view of the game board using the front structural member of the embodiment different from the example of FIG. 103 and the like, as viewed from the front, and FIG. 107 is a game board as viewed from the rear of FIG. FIG.

  As shown in the figure, the game board 4 according to the present embodiment has a front configuration in which an outer periphery of the game area 1100 into which a game ball is driven by a player operating the handle device 500 is substantially rectangular in shape. A member 1110, a plate-like game panel 1150 that is arranged on the rear side of the front component member 1110 and defines the rear end of the game area 1100, a board holder 1160 that is arranged on the lower rear side of the game panel 1150, and a board holder 1160 A main control board box 1170 that houses a main control board 4100 that controls the game content that is attached to the rear surface of the game ball 1100 and controls the game content that is performed by driving the game ball into the game area 1100, and a predetermined signal based on a control signal from the main control board 4100 A function display unit 1180 capable of displaying the game status and attached to a predetermined position of the front component member 1110 so as to be visible to the player. To have. The game board 4 includes a front unit 2000 that is attached to the front surface of the game panel 1150 and a back unit 3000 that is attached to the rear surface of the game panel 1150. Further, it is provided (see B. 108 to B. 115, etc.).

  The game board 4 of the present embodiment has a basic configuration formed by a front component member 1110, a game panel 1150, a board holder 1160, a main control board box 1170, and a function display unit 1180, and is attached to the game panel 1150. A detailed configuration characterizing the pachinko machine 1 (game board 4) is formed by the front unit 2000, the back unit 3000, and the main control board 4100 housed in the main control board box 1170. Here, a basic configuration of the game board 4 will be described, and a detailed configuration will be described later.

[1-4A. Previous component]
Next, the front component member 1110 in the game board 4 will be described. The front component member 1110 in the game board 4 of this example has a substantially rectangular shape whose outer shape can be inserted into the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3, and the inner shape penetrates in a front-rear direction in a substantially circular shape. The outer periphery of the game area 1100 is defined by the inner periphery of the inner shape. The front component member 1110 has an outer rail 1111 that extends in an arc shape from the lower left end toward the left side from the center in the left-right direction in a front view and extends to the upper right side through the center upper end in the left-right direction in the front view. An inner rail 1112 that is arranged substantially along the outer rail 1111 inside the outer rail 1111 and extends in an arc shape from the lower center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front to the upper left side when viewed from the front. An inner peripheral rail 1113 extending in an arc shape to a position below the end (upper end) of the outer rail 1111 along the counterclockwise circumferential direction when viewed from the front, and the end (upper end) of the inner peripheral rail 1113 and the outer rail 1111 , The inner rail 1112 and the inner peripheral rail 1113, which can be contacted with the game ball rolling along the outer rail 1111. Is located at the lowermost end of the game area 1100 at the boundary of the outer area, and is supported by the upper end of the inner rail 1112 so as to be rotatable, and closes between the outer rail 1111. In this way, it is possible to rotate only between the closed position extending upward from the upper end of the inner rail 1112 and the open position where the outer rail 1111 is opened by rotating in the clockwise direction when viewed from the front. And a backflow prevention member 1116 biased by a spring (not shown) so as to return to the closed position side.

  When the game board 4 is attached to the main body frame 3, the front component member 1110 has a lower end opening between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 as shown in FIG. It is positioned on the extension of the firing rail 660 in the device 650. Between the lower end of the outer rail 1111 and the upper end of the launch rail 660, a space extending in the left-right direction and downward is formed, and the game ball launched along the launch rail 660 of the hit ball launcher 650 is Then, it jumps over the space and is driven between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 from the lower end opening between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112. The game ball driven between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 rolls upward along the outer rail 1111 according to the momentum, and the backflow prevention member 1116 pivotally supported on the upper end of the inner rail 1112 is used. The player can enter the game area 1100 by rotating it toward the open position against the urging force.

  In addition, when the game ball is strongly hit by the hit ball launching device 650, the game ball that rolls along the outer rail 1111 in the game area 1100 comes into contact with the stop portion 1114 provided at the end of the outer rail 1111. The rolling direction of the game ball can be forcibly changed by the game ball coming into contact with the stop 1114, and the game ball rolls continuously from the outer rail 1111 to the inner rail 1113. It can be prevented from moving. Note that even if a game ball that has entered (or has been driven into) the game area 1100 attempts to return between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112, the backflow prevention member 1116 returns to the closed position by the biasing force before that. Accordingly, the backflow prevention member 1116 prevents the backflow of the game ball.

  In addition, when the game ball that has been driven into the game area 1100 is not received in a starting port 2101, 2102, a winning port 2103, 2104, 2201, etc., which will be described later, it flows down to the lower end of the game area 1100. Then, it is guided to the out port 1151 of the game panel 1150 by the out port guiding surface 1115 at the boundary between the inner rail 1112 and the inner peripheral rail 1113, and discharged from the out port 1151 downward to the rear side of the game board 4. ing.

  On the other hand, when the game ball launched from the hitting ball launcher 650 cannot enter the game area 1100 beyond the backflow prevention member 1116 at the tip of the inner rail 1112, the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 A foul space 626 formed between the upper end of the firing rail 660 and the lower end of the outer rail 1111 is opened from the lower end opening between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112. It falls and is received by the foul ball inlet 542e of the foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 located at the lower part of the foul space 626 and discharged to the lower plate 302 in the plate unit 300.

  Note that the outer rail 1111 in the front component member 1110 has a metal plate attached to the surface thereof, so that the wear resistance due to rolling of the game ball is enhanced, and the game ball rolls smoothly. ing. In addition, the stopper 1114 has an elastic body such as rubber or synthetic resin on the surface, and even if the game ball rolls vigorously along the outer rail 1111 and collides, the impact is reduced. The game ball can be repelled inward.

  Further, the front component member 1110 includes a wall-shaped crime prevention projection 1117 protruding forward from the lower outer side of the outer rail 1111 and a substantially center in the vertical direction along the inner peripheral rail 1113 from the lower side of the out-port guide surface 1115. And a groove-shaped rail crime prevention groove 1118 that is recessed from the front end by a predetermined amount. When the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the security protrusion 1117 in the front structural member 1110 overlaps with the rear end protrusion piece 183 of the security cover 180 in the door frame 5 in the vertical direction. Thus, even if an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire enters from between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 on the pivot support side (left side in front view), the unauthorized tool can reach the game area 1100. Can not be.

  Further, when the front structural member 1110 of the present example is in a state in which the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the post-crime protruding piece 182 of the security cover 180 in the door frame 5 is inserted into the rail security groove 1118. The post-crime protruding piece 182 is inserted between the inner rail 1112 and the outer rail 1111 so as to be substantially in contact with the outer surface of the inner rail 1112 (opposite to the game area 1100). Even in the inner rail 1112 and the rail crime prevention groove 1118 and the post-crime projection piece 182, unauthorized equipment such as a piano wire that has entered from between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 reaches the game area 1100. Can be prevented.

  Further, the front component member 1110 is spaced apart in the vertical direction at the left end in the front view and is recessed from the front to the rear and opened to the left end, and is spaced in the vertical direction at the right end in the front view. A pair of game board stoppers 1120, a fixed recess 1121 which is disposed on the left side of the front view of the lower end of the outer rail 1111 and opened downward, and has an arc shape on the upper side and is recessed from the front side. In the vicinity of the left end portion of the lower end, there is provided a spherical passage cutout portion 1122 that is cut out in a rectangular shape extending long in the left-right direction upward from the lower end. The positioning recess 1119 of the front component member 1110 is fitted with a positioning member 956 attached to the inside of the side security plate 950 in the main body frame 3, so that the left end of the game board 4 inserted into the game board holding port 601 is viewed from the front. However, it is possible to restrict movement in the front-rear direction. Further, the game board stopper 1120 can be detachably locked to the game board locking portion 608 of the main body frame base 600 in the main body frame 3, and the game board stopper 1120 is attached to the game board. By being locked by the locking portion 608, the right end of the game board 4 inserted into the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3 can be restricted from moving in the front-rear direction. .

  Further, the fixing recess 1121 of the front component member 1110 is a front view of the game board fixture 690 pivotally supported on the front surface of the main body frame 3 in a state where the game board 4 is inserted into the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3. When rotated clockwise, the fixed piece 690a of the game board fixture 690 is inserted, and the lower end of the game board 4 is restricted from moving forward by the game board fixture 690. It is like that. Further, the ball passage cutout portion 1122 of the front component member 1110 is formed with the same ball passage cutout portion 1152 at the same position of the game panel 1150, and the game board 4 is connected to the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3. In the inserted state, the front end of the full tank branch unit 770 is inserted into the notches 1122 and 1152 for the ball passage.

  Further, the front component member 1110 has a laterally long through hole 1123 penetrating in the front-rear direction in the vicinity of the right end of the front end at the lower end, and a thickness in the front-rear direction from the center in the left-right direction on the lower side of the through hole 1123 to the left side of the front view. A fastening portion 1124 formed thinly and a certificate sticking portion 1125 disposed on the left side of the through hole 1123 as viewed from the front is attached. Although the detailed illustration of the fastening portion 1124 in the front component member 1110 is omitted, when the game board is attached to the conventional main body frame, a predetermined fastening band is attached to the fastening hole formed in the conventional main body frame. By wrapping and fastening each other, it is possible to make it difficult to remove the game board 4 and to prevent unauthorized removal of the game board 4.

  Further, in the front component member 1110, a display unit 1181 of a function display unit 1180 described later is disposed on the outer right side of the rail security groove 1118 along the inner peripheral rail 1113 and in the lower right of the front view. The front component member 1110 includes a plurality of mounting bosses 1126 protruding rearward from the left and right ends of the lower portion of the rear surface, and a plurality of positioning protrusions 1127 projecting rearward from the rear surface of the inner rail 1112. The mounting boss 1126 penetrates the game panel 1150 and engages with the fixed boss 1162 of the substrate holder 1160, and a predetermined screw is screwed from the rear side of the substrate holder 1160 to the mounting boss 1126 through the fixed boss 1162. By wearing it, the game panel 1150 can be held between the front component member 1110 and the substrate holder 1160. Further, the positioning protrusion 1127 can be fitted into an inner rail fixing hole 1155 formed in the game panel 1150 to fix the inner rail 1112 at a predetermined position of the game panel 1150.

[1-4B. Game panel]
Next, the game panel 1150 in the game board 4 will be described. The game panel 1150 of this example is formed of a wood board material such as veneer plywood having a predetermined thickness (for example, 18 mm to 21 mm), and the outer shape is substantially the same as the outer shape of the front component member 1110. This gaming panel 1150 is horizontally long in the front-rear direction on the left side in front view of the lower end in front view and the out-port 1151 penetrating in the front-rear direction at a position corresponding to the out-out guide surface 1115 in the front component member 1110 at the lower part of the center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front , And is opened downward and has a spherical passage cutout portion 1152 having the same shape as the ball passage cutout portion 1122 of the front component member 1110, and a rearward projecting portion of the function display unit 1180 that penetrates the lower right corner when viewed from the front. An insertion hole 1153 into which 1182 is inserted.

  Further, in the gaming panel 1150, a plurality of boss insertion holes 1154 penetrating in the front-rear direction at positions corresponding to the mounting bosses 1126 of the front component member 1110 and the positioning protrusions 1127 of the front component member 1110 are inserted and fixed near the lower left and right ends. A plurality of inner rail fixing holes 1155 and a groove-shaped out-ball discharge groove 1156 which is recessed by a predetermined amount from the rear surface to the front side on the rear surface side of the out port 1151 and whose lower end side is opened downward (see FIG. 101). And a notch 1157 formed at a position corresponding to the game board stopper 1120 of the front component member 1110 and notched so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction from the right end in front view. In addition, the game panel 1150 includes a plurality of mounting holes for mounting and fixing to the rear surface of the front component member 1110 at appropriate positions.

  The gaming panel 1150 in the gaming board 4 of the present example can partition the rear end of the gaming area 1100 whose outer periphery is partitioned by the front component member 1110, and within a range corresponding to the gaming area 1100 on the front surface, A plurality of obstacle nails G (see FIG. 110) are implanted in a predetermined gauge arrangement, and a front unit 2000 is attached. A back unit 3000 is attached to the rear surface of the game panel 1150. Further, the gaming panel 1150 is formed so that the out port 1151 is positioned at the lowermost end of the gaming area 1100, and is formed at the lowermost end of the gaming area 1100 in the front component member 1110 when assembled to the gaming board 4. The game ball guided rearward by the out port guide surface 1115 thus made enters the out port 1151 and is discharged to the rear side of the game board 4.

[1-4C. Substrate holder]
Next, the substrate holder 1160 in the game board 4 will be described. The substrate holder 1160 is formed in a horizontally long box shape that is open at the top and front. The substrate holder 1160 has an out sphere discharge portion 1161 formed so as to penetrate in the vertical direction at the front end of the bottom wall portion at the approximate center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and the upper surface of the bottom wall portion is the out sphere A game ball that is formed so as to become lower toward the discharge unit 1161, is discharged from the out port 1151 of the game panel 1150, the front unit or the back unit, and is supplied (discharged) to the bottom upper surface of the substrate holder 1160. The ball is discharged from the out ball discharge unit 1161 downward. When the game board 4 is attached to the main body frame 3, the out ball discharge section 1161 is positioned directly above the discharge ball receiving section 841 of the board unit 800 in the main body frame 3. All the game balls discharged from the board pass through the discharge passage 842 of the board unit 800 and are discharged to the lower rear side of the pachinko machine 1.

  The substrate holder 1160 includes a plurality of fixed bosses 1162 that protrude forward from the front ends of the upper and lower ends of the side wall portion. The plurality of fixed bosses 1162 are inserted into the boss insertion holes 1154 from the rear side of the game panel 11520 and then fitted to the rear ends of the mounting bosses 1126 of the front component member 1110. In a state of being fitted to the boss 1126, a predetermined screw is screwed to the mounting boss 1126 through the fixed boss 1162 from the rear side of the substrate holder 1160, so that the substrate holder 1160 is attached to the front component member 1110. The game panel 1150 can be sandwiched between the front component member 1110 and the substrate holder 1160.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 101, the substrate holder 1160 includes a fixing portion 1163 in which a fixing piece 1174 of the main control board box 1170 can be fitted from the lateral side to the left end portion of the rear wall in the rear view when viewed from the rear. And a locking portion 1164 that is disposed so as to face 1163 and that can lock the elastic fixing piece 1175 of the main control board box 1170 from behind. The main control board box 1170 can be detachably supported on the rear surface of the board holder 1160 by the fixing part 1163 and the locking part 1164 of the board holder 1160.

[1-4D. Main control board box]
Next, the main control board box 1170 in the game board 4 will be described. The main control board box 1170 has a thin horizontal box-shaped board base 1171 whose rear side is opened and a thin horizontal box shape that covers the rear surface of the board base 1171 and is opened on the front side, and is fitted into the board base 1171 from the rear side. A board cover 1172 to be combined, and a main control board 4100 having electronic components and terminals mounted on the rear side at the front end of the board cover 1171 are provided. Further, the main control board box 1170 extends outward from the left side end of the board base 1171 when viewed from the back and is fitted to the fixing part 1163 of the board holder 1160 and from the right side of the board cover 1172 when viewed from the right side. And an elastic fixing piece that protrudes rearward and is elastically locked to the locking portion 1164 of the substrate holder 1160.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 101 and the like, the main control board box 1170 is disposed at the right end of the back view two times up and down across the elastic fixing piece 1175 and seals the opening and closing of the board base 1171 and the board cover 1172. A possible sealing portion 1176, a hermetic seal (not shown) pasted between the substrate base 1171 and the substrate cover 1172 at the lower ends of the substrate base 1171 and the substrate cover 1172, and a transparent seal that covers the surface of the hermetic seal A protective cover 1177 and a substrate management seal 1178 attached to the rear surface of the substrate cover 1172 are provided. The sealing part 1176 of the main control board box 1170 has the same configuration as the separation cutting part 863 of the payout control board box 860 in the board unit 800, and caulking is fixed in any one of the four sealing parts 1176. Has been. In this main control board box 1170, in order to separate the board base 1171 and the board cover 1172, it is necessary to cut the caulking-fixed sealing portion 1176 so that the main control board box 1170 remains open and closed. It has become. Thus, it can be clearly determined from the outside whether or not the main control board box 1170 has been opened illegally.

  In this example, four sealing portions 1176 of the main control board box 1170 are provided, so that the main control board box 1170 can be opened and closed up to three times. In addition, the main control board box 1170 of this example has a hermetic seal applied across the board base 1171 and the board cover 1172. When the board base 1171 and the board cover 1172 are separated, the hermetic seal is cut. It is necessary to peel off or peel off, and even in this hermetic seal, traces of opening and closing remain. Therefore, the main control board box 1170 is illegally opened and closed, and the internal main control board 4100 is illegally modified or replaced with an illegal main control board (or a ROM storing a game content program or the like). However, it can be visually confirmed from the outside, and it is possible to prevent such illegal acts from being performed.

  The main control board box 1170 has an opening penetrating in the front-rear direction of the board cover 1172 at an appropriate position, and the RAM clear switch 4100c and the test terminal 4100f attached to the main control board 4100 through the opening, Various connection terminals for connecting to the peripheral control board 4010, the payout control board 4110, and the like face the rear side. The main control board 4100 can be checked from the outside without opening the main control board box 1170 by connecting a predetermined measuring device to the test terminal 4100f facing the rear surface of the main control board box 1170. Even if the above-described sealing portion 1176 and the sealing seal are cleverly crafted, the presence or absence of unauthorized modification to the main control board 4100 can be confirmed other than visually, and the pachinko machine 1 having high crime prevention performance is obtained. Be able to.

[1-4E. Function display unit]
Next, the function display unit 1180 in the game board 4 will be described. The function display unit 1180 is mounted and arranged at a predetermined position of the front component member 1110. The display unit 1181 is disposed on the front surface of the front component member 1110 so as to be visible from the player side. A rear projecting portion 1182 projecting rearward from the rear surface.

  In the display portion 1181 of the function display unit 1180 of this example, as shown in an enlarged view in FIG. 102 (A), the game state that changes depending on the game ball that has been driven into the game area 1100 is displayed at the left end of the front view. A game status indicator 1183 consisting of a single LED to display the number of suspensions related to the acceptance of a game ball to the first start port 2101 consisting of two LEDs arranged vertically on the right side of the game status indicator 1183 1st special symbol memory display 1184 for the first special symbol memory 1184 and the first special symbol result that is placed on the right side of the first special symbol memory display 1184 and drawn by receiving a game ball to the first start port 2101 The first special symbol display 1185 made up of one 7-segment LED for display as the first special symbol display 1185 and the second start opening 210 A second special symbol display 1186 composed of one 7-segment LED for displaying the second special lottery result drawn by accepting game balls as a second special symbol, and the right side of the second special symbol display 1186 And a second special symbol memory display 1187 for displaying the number of reserves related to the acceptance of game balls to the second start port 2102.

  In addition, the display unit 1181 of the function display unit 1180 displays the number of reservations related to the passage of the gate unit 2750 by the game balls that are arranged in a circular arc substantially along the inner peripheral rail 1113 from directly above the second special symbol display 1186. A normal symbol memory display 1188 composed of four LEDs for display, and a normal lottery result drawn by passing a game ball passing through the gate portion 2750 arranged below the normal symbol memory display is displayed as a normal symbol. The normal symbol display 1189 consisting of one LED to be arranged, and the normal symbol storage display 1188 are arranged side by side diagonally to the upper right side, and when the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result is “big hit”, the big prize opening A round indicator 1190 composed of two LEDs for displaying the number of repetitions (round number) of the open / close pattern 2103.

  The game status indicator 1183 in the function display unit 1180 of this example is a color LED that can change the emission color of red, green, and orange. Various game states (for example, a probability variation state, a time shortening state, a probability variation short state, a big hit gaming state, a small hit gaming state, etc.) can be displayed by the combination.

  Also, the first special symbol memory display 1184 in the function display unit 1180 receives a game ball at the first start port 2101 when the first special symbol display 1185 cannot display the first special symbol in a variable manner. In this case, the number of the first special symbols on which the start of the variable display is suspended (stored) is displayed. The first special symbol memory indicator 1184 has a first special symbol memory lamp 1184a and a first special symbol memory lamp 1184b made of predetermined LEDs, and the first special symbol memory lamps 1184a and 1184b are turned on. -The number of holds can be displayed by the blinking pattern. More specifically, for example, the first special symbol memory lamp 1184a is turned on when the number of holds is 1, and the first special symbol memory lamp 1184b is turned off. When the number of holdings is three, the first special symbol memory lamp 1184a flashes and the first special symbol memory lamp 1184b is lit. When the number of holdings is four, the first special symbol memory lamps 1184a and 1184b are both It is blinking. In this example, up to four are reserved.

  In addition, the second special symbol memory display 1187 in the function display unit 1180 receives a game ball at the second start port 2102 when the second special symbol display 1186 cannot display the second special symbol in a variable manner. In this case, the number of the second special symbol that is suspended (stored) is displayed (stored). The second special symbol memory indicator 1187 includes a second special symbol memory lamp 1187a and a second special symbol memory lamp 1187b made of predetermined LEDs, and the second special symbol memory lamps 1187a and 1187b are turned on. -The number of holds can be displayed by the blinking pattern. Specifically, for example, the second special symbol memory lamp 1187a is turned on when the number of holdings is one, the second special symbol memory lamp 1187b is turned off, and the second special symbol memory display lamps 1187a, When the number of holdings is three, the second special symbol memory lamp 1187a blinks and the second special symbol memory lamp 1187b is lit. When the number of holdings is four, the second special symbol memory lamps 1187a and 1187b are turned on. Both are now flashing. In this example, up to four are reserved.

  Further, the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186 in the function display unit 1180 are selected by the first special lottery that is drawn by receiving the game balls to the first start port 2101 and the second start port 2102. The result and the second special lottery result are displayed. The 7-segment LED stops after fluctuating for a predetermined time according to the special lottery result, and the first 7-segment LED light emission pattern (special symbol) is stopped. The player can recognize the special lottery result and the second special lottery result.

  Further, the normal symbol display 1189 in the function display unit 1180 is a color LED that can change the emission color of red, green, and orange, and a combination of the emitted emission color and lighting / flashing. Thus, it is possible to display a normal lottery result that is drawn by passing a game ball through the gate portion 2750. In addition, the display of the normal symbol by the normal symbol display 1189 is also stopped and displayed with the light emission pattern corresponding to the normal lottery result after being displayed for a predetermined period of time, like the special symbol.

  Also, the normal symbol memory display 1188 in the function display unit 1180 holds the start of the variable display when the game ball passes through the gate portion 2750 when the normal symbol cannot be displayed in the normal symbol display 1189. The number of stored ordinary symbols (stored) is displayed. The normal symbol storage indicator 1188 includes four normal symbol storage lamps 1188a to 1188d arranged side by side from below, each of which is a predetermined LED, and the normal symbol storage lamp 1188a from the bottom according to the number of holds. By sequentially lighting up to 1188d, it is possible to display the number of reserved normal symbols. In this example, up to four normal symbol fluctuation displays are held (stored).

  Furthermore, the round indicator 1190 in the function display unit 1180 is provided with a two-round display lamp 1190a and a 15-round display lamp 1190b made up of predetermined LEDs, and each lamp is turned on to turn on a round in the “big hit” game. Numbers can be displayed.

  As shown in FIG. 102A, the function display unit 1180 of this example can be viewed from the player side through the game window 101 of the door frame 5 with the game board 4 attached to the pachinko machine 1. It has become. In addition, the game status indicator 1183, the first special symbol memory display 1184, the first special symbol indicator 1185, the second special symbol indicator 1186, the second special symbol memory indicator 1187, the normal symbol memory of the function display unit 1180. The display 1188, the normal symbol display 1189, and the round display 1190 are attached to the front surface of the function display board 1191 (see FIG. 128). Further, a connection terminal for connecting the function display board 1191 and the main control board 4100 is attached to the rear end of the rear protrusion 1182 of the function display unit 1180.

  In this example, since the function display unit 1180 is provided in the front component member 1110 of the game board 4, the function display unit 1180 has functions as compared with the case in which the function display unit 1180 is provided in the front unit 2000 or the back unit 300 attached to the game panel 1150. The display unit 1180 can be used as the basic configuration of the game board 4, the configuration related to the pachinko machine 1 can be simplified to prevent an increase in cost, and the model of the pachinko machine 1 (table unit 2000 or Even if the detailed configuration of the game board 4 that is embodied by the back unit 3000 and can characterize the model of the pachinko machine 1 is different, the position of the display unit 1181 of the function display unit 1180 does not change. The store clerk in the hall can recognize the position of the display unit 1181 without being confused. To have.

  Further, the function display unit 1180 of the pachinko machine 1 may be configured as shown in FIG. In this example, the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186 configured by 7 segment LEDs are each configured by eight LED groups. The first special symbol memory display 1184 and the second special symbol memory display 1187 are each constituted by four LED groups, and the normal symbol memory indicator 1188 is constituted by two LEDs.

  The function display unit 1180 can achieve the same effects as described above, and the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186 are configured by eight LED groups. Compared to the case where the segment LED is used, it is possible to make it difficult to remember the special symbol displayed to the player. Therefore, since the content displayed on the function display unit 1180 is difficult to understand, it is possible to suppress the display of the function display unit 1180 from becoming concerned about the display during the game, and it is possible to suppress difficulty in concentrating on the game. The game can be more enjoyed by devoting itself to movable effects and effects images.

[1-4F. Second embodiment of game panel]
Next, a gaming panel 1200 having a form different from the gaming panel 1150 in the gaming board 4 will be described with reference to FIGS. Note that the front component member 1110, the substrate holder 1160, and the main control substrate box 1170 in FIGS. 103 to 105 have the same configuration as described above, and a detailed description thereof is omitted here. The gaming panel 1200 of the present embodiment is thinner than the gaming panel 1150 described above, and has a plate shape that can partition the rear end of the gaming area 1100 that is partitioned by the front component member 1110 from the outer shape of the front component member 1110. The panel plate 1210 having a small outer shape, and a frame-like panel holder 1220 that detachably holds the panel plate 1210 from the front side and is attached to the rear surface of the front component member 1110.

  The gaming panel 1200 panel plate 1210 has a polygonal shape whose outer shape is slightly larger than the gaming area 1100, and is made of a synthetic resin plate such as acrylic resin, polycarbonate resin, polyarylate resin, methacrylic resin, glass, metal, etc. It is formed of an inorganic plate. The panel plate 1210 is thinner than the panel holder 1220 (game panel 1150), and is the minimum necessary thickness that can be sufficiently retained even if the obstruction nail G is planted on the front surface or the front unit 2000 is attached. (8 to 10 mm). In this example, panel plate 1210 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin plate.

  The panel plate 1210 has a plurality of fitting holes 1211 formed of round holes arranged in the vicinity of the outer periphery and penetrating in the front-rear direction, a long hole 1212 disposed in the vicinity of the outer periphery of the lower left portion and extending in the front-rear direction and extending in the vertical direction It has. The fitting hole 1211 and the long hole 1212 are arranged outside the game area 1100 and are positioned with the panel holder 1220. Further, the panel plate 1210 is provided with stepped engagement step portions 1213 whose front sides are recessed at both ends of the upper side and both ends of the lower side, respectively. The engagement step portion 1213 is cut out to approximately half the thickness of the panel plate 1210, and is disposed outside the game area 1100 in the same manner as the fitting hole 1211 and the long hole 1212. This is for engaging and fixing the panel plate 1210 to the panel holder 1220.

  The panel plate 1210 is provided with a plurality of inner rail fixing holes 1214 at predetermined positions. The inner rail 1112 can be fixed at a predetermined position by fitting and fixing a positioning projection 1127 protruding from the rear side of the inner rail 1112 to the inner rail fixing hole 1214. Further, the panel plate 1210 includes a plurality of openings 1215 penetrating in the front-rear direction for mounting the front unit 2000 such as the attacker unit 2100 and the center accessory 2500, the details of which will be described later. The attacker unit 2100 and the like are inserted and fixed from the front side (see B 133 and the like).

  On the other hand, the panel holder 1220 in the gaming panel 1200 has a size that includes the panel board 1210 and has a substantially rectangular outer shape. 20 mm) of a synthetic resin (for example, a thermoplastic synthetic resin). The panel holder 1220 includes a holding step portion 1221 that holds the panel plate 1210 in a detachable manner and is recessed from the front side toward the rear side, and is substantially the same size as the game area 1100 inside the holding step portion 1221. It mainly includes a through-hole 1222 that penetrates in the direction.

  The holding step portion 1221 of the panel holder 1220 has a depth from the front surface that is substantially the same as the thickness of the panel plate 1210, and the front surface of the panel plate 1210 held in the holding step portion 1221 is the front surface of the panel holder 1220. It is designed to be almost the same surface. In addition, the holding step portion 1221 has a front inner peripheral surface of a size such that a predetermined amount of clearance is formed with respect to the outer peripheral surface of the panel plate 1210. With this clearance, even if the panel plate 1210 expands and contracts relatively due to temperature changes and changes over time, the expansion and contraction can be absorbed. An elastic member such as rubber may be packed in the clearance.

  Further, the panel holder 1220 is disposed at a position corresponding to the fitting hole 1211 and the long hole 1212 formed in the panel plate 1210 held by the holding step portion 1221, and moves forward from the front surface of the holding step portion 1221. A plurality of protruding pins 1223 that extend and can be fitted and inserted into the fitting holes 1211 and the long holes 1212 of the panel plate 1210 are provided. By fitting and inserting these protruding pins 1223 into the fitting holes 1211 and the long holes 1212 of the panel plate 1210, the panel holder 1220 and the panel plate 1210 can be positioned relative to each other.

  Further, the panel holder 1220 is provided with an engaging claw 1224 and an engaging piece 1225 that engage with the engaging step portion 1213 at a position corresponding to the engaging step portion 1213 of the panel plate 1210. More specifically, the engagement claw 1224 is disposed on the upper holding step portion 1221 of the panel holder 1220, corresponds to the upper engagement step portion 1213 on the panel plate 1210, and moves forward from the front surface of the holding step portion 1221. It protrudes toward the end and is elastically engaged with the engaging step 1213. The engaging claw 1224 is sized so that the tip does not protrude from the front surface of the panel holder 1220. On the other hand, the engagement piece 1225 is disposed on the lower holding step 1221 of the panel holder 1220, corresponds to the lower engagement step 1213 of the panel plate 1210, and is positioned between the front surface of the holding step 1221. It is configured such that a predetermined amount is extended toward the upper side (center side) along the front surface of the panel holder 1220 in a state where a predetermined gap of a size that allows the engagement step portion 1213 of the plate 1210 to be inserted is formed. The panel plate 1210 is detachably held with respect to the panel holder 1220 by engaging the engagement step portion 1213 of the panel plate 1210 with the engagement claws 1224 and the engagement pieces 1225.

  Further, the panel holder 1220 is provided with a boss insertion hole 1226 that penetrates in the front-rear direction through which the attachment boss 1126 provided in the front component member 1110 can be inserted, and the attachment boss of the front component member 1110 is inserted into the boss insertion hole 1226. By inserting 1126, the panel holder 1220 and the front component member 1110 are positioned relative to each other.

  As shown in FIG. 104, the panel holder 1220 is provided with a mounting support portion 1227 on the rear surface side, which is recessed by a predetermined amount on the front side so as to leave the lower center and the outer peripheral edge slightly below the center in the vertical direction. ing. The mounting support portion 1227 causes the rear surface of the panel holder 1220 to be recessed above the predetermined range from the lower end to a predetermined height, with the rear outer peripheral portion protruding rearward, and the amount of the depression ( The depth that can accommodate the flange-shaped fixing portion 3010c (see FIG. 134, etc.) of the inner box 3010 or the fixing portion 3020c of the back box 3020 in the back unit 3000 that is fixedly attached to the attachment support portion 1227 In the example, it is about 2.5 mm, and preferably between 1 and 3 mm). By attaching and fixing a predetermined member to the mounting support portion 1227, it is possible to prevent the fixed portion 3010c or the fixed portion 3020c from protruding rearward from the panel holder 1220, and the panel holder 1220, that is, the game board 4 Can be securely installed and mounted in the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3 (pachinko machine 1).

  Further, as shown in the figure, the panel holder 1220 is provided with a plurality of mounting holes 1228 arranged in a predetermined arrangement in the mounting support portion 1227 on the rear surface side and on the upper side of the housing recess 630h and capable of screwing a predetermined screw. ing. In addition, the panel holder 1220 is provided with a plurality of positioning holes 1229 arranged so as to correspond to the mounting holes 1228. This positioning hole 1229 is formed from a positioning protrusion (for example, a fixing portion 3010c or a fixing portion 3020c formed in a flange shape on the front surface of the inner box 3010 or the back box 3020 in a member to be fixed by using the mounting hole 1228. A positioning protrusion (not shown) protruding forward is inserted. In this example, the positioning hole 1229 is a blind hole having a substantially rectangular shape (square hole shape) when viewed from the back.

  It should be noted that, with respect to the mounting hole 1228, the inner diameter of the hole is mixed with a large diameter and a small diameter so that the mounting hole has an appropriate diameter according to the size or weight of a predetermined member to be mounted and fixed. 1228 may be used.

  Further, the panel holder 1220 is formed with a plurality of thinned portions 1230 that open to the rear surface side at least in a predetermined range from the lower end to a predetermined height, so that the weight of the panel holder 1220 is reduced by the thinned portions 1230. It has become. As shown in FIG. 103, these thinning portions 1230 are not formed in the predetermined range from the front side of the housing recess 630h, that is, from the lower end on the front side of the panel holder 1220 to a predetermined height. Then, since the front surface of the panel holder 1220 becomes a substantially flat surface, the rear surface of the front component member 1110 disposed on the front surface becomes a substantially flat surface, and the game ball launched from the ball hitting device 650 However, it is guided smoothly. In addition, as shown in the figure, the panel holder 1220 is formed with a thinned portion 1230 so that the mounting holes 1228 and the like are formed in a boss shape, and supports the panel holder 1220 and maintains the strength of the panel holder 1220. For this reason, a box-like rib is formed.

  The panel holder 1220 is formed with a positioning unit 1231 corresponding to positioning means such as an obstacle nail planting device (not shown) or an assembly jig, and holds the game panel 1150 on the obstacle nail planting device. Can be set in the state. Further, at the lower part of the panel holder 1220, an out port 1232 that penetrates in the front-rear direction at a position corresponding to the out-port guide surface 1115 of the front component member 1110, and penetrates horizontally in the front-rear direction on the left side of the lower end when viewed from the front. The ball passage cutout portion 1233 having the same shape as the ball passage cutout portion 1122 of the front component member 1110 and the rear protrusion portion 1182 of the function display unit 1180 penetrating in the front lower right corner portion when viewed from the front are inserted. An insertion hole 1234.

  Further, the panel holder 1220 has a groove-shaped out sphere discharge groove 1235 (see FIG. 104) which is depressed by a predetermined amount from the rear surface to the front side on the rear surface side of the out port 1232 and whose lower end side is opened downward. And a notch portion 1236 formed at a position corresponding to the game board stopper 1120 of the member 1110 and notched so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction from the right end in front view. The panel holder 1220 is provided with a plurality of mounting holes for mounting and fixing to the rear surface of the front component member 1110 at appropriate positions.

  The out-ball discharge groove 1235 in the panel holder 1220 is formed in the main body frame 3 (the upper surface of the game board mounting portion 606 in the main body frame base 600) when the game board 4 is inserted and held in the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3. The game board 4 is moved relative to the main body frame 3 in the left-right direction when the out-ball discharge groove 1235 is fitted with the positioning protrusion 607. Being regulated.

  In the gaming panel 1200 of this embodiment, the panel plate 1210 is fitted and inserted into the holding step portion 1221 of the panel holder 1220 from the front, and the engagement claw 1224, the engagement piece 1225, and the engagement step portion 1213 are engaged. By combining them, the panel holder 1220 can hold the panel board 1210, and the front side of the panel board 1210 and the panel holder 1220 are substantially flush with each other. Even if the installation device is not modified, it becomes possible to set the panel plate 1210 in the state of holding the panel holder 1220 in the conventional obstacle nail planting device, and the cost for planting the obstacle nail G increases. It can be suppressed.

  Further, although not shown in the drawing, the gaming panel 1200 of this example has a plurality of obstacle nails G planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement within a range corresponding to the gaming area 1100 on the front surface of the panel board 1210. At the same time, the front unit 2000 can be attached. A back unit 3000 is attached to the rear surface of the panel holder 1220. Thereby, in the thin panel board 1210, since only the front unit is supported, it is possible to prevent the panel board 1210 from being distorted by the load of the front unit.

  Furthermore, since the gaming panel 1200 has a divided structure of the panel board 1210 and the panel holder 1220, even if the panel board 1210 is a transparent board, it is possible to suppress an increase in the weight of the gaming panel 1200 as a whole. The pachinko machine 1 in which the rear side of the game area 1100 can be seen by the player through the board 1210 can be realized, and the pachinko machine 1 that can attract the player's attention can be obtained.

  Further, since the gaming panel 1200 is divided into the panel plate 1210 and the panel holder 1220, the panel plate 1210 whose position of the obstacle nail G, the winning opening, etc. changes depending on the model of the pachinko machine 1 is used as a replacement part. At the same time, the panel holder 1220 can be used as a common part, and the pachinko machine 1 including the game board 4 that can be used for various models can be obtained by replacing only the panel plate 1210.

  Further, since the panel holder 1220 is provided with a plurality of mounting holes 1228 in a predetermined arrangement in advance, the mounting and fixing positions of various predetermined members such as the rear unit 3000 that are mounted and fixed on the rear side of the panel holder 1220 according to the model. Even if the positions are different, the panel holder 1220 can be made a common part of the pachinko machine 1 independent of the model by designing the fixing portions of the various members to correspond to the positions of the mounting holes 1228. It has become.

[1-4G. Second embodiment of front component]
Next, a front component member 1110A having a form different from that of the front component member 1110 in the gaming board 4 will be described with reference to FIGS. The gaming panel 1200, the board holder 1160, and the main control board box 1170 in FIGS. 106 and 108 are the same as the embodiment of FIGS. 103 to 105 in that the outer shape of the panel plate 1210 and the inner shape of the through-hole 1222 of the panel holder 1220 are the same. The configuration is the same as that of the example of FIGS. 103 to 105, and detailed description thereof is omitted here.

  The front structural member 1110A shown in FIGS. 106 and 107 is different from the front structural member 1110 described above in that a part of the inner peripheral shape penetrating in the front-rear direction is different and the function display unit 1180 is not provided. The point is very different. In addition, about another structure, it is the same as that of the front structural member 1110, and while attaching | subjecting the same code | symbol, detailed description is abbreviate | omitted. Further, in the game board 4 using the front component member 1110A, the function display unit 1180 is provided in either the front unit 2000 or the back unit 3000 in the game board 4 (in this example, the front unit 2000).

  As shown in the figure, the front component member 1110A has a frame-like inner peripheral shape that extends from the out-port guide surface 1115 in the clockwise direction in a front view to the inner rail 1112 and the stop portion 1114 of the outer rail 1111. The shape is the same as that of the above-described front component member 1110, and the shape from the stop portion 1114 to the out port guide surface 1115 in the clockwise direction is different from that of the above-described front component member 1110. ing. Specifically, a portion extending from the stopper 1114 to a position immediately above the right-side certificate sticking portion 1125 disposed immediately below the stopper 1114 is formed in a gentle arc shape, and from the arc-shaped lower end to the outlet. It is formed in a straight line inclined so that the distance to the guide surface 1115 becomes lower toward the out-mouth guide surface 1115.

  The front component member 1110A of the present example can secure a wider game area 1100 than the above-described front component member 1110, and the wide game area 1100 can make the player more entertaining. It can be done.

[1-5. Security structure of pachinko machine]
Next, the crime prevention structure in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. FIG. 108 is a partial cross-sectional view showing a security structure on the shaft support side of the pachinko machine. FIG. 109 is a perspective view seen from the rear side in a state in which the game board is accommodated.

  First, as shown in FIG. 108, the security structure on the pivot support side in the pachinko machine 1 of this example is a side surface on the pivot support side (left side in front view) of the main body frame base 600 formed of the synthetic resin in the main body frame 3. The metal crime prevention side plate 950 attached to the door frame 5 and the metal reinforcing unit 150 attached to the rear surface of the door frame base 110 formed of the synthetic resin in the door frame 5 are configured.

  As described above, the security side plate 950 of the main body frame 3 is formed of an extrusion mold material made of metal (for example, aluminum alloy), and the vertical dimension is substantially the same as the vertical dimension of the main body frame base 600. In addition, the dimension in the front-rear direction is larger than the dimension in the front-rear direction in which the front component member 1110 and the game panel 1150 in the game board 4 are combined. This side crime prevention plate 950 extends in the vertical direction, extends in the front-rear direction, and forms a side surface of the main body frame 3, and a front end extending from the front end of the side piece 952a to the inner side (open side) in a substantially right angle direction. A piece 952b, a middle piece 952c extending along the front end piece 952b from the side piece 952a so as to form a predetermined amount of clearance on the rear side of the front end piece 952b, and extending inward from the rear end of the side piece 952a in a substantially perpendicular direction. And a rear end piece 952d. Thus, the front end of the security side plate 950 has a substantially U-shaped cross section that opens inward (open side) by the front end piece 952b and the middle piece 952c.

  Further, the side security plate 950 (main body 952) has the strength and rigidity of the side security plate 950 by the front end piece 952b, the middle piece 952c, and the rear end piece 952d arranged in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the side plate piece 952a. The strength of the main body frame 3 is increased and the game board 4 and the door frame 5 can be favorably supported.

  On the other hand, the reinforcement unit 150 of the door frame 5 is formed in a frame shape so as to surround the outer periphery of the gaming window 101 in the door frame 5 using spot welding, rivets, or the like, as described above. The shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 on the shaft support side is provided with a shaft support side U-shaped projecting piece 166 having a substantially U-shaped cross section opened outward (the shaft support side). In the support-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 of the reinforcing unit 150, the strength of the support-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is further increased by the support-side U-shaped projecting piece 166, and the support-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is difficult to bend. .

  By the way, in this example, since the door frame 5 is attached and supported only at the upper and lower points of the upper shaft support portion 156 and the lower shaft support portion 158 with respect to the main body frame 3, the door frame 5 on the shaft support side. If an unauthorized tool such as a screwdriver or a bar is inserted between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3, the support-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is deformed, and the gap between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 is increased. There is a risk of cheating. On the other hand, in the security structure of this example, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the front end piece 952b and the middle piece 952c formed inside the front end of the security side face plate 950 are provided. A rear piece of a pivot-side U-shaped projecting piece 166 formed in a substantially U-shape of the reinforcing unit 150 in the door frame 5 is inserted (enters), and the front end piece 952a is pivotally supported. The side U-shaped projecting piece 166 is sandwiched. Accordingly, even if the door frame 5 is forcibly opened with respect to the main body frame 3, the shaft-supporting U-shaped projecting piece 166 of the door frame 5 comes into contact with the rear surface side of the front end piece 952 b of the main body frame 3. Since the pivot-side U-shaped projecting piece 166 can be prevented from moving in a direction away from the main body frame 3, the closed door frame 5 can be prevented from being opened, and the main body frame can be prevented. It is possible to prevent a fraudulent act such as opening the door frame 5 with respect to 3.

  In addition, since the security side plate 950 formed of metal in the main body frame 3 and the reinforcing unit 150 formed of metal in the door frame 5 are fitted, the space between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 is set. Since the strength and rigidity of the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 can be made difficult to be distorted by an unauthorized tool, the crime prevention performance can be improved.

  Further, since the rear end of the side piece 952a in the security side plate 950 extends rearward from the game panel 1150 in the game board 4, the main body frame base 600 on the rear side of the rear end of the side piece 952a is assumed. Even if the player is destroyed, an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire cannot be entered from the rear end of the side piece 952a into the game area 1100 on the front surface of the game board 4 (game panel 1150). Can be surely prevented. As shown in FIG. 108, since the side frame plate 12 of the outer frame 2 is in contact with the outside of the security side plate 950, the pachinko machine 1 has a robust side surface. It can be fully countered against the destruction of the. In general, in the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, the side surface of the pachinko machine 1 is inserted and fixed within the frame of the island facility for installing the pachinko machine 1, so that the player side From the (front side), it is almost impossible to allow an unauthorized tool to enter the rear side of the rear end of the side piece 952c, and the crime prevention performance of the pachinko machine 1 is further improved.

  Next, as a crime prevention structure from the rear side in the pachinko machine 1 of this example, as shown in FIG. Since the unit base 741, the full tank branch unit 770, and the back cover 900 are formed of a transparent synthetic resin, the game board 4 is connected to the rear side or the side of the game board 4 accommodated in the main body frame 3. Even if it is not removed from the main body frame 3 or the back cover 900 is not opened, it can be viewed from the rear side of the main body frame 3. As a result, even if an unauthorized device is attached to the rear side of the game board 4 or the like, it can be easily discovered and illegal acts can be prevented. Further, since it is possible to easily find an unauthorized device or the like attached to the game board 4 from the outside, it is possible to hesitate to attach an unauthorized device, and it is possible to increase deterrence against unauthorized acts. ing.

  In addition, since the rear side and the side surface of the game board 4 can be visually recognized from the rear side of the main body frame 3 through the transparent prize base 710, the back cover 900, etc., the main body frame can be used for maintenance and model change. When the game board 4 is attached to or detached from the board 3, even if tools such as a screwdriver or pliers, cleaning waste, dust or dirt remain between the main body frame 3 and the game board 4, remove them. Therefore, it is possible to prevent any trouble from occurring, and to improve the maintainability of the pachinko machine 1.

[2. Detailed configuration of game board]
Next, a detailed configuration of the game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 110 to 116. FIG. 110 is a front view of the game board with the rear side of the panel plate omitted, FIG. 111 is a front view of the game board, and FIG. 112 is a perspective view of the game board viewed from the diagonally right front, FIG. FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the game board as viewed obliquely from the left front. FIG. 114 is a perspective view of the game board as viewed obliquely from behind. FIG. 115 is an exploded perspective view of the main members constituting the game board, viewed from the diagonal front, and FIG. 116 is an exploded perspective view of the main members constituting the game board, viewed from the diagonal rear. FIG.

  The game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment has an outer rail 1111 and an inner rail 1112, and a game ball (also simply referred to as a “ball”) as a game medium when the player operates the handle device 500. A frame-shaped front component member 1110A that defines the outer periphery of the game region 1100 to be driven in, and a front and rear in a predetermined shape at a position corresponding to the game region 1100 that is attached to the rear side of the front component member 1110A so as to close the game region 1100 A plate-like game panel 1200 having a plurality of openings 1215 penetrating in the direction (see FIG. 115 and the like) and defining a rear end of the game area 1100.

  The gaming panel 1200 of this example has a transparent panel board 1210 having a plate shape capable of partitioning the rear end of the gaming area 1100 whose outer periphery is partitioned by the front component member 1110 and having an outer shape smaller than that of the front component member 1110. A frame-like panel holder 1220 that holds the panel plate 1210 so as to be detachable from the front side and is attached to the rear surface of the front component member 1110. An opening 1215 of the game panel 1200 is formed in a transparent panel plate 1210.

  In addition, the game board 4 has a front unit 2000 attached to the opening 1215 of the game panel 1200 from the front side, and the game window 101 of the door frame 5 when attached to the pachinko machine 1 at the lower right corner of the front unit 2000 when viewed from the front. Function display unit 1180 arranged at a position where it can be visually recognized from the player side, a back unit 3000 attached to the rear surface of the game panel 1200 (panel holder 1220), and a player behind the back unit 3000. A liquid crystal display device 1900 that can be attached and can display a predetermined effect image, a substrate holder 1160 that is attached to the lower rear portion of the game panel 1220 so as to cover the lower portion of the back unit 3000 from the rear side, and a rear surface of the substrate holder 1160 And a main control board box 1170 to be attached.

  The front unit 2000 in the game board 4 of the present example is arranged along the outer periphery of the game area 1100 on the upper left side of the attacker unit 2100 on the upper left side of the attacker unit 2100 in the lower part in the game area 1100 and directly above the out port 1151. The front side unit 2200 and a frame-shaped center accessory 2500 arranged at a substantially central portion of the game area 1100 are provided. The center accessory 2500 is provided with a function display unit 1180 at the lower right corner when viewed from the front, and a gate portion 2750 disposed adjacent to the attacker unit 2100. The center accessory 2500 includes a lower right passage member 2690 that guides the game ball flowing down along the right outer periphery to the upper right of the attacker unit 2100.

  Further, the back unit 3000 in the game board 4 is attached to the rear side of the game panel 1200 (panel holder 1220), the front side is opened, and a shallow box-shaped inner box 3010 having an opening 3010b penetrating through the rear wall 3010a, A back box 3020 which is attached to the rear side of the game panel 1200 through the middle box 3010 and is opened in the front side and has an opening 3020b on the rear wall 3020a on which the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 1900 faces, and in the middle box 3010 The attached middle box effect unit 3100, the back lower right effect unit 3200 disposed in the lower right corner of the back view 3020 when viewed from the front, the back left effect unit 3300 disposed on the left and right sides of the opening 3020b in the back box 3020, and Back right effect unit 3400, and back left effect unit 3300 and back right effect unit 340 in back box 3020 In the back box 3020, the back middle stage unit 3500 disposed below the opening 3020b in the back box 3020, and the back box 3020 above the opening 3020b and behind the back middle stage unit 3500. It mainly includes a rear production unit 3700 to be arranged.

  Further, on the back side of the liquid crystal display device 1900 in the game board 4, a peripheral control board box 1910 for housing a peripheral control board 4010 having a peripheral control part 4140 and a liquid crystal control part 4150 is provided, as will be described in detail later. Yes.

  In the gaming board 4 of the present embodiment, a game area 1100 is divided into left and right by a center accessory 2500 attached to the game panel 1200. The outer periphery on the right side of the center accessory 2500 and the outer periphery of the game area 1100 (The inner circumference of the front component member 1110A) is a region having a width slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball, and the outer periphery on the left side of the center accessory 2500 and the outer periphery of the game region 1100 (the front component member 1110A). The inner periphery of the center board 2500 in the game area 1100 in the area on the left side of the center object 2500 in the game area 1100 as shown in FIG. A plurality of obstacle nails G are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement.

  The game board 4 of this example is guided by the lower right passage member 2690 to be discharged to the upper right position of the attacker unit 2100 when the game ball is driven to the right side of the center accessory 2500, and the downstream side thereof. It is easy to win the start opening 2101, 2102, the big winning opening 2103, the gate portion 2750, etc. arranged on the side. When a game ball is driven to the left side of the center object 2500, it is guided to the attacker unit 2100 by a plurality of obstacle nails G that are planted, or enters the warp inlet 2504 on the way to attack the player through the stage 2510. It can be released directly above the unit 2100 and can be awarded to the start opening 2101, 2102, the grand prize opening 2103, the gate unit 2750, etc. Be able to. In other words, in the route on the right side with the center role 2500 sandwiched, the game ball moves in an orderly manner by the tunnel-like lower right passage member 2690 with almost no contact with the obstacle nail G. In the route on the left side with the object 2500 in between, you can enjoy the movement of the game ball with a feeling of dynamism by jumping with the obstacle nail G, and the player can choose the favorite route according to their preference, mood, skill etc. It is possible to perform a game ball driving operation so as to pass through, and to prevent the game ball driving operation and movement from becoming monotonous, thereby making it difficult to get bored.

[2-1. Overall configuration of table unit]
Next, the overall configuration of the front unit 2000 of the game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 117 and 118. FIG. FIG. 117 is a perspective view of the front unit of the game board as viewed from the front, and FIG. 118 is a perspective view of the front unit of the game board as viewed from the rear.

  The front unit 2000 in the game board 4 is arranged at an upper portion of the out-out 1151 at a substantially lower center in the left-right direction in the game area 1100 and is supported by the front surface of the game panel 1200 (panel plate 1210), and the attacker unit 2100. A front side unit 2200 that is arranged on the upper left side of the gaming area 1100 and extends in an arc shape to the center in the left-right direction substantially along the outer periphery of the gaming area 1100, and a gaming panel 1150 that is arranged to the right of the gaming area from the substantially central portion of the gaming area 1100. A frame-shaped center accessory 2500 to be supported, a function display unit 1180 disposed at the lower right corner of the center accessory 2500, and a gate portion disposed at a position adjacent to the right side of the attacker unit 2100 in the center accessory 2500. 2750.

  As will be described in detail later, the attacker unit 2100 of the front unit 2000 has a first start port 2101 in which game balls can be received at all times, and a gate portion in the center unit 2500 disposed below the first start port 2101. A second start port 2102 that allows game balls to be received in accordance with a normal lottery result that is drawn by passing a game ball through 2750, and a first start port 2101 disposed below the second start port 2102 And a special winning opening 2103 that can receive game balls in accordance with a special lottery result drawn by receiving game balls into the second starting port 2102.

  The front side unit 2200 of the front unit 2000, as will be described in detail later, is a pair of general prizes in which a general prize opening 2201 that opens toward the right side and a general prize slot 2201 that opens toward the left side are arranged in the back direction. Two openings 2201 are arranged along the outer periphery of the game area 1100, and four general winning openings 2201 are provided in total. Further, the front side unit 2200 has a shelf 2202 that guides the game ball flowing down along the outer periphery of the game area 1100 to the upper side of the front side unit 2200, and a pair of general winning ports 2201 arranged in the back direction. A shelf 2203 that is formed on the upper side and that lowers the right side of the front view and guides the abutted game ball to the right is provided.

  The center accessory 2500 of the front unit 2000, which will be described in detail later, is attached to a large opening 1215 formed substantially at the center of the panel plate 1210, and the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 1900 disposed on the rear side. Is formed in a frame shape having a window portion 2501 that can be visually recognized from the player side. In the center accessory 2500, a substantially frame-shaped flange portion 2502 that comes into contact with the front surface of the game panel 1200 (panel plate 1210) and a game ball that has flowed down in the game area 1100 are prevented from entering the frame. A peripheral wall 2503, a warp inlet 2504 that opens to a predetermined position of the peripheral wall 2503, a warp outlet 2505 that discharges a game ball that has entered the warp inlet 2504 into the frame, and a game ball that is discharged from the warp outlet 2505 in the left-right direction And a stage 2510 for releasing into the game area 1100 and returning to the game area 1100. The stage 2510 of the center accessory 2500 is arranged immediately above the attacker unit 2100, and the game balls recirculated from the stage 2510 into the game area 1100 have a high probability and the first start port 2101 and the second start of the attacker unit 2100. It can be received in the mouth 2102 and the special prize opening 2103.

  Further, the center accessory 2500 receives a game ball flowing down along the outer periphery on the right side of the center accessory 2500 at the lower right side of the stage 2510 and guides it to the upper right of the attacker unit 2100. A member 2690 and a table effect unit 2700 arranged below the lower right passage member 2690 and capable of performing an effect that a player can participate in according to the gaming state are provided. A function display unit 1180 is arranged on the lower front surface of the table effect unit 2700 in the center accessory 2500. Further, a gate portion 2750 is arranged on the right side of the front effect unit 2700 so that a game ball guided by the lower right passage member 2690 can pass through the gate portion 2750 with a high probability.

[2-2. Attacker unit]
Next, the attacker unit 2100 of the front unit 2000 in the game board 4 of the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 119A is a perspective view of the attacker unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 119B is a perspective view of the attacker unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 120 is a perspective view of the attacker unit as viewed from the rear lower side.

  The attacker unit 2100 of the game board 4 in the table unit 2000 of this example is inserted from the front side into the opening 1215 formed in the lower portion of the center in the left-right direction of the panel plate 1210 of the game panel 1200, and then the game panel It is fixed to the front surface of 1200 (panel plate 1210). The attacker unit 2100 has a plurality of reception openings (winning openings) through which game balls that have been driven into the game area 1100 can be received. Specifically, the first start port 2101 disposed at the uppermost position in the approximate center in the left-right direction, the second start port 2102 disposed below (directly below) the first start port 2101, and the second start port 2102, a rectangular prize-winning port 2103 that is arranged on the lower side (directly below) 2102 and extends greatly in the left-right direction than the first starting port 2101 and the second starting port 2102.

  The first start port 2101 of the attacker unit 2100 is open on the upper side, so that game balls can always be received (winning). On the other hand, the second starting port 2102 disposed below the first starting port 2101 is, as illustrated, a pair of blade-like movable pieces 2105 disposed substantially upright on both the left and right sides of the second starting port 2102. Thus, the space between the first start port 2101 is closed, and in the state shown in the figure, the game ball cannot be received into the second start port 2102. The pair of movable pieces 2105 that close the second starting port 2102 is pivotally supported at the lower end side, and the second starting port is opened by rotating the upper end side away from each other. The game ball is ready to be received at 2102. That is, the second start port 2102 is a variable winning port by the pair of movable pieces 2105.

  Further, the special winning opening 2103 of the attacker unit 2100 can be opened and closed by a horizontally long rectangular opening and closing member 2106 that can close the opening. The opening / closing member 2106 is pivotally supported so as to be rotatable about a substantially lower side. In a substantially vertical state, the large winning opening 2103 can be closed so that a game ball cannot be received, and the upper side is directed forward. When it is rotated so as to move, the special winning opening 2103 is opened so that a game ball can be received. That is, the special winning opening 2103 is a variable winning opening by the opening / closing member 2106.

  The attacker unit 2100 has a width (width) in which the width in the left-right direction of the first start port 2101 is slightly larger than the outer shape of the game ball, and the game balls can be received one by one. Further, the second start port 2102 of the attacker unit 2100 has a width in the left-right direction when the upper ends of the pair of movable pieces 2105 are rotated in directions away from each other and expanded to be three times the outer shape of the game ball. The width is about 5 times. Further, the winning prize opening 2103 of the attacker unit 2100 has a width in the left-right direction when the opening / closing member 2106 is in an open state, which is 5 to 8 times the width of the game ball. As a result, in a state where each of the winning ports 2101, 2102 and 2103 can be received, the lower winning port can receive game balls more easily.

  More specifically, the attacker unit 2100 of this example is attached to the front surface of the panel plate 1210 in the gaming panel 1200, and has a first start port 2101 and a big prize opening 2103 at a position corresponding to the center of the gaming area 1100 in the left-right direction. A plate-shaped base plate 2110 capable of forming the second starting port 2102 and a pair of movable pieces 2105 attached to the lower front surface of the first starting port 2101 in the base plate 2110 and pivotally supported. A central receiving member 2111 that forms two starting ports 2102 and that is open on the upper and rear sides.

  The attacker unit 2100 is attached to the rear side of the base plate 2110, pivotally supports an opening / closing member 2106 that opens and closes the prize winning opening 2103, and rotationally drives the pair of movable pieces 2105 and the opening / closing member 2106. An attacker driving unit 2120 is provided.

  The base plate 2110 of the attacker unit 2100 is formed in a plate shape extending in the left-right direction, and has a shallow relief-like decoration on the surface. The base plate 2110 has an opening 2110a that penetrates in the front-rear direction and passes through the game ball at a position corresponding to the second start port 2102. In addition, the base plate 2110 includes a collar 2110b that extends backward from the position where the first start port 2101 is formed and can guide the game ball.

  The central receiving member 2111 attached to the front surface of the base plate 2110 in the attacker unit 2000 has a light-transmitting decoration on the front surface, and although detailed illustration is omitted, the left and right sides of the opening 2110a in the base plate 2110 are not shown. A pair of shaft portions extending rearward from the rear surface of the front plate at intervals wider than the width are provided, and the movable piece 2105 can be pivotally supported by these shaft portions.

  Further, the attacker drive unit 2120 in the attacker unit 2100 includes a start port solenoid 2121 for opening and closing a pair of movable pieces 2105 that open and close the second start port 2102, and a rear side of the base plate 2110 that supports the start port solenoid 2121. A start opening driving mechanism base 2123 attached to the opening, an opening / closing member 2106 for closing / opening the prize winning opening 2103, an opening / closing member 2106 for supporting the opening / closing operation, and an opening / closing member 2106 pivotally supported so as to be rotatable. An attacker drive mechanism base 2126 attached to the rear side of the base plate 2110 below the start port drive mechanism base 2123, and a game ball received at the second start port 2102 supported at a predetermined position of the attacker drive mechanism base 2126. A second start port sensor 2127 to detect, And a, a count sensor 2128 for detecting the game balls that are received in winning opening 2103 is supported at a position different from the start hole sensor 2127.

  Further, the attacker drive unit 2120 in the attacker unit 2100 is supported on the upper surface of the attacker drive mechanism base 2126 and is connected to the start port solenoid 2121, the attack solenoid 2124, the second start port sensor 2127, and the count sensor 2128 and the main control board 4100. Are provided with an attacker unit relay board 2130 (see FIG. 120) and a big prize opening decoration board 2131 supported on the lower part of the attacker drive mechanism base 2126 and having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the upper surface thereof. The attacker unit 2100 of the present example can decorate the inside of the special winning opening 2103 by appropriately emitting light from the LED of the special winning opening decoration board 2131.

  Although not shown, the start port solenoid 2121 has a plunger that can be advanced and retracted by energization and is urged in a protruding direction by a coil spring. The second start port 2102 is below the first start port 2101. The start port drive mechanism base 2123 supports the plunger so as to protrude forward at the rear position. In the attacker unit 2100 of this example, when the start port solenoid 2121 is energized, the plunger of the start port solenoid 2121 moves backward against the urging force of the coil spring, and a pair of movable pieces are connected via a transmission member engaged with the tip of the plunger. The upper ends of 2105 are rotated in directions away from each other, and the second starting port 2102 is in an open state.

  Further, the start port drive mechanism base 2123 is formed in a box shape so that the start port solenoid 2121 can be accommodated and supported from the front side. The first guiding portion 2123a that guides the game ball that has circulated through the portion 2110b to the rear, and the gaming ball that is formed below the portion that supports the starting port solenoid 2121 and is received in the second starting port 2102 is guided downward. A second guiding portion (detailed illustration is omitted).

  Although not shown, the attacker solenoid 2124 in the attacker drive unit 2120 has a plunger that can be advanced and retracted by energization and urged in the protruding direction by a coil spring, as with the start-port solenoid 2121. In the attacker unit 2100 of this example, when the attacker solenoid 2124 is energized, the plunger of the attacker solenoid 2124 is immersed, and the upper end of the opening / closing member 2106 moves relatively forward via the transmission member engaged with the tip of the plunger. The special winning opening 2103 is in an open state.

  The attacker unit 2100 of this example is in a state where the first start port 2101 can always accept a game ball. On the other hand, in the second start opening 2102, the start opening solenoid 2121 is energized and driven in accordance with a normal lottery result that is drawn when the game ball passes through the gate portion 2750 in the center accessory 2500 to be described later. The movable piece 2105 is expanded and can be received. Also, in the big winning opening 2103, according to the special lottery result that is drawn by accepting the game balls to the first starting opening 2101 and the second starting opening 2102 (start winning prize) (for example, the special lottery result is “big hit” ”), The opening / closing member 2106 is opened / closed in a predetermined pattern to be received by energizing the attacker solenoid 2124.

  In this attacker unit 2100, a game ball received in the first start port 2101 is received by a ball guide passage member 3163 in the middle box effect unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 described later and detected by the first start port sensor 3102. Later, it is discharged downward.

  Also, the attacker unit 2100 is discharged downward after the game ball received in the second starter port 2102 is detected by the second starter port sensor 2127 supported by the attacker drive mechanism base 2126. ing. Further, the attacker unit 2100 is configured such that the game ball received in the special winning opening 2103 is discharged downward after being detected by the count sensor 2128.

  In the attacker unit 2100 of this embodiment, the attacker solenoid 2124 is arranged so that the forward / backward direction of the plunger 2124a is the left-right direction, and the attacker solenoid 2124 is arranged as close to the opening / closing member 2106 as possible. Therefore, the dimension in the front-rear direction of the attacker unit 2100 can be shortened by 5 to 30% compared to the conventional product, and the rear space of the attacker unit 2100 can be secured more widely. .

[2-3. Front side unit]
Next, the front side unit 2200 of the front unit 2000 in the game board 4 of the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIG. FIG. 121A is a perspective view of the front side unit as viewed from the front, and FIG. 121B is a perspective view of the front side unit as viewed from the rear. The front side unit 2200 in the front unit 2000 of the game board 4 is located on the left side of the center in the horizontal direction in the game area 1100 on the panel plate 1210 of the game panel 1200 and at a position lower than the center in the vertical direction. It is fixed to the front surface of the panel plate 1210 so as to contact.

  The front side unit 2200 of this example is formed in an arc shape along the outer periphery of the game area 1100 as shown in the figure, and a pair of back side units arranged in the back and right direction near the middle and right ends. Are provided with respective general winning ports 2201. In addition, the front side unit 2200 is provided with shelf portions 2202 and 2203 that are inclined so that the right side is lowered above the left end and the pair of general winning holes 2201, respectively. It can be guided in the direction.

  The front side unit 2200 is in contact with the front surface of the panel plate 1210 in the gaming panel 1200 and is inserted into the corresponding opening 1215, and is attached to the left end of the front surface of the base member 2210 and is further forward than the panel plate 1210. And a left end member 2211 having a shelf 2202 on the upper surface and having a substantially triangular front view, and attached to the front surface of the base member 2210 and projecting further forward than the panel plate 1210, and a pair of general winning ports 2201 and A receiving member 2212 having a shelf 2203, and a front decoration member 2213 having a wall portion 2213 a that connects the front ends of the receiving member 2212 and the left end member 2211 to each other and extends along the outer periphery of the game area 1100. .

  The base member 2210 of the front side unit 2200 is formed in a light-transmitting manner and is formed in a frame shape, and includes a flange portion 2210a that guides the game ball received in the general winning opening 2201 rearward. . The front side unit 2200 includes a translucent lens member 2214 that is inserted into the frame of the base member 2210 and has a plurality of circular decorations.

  In the front side unit 2200, the front decoration member 2213, the lens member 2214, and the like have translucency. It has come to be.

  The game ball received in the general winning opening 2201 of the front side unit 2200 and guided to the rear side of the panel plate 1210 by the flange portion 2210a is a lower left member in the front decorative member 3110 of the middle box effect unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. After being sent to the through-hole 3112a of the 3112, it is discharged downward after being detected by the general winning port sensor 3101 through the general discharge passage 3112b formed on the rear surface of the lower left member 3112.

[2-4. Center character]
Next, the center accessory 2500 of the front unit 2000 in the game board 4 of the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 122 to 130. FIG. 122 is a front view of the center character, FIG. 123 is a perspective view of the center character as seen from the front, and FIG. 124 is a perspective view of the center character as seen from the back. FIG. 125 is an exploded perspective view of the center combination as viewed from the front after being disassembled for each main structure, and FIG. 126 is an exploded perspective view of the center function as viewed from the back after being disassembled for each main structure. FIG. 127A is a perspective view of the center effect unit in the center accessory as viewed from the front, and FIG. 127B is a perspective view of the front effect unit as viewed from the rear. Further, FIG. 128 is an exploded perspective view of the center effect unit as seen from the front after being disassembled, and FIG. 129 is an exploded perspective view of the table effect unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 130 is an explanatory diagram showing the movement of the front effect unit in the center combination.

  The center accessory 2500 of this example is inserted from the front side into the opening 1215 that is formed so as to penetrate substantially the center of the transparent plate-like panel plate 1210 in the game panel 1200, and then the panel plate 1210. 110 and the like, as shown in FIG. 110 and the like, a liquid crystal display device 1900 that penetrates in the front-rear direction and has a frame shape that occupies most of the game area 1100 is visible. The large window portion 2501 is provided.

  The center accessory 2500 has a plate-like flange portion 2502 that comes into contact with the front surface of the game panel 1200 on the outer periphery of the window portion 2501 and bulges forward from the flange portion 2502 to the inside of the game area 1100 with the approximate center in the left-right direction as a boundary. And a peripheral wall portion 2503 for guiding the game ball flowing down to the left and right and preventing the game ball from entering the frame. Further, the center accessory 2500 is a warp inlet 2504 that opens to the outer peripheral surface on the left side of the peripheral wall portion 2503 located on the front side of the panel board 1210 and allows a game ball flowing down the game area 1100 to enter (see FIG. 113). And a warp outlet 2505 that discharges the game ball that has entered the warp inlet 2504 into the frame, and after the game ball released from the warp outlet 2505 rolls in the left-right direction, into the game area 1100 above the attacker unit 2100 And a stage 2510 disposed at the lower inner edge of the window 2501 for discharging and refluxing.

  The stage 2510 in the center accessory 2500 is supplied with a game ball released from the warp outlet 2505, a game ball is supplied from the first stage 2511, and can be returned to and released into the game area 1100. The second stage 2512, the chance entrance 2513 that is arranged across the second stage 2512 and the first stage 2511 and into which the game ball can enter, and the game ball that has entered the chance entrance 2513 are released and the second A chance outlet 2514 opened below the stage 2512 and immediately above the first start port 2101 in the attacker unit 2100. Although the chance entrance 2513 in the stage 2510 of this example is not shown in detail, the plan view has a substantially circular shape, and is arranged so as to lie half on the first stage 2511 and the second stage 2512. ing.

  The first stage 2511 in the stage 2510 is formed in a curved shape so that the left and right ends are the highest, and is formed so that the center in the left-right direction of the game area 1100 is higher, and is generally smooth and flat W-shaped. It is formed in a wavy shape. The first stage 2511 is arranged in a heightened portion in the center in the left-right direction in the game area 1100 and is formed with a shallow groove-like chance guiding portion 2511a formed so as to become lower toward the front (chance entrance 2513), and a chance guidance. The first stage 2511 on the left and right sides of the part 2511a is arranged at the lowest position, and the first guide part 2511b which becomes lower toward the front and spreads in a fan shape to the left and right, the first guide part 2511b and the chance guide part 2511a A first projecting portion 2511c projecting upward from the front end of the removed first stage 2511.

  In the first stage 2511, the game ball supplied from the warp outlet 2505 is discharged forward from either the chance guiding part 2511a or the first guiding part 2511b. Further, although not shown, the upper surface of the first stage 2511 is inclined so that the rear end side is slightly lowered. Depending on the momentum of the supplied game balls, the game balls may get over the first projecting portion 2511c and be released to the second stage 2512. Further, the front end of the chance guiding portion 2511a is notched by the chance entrance 2513.

  In addition, the second stage 2512 in the stage 2510 is disposed on the front side of the first stage 2511 and is generally formed lower than the first stage 2511 so that the horizontal center in the gaming area 1100 is lowest. It is formed in a curved shape. The second stage 2512 is arranged at the center in the left-right direction in the game area 1100 and becomes lower toward the front and spreads in a fan shape to the left and right. And a second projecting portion 2512b projecting upward from the front end.

  In the second stage 2512, the game ball supplied from the first stage 2511 side is discharged forward (inside the game area 1100) from the second guide portion 2512a. Further, although not shown, the upper surface of the second stage 2512 is inclined so that the rear end side is slightly lowered. The second projecting portion 2512b of the second stage 2512 projects upward from the first projecting portion 2511c of the first stage 2511. However, depending on the momentum of the supplied game ball, the second projecting portion 2512b gets over the second projecting portion 2512b. May be released into the gaming area 1100. Further, the rear end of the second guiding portion 2512a is notched by the chance entrance 2513.

  In the stage 2510, the front ends of the first guide portion 2511b and the second guide portion 2512a in the first stage 2511 and the second stage 2512 are approximately twice as wide as the diameter of the game ball. The stage 2510 has a chance entrance 2513 and a chance exit 2514 that are slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball, and two ridges are formed in the chance exit 2514. A game ball that has entered the chance entrance 2513 can be released into the game area 1100 in a state of being rectified while suppressing its behavior. A game ball released from the chance exit 2514 has a high probability. The first start port 2101 is accepted (wins).

  In the center accessory 2500, the entire stage 2510 is formed of a transparent member, and detailed illustration is omitted. Etc. can be visually recognized from the player side.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 125 and FIG. 126, the center accessory 2500 of this example has a flange portion 2502 that comes into contact with the front surface of the game panel 1150 and extends rearwardly inserted into the opening portion 1215 of the panel plate 1210. A frame-like base member 2600 having an exit wall, a frame-like center front decoration unit 2620 having a peripheral wall portion 2503 and a second stage 2512 which are attached to the front surface of the base member 2600 and form a window portion 2501; A center upper decoration unit 2640 having a three-dimensional decoration inserted into the frame of the decoration unit 2620 from the rear side and attached to the upper rear side of the base member 2600, and the base member 2600 extending from the left side to the lower side in front view. Center rear decoration unit 2660 having a first stage 2511 attached to the rear side, and a base member And a, a center right decorative substrate 2680 for emitting decorated front view right side of the center before the framing unit 2620 attached to the rear side of the 600.

  The center accessory 2500 is attached to the front surface of the base member 2600 at a position below the stage 2510 and on the right side of the center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and can guide the game ball to the left. And a table effect unit 2700 having a function display unit 1180 that extends downward from the lower right passage member 2690 and is attached to the lower right side of the base member 2600 from the center in the left and right direction when viewed from the front. And a gate portion 2750 that is attached so as to protrude.

  The base member 2600 in the center accessory 2500 is a plate-shaped front surface portion 2601 that is in contact with the front surface of the panel plate 1210 to form a flange portion 2502, and a panel plate that extends rearward from the rear surface of the front surface portion 2601. A rear extension 2602 inserted into the opening 1215 of 1210, and a through hole 2603 that penetrates in the front-rear direction at a predetermined position on the left side of the front part 2601 and allows a game ball to pass therethrough. . The base member 2600 is provided with a plurality of mounting holes, mounting bosses, and the like for mounting the front center decorative unit 2620, the center upper decorative unit 2640, and the like.

  The center front decoration unit 2620 in the center accessory 2500 forms a window portion 2501 and a peripheral wall portion 2502, and is three-dimensionally shaped so that the front surface and the inner periphery excluding the outer periphery have a predetermined decoration. , Partially formed so as to have translucency. The center front decoration unit 2620 has a warp inlet 2504 formed on the outer periphery of the left side when viewed from the front, so that a game ball that has entered the warp inlet 2504 can be guided through the through hole 2603 of the base member 2600. It has become.

  The outer periphery of the center front decoration unit 2620 is formed such that the substantially center in the left-right direction is the highest, and the upper surface of the outer periphery is formed so as to become lower toward the left and right ends from the highest position. Specifically, the outer periphery of the upper left portion from the highest part in the center front decoration unit 2620 linearly descends once at an angle of about 45 °, and then gently descends at an angle that is linear and nearly horizontal. Further, it is formed in a zigzag shape based on a straight line that descends at an angle of about 45 ° toward the left side.

  On the other hand, a space slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball is formed between the outer periphery on the right side from the highest part in the center front decoration unit 2620 and the outer periphery of the game area 1100 and substantially the outer periphery of the game area 1100. It is formed in a circular arc shape along. Note that a plurality of protrusions extending in the front-rear direction are formed at predetermined intervals below the stopper portion 1114 on the outer periphery on the right side of the center front decoration unit 2620, and on the outer periphery on the right side of the center front decoration unit 2620. The speed of the game ball flowing down along can be suppressed.

  The center front decoration unit 2620 extends from the lower side of the warp inlet 2504 to the middle of the second stage 2512 along the inner periphery of the window portion 2501 (near the first guide portion 2511b on the left side when viewed from the front in the first stage 2511). And a center lower left decorative board 2621 on which a plurality of LEDs are mounted (see FIG. 126). The center lower left decorative board 2621 can decorate the corresponding part with light emission.

  The center upper decoration unit 2640 of the center accessory 2500 is attached to the upper part of the frame of the base member 2600 from the rear side and forms the upper side of the window portion 2501, and is disposed above the liquid crystal display device 1900 in front view. Although illustration is omitted, a logo indicating the concept of the pachinko machine 1 is formed on the front surface. The center upper decorative unit 2640 is not illustrated in detail, but the logo character is translucent and has a metal glossy plating layer on the character rim, and the center logo in a horizontally-long box shape with the rear opened. A decoration member 2641, and a center logo decoration substrate 2642 on which a plurality of LEDs arranged to close the rear end opening of the center logo decoration member 2641 and capable of emitting light forward are mounted. .

  The center upper decoration unit 2640 includes an upper front decoration member 2643 which is disposed on each of the left and right sides and the upper side of the horizontally long center logo decoration member 2641 and which is provided with a plated layer having a metallic luster on the surface and is shaped like a metal mesh. Arranged above the upper front decorative member 2643 disposed above the center upper decorative member 2641 and the center upper decorative substrate 2644 disposed above the upper front decorative member 2643 on the left side of the front view and mounted with a plurality of LEDs on the front surface. And a front center decorative board 2645 on which a plurality of LEDs are mounted on the front surface.

  The center upper decoration unit 2640 also has a center logo decoration member 2641, an upper front decoration member 2643, and a center upper front decoration board 2645 so as to close the space between the center logo decoration member 2640 and the frame of the base member 2600 in front view. An upper rear decorative member 2646 having translucency, which is disposed on the rear side, has a relief of a geometric pattern formed on the front surface, and has an upper outer periphery formed in substantially the same shape as the upper outer periphery of the center front decorative unit 2620; An upper rear decoration board 2647 disposed on the rear side of the upper rear decoration member 2646 and having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface thereof.

  As shown in the figure, the center rear decoration unit 2660 of the center accessory 2500 extends substantially vertically downward from the left end of the center upper decoration unit 2640 in a front view, and then extends rightward from the lower end to the right of the center upper decoration unit 2640. The base member 2600 is attached to the rear side of the base member 2600. The center rear decoration unit 2660 is formed such that the inner peripheral left edge and the lower edge of the window portion 2501 are formed by a portion extending in the vertical direction and a portion extending in the left-right direction, and a warp outlet 2505 and A first stage 2511 is provided. The center post-decoration unit 2660 is mainly formed to have a three-dimensional predetermined shape on the front side, and to be partially translucent.

  The center rear decoration unit 2660 is disposed at a position corresponding to the through hole 2603 of the base member 2600 on the left side, and has an entrance 2661 that opens forward and allows game balls to pass therethrough, and a game ball that has entered the entrance 2661 downward. A guide passage 2662 that is guided to the warp outlet 2505 and opened at the rear, and a transparent cover member that partitions the rear ends of the guide passage 2662 and the first stage 2511 and covers the upper sides of the first stage 2511 and the second stage 2512 2663, and a center left decorative board 2664 which is arranged behind the entrance and located on the rear side of the upper part and has a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface.

  The center right decorative board 2680 of the center accessory 2500 is formed in a substantially L-shape when viewed from the back, and the second stage 2512 on the right side and the lower side of the center front decorative unit 2620 by a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface. Further, it is possible to decorate the right side portion with light emission. In FIG. 126, reference numeral 2681 denotes a substrate cover that covers the lower rear surface of the center right decorative substrate 2680.

  The lower right passage member 2690 in the center accessory 2500 is formed in a shape extending in the left-right direction in a U-shaped cross-section with a size that allows a game ball to roll inside and opened on the rear side, and is a colored transparent material It is formed by. The lower right passage member 2690 has a length extending from the outer periphery on the right side of the center front decoration unit 2620 to a position corresponding to a position immediately below the right first guide portion 2511b on the first stage 2511, and the left side with respect to the horizontal is on the left side. It is attached to the front surface of the base member 2600 in an inclined state so as to be slightly lower.

  The lower right passage member 2690 includes an extending portion 2690a in which the right end in front view at the bottom of the U-shaped cross section extends further to the right than the outer periphery of the center front decoration unit 2620. The extending portion 2690a extends to the vicinity of the outer periphery of the game area 1100, whereby the game ball flowing down between the right outer periphery of the center accessory 2500 and the outer periphery of the game area 1100 is transferred to the lower right passage member. All are received by the extending portion 2690a of 2690 and enter the lower right passage member 2690.

  Note that the lower right passage member 2690 can be attached to the base member 2600 even immediately below the extending portion 2690a, so that even if a game ball falls on the extending portion 2690a, it can sufficiently withstand the impact. It has become.

  Further, the lower right passage member 2690 in the center accessory 2500 has an LED mounted on the front surface of the upper end extending to the rear side of the lower right passage member 2690 in the center lower right rear decoration board 2711 of the table effect unit 2700 described later. By emitting light, the light is decorated from the rear side. Accordingly, the lower right passage member 2690 is caused to emit light in a gaming state in which the lower right passage member 2690 is used, thereby urging the player to perform a driving operation such that a game ball flows through the lower right passage member 2690. Can be done. The LEDs on the center lower right rear decorative board 2711 arranged on the rear side of the lower right passage member 2690 are arranged in the longitudinal direction of the lower right passage member 2690, and the LEDs are sequentially turned on and off. Thus, a flowing light emitting decoration can be performed, and the player can be attracted to the lower right passage member 2690.

  The front effect unit 2700 in the center accessory 2500 is attached to the rear side of the base member 2600 so as to extend below the lower right passage member 2690. This front effect unit 2700 has an outer shape in front view that is substantially the same length as the lower right passage member 2690 and has an upper side that extends in parallel in the left-right direction and substantially the same length as the upper side that is substantially perpendicular to the left end of the upper side. The hanging left side, the lower side extending from the lower end of the left side in parallel to the upper side to the right by about half the length of the upper side, and the right end of the lower side and the right side of the upper side are arcuate along the outer periphery of the gaming area 1100 The extended right side is generally formed in a trapezoidal shape. A gate part 2750 is attached to the left side of the table effect unit 2700 so as to extend to the left, and a gate sensor 2751 for detecting the passage of a game ball is provided in the gate part 2750.

  As shown in FIGS. 128, 129, etc., the front effect unit 2700 is disposed in a circular relief formed at a substantially center in the vertical direction and at a position to the left from the center in the horizontal direction, and extends in a rectangular shape in the vertical direction and is The detection port 2701a which penetrates in the direction, is arranged on the upper side of the detection port 2701a and extends horizontally to the right and left, and is open and close in the front-rear direction. A front decorative member 2701 having a plurality of through-holes 2701c penetrating in the front-rear direction and a function display portion 2701d having a translucency disposed below the detection port 2701a and having a relief-like decoration formed on the front surface; An object (for example, a player's finger) attached to the rear side of the front decorative member 2701 so as to close the detection port 2701a of the decorative member 2701 is detected. A possible object detection sensor 2702 and a lens which is attached to the rear side of the front decoration member 2701 so as to close a plurality of through holes 2701c in the front decoration member 2701 from the rear side, has translucency, and can diffuse light Member 2703.

  The front effect unit 2700 is disposed on the rear side of the object detection sensor 2702 and the lens member 2703 and is attached to the rear side of the front decoration member 2701 and has a center lower right front decoration board 2704 mounted with a plurality of LEDs on the front surface. A plurality of LEDs arranged in a predetermined arrangement on the front surface of the front decorative member 2701 and mounted on the rear side of the function display portion 2701d, which is flush with the center lower right front decorative board 2704. A function display board 1191 in the mounted function display unit 1180, and a plurality of conductive holes 2705a that are arranged between the function display board 1191 and the front decorative member 2701 and extend in the front-rear direction corresponding to the LEDs of the function display board 1191 are provided. And a partition member 2705 that suppresses diffusion of light from the LED.

  Further, the front effect unit 2700 is disposed in the rear side of the center lower right front decorative board 2704 and the function display board 1191 and is formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape capable of closing the opening / closing opening 2701b in the front decorative member 2701 from the rear side. A plate-shaped opening / closing member 2706 having two support bosses 2706a extending rearward from the lower side is further provided. The two support bosses 2706a of the opening / closing member 2706 are arranged so as to extend rearward from the right end of the lower side and the substantially horizontal center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. It extends to the rear longer than the support boss 2706a. (See Figure 129)

  Further, the front effect unit 2700 has a size that covers the entire rear side of the front decorative member 2701 and projects upward from the upper side of the front decorative member 2701 so as to correspond to the lower right passage member 2690, and is rearward of the opening / closing member 2706. A unit base 2707 that supports the front decoration member 2701 from the rear side and is attached to the base member 2600 is provided. The unit base 2707 is formed in a position corresponding to the rear side of the lower right passage member 2690, has a horizontally long rectangular shape, penetrates in the front-rear direction, and has a plurality of rows of through holes 2707a along the lower right passage member 2690; An opening 2707b formed in a position corresponding to the opening / closing opening 2701b of the decorative member 2701 and penetrating in the front-rear direction, and two support bosses 2706a of the opening / closing member 2706 can be passed through and can be guided, respectively. Part 2707c. As shown in the figure, the two guide portions 2707c of the unit base 2707 are bent in a generally U shape, and are further extended obliquely to the lower left from the left end extending in the left-right direction parallel to the upper side of the table effect unit 2700. Is formed.

  Further, the front effect unit 2700 is attached to the front surface of the unit base 2707 so as to close the opening 2707b of the unit base 2707, and has a light-transmitting thin plate-like sheet member 2708, and a support boss 2706a of the opening / closing member 2706. A roller bush 2709 that is rotatably inserted and is capable of rolling within the guide portion 2707c of the unit base 2707, and a support boss 2706a that is attached to the rear end of the support boss 2706a on the right side of the opening / closing member 2706 is mounted on the unit base. And a washer 2710 for preventing the 2707 from coming out of the guide portion 2707c.

  The front effect unit 2700 also includes a center lower right rear decorative board 2711 that is disposed at a position corresponding to the opening 2707b in the unit base 2707, is attached to the rear side of the unit base 2707, and has a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface. ing. The center lower right rear decorative board 2711 includes LEDs 2711a arranged on the rear side of the lower right passage member 2690 and arranged in the left-right direction, three 7 segment LEDs 2711b facing the opening 2707b of the unit base 2707, and the 7 segment LEDs 2711b. And two LEDs 2711c arranged between the two. In the center lower right rear decorative board 2711, two LEDs 2711c arranged between the left side and the middle of the three 7-segment LEDs 2711b are arranged in the vertical direction, and the numbers displayed by the 7-segment LEDs 2711b are "Colon" is formed. That is, the time can be displayed by three 7-segment LEDs 2711b and two LEDs 2711c.

  Further, the front effect unit 2700 is attached to the rear side of the unit base 2707 so as to cover the lower rear side of the unit base 2707 on the rear side of the center lower right rear decorative board 2711, and is a shallow box-like rear side opened. A cover 2712, a front effect drive motor 2713 attached to the rear side of the rear cover 2712 and having a rotation shaft 2713a extending forward of the rear cover 2712; and a unit base 2707 fixed to the rotation shaft 2713a of the front effect drive motor 2713. A drive gear 2714 disposed between the rear cover 2712, a driven gear 2715a meshing with the drive gear 2714, a detection piece 2715b that rotates integrally with the driven gear 2715a and extends outward in the radial direction, and a detection piece 2715b Are extended pieces 2715c extended from the different positions on the outer circumference in the radial direction and extended pieces 2 15c is provided at the front end side of 15c and extends in the front-rear direction and extends in the radial direction. The opening / closing member 2706 has a long hole 2715d in the vicinity of the center in the left-right direction, and is slidably inserted. , And an opening / closing detection sensor 2716 that can detect the detection piece 2715b of the drive transmission member 2715 and is attached to the rear side of the unit base 2707.

  The drive transmission member 2715 of the front effect unit 2700 is disposed near the lower end of the guide portion 2707c between the two guide portions 2707c arranged on the left and right sides of the unit base 2707, and is a rectangular shape of the guide portion 2707c on the left side when viewed from the front. The rotation axis is arranged on a dividing line that bisects the inner angle bent in a shape (see FIG. 130). The drive transmission member 2715 has a length of the extended piece 2715c extending to the outer peripheral side of the bent portion of the guide portion 2707c, and a long hole 2715d formed at the tip of the extended piece 2715c. The extended piece 2715c has a length applied to the guide portion 2707c at any position within the rotation angle range of the drive transmission member 2715 applied to the guide portion 2707c. Accordingly, when the drive transmission member 2715 is rotated in a state where the guide portion 2707c is penetrated from the front side and the support boss 2706a of the opening / closing member 2706 is inserted into the long hole 2715d, the support boss 2706a slides in the long hole 2715d. At the same time, the guiding portion 2707c can be slid. In this example, the rotation angle range of the drive transmission member 2715 is about 110 °.

  Next, the operation in the front effect unit 2700 will be described. The front carry-out unit 2700 is formed in a shape imitating a fingerprint authentication system, and the inside of a circular relief arranged substantially at the center of the front decorative member 2701 imitates a fingerprint authentication unit, and an upper opening / closing port 2701b. An opening / closing member 2706 that closes the door imitates a door that opens and closes according to the result of authentication. The front effect unit 2700 is in a state in which a horizontally long rectangular opening / closing opening 2701b of the front decoration member 2701 is closed by an opening / closing member 2706 in a normal state, and a decoration (illustration is shown) applied to the front surface of the opening / closing member 2706 is shown. (Omitted) is visible from the player side, and the 7-segment LED 2711b of the center lower right rear decorative board 2711 arranged on the rear side is not visible from the player side.

  Then, according to the game state that changes by driving a game ball into the game area 1100, the special lottery result that is drawn by receiving the game ball at the first start port 2101 or the second start port 2102 will be described in detail. Accordingly, when an effect image that prompts the player to perform fingerprint authentication by the front effect unit 2700 is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 1900, the object detection sensor 2702 can detect an object for a predetermined time. . When the object detection sensor 2702 is in a detectable state, if a player places a finger on the front surface of the detection opening 2701a of the front decoration member 2701 for a predetermined time or more, the opening / closing member 2706 is moved to open the opening / closing opening 2701b, and the rear side The player can visually recognize the display by the 7-segment LED arranged in the. The display by the 7 segment LED is, for example, the time until the special lottery result is displayed, the time until the big hit game is started, the degree of possibility (reliability) for the contents of the lottery special lottery result, etc. Is displayed, and it is possible to increase the player's expectation for the game and suppress the interest from deteriorating.

  In a normal state, the opening / closing member 2706 is movable in the front effect unit 2700 at a position where the opening / closing member 2706 closes the opening / closing port 2701b of the front decorative member 2701. In this closed position, the opening / closing member 2706 is moved. The two support bosses 2706a are positioned on one end side of the guide portion 2707c bent in a square shape (see FIG. 130 (a)). When the opening / closing member 2706 is in the closed position, the detection piece 2715c of the drive transmission member 2715 is detected by the opening / closing detection sensor 2716.

  When the front effect drive motor 2713 is driven to rotate counterclockwise in the rear view with the opening / closing member 2706 in the closed position, the drive gear 2714 fixed to the rotation shaft 2713a of the front effect drive motor 2713 and the meshing driven gear 2715a. As a result, the drive transmission member 2715 rotates in the clockwise direction in the rear view. As the drive transmission member 2715 rotates, the elongated hole 2715d formed at the tip of the extending piece 2715c moves relatively to the right in the rear view, and therefore the elongated hole 2715d moves in the elongated hole 2715d. The support boss 2706a of the opening / closing member 2706 inserted into the right side is pushed rightward in the rear view.

  Since the support boss 2706a of the opening / closing member 2706 is inserted into the guide portion 2707c of the unit base 2707, it slides in the long hole 2715d of the drive transmission member 2715 and simultaneously slides in the guide portion 2707c. The entire 2706 moves to the other end side of the guide portion 2707c along the shape of the guide portion 2707c (see FIG. 130 (b)). That is, since the guide portion 2707c of the unit base 2707 is formed in a bent shape as described above, the opening / closing member 2706 is moved so as to slide in the direction in which the opening / closing member 2706 extends from the closed position. It slides diagonally downward and moves to the open position.

  When the opening / closing member 2706 moves to the open position, the opening / closing opening 2701b of the front decoration member 2701 is opened, and the 7-segment LED 2711b and LED 2711c of the center lower right rear decoration board 2711 arranged on the rear side through the opening / closing opening 2701b are players. It becomes visible from the side.

  On the other hand, when the opening / closing member 2706 is moved from the open position to the closed position, the opening / closing member 2706 can be returned to the closed position by rotating the front effect drive motor 2713 in the opposite direction. At this time, the guide portion 2707c of the unit base 2707 has an obtuse angle at the side where the rotational axis of the drive transmission member 2715 is disposed, that is, the guide portion 2707c extends obliquely in the vertical direction. Since the part is inclined so as to approach the rotation center side of the drive transmission member 2715 toward the upper side, a pushing force is applied to the support boss 2706a on the center side in the left-right direction by the long hole 2715d of the drive transmission member 2715. As a result, the support boss 2706a at the center in the left-right direction rises, and at the same time, a force that moves to the left in the rear view along the guide portion 2707c acts. The support boss 2706a on the left side in the rear view of the opening / closing member 2706 is moved in the direction of climbing the part extending obliquely upward of the guide portion 2707c by the force in the left direction in the rear view acting from the support boss 2706a on the center side. Thus, the opening / closing member 2706 can smoothly translate and return to the closed position.

  In the table effect unit 2700 of this example, a function display unit 2701d that is the display unit 1181 of the function display unit 1180 is disposed below the detection opening 2701a of the front decoration member 2701. Similar to the above, the function display unit 1180 of this example is a gaming state indicator 1183 comprising one LED for displaying a gaming state that is changed by a game ball that is driven into the gaming area 1100 at the left end when viewed from the front. And a first special symbol memory display 1184 for displaying the number of holdings relating to the reception of the game ball at the first start port 2101 and the reception of the game ball at the first start port 2101. The second special lottery result drawn by the first special symbol display 1185 including eight LEDs for displaying the first special lottery result as the first special symbol and the reception of the game ball to the second start port 2102 The second special symbol display 1186 comprising eight LEDs for displaying the symbol as the second special symbol, and the reception of the game ball into the second starting port 2102 comprising two LEDs A second special symbol memory indicator 1187 for indicating the number of holding about, and a.

  In addition, the function display unit 1180 is selected by a normal symbol memory display 1188 composed of four LEDs for displaying the number of suspensions related to the passage of the gate unit 2750 by the game ball and the game ball passing through the gate unit 2750. The normal symbol display 1189 composed of one LED for displaying the normal lottery result as a normal symbol, and the opening / closing pattern of the big winning opening 2103 is repeated when the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result is “big hit”. A round indicator 1190 including two LEDs for displaying the number of times (number of rounds).

  Since the function display unit 1180 of this example is disposed below the detection port 2701a of the front decorative member 2701, when the player touches the detection port 2701a, the display of the function display unit 1180 is performed by the player's hand. The part 1181 (function display part 2701d) is difficult to see. This makes it difficult to recognize the special lottery result displayed on the first special symbol display 1185, the second special symbol display 1186, etc. of the function display unit 1180. It is possible to avoid knowing the contents of the special lottery result before being suggested, and the entertainment for suggesting the special lottery result performed in the liquid crystal display device 1900 etc. is enjoyed to the end, and there is an interest in the game It can control that it falls.

  The gate part 2750 of the center accessory 2500 projects from the left side of the front effect unit 2700 to the left side and is arranged at the approximate center in the vertical direction so that only one game ball can pass therethrough. A gate sensor 2751 is disposed in the gate portion 2750 so that a game ball that has passed through the gate portion 2750 can be detected.

  The center accessory 2500 has a shape in which the outer periphery of the peripheral wall 2503 on the right side of the center in the left-right direction in a front view is substantially along the outer periphery of the game area 1100 (the inner periphery of the front component member 1110A). In a state where the game panel 1200 is attached to the panel plate 1210, there is a gap slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball from the upper part of the center accessory 2500 to the right side along the outer periphery of the center front decoration unit 2620 to the lower right passage member 2690. By making a right stroke, a game ball can be easily driven through the lower right passage member 2690 to the upper side of the attacker unit 2100 and the gate portion 2750. Further, when the center accessory 2500 is attached to the panel board 1210, a region having a predetermined width is formed on the outer periphery on the left side of the center accessory 2500 between the inner periphery of the game region 1100. .

[2-5. Overall configuration of the back unit]
Subsequently, the back unit 3000 of the game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 131 to 135. 131 is a front view of the back unit of the game board, FIG. 132 is a perspective view of the back unit of the game board as viewed from the front, and FIG. 133 is a perspective view of the back unit of the game board as viewed from the back. FIG. 134 is an exploded perspective view of the main unit and the rear unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 135 is an exploded perspective view of the rear unit as the main component and from the rear. is there.

  The back unit 3000 of this example is a shallow box-shaped middle box that is attached to the rear side of the game panel 1200 (panel holder 1220), has a front side opened, and has a large opening 3010b penetrating in the front-rear direction on the rear wall 3010a. 3010, a back box 3020 which is attached to the rear side of the game panel 1200 via the inner box 3010 and has a front shape opened, and an opening 3020b facing the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 1900 is formed on the rear wall 3020a. The middle box effect unit 3100 attached to the inner box 3010, the lower right effect unit 3200 arranged in the lower right corner when viewed from the front in the back box 3020, and the back left arranged on the left and right sides of the opening 3020b in the back box 3020. Production unit 3300 and back right production unit 3400, and back left production unit 3300 and back right production unit in back box 3020 The back middle production unit 3500 that moves up and down by 400, the back lower production unit 3600 disposed below the opening 3020b in the back box 3020, the rear side of the rear middle production unit 3500 above the opening 3020b in the back box 3020 And a back effect unit 3700 arranged in the main.

  The back middle production unit 3500 in the back unit 3000 has a left end extending in the left-right direction so that the support pin 3307a of the back left lifting slider 3307 in the back left production unit 3300 can be rotated via a roller bushing 3504 and slidable in the left-right direction. While being supported, the right end side is rotatably supported by a support pin 3407a of a back right elevating slider 3407 in the back right rendering unit 3400 via a roller bushing 3504.

  Further, the back unit 3000 is attached to the lower left corner of the back box 3020 when viewed from the front, and a blower 3030 for ventilating the inside of the back box 3020, and a back surface of the back wall 3020a of the back box 3020 on the lower side of the opening 3020b. A panel relay board 3040 attached near the left end of the view, a lamp drive board 3041 attached to the rear surface of the rear wall 3020a in the back box 3020 on the right side of the back face of the panel relay board 3040, and a back box on the right side of the lamp drive board 3041 A motor drive board 3042 attached to the rear face of the rear wall 3020a in 3020; a board cover 3043 which covers the rear faces of the motor drive board 3042 and the lamp drive board 3041 and is attached to the rear face of the rear wall 3020a in the back box 3020; 30 at the rear surface of the rear wall 3020a at An upper relay terminal plate 3044 mounted to the upper = 0b, and a.

  The panel relay board 3040 in the back unit 3000 includes a connection between the main control board 4100 and the peripheral control board 4010, a general winning opening sensor 3101, a count sensor 2128, a gate sensor 2751, This relay relays the connection with the start port solenoid 2121, the attack solenoid 2124, the magnetic detection sensor 3103, and the like.

  The lamp driving board 3041 in the back unit 3000 is based on control signals (commands) from the peripheral control board 4010, and the decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322, and 430 provided on the door frame 5. , 432, etc., and the decorative boards 2131, 2621, 6422, 2644, 2645, 2647, 2664, 2680, 2704, 2711, 3140, 3164, 3310, 3311, 3410, 3518, 3609, 3703 provided on the game board 4 It is for controlling the light emission of LED mounted in the above.

  Further, the motor drive board 3402 in the back unit 3000 is based on a control signal (command) from the peripheral control board 4010, and the dial drive motor 414 provided in the door frame 5 and each drive motor provided in the game board 4 2713, 3204, 3232, 3303, 3312, 3403, 3514, 3555, 3605 and the like are controlled.

  Further, the upper relay terminal plate 3044 in the back unit 3000 includes a lamp drive board 3041 and a motor drive board 3042, a back left lift drive motor 3303, a back left lift position detection sensor 3309, and a back right play unit 3400. Back right up / down drive motor 3403, back right up / down position detection sensor 3409, back inside rotation drive motor 3514 of back inside production unit 3500, rotation position detection sensor 3516, back inside decoration board 3518, rotation lamp drive motor 3555, back This is for relaying the connection with the back decorative board 3703 of the upper effect unit 3700.

  The middle box 3010 in the back unit 3000 has a shallow box shape with the front side opened, and a large opening 3010b penetrating in the front-rear direction is formed in the rear wall 3010a. Further, the middle box 3010 is formed with a flange-shaped fixing portion 3010c extending outward from the outer periphery of the front end, and this fixing portion 3010c is fixed to the rear side of the game panel 1200 (panel holder 1220). ing. Further, the inner box 3010 has mounting holes and mounting bosses formed at appropriate positions for mounting the inner box effect unit 3100, the back box 3020, and the like. In this example, the inner box 3010 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin.

  The back box 3020 in the back unit 3000 has a box shape with the front side opened, and a substantially rectangular opening 3020b penetrating in the front-rear direction is formed in the rear wall 3020a. The opening 3020 b of the back box 3020 is formed to be smaller than the front view outline of the liquid crystal display device 1900. Further, the back box 3020 is formed with a fixing portion 3020c for mounting and fixing to the rear side of the middle box 3010 on the outer periphery of the front end. Although detailed description is omitted, the back box 3020 is provided with mounting holes, mounting bosses, and the like at appropriate positions for mounting the production units 3200, 3300, 3400, 3600, 3700, boards, and the like. .

  Further, the back box 3020 has a fixed frame 3020d extending rearward in a plate frame shape so as to surround the outer periphery of the opening 3020b on the rear surface of the rear wall 3020a in a rectangular shape with the same size as the outer shape of the liquid crystal display device 1900; A fixing hole 3020e formed on the right side of the fixed frame 3020d when viewed from the back and into which the fixing piece 1902 of the liquid crystal display device 1900 can be inserted, and the fixing hole 3020e are formed on the opposite side (left side when viewed from the back) of the fixed frame 3020d. A lock mechanism attachment portion 3020f to which the lock mechanism 3050 is attached. The back box 3020 is configured such that the liquid crystal display device 1900 is inserted into the fixed frame 3020d from the rear side, and the rear surface in the fixed frame 3020d of the rear wall 3020a is a flat surface. The front surface of 1900 comes into contact.

  Further, the back box 3020 is formed with a vent hole 3020g that penetrates and opens in a rectangular shape near the lower end of the outer peripheral wall on the left side when viewed from the front and the left end of the outer peripheral wall on the upper side. Blowers 3030 and 3710 face the exhaust ports 3020g on the inner side, and the blowers 3030 and 3710 can ventilate the air in the back box 3020 through the vents 3020g to the outside. It is like that.

  The blower 3030 in the back unit 3000 has a fan (sirocco fan) arranged so that the rotation axis extends in the front-rear direction inside, and an intake port 3030 a penetrating in the front-rear direction is formed near the rotation center. An exhaust port 3030b is formed on the outer periphery, and the exhaust port 3030b is attached in the back box 3020 so as to face the vent 3020g formed at the lower left end of the outer peripheral wall of the back box 3020. Thereby, the air in the back box 3020 can be discharged outside the back box 3020 through the vent 3020g, and the temperature inside the back box 3020 can be suppressed from rising.

  The back unit 3000 includes a lock mechanism 3050 for detachably holding the liquid crystal display device 1900 on the rear surface of the rear wall 3020a in the back box 3020. The lock mechanism 3050 of this example includes a lock main body 3051 attached to the lock mechanism attaching portion 3020f of the back box 3020 and having an insertion port into which the fixing piece 1902 of the liquid crystal display device 1900 is inserted from the rear side, and the rear of the lock main body 3051. And a lock slider 3052 that is attached to the side so as to be slidable in the vertical direction and that can be opened and closed by sliding.

[2-6. Middle box production unit]
Next, the inner box effect unit 3100 in the back unit 3000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 136 to 138. 136 (A) is a perspective view of the middle box effect unit in the back unit as seen from the front with the middle box, and FIG. 136 (B) is a perspective view of the middle box effect unit as seen from the rear with the middle box. Further, FIG. 137 is an exploded oblique view of the rear box with the middle box rendering unit disassembled and viewed from the front along with the middle box, and FIG. 138 is an exploded oblique view of the middle box rendering unit viewed from the rear along with the middle box. FIG.

  The middle box production unit 3100 in this example is supported by a shallow box-shaped middle box 3010 attached to the rear side of the game panel 1200, and the overall shape in front view is along the box frame of the middle box 3010. It is substantially C-shaped. The middle box effect unit 3100 is visible from the player side through the transparent panel plate 1210 of the game panel 1200, and mainly the rear side of the area where the obstacle nail G is planted in the game area 1100. It is decorated.

  The middle box effect unit 3100 has a plurality of main decoration portions 3110a and a main decoration portion 3110a which are arranged in a three-dimensional shape and arranged in a concentric circle shape (concentric octagonal shape) centered on the approximate center of the game area 1100 in front view. A colorless and transparent front decorative member 3110 having a sub decorative portion 3110b formed with a predetermined width between them, and a plate shape formed along the rear surface shape of the front decorative member 3110 and provided with a predetermined pattern decoration on the front surface Decorative sheet 3120, a diffusion member 3130 disposed behind the decoration sheet 3120 and capable of diffusing light, and an inner box decoration substrate 3140 disposed behind the diffusion member 3130 and mounted with a plurality of LEDs on the front surface. And the main decorative portion 3110a and the sub decorative portion 3110b of the front decorative member 3110 disposed between the inner box decorative substrate 3140 and the diffusion member 3130. Includes a grid-like shielding member 3150 partitioned into correspondingly, the.

  The front decoration member 3110 in the middle box effect unit 3100 is formed in a shallow box shape with the rear side open, and the decoration sheet 3120, the diffusion member 3130, the shielding member 3150, and the like are accommodated inside the rear side, and the rear end is It is closed by an inner box decorative substrate 3140. The main decorative portion 3110a (shaded portion in FIG. 164) of the front decorative member 3110 has a quadrangular shape extending along a substantially concentric octagonal side centered on the approximate center of the game area 1100 when viewed from the front. It is a flat surface that protrudes forward from the auxiliary decoration portion 3110b and is inclined in the front-rear direction so that the side close to the center of the game area 1100 in the front view is retracted rearward.

  Further, the sub-decoration portion 3110b (shaded portion in FIG. 164) having a substantially constant width in the front decoration member 3110 has a front surface that is a flat surface, and a portion that extends radially about the center of the game area 1100 in a front view. And a belt-like lens having a small width extending in a direction perpendicular to the extending direction of each part. Thereby, in the front decoration member 3110, the rear side of the sub decoration part 3110b is difficult to recognize. In addition, the belt-like lens on the rear surface of the sub-decorating portion 3110b is formed with priority given to a portion extending radially rather than a portion along the circumferential direction.

  The front decorative member 3110 is arranged at the lower rear side in the center in the left-right direction in the game area 1100, on the rear side of the attacker unit 2100, and on the left end of the lower member 3111 and behind the lower left corner in the game area 1100. A left lower member 3112 disposed on the left side, a left member 3113 disposed on the left rear side of the center accessory 2500 on the left rear side of the center in the vertical direction in the game area 1100 in contact with the upper end of the lower left member 3112, and the left member 3113 An upper left member 3114 disposed on the rear side of the upper left corner of the gaming area 1100 in contact with the upper end of the game area 1100; an upper member 3115 disposed on the upper rear side in the middle in the left-right direction in the gaming area 1100 in contact with the right end of the upper left member 3114; It has. The front decoration member 3110 is divided by five members 3111, 3112, 3113, 3114 and 3115 so as to correspond to the five sides of the octagonal shape, and each is attached to the inner box 3010.

  The lower left member 3112 in the front decorative member 3110 is located on the rear side of the front side unit 2200 in the front unit 2000, and the game ball can pass to positions corresponding to the flanges 2210a of the base member 2210 in the front side unit 2200. A through-hole 3112a penetrating in the front-rear direction is formed. In addition, the lower left member 3112 is formed with two general discharge passages 3112b that guide the game ball that has been opened on the rear side and passed through the through hole 3112a downward. These general discharge passages 3112b are formed so as to collect the game balls received in a pair of general winning ports 2201 arranged in the back direction in the front side unit 2200 and discharge them downward, and the opened rear side is plate-shaped. The passage cover 3160 is closed. A general winning opening sensor 3101 for detecting a game ball is attached to a position corresponding to the lower end of each general discharge passage 3112b in the passage cover 3160, and the game balls received in the general winning opening 2201 are attached. Can be detected.

  In addition, the decorative sheet 3120 in the middle box effect unit 3100 is formed in a shape that follows the rear surface of the front decorative member 3110 after a predetermined pattern is printed on the surface of the plate material in translucent milky white. It is. Similar to the front decorative member 3110, the decorative sheet 3120 is divided into five parts so as to correspond to the five sides of the octagonal shape. The lower sheet 3121, the lower left sheet 3122, the left sheet 3123, the upper left sheet 3124, and the upper sheet The sheet 3125 is configured. Note that the lower left sheet 3122 has a size corresponding to only a portion of the front decorative member 3110 where the main decorative portion 3110a and the sub decorative portion 3110b of the lower left member 3112 are formed, and a portion where the general discharge passage 3112b and the like are formed. Is not placed on the back side of

  Further, the diffusing member 3130 in the inner box extending unit 3100 has a front view shape that is substantially the same size as the decorative sheet 3120, and the front surface is a flat surface that is substantially parallel to the surface of the game panel 1200. The part corresponding to the sub decoration part 3110b is formed in a shape recessed backwards with respect to the part corresponding to the main decoration part 3110a in the decoration member 3110. Similar to the front decorative member 3110, the diffusing member 3130 is provided with a band-shaped prism having a small width extending in a direction perpendicular to the extending direction on the rear surface corresponding to the sub decorative portion 3110b.

  Similarly to the front decorative member 3110, the diffusion member 3130 is divided into five parts corresponding to the five sides of the octagonal shape, and includes a lower member 3131, a lower left member 3132, a left member 3133, an upper left member 3134, The upper member 3135 is configured. The upper member 3135 of the diffusing member 3130 has a size corresponding to only the main decorative portion 3110a on the inner peripheral side and the sub decorative portion 3110b on the outer side of the front decorative member 3110.

  Further, the middle box decoration board 3140 in the middle box production unit 3100 has LEDs mounted on the front decoration member 3110 at positions corresponding to the main decoration parts 3110a and the sub decoration parts 3110b, respectively. The sub-decoration portions 3110b can be independently decorated for light emission. The inner box decorative substrate 3140 is divided into three along the circumferential direction of the octagon, and extends to the uppermost sub decorative portion 3110b extending radially in the lower member 3111 in the front decorative member 3110 and the lower left member 3112. The lower decorative board 3141 disposed on the rear side, the remainder of the lower left member 3112 in the front decorative member 3110, and the rear side of the left member 3113 and the upper left member 3114 extending radially below the uppermost sub decorative part 3110b. Left decorative board 3142, the upper left decorative board 3143 disposed on the lower rear side of the upper main decorative part 3110 a of the upper member 3115 and the remaining upper left member 3114 of the front decorative member 3110, and the front decorative member 3110. An upper front decorative substrate 3144 disposed on the rear side of the upper main decorative portion 3110a in the upper member 3115; Thus it is constructed.

  A plurality of LEDs are also mounted on the lower decorative board 3141 of the inner box decorative board 3140 at a position corresponding to the rear side of the front side unit 2200 so that the front side unit 2200 can be decorated with light emission. It has become.

  Further, the shielding member 3150 in the middle box effect unit 3100 has a plurality of through holes penetrating in the front-rear direction and having a size corresponding to each main decoration part 3110a in the front decoration member 3110, and a part corresponding to each sub decoration part 3110b. A plurality of through-holes are formed so that only the LEDs mounted on the inner box decorative substrate 3140 disposed on the rear side face. This shielding member 3150 can block the light from the LED corresponding to the main decoration part 3110a and the sub decoration part 3110b from irradiating the other main decoration part 3110a and the sub decoration part 3110b. Further, the shielding member 3150 is divided into five parts similarly to the front decoration member 3110, and includes a lower member 3151, a lower left member 3152, a left member 3153, an upper left member 3154, and an upper member 3155.

  Further, the middle box effect unit 3100 includes a right upper decoration member 3161 attached to the front upper right corner of the middle box 3010, a lower decoration member 3162 attached to the upper right of the lower member 3111 in the front decoration member 3110, and a middle box decoration substrate 3140. The ball guide passage member which is attached to the lower center of the middle box 3010 at the rear side of the lower decorative substrate 3141 and which is received at the first start port 2101 of the attacker unit 2100 and is guided and released downward. 3163, and a starter decoration board 3164 attached to the rear surface of the middle box 3010 and directly behind the first starter port 2101 in the attacker unit 2100 and having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface.

  The ball guide passage member 3163 in the middle box effect unit 3100 is configured such that the opened rear side is closed by the rear wall 3010a of the middle box 3010. The ball guide passage member 3163 is provided with a first start port sensor 3102 capable of detecting a game ball flowing through the inside, and the game ball received in the first start port 2101 is received. It can be detected.

  The middle box effect unit 3100 further includes a magnetic detection sensor 3103 that is attached to the lower member 3151 of the shielding member 3150 at a position corresponding to the rear side of the first start port 2101 of the attacker unit 2100 and can detect magnetism. Yes. The magnetic detection sensor 3103 can detect magnetism acting in the vicinity of the attacker unit 2100, and can detect fraud using a magnet or the like.

  The middle box effect unit 3100 of the present embodiment constitutes a back side background that can be seen from the player side through the transparent gaming panel 1200 (panel board 1210) in the gaming area 1100, and a predetermined pattern decoration is printed thereon. Compared to a conventional pachinko machine with a board seal attached to the front of the gaming panel 1200, the background is slightly away from the player, so that it can provide a deep background without a sense of pressure, and is three-dimensionally shaped. Since the main decoration portion 3110a is provided, the appearance can be changed depending on the position of the player, and the pachinko machine 1 having a new atmosphere different from the conventional pachinko machines can be provided.

  Further, the middle box effect unit 3100 can arrange a plurality of main decoration portions 3110a on the front decoration member 3110 in a concentric octagonal shape and radiate, and each of them can be decorated with light emission independently by the middle box decoration substrate 3140. Therefore, for example, a variety of light-emitting effects such as a light-emitting effect in which the light-emitting part circulates, a light-emitting effect that moves radially, and a light-emitting effect that follows a game ball flowing down in the game area 1100 are provided in the game area 1100. It can be performed on the back side, so that the player can be more entertained.

[2-7. Bottom right production unit]
Subsequently, the back lower right effect unit 3200 in the back unit 3000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 139 to 143. FIG. 139 is a front view of the back lower right effect unit in the back unit. FIG. 140 (A) is a perspective view of the back lower right effect unit in the back unit as viewed from the front, and FIG. 140 (B) is a perspective view of the back lower right effect unit as viewed from the back. FIG. 141 is an exploded perspective view of the lower right stage production unit disassembled for each main configuration and viewed from the front. FIG. 142 is an exploded view of the lower right stage production unit for each main structure and viewed from the rear. FIG. Further, FIG. 143 is an explanatory diagram showing the movement of the back lower right effect unit.

  The back lower right effect unit 3200 of this example is attached to the lower right corner outside the opening 3020b in a front view in the back box 3020. This back lower right rendering unit 3200 is provided with a unit base 3201 having a substantially square shape in front view mounted in the back box 3020, a rail member 3202 attached to the lower front portion of the unit base 3201 and extending in the left-right direction, and left and right by the rail member 3202. A slider 3203 that is slidably supported in a direction, a slide base 3230 that is attached to the front side of the slider 3203 and whose upper end extends to substantially the same height as the unit base 3201, and a base end side that rotates at a predetermined position of the slide base 3230 A bottom right decoration having a plate-like stay portion 3250a that is supported and extends with a predetermined width, and a cylindrical decorative body 3250b that extends in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the stay portion 3250a extends from the tip of the stay portion 3250a. A unit 3250.

  The lower right rendering unit 3200 has a long hole-shaped guide portion 3201a extending in the left-right direction and penetrating in the front-rear direction at the top of the unit base 3201, and is separated in the left-right direction at the top of the slide base 3230. A columnar support pin 3230a is formed which is disposed rearward and extends rearward and is inserted into the guide portion 3201a of the unit base 3201. A washer 3207 and a roller bush 3208 are rotatably inserted into the pair of support pins 3230a of the slide base 3230 so as to sandwich the unit base 3201, and the outer peripheral surface of the roller bush 3208 contacts the inner surface of the guide part 3201a. Then it comes to roll. Accordingly, the upper and lower ends of the slide base 3230 are supported so as to be slidable in the left-right direction, and the movement in the front-rear direction is restricted.

  The back lower right rendering unit 3200 is attached to the lower rear surface of the unit base 3201 below the rail member 3202 and has a rotating shaft 3204a extending through the unit base 3201 and extending to the front side. 3204, a spur gear-like drive gear 3205 fixed to the rotating shaft 3204a of the back right lower slide drive motor 3204, and meshes with the drive gear 3205 having a larger diameter than the drive gear 3205 and on the left side of the drive gear 3205 in front view. A slide gear 3206 rotatably supported by the unit base 3201 and a rack gear 3231 that meshes with the slide gear 3206 and is attached to the lower front surface of the slide base 3230 and extend in the left-right direction.

  Further, the back lower right effect unit 3200 is attached to the rear side of the center of the slide base 3230 and has a rotation shaft 3232a extending through the slide base 3230 to the front side. A spur gear-like drive gear 3233 that is fixed to the rotation shaft 3232a of the lower right rotation drive motor 3232, a large-diameter first transmission gear 3234a that meshes with the drive gear 3233, and a smaller diameter than the first transmission gear 3234a. A transmission gear 3234 having a second transmission gear 3234b that rotates integrally with the first transmission gear 3234a and rotatably supported on the front surface of the slide base 3230, and a back lower right decoration that meshes with the second transmission gear 3234b of the transmission gear 3234. A fan-shaped rotation gear 3251 attached to the base end side of the stay portion 3250a in the unit 3250. . The rotation gear 3251 is supported between the pair of support pins 3230a of the slide base 3230 so as to be rotatable with respect to the slide base 3230 at a position leftward from the center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. The back lower right decoration unit 3250 is supported rotatably.

  The back lower right rendering unit 3200 includes a plate-shaped detection piece 3231a extending downward from the vicinity of the front left end of the rack gear 3231 attached to the slide base 3230, and the rack gear 3231 at the front left lower corner of the unit base 3201. A slide position detection sensor 3209 capable of detecting the detection piece 3231a is provided, and the slide position of the slide base 3230 (back lower right decoration unit 3250) can be detected.

  The lower right lower rendering unit 3200 includes a plate-shaped detection piece 3234c extending radially outward from the front surface of the transmission gear 3234 that is rotatably supported by the slide base 3230, and the slide base 3230 has a A rotation position detection sensor 3235 capable of detecting the detection piece 3234c of the transmission gear 3234 is provided on the front surface, and the rotation position of the rotation gear 3251, that is, the back lower right decoration unit 3250 is detected by detecting the rotation position of the transmission gear 3234. Can be detected.

  The back lower right rendering unit 3200 is attached to the left front surface of the slide base 3230, and is connected to the back lower right slide drive motor 3204, the slide position detection sensor 3209, the back lower right rotation drive motor 3232, and the rotation position detection sensor 3235. A back lower right relay board 3236 that relays the connection with the motor drive board 3042 attached to the box 3020, and a back lower right decoration that is attached to the front surface of the slide base 3230 so as to surround the upper and left sides of the back right lower relay board 3236. And a wiring cover 3237 that can accommodate a flexible cable (not shown) that connects the decorative board, the drive motor, and the like of the unit 3250 to the back and bottom relay terminal plate 3615 of the back and bottom rendering unit 3600.

  The back lower right effect unit 3200 of this example can slide the entire back lower right decoration unit 3250 in the left-right direction via the slide base 3230 by driving the back lower right slide drive motor 3204. Also, the back lower right rendering unit 3200 is driven by the back right lower rotation drive motor 3232 to change the back lower right decoration unit 3250 from a state in which the decoration main body 3250b is up (normal state) to a substantially horizontal state ( It can be rotated between the state of appearance).

  A stay portion 3250a of the back lower right decoration unit 3250 in the back lower right rendering unit 3200 is rotatably supported by the slide base 3230 and is engaged with a fan-shaped rotation gear 3251 that meshes with the second transmission gear 3234b of the transmission gear 3234. A base base 3252 having a proximal end fixed to the moving gear 3251 and extending outward in the radial direction and formed by bending a metal plate, a plate-like base cover 3253 attached to the front side of the stay base 3252, and a base so as to cover the base cover 3253 A stay front member 3254 which is attached to the front side of the cover 3253 and has a decoration on the front surface and has an opening 3254a penetrating in the front-rear direction and formed in a shallow box shape with the rear side open, and an opening 3254a of the stay front member 3254 It is placed so as to be closed from the rear side and has translucency that can diffuse light A lens member 3255, a back lower right stay decorative board (not shown) that is disposed between the lens member 3255 and the base cover 3253 and has a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface; And a frame-shaped partition member (not shown) that blocks and blocks light from the LED.

  The stay base 3252 in the stay portion 3250a of the back lower right decorative unit 3250 is not illustrated in detail, but is formed in a substantially L shape with the tip side extending in the same direction as the direction in which the decorative main body 3250b extends. The decoration main body 3250b is attached to the extended part. Further, as shown in the drawing, the lens member 3255 in the stay portion 3250a is formed with finely spaced streaks extending in the same direction as the direction in which the stay portion 3250a extends, and with respect to the direction in which the stay portion 3250a extends. It is formed into a shape that is divided into five parts by a straight line extending in a right angle direction. The stay portion 3250a is divided into five in the extending direction of the stay portion 3250a so that the partition member arranged on the rear side of the lens member 3255 corresponds to the shape of the lens member 3255 divided into five. The LEDs on the back lower right decorative board are arranged at positions corresponding to the grids of the partition members. Accordingly, the five parts of the lens member 3255 can be independently decorated with light emission, and for example, a light emission effect such as a meter can be performed by sequentially emitting light from one side. Can be done.

  In addition, the decoration main body 3250b in the back lower right decoration unit 3250 is attached to the tip of the stay base 3252 of the stay portion 3250a and extends in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the stay portion 3250a extends, and the main body base (not shown). A semi-cylindrical lower body decorative body 3261 having a semi-cylindrical shape attached to the main body base so as to cover the front side of the base and having an indeterminate shape at the distal end, and a proximal end side disposed on the distal end side of the lower main decorative element 3261 A semi-cylindrical main body upper front decorative member 3262 formed in a shape along the shape of the front end side of the lower main body decorative member 3261, and the rear upper end of the main body upper decorative member 3262 and the lower main body decorative member 3261 are continuous. A main body rear decoration member 3263 that is formed so as to cover the rear side of the main body base and is attached to the main body base, a main body lower front decoration member 3261, and the main body A lens member 3264 (see FIG. 143 (f)) that is disposed between the front decoration member 3262 and the main body base and has a curved plate shape with a relief-like decoration formed on the front surface, and a lens member 3264; A back lower right main body decorative board (not shown) disposed between the main body base and a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface.

  Although not shown, the main body base of the decorative main body 3250b is in a state in which the main body lower front decorative member 3261 and the main body upper front decorative member 3262 are brought close to each other (a normal state shown in FIG. 139 and the like). The length of the decorative member 3262 protrudes from the front end side. The decoration main body 3250b further includes an outer peripheral decoration member 3266 that is disposed so as to straddle the outer periphery of the lower main body decoration member 3261 and the main body rear decoration member 3263, and is formed in a red transparent and flame-like shape. .

  The decorative main body 3250b is disposed coaxially with the front front decorative member 3262 at the front end side of the front front decorative member 3262 and is rotatably supported with respect to the main body base. A main body head decoration member 3267 formed in a bottomed cylindrical shape having the same diameter as the decoration member 3262 and the like is further provided.

  Furthermore, although detailed illustration is omitted, the decoration main body 3250b is attached to the rear end of the front end of the main body base and has a back right lower head slide drive motor having a rotating shaft that extends through the main body base and extends to the front side. A spur gear pinion gear fixed to the rotating shaft of the back right lower head slide drive motor, and a rack gear that meshes with the pinion gear and extends in the direction in which the decorative main body 3250b extends, protrudes outward from the tip of the main body base. A rack member that is slidably supported by the main body base, a head base that is fixed to the front end of the rack member and to which the front upper decorative member 3262 is attached, and a lower front decorative member formed in a cylindrical shape 3261 and a back right lower head rotation drive motor having a rotation shaft protruding outward from the tip of the head base on the center axis of the front decorative member 3262 on the main body and attached to the head base Comprises a disc-shaped support member inner bottom of the body head decorative member 3267 is attached is fixed to the rotation shaft of the back lower right head rotation drive motor.

  Although the detailed illustration of the decorative main body 3250b is omitted, a rack cover that covers the front side of the rack member and supports the rack member slidably in cooperation with the main body base and is attached to the front surface of the main body base; Back right lower head decoration board mounted on the front and mounted with multiple LEDs on the front, and back right lower head decoration position attached to the rear side of the lower right lower head decoration board and detecting the slide position of the rack member A detection sensor and a back right lower head rotation position detection sensor which is attached to the head base and detects the rotation position of the main body head decoration member.

  The main body lower front decorative member 3261 and the main body front decorative member 3262 of the decorative main body 3250b are provided with a plating layer having a metallic luster (silver color) at the axial end, and the outer peripheral surface excluding the end is transparent. It is formed so as to have a light property, and can be decorated with light emission by the back lower right main body decoration board. In addition, a base-base relief of baseball with a pointed tip side is formed at the center of the tip side of the front decorative member 3262 on the main body so as to have translucency (red transparent). Further, the main body head decoration member 3267 has a triangular relief formed on the outer peripheral surface with the apex facing the base end side. A plating layer having a metallic luster (silver color) is provided on the surface. Thereby, the decoration main body 3250b in the back lower right decoration unit 3250 is formed in a shape imitating a cylindrical time bomb.

  The decorative main body 3250b is configured such that a bottomed cylindrical main body head decorative member 3267 can be rotated around its axis by driving a back right lower head rotation driving motor, and the back right lower head. The main body upper decorative member 3262 and the main body head decorative member 3267 can be slid in the axial direction by driving the partial slide drive motor. Thus, for example, the main body head decoration member 3267 is rotated in a state where the main body lower front decoration member 3261 and the main body upper front decoration member 3262 are brought close to each other, and the apex of the home base-like relief in the main body upper front decoration member 3262 And the top of the main body head decoration member 3267 match the apex of the triangular relief, the main body head decoration member 3267 is stopped from rotating, and then the main body upper front decoration member 3262 and the main body head front decoration member 3261 are moved away from the main body lower front decoration member 3261. By sliding the main body head decoration member 3267, the rear lens member 3264 comes to face the player side from between the lower front decoration member 3261 and the upper front decoration member 3262, and the decorative main body 3250b is broken. It is possible to perform a movable effect such as exploding as if the decoration body 3250b is regarded as a time bomb. So that the can.

  Next, the operation of the back lower right effect unit 3200 of this embodiment will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 143 (a) or the like, the back lower right effect unit 3200 of the present example has the slide base 3230 positioned at the left moving end in a front view in a normal state (normal position state). The cylindrical decorative main body 3250b in the lower right lower decorative unit 3250 is in a standing state. In this normal state, the detection piece 3231a of the rack gear 3231 attached to the slide base 3230 for sliding the back lower right decoration unit 3250 is detected by the slide position detection sensor 3209, and the back lower right decoration unit. The detection piece 3234c of the transmission gear 3234 that rotates the 3250 is detected by the rotation position detection sensor 3235.

  In addition, when the lower right lower decoration unit 3250 of the lower right effect unit 3200 is in the normal position, only the decoration main body 3250b of the lower right decoration unit 3250 is visible from the player side, and the stay portion 3250a. Is positioned outside the window 2501 of the center accessory 2500 and cannot be visually recognized (see FIG. 111 and the like). Thereby, the player can be strongly aware of the decoration main body 3250b in the back lower right decoration unit 3250.

  From this normal position state, a movable effect using the back lower right effect unit 3200 is started in accordance with a special lottery result that is drawn by receiving a game ball in the first start port 2101 or the second start port 2102. Then, the back right lower slide drive motor 3204 and the back right lower rotation drive motor 3232 start to be driven simultaneously, the slide base 3230 starts to slide rightward when viewed from the front, and the back lower right decorative unit 3250 Rotation in the counterclockwise direction is started (see FIGS. 143 (b) and (c)). When the slide base 3230 slides to the right moving end in front view and rotates until the decoration body 3250b of the back lower right decoration unit 3250 becomes horizontal, the back lower right slide drive motor 3204 and the back lower right turn The drive of the drive motor 3232 is stopped and the back lower right decorative unit 3250 is in the first appearance position (see FIG. 143 (d)).

  In the state where the back lower right decoration unit 3250 in the back lower right effect unit 3200 is positioned at the first appearance position, the decoration main body 3250b of the back lower right decoration unit 3250 is located above the lower edge of the window 2501 of the center accessory 2500. In addition to being positioned, the stay portion 3250a of the back lower right decorative unit 3250 is visible from the player side (see FIG. 153). Thus, the cylindrical decoration main body 3250b of the back lower right decoration unit 3250 can appear to float on the front side of the liquid crystal display device 1900, and the player's interest is strongly attracted to the decoration main body 3250b. The decoration main body 3250b can be noticed.

  In the back lower right effect unit 3200 of this example, when the back lower right decoration unit 3250 moves from the normal position to the first appearance position, the back lower right decoration unit 3250 is replaced by the stay portion 3250a and the cylindrical decorative body 3250b. After forming the L-shape, the base end side of the stay portion 3250a is set as the rotation center, and the entire back lower right decoration unit 3250 is slid in the right direction and at the same time the back lower right decoration unit 3250 is moved in the counterclockwise direction. Since it is made to rotate, the movement amount in the left-right direction on the base end side of the decoration main body 3250b of the back lower right decoration unit 3250 becomes smaller than the movement amount of the slide base 3230, and the decoration main body 3250b is as if it is the base. An illusion can be made as if it rotates about the end side.

  After the back lower right decoration unit 3250 of the back lower right effect unit 3200 is moved from the normal position to the first appearance position, only the back lower right slide drive motor 3204 is driven in the reverse direction, and the back right lower decoration unit 3250 The back lower right decoration unit 3250 is slid leftward in a front view together with the slide base 3230 while the decoration body 3250b is horizontal. When the slide base 3230 slides to the left moving end and the detection piece 3231a of the rack gear 3231 is detected by the slide position detection sensor 3209, the driving of the back lower right slide drive motor 3204 is stopped. Thereby, the back lower right decoration unit 3250 is moved from the first appearance position to the second appearance position (see FIG. 143 (e)).

  In a state where the back lower right decoration unit 3250 of the back lower right effect unit 3200 is located at the second appearance position, the decoration main body 3250b of the back lower right decoration unit 3250 is located at the substantially center in the left-right direction on the front surface of the liquid crystal display device 1900. It is in a state where it is located in a very conspicuous position from the player side (see FIG. 154).

  With the back lower right decoration unit 3250 positioned at the second appearance position, the back lower right head drive motor provided in the decoration main body 3250b is driven to move the main body head decoration member 3267 in the decoration main body 3250b in the left-right direction. Rotate around the extended axis. When the apex of the triangular relief in the main body head decoration member 3267 and the apex of the home base-like relief in the upper front decoration member 3262 coincide with each other, the driving of the back right lower head rotation drive motor is stopped and the main body The rotation of the head decoration member 3267 is stopped.

  Thereafter, the back right lower head slide drive motor provided in the decoration main body 3250b is driven so that the main body head decoration member 3267, the upper front decoration member 3262, and the lower front decoration member 3261 move away from each other. The main body head decoration member 3267 and the front upper decoration member 3262 are slid leftward when viewed from the front (see FIG. 143 (f)). As a result, the ends of the upper front decorative member 3261 and the lower front decorative member 3261 that are opposed to each other and formed in a ruptured shape are separated from each other, and the lens member 3264 disposed on the rear side is visible from the player side. As a result, the explosion main body 3250b is broken.

  In the lower right production unit 3200, the LED mounted on the lower right stay decoration board, the lower right main body decoration board, the lower right head decoration board, etc. in accordance with the movement of the lower right decoration unit 3250. Light is emitted as appropriate, and the player's interest can be more strongly attracted. Further, in order to return the lower right decoration unit 3250 from the explosion position to the normal position, each of the drive motors 3204, 3232, etc. is driven in the opposite direction, thereby returning the lower right decoration unit 3250 to the normal position. Can be made.

  In addition to the effects from the normal position to the explosion position described above, the movable effects using the back lower right effect unit 3200 are from the normal position to the first appearance position, from the normal position to the second appearance position, and so on. In addition, it can be appropriately selected according to the lottery result of the special lottery, and a variety of movable effects can be presented to the player.

  As described above, according to the back lower right effect unit 3200 of the present example, the stay portion 3250a including the stay portion 3250a extending in the direction perpendicular to the cylindrical axis from the base end of the cylindrical decorative body 3250b is provided. The back lower right decoration unit 3250 including the decoration main body 3250b is rotated on the base end side, and at the same time, the entire back lower right decoration unit 3250 is slid. At the same time, the height of the base end side of the decoration body 3250b can be moved from a low position to a high position, as if the base end side of the decoration body 3250b is the center of rotation. And the decoration body 3250b can be rotated without any problem, and the large decoration body 3250b rotates. Interest in the game to surprise the player can be prevented from being lowered by.

[2-8. Back left production unit]
Next, the back left effect unit 3300 in the back unit 3000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 144 to 146. FIG. 144 is a front view of the back left effect unit, the back right effect unit, and the back middle effect unit in the back unit. FIG. 145 is an exploded perspective view seen from the front in a state where the back left effect unit, the back right effect unit, and the back middle effect unit in the back unit are separated, and FIG. 146 is the back left effect unit in the back unit. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the back in the state which isolate | separated the back right effect unit and the back middle effect unit, respectively.

  The back left effect unit 3300 in the back unit 3000 is attached to the left side of the opening 3020b in the back box 3020 and extends in the vertical direction, and is attached to the upper end of the back left unit base 3301 as shown in the figure. A back left motor base 3302 that extends forward in a shelf shape, a back left lifting drive motor 3303 that is attached to the upper surface of the back left motor base 3302 and whose rotating shaft extends to the lower side of the back left motor base 3302, and a back left A spur gear-like drive gear 3304 fixed to the rotation shaft of the elevating drive motor 3303, a driven gear 3305 that meshes with the drive gear 3304 and is arranged on the left side of the drive gear 3304, and a rotation shaft center of the driven gear 3305. The upper end is fixed and the lower end extends to the center of the back left unit base 3301 in the vertical direction. Further, the elevating drive shaft 3306 which is rotatably supported by the back left unit base 3301 at the lower end and has a spiral groove 3306a formed on the outer periphery, and the groove 3306a in a state of protruding from the groove 3306a of the elevating drive shaft 3306. A spherical transmission ball (not shown) that can roll, and a transmission ball that rotatably supports the transmission ball so that the transmission ball does not fall out of the groove 3306 a of the lifting drive shaft 3306 and a part of the lifting drive shaft 3306 is supported. The back left elevating slider 3307 having a support pin 3307a for supporting the left end side of the back middle production unit 3500, and the back left elevating slider 3307 are slidably guided in the vertical direction and the back left unit base 3301. The upper and lower ends are supported by the same length as the lifting drive shaft 3306. A back left elevating position detection sensor 3309 (FIG. 147) mounted on a predetermined position of the back left unit base 3301 and capable of detecting the elevating position of the back left elevating slider 3307, which is arranged in parallel with the descending drive shaft 3306. (See (C)).

  The back left unit base 3301 of the back left effect unit 3300 is formed in a shallow box shape whose rear side is opened by a translucent material, and is longer than the vertical size of the opening 3020b in the back box 3020. The upper end and the lower end are mounted in the back box 3020 so that the upper end and the lower end extend above and below the opening 3020b, respectively. Further, the back left unit base 3301 supports the lifting drive shaft 3306 and the guide shaft 3308 from the center in the left-right direction in the front view to the left front, and supports the guide shaft 3308 on the right side of the lift drive shaft 3306 in the front view. Yes. Further, the back left unit base 3301 has a geometric relief-like decoration formed on the right front surface from the center in the left-right direction.

  Although detailed illustration of the back left effect unit 3300 is omitted, about half of a transmission ball formed in a spherical shape with metal is inserted into a spiral groove 3306a in the elevating drive shaft 3306. About half of the transmission ball is supported by the back left elevating slider 3307 in a rotatable and immovable state. Further, the back left elevating slider 3307 is slidable with respect to the elevating drive shaft 3306 and the guide shaft 3308, and the elevating drive shaft 3306 and the guide shaft 3308 cannot move in the direction perpendicular to the axis. Yes. In this example, the groove 3306a of the lifting drive shaft 3306 is formed at an angle of about 45 °.

  In this state, when the lift drive shaft 3306 is rotated by the back left lift drive motor 3303 via the drive gear 3304 and the driven gear 3305, the groove 3306a formed on the outer periphery of the lift drive shaft 3306 extends obliquely. The transmission ball is pushed by the oblique groove 3306a, but the position of the transmission ball is restricted by the back left lifting slider 3307, and the back left lifting slider 3307 moves in the axial direction of the lifting drive shaft 3306 together with the transmission ball. Will be. In this example, when the elevating drive shaft 3306 is rotated counterclockwise in plan view, the back left elevating slider 3307 is lowered, and when the elevating drive shaft 3306 is rotated clockwise in plan view, the back left The elevating slider 3307 is raised.

  According to the back left effect unit 3300 of this example, the load applied from the back left lift slider 3307 acts on the lift drive shaft 3306 from the transmission ball via the spiral groove 3306a. Since it is inclined with respect to the axis of 3306, the force acting in the direction of rotating the lifting drive shaft 3306 with respect to the magnitude of the load acting downward from the transmission ball becomes as small as possible. That is, even if a large load is applied from the back left lift slider 3307, the back left lift slider 3307 can be prevented from descending and stopped by blocking the rotation of the lift drive shaft 3306 with a small force. The rear left elevating slider 3307 can be maintained in a stopped state without providing a lock mechanism or the like. Accordingly, even a heavy object can reduce the load applied to the back left lifting drive motor 3303 via the lifting drive shaft 3306, and it is possible to prevent a problem from being caused by an overload, as well as a large one and various mechanisms. Even if it is heavier, it can be stopped and raised without problems.

  The support pin 3307a of the back left elevating slider 3307 in the back left effect unit 3300 extends forward in a columnar shape as shown in the figure, and a roller is inserted into a support hole 3501c of the left support member 3501 in the back center effect unit 3500 described later. It is inserted through a bush 3504. Although illustration is omitted, a washer and a screw for preventing the roller bushing 3504 from coming off are attached to the front end of the support pin 3307a.

  Also, the back left rendering unit 3300 is attached near the rear end of the back left unit base 3301 and extends in the vertical direction, and has a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface, and a rear left unit base 3301 rear end. A lower left decorative board 3311 mounted on the lower part and mounted with a plurality of LEDs in the vicinity of the right end in front view on the front surface. With the back left decorative substrate 3310 and the back left lower decorative substrate 3311, the back left effect unit 3300 can be decorated with light emission.

  Further, the rear left rendering unit 3300 has a rotational axis at the rear center of the rear left unit base 3301 at a substantially central position in the vertical direction between the lower end of the lift drive shaft 3306 and the lower end of the rear left unit base 3301 in the rear left unit base 3301. A rear left rotation drive motor 3312 attached to the front surface of the rear left unit base 3301 so as to extend to the rear left, a spur gear-like drive gear 3313 fixed to the rotation shaft of the rear left rotation drive motor 3312, and a drive gear A fan-shaped driven gear 3314 meshing with 3313, and a rear end thereof is fixed to the rotational axis of the driven gear 3314, and a front end extends to the front side of the rear left unit base 3301 and is rotatably supported by the rear left unit base 3301. A rotating shaft 3315 and a motorcycle handlebar are fixed to the front end side of the rotating shaft 3315 and are partially translucent. In the back left unit base 3301, a back left decorative body 3320 simulating a back left decorative body 3320 attached to the rear side of the back left decorative body 3320 and mounted with a plurality of LEDs on the front surface (not shown). A back left rotation position detection sensor 3316 which is attached to a predetermined position on the front surface and can detect the rotation position by detecting a detection piece 3320a of the back left decorative body 3320.

  Note that the back left decorative body 3320 of the back left effect unit 3300 is in a state of a normal position that rises substantially vertically and a state of an appearance position in which the upper end side moves to the center side of the game area 1100 in front view (see FIG. 149). (See)). Further, when the back left decorative body 3320 is in the normal position, the detection piece 3320a is detected by the back left rotation position detection sensor 3316.

[2-9. Back right production unit]
Next, the back right effect unit 3400 in the back unit 3000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 144 to 146. The back right effect unit 3400 is attached to the right side of the opening 3020b in the back box 3020 and above the back right effect unit 3200 and extends vertically, and is attached to the upper end of the back right unit base 3401. A rear right motor base 3402 extending in a shelf shape forward, a rear right elevating drive motor 3403 attached to the upper surface of the rear right motor base 3402 and having a rotation shaft extending to the lower side of the rear right motor base 3402; A spur gear-like drive gear (not shown) fixed to the rotation shaft of the right lifting drive motor 3403, a driven gear (not shown) meshed with the drive gear and disposed on the right side of the drive gear in front view, and driven The upper end is fixed to the rotation axis of the gear, and the lower end extends from the upper end of the back right unit base 3401 to a height that is about 1/4 lower than the entire height. A lift drive shaft 3406 that is rotatably supported by the back right unit base 3401 at the side and the lower end and has a spiral groove 3406a formed on the outer periphery, and the groove 3406a in a state of protruding from the groove 3406a of the lift drive shaft 3406. And a spherical transmission ball (not shown).

  Further, the back right effect unit 3400 supports the transfer ball so that the transfer ball does not fall out of the groove 3406a of the elevating drive shaft 3406 and can cover a part of the elevating drive shaft 3406. The back right elevating slider 3407 having a support pin 3407a for supporting the right end side of the 3500, and the back right elevating slider 3407 are guided to be slidable in the vertical direction, and the upper and lower ends are supported by the back right unit base 3401 and driven up and down. A guide shaft 3408 that is substantially the same length as the shaft 3406 and is arranged in parallel with the lift drive shaft 3406, and a back right that is attached to a predetermined position of the back right unit base 3401 and that can detect the lift position of the back right lift slider 3407. The lift position detection sensor 3409 and the back right unit base 3401 A back right decorative substrate 3410 in which a plurality of LED on the front mounted is mounted on the side, and a.

  The back right unit base 3401 of the back right effect unit 3400 is formed of a light-transmitting material, and the upper end extends upward from the upper end of the opening 3020b in the back box 3020, and the lower end is the lower end of the opening 3020b. It is formed in the size which becomes substantially the same height. Further, the back right unit base 3401 supports the elevating drive shaft 3406 and the guide shaft 3408 from the center in the left-right direction in the front view to the right front, and supports the guide shaft 3408 on the right side of the elevating drive shaft 3406 in the front view. Yes. Further, the back right unit base 3401 has a geometric relief-like decoration formed on the front side on the left side and the lower side of the elevation drive shaft 3406 and a plate-like shape extending forward from the right end. A decoration portion 3401a is provided. The back-right effect unit 3400 is configured so that the relief-like decoration of the back-right unit base 3401 can be illuminated with the LEDs of the back-right decoration board 3410.

  Although the detailed illustration is omitted, the back-right effect unit 3400 is similar to the back-left effect unit 3300, in the groove 3406a formed in a spiral shape in the elevating drive shaft 3406. About half of the ball is inserted, and about half of the transmission ball is supported by the back right elevating slider 3407 in a rotatable and immovable state. Further, the back right elevating slider 3407 is slidable with respect to the elevating drive shaft 3406 and the guide shaft 3408, and the elevating drive shaft 3406 and the guide shaft 3408 cannot move in the direction perpendicular to the axis. Yes. In this example, the groove 3406a of the lifting drive shaft 3406 is formed at an angle of about 45 °.

  In this state, when the up / down drive shaft 3406 is rotated by the back right up / down drive motor 3403 via the drive gear and the driven gear, the groove 3406a formed on the outer periphery of the up / down drive shaft 3406 extends obliquely. The ball is pushed into the oblique groove 3406a, but the position of the transmission ball is regulated by the back right lifting slider 3407, and the back right lifting slider 3407 moves in the axial direction of the lifting drive shaft 3406 together with the transmission ball. It becomes. In this example, when the elevating drive shaft 3406 is rotated counterclockwise in plan view, the back right elevating slider 3407 is lowered, and when the elevating drive shaft 3406 is rotated clockwise in plan view, the rear right The elevating slider 3407 is raised.

  According to the back right effect unit 3400 of this example, the load applied from the back right lift slider 3407 acts on the lift drive shaft 3406 from the transmission ball via the spiral groove 3406a. Since it is inclined with respect to the axis of 3406, the force acting in the direction of rotating the lifting drive shaft 3406 with respect to the magnitude of the load acting downward from the transmission ball becomes as small as possible. That is, even if a large load is applied from the back right lifting slider 3407, the back right lifting slider 3407 can be prevented from descending and stopped by blocking the rotation of the lifting drive shaft 3406 with a small force. Even if a lock mechanism or the like is not provided, the back right elevating slider 3407 can be maintained in a stopped state. Therefore, even a heavy object can reduce the load applied to the back right elevating drive motor 3403 via the elevating drive shaft 3406, and it is possible to prevent a problem from being caused by an overload, as well as a large size and various mechanisms. Even if it is heavier, it can be stopped and raised without problems.

  Also, the support pin 3407a of the back right elevating slider 3407 in the back right effect unit 3400 extends forward in a columnar shape as shown in the drawing, and is in a support hole 3502c of the right support member 3502 in the back middle effect unit 3500 described later. It is inserted through a roller bush 3504. Although not shown, a washer and a screw for preventing the roller bushing 3504 from coming off are attached to the front end of the support pin 3407a.

[2-10. Back middle production unit]
Next, the back middle production unit 3500 in the back unit 3000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 144 to 146. The back middle production unit 3500 includes a rectangular plate-shaped support plate portion 3501a extending in the left-right direction substantially along the surface of the game panel 1200, a receiving portion 3501c extending forward from the right end of the support plate portion 3501a, and A support pin 3307a, which is disposed in the vicinity of the left end at approximately the center in the vertical direction of the support plate portion 3501a and extends forward from the back left lift slider 3307 in the back left rendering unit 3300, is slidably inserted and penetrates in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction. A left support member 3501 having a long hole-like support hole 3501c, a plate-like support plate portion 3502a substantially along the surface of the game panel 1200, and a plate-like extension extending forward from the left end of the support plate portion 3502a. The back-right lift slider 340 in the back-right effect unit 3400 is arranged at the approximate center in the left-right direction above the receiving part 3502b and the support plate part 3502a. A support pin 3407a extending forward from the right support member 3502 having a support hole 3502c penetrating in the front-rear direction and a right support member 3502 and a left support member 3501 are connected to each other to connect a metal plate. And a bent connection member 3503.

  The left support member 3501 and the right support member 3502 in the back middle production unit 3500 are respectively provided with the support pins 3307a and the back right production unit 3400 of the back left lifting slider 3307 in the back left production unit 3300 with respect to the respective support holes 3501c and 3502c. The support pin 3407a of the back right elevating slider 3407 is rotatably supported via a roller bush 3504. The roller bushing 3504 includes a flange extending in a direction perpendicular to the axis from the front end, and is inserted into the support pins 3307a and 3407a from the front side of the left support member 3501 and the right support member 3502 through the support holes 3501c and 3502c. ing. Although not shown in the drawing, these roller bushes 3504 are prevented from being removed from the support pins 3307a and 3407a by washers and screws fixed to the tips of the support pins 3307a and 3407a, and are supported to the left via the roller bushing 3504. The member 3501 and the right support member 3502 prevent the support pins 3307a and 3407a from coming off.

  Further, the back middle production unit 3500 is disposed between the receiving portions 3501b and 3502b of the left support member 3501 and the right support member 3502 that are supported by the connecting member 3503 so as to be separated from each other, and the rear side is opened in a horizontally long rectangular shape. A box-shaped unit base 3510 and a cylindrical shaft member attached to the left and right ends of the unit base 3510 and rotatably supported by the receiving portions 3501b and 3502b of the left support member 3501 and the right support member 3502 (not shown) ), A driven gear (not shown) that rotates integrally with the shaft member on the right side of the front view and is disposed on the right side of the receiving portion 3502b in the right support member 3502, and a spur gear-like drive gear (not shown) that meshes with the driven gear. Omitted), and the drive gear is fixed to the rotation shaft and is driven to rotate in the middle of the right support member 3502 disposed on the front side of the support plate 3502a. It comprises a chromatography motor, a motor base attached on the right side of the receiving part 3502b in the right support member 3502 covers the driven gear and the driving gear to support the back during rotation drive motor.

  Further, the back middle production unit 3500 includes a rotation position detection sensor 3516 attached to the rear side of the right shaft member in a front view and capable of detecting the rotation position of the unit base 3510. The rotation position detection sensor 3516 is configured to rotate together with the unit base 3510, and is a detection piece (leftward extending from a position behind the rotation axis in the receiving portion 3502b of the right support member 3502). The rotation position of the unit base 3510 can be detected by detecting (not shown). In this example, when the unit base 3510 is in the state of FIG. 144 (normal position state), the rotation position detection sensor 3516 detects the detection piece.

  Further, the back middle production unit 3500 is attached to a substantially center in the front-rear direction in the box-shaped unit base 3510 and has a plate-shaped middle cover 3517 for partitioning the inside of the unit base 3510, and a front and rear surface attached to the front side of the middle cover 3517. A plurality of LEDs mounted on the back side decorative board 3518, a frame-like logo frame 3519 attached to the front surface of the unit base 3510, and attached to the front side of the logo frame 3519, not shown, but on the front surface of the pachinko machine 1 A translucent logo lens 3520 in which a predetermined logo in accordance with the concept is three-dimensionally formed. The back middle effect unit 3500 of this example can light-decorate the logo lens 3520 by causing the LED mounted on the front surface side of the back inner decorative substrate 3518 to emit light.

  The back middle production unit 3500 includes a unit base cover 3530 that closes the rear end opening of the box-shaped unit base 3510, and three units that are attached so as to protrude rearward from the unit base cover 3530 and are arranged in the left-right direction. Rotating lamp unit 3550 (right rotating lamp 3550R, middle rotating lamp 3550M, left rotating lamp 3550L), and back cover 3531 which covers half of rotating lamp unit 3550 (upper side in FIG. 146) and is attached to the rear side of unit base cover 3530. It is equipped with. Although not shown in the figure, the unit base cover 3530 is formed with three through-holes having a large diameter and penetrating in the front-rear direction at a portion where the rotary lamp unit 3550 is attached. In these rotary lamp units 3550, the middle rotary lamp 3550M arranged at the center in the left-right direction has a larger diameter than the left rotary lamp 3550L and the right rotary lamp 3550R arranged on the left and right (FIG. 148 (B)). Etc.).

  The three rotary lamp units 3550 in the back production unit 3500 have the same configuration, and detailed illustration thereof is omitted. However, a disk-shaped base disposed coaxially with the through hole on the rear side of the unit base cover 3530 is omitted. A reflector having a metallic luster on the surface, and a reflective portion extending in a right-angled direction from the base portion so as to cover the opening. And an opening that is fixed to the base portion through the through hole of the unit base cover 3530 so as to sandwich the unit base cover 3530 in cooperation with the base portion of the reflector, and at the rear side of the unit base cover 3530 A reflector gear (not shown) having a spur gear-like gear portion on the outer periphery thereof is meshed with the reflector gear. A small-diameter gear, a transmission gear (not shown in the figure) that is rotatably disposed integrally with the small-diameter gear and that is larger in diameter than the small-diameter gear and is rotatably supported by the unit base cover 3530; A spur gear-like drive gear (not shown) that meshes with the large-diameter gear, a rotary lamp drive motor 3555 that has a rotary shaft fixed to the center of the drive gear and is attached to the rear side of the unit base cover 3530, and a unit base cover A semi-spherical and transparent lamp cover 3556 that is attached to the rear side of 3530 and covers the remaining portion covered by the back cover 3531.

  The rotating lamp unit 3550 includes a light guide member (not shown) that is sandwiched between the base portion of the reflector and the reflector gear and that can guide light in the axial direction of the through hole in the unit base cover 3530. ing. In the back middle production unit 3500 of this example, a plurality of high-brightness LEDs that can irradiate light rearward are mounted at positions that are substantially coaxial with the through hole of the unit base cover 3530 on the rear surface of the back inner decorative substrate 3518. The light from the high-intensity LED is guided to the reflecting portion of the reflector by the light guide member, and reflected by the reflecting portion of the reflector in the direction perpendicular to the rotation axis, and the light is irradiated to the outside through the lamp cover 3556. Can be done.

  The rotating lamp unit 3550 includes a rotational position detection sensor (not shown) that is attached to the rear surface of the back inner decorative substrate 3518 and detects the rotational position of the reflector. Although the back middle production unit 3500 of this example is not shown in detail, an opening that penetrates in the front-rear direction is formed at a position coaxial with the through hole of the unit base cover 3530 in the middle cover 3517, and a reflector. A detection piece that extends forward through the opening of the middle cover 3517 is provided on the front surface of the gear, and the detection piece is detected by a rotational position detection sensor attached to the back inner decoration board 3518 to thereby reflect the reflector. The rotation position of can be detected. In addition, in the state which detected the detection piece of the reflector gear with the rotation position detection sensor, the reflection part of a reflector will be in the state which faced the back cover 3531 side.

  When the rotary lamp unit 3550 in the back middle effect unit 3500 is rotated by the rotary lamp driving motor 3555 in a state where the high-intensity LED mounted on the rear surface of the back middle decorative board 3518 emits light, Will rotate, and the direction of the light guided by the light guide member and reflected by the reflecting portion will change so as to rotate around the rotation axis. Therefore, it is possible to perform a light emission effect in which the optical axis like the light of the lighthouse turns, and to attract the player's attention strongly.

  The back middle production unit 3500 of this example extends in the left-right direction through a unit base 3510 to which a logo lens 3520, a rotating lamp unit 3550, and the like are attached by a left support member 3501 and a right support member 3502 that are spaced apart from each other on the left and right. It can be rotated around the axis. In the normal state, the inside production unit 3500 is positioned such that the logo lens 3520 faces the front (player side) as shown in FIG. 144 and the like. In this normal position state, the three rotary lamp units 3550 are positioned directly behind the logo lens 3520 and are not visible to the player. In this state, by driving the back side rotation drive motor 3514, when the unit base 3510 is rotated about 90 ° around the axis extending in the left-right direction so that the logo lens 3520 is directed upward, the unit base 3510 is arranged in the left-right direction. The three hemispherical rotating lamp units 3550 thus formed are bulged downward and can be viewed from the player side (appearance position state).

  Then, in a state where the rotary lamp unit 3550 is visible from the player side, the rotary lamp drive motor 3555 is driven and the corresponding high-intensity LED on the back decorative board 3518 is caused to emit light, thereby rotating the optical axis. Such a light emission effect can be shown to the player. The three rotary lamp units 3550 can be independently moved. Various combinations of the movements of the three rotary lamp units 3550 can be appropriately combined to perform various light emission effects. It has become.

[2-11. About the movement of the back left production unit, the back right production unit, and the back middle production unit]
Next, the movement of the back left effect unit 3300, the back right effect unit 3400, and the back middle effect unit 3500 in the back unit 3000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 147 to 149. FIG. 147 is an explanatory diagram showing movements of the back left effect unit, the back right effect unit, and the back middle effect unit. FIG. 148 is an explanatory diagram showing movement different from that in FIG. Further, FIG. 149 is an explanatory diagram showing the movement of the back left decorative body in the back left effect unit of the back unit.

  In the back unit 3000 of this example, as described above, the back left effect unit 3300 and the back right effect unit 3400 are attached to the left and right sides of the opening 3020b in the back box 3020, respectively. The left and right ends of the back middle production unit 3500 are supported by the back left raising / lowering slider 3307 and the support pins 3307a and 3407a of the back right raising / lowering slider 3407 in the right production unit 3400.

  As shown in FIG. 147 and the like, the back middle effect unit 3500 of this example includes a back left lifting slider 3307 of the back left effect unit 3300 and a back right lifting slider 3407 of the back right effect unit 3400 in a normal state. , Respectively, are the most elevated positions (positions at the rising end). In this state, the horizontally long rectangular logo lens 3520 in the back middle production unit 3500 extends substantially horizontally, and the logo lens 3520 in the front view has a lower side of the center logo decoration member 2641 in the center accessory 2500. The position (height) is in contact.

  In this normal state, the back left elevating drive motor 3303 of the back left effect unit 3300 and the back right elevating drive motor 3403 of the back right effect unit 3400 are simultaneously driven, and the back right elevating slider 3407 of the back right effect unit 3400 is driven. The back middle production unit 3500 is lowered in a substantially parallel state to the position of the lowering end (first lowering position) (see FIG. 147 (B)). In this state, the logo lens 3520 of the back middle production unit 3500 is slightly lowered toward the center of the game area 1100 in a front view, and is slightly separated from the center logo decoration member 2641 in the center accessory 2500.

  When the back middle production unit 3500 is in the first lowered position and the back left raising / lowering drive motor 3303 of the back left production unit 3300 is further driven to lower only the back left raising / lowering slider 3307, the right support of the back middle production unit 3500 is supported. The member 3502 is supported by the support pin 3407a of the back-right lift slider 3407 in the back-right effect unit 3400 by the circular support hole 3502c, whereas the left support member 3501 is the back-left effect by the long hole-shaped support hole 3501c. Since the support pin 3307a of the unit 3300 is supported by the support pin 3307a of the back left elevating slider 3307, the support pin 3307a slides in the long support hole 3501c, and at the same time, the left end side of the back center production unit 3500 descends, The logo lens 3520 is inclined. Then, when the back left raising / lowering slider 3307 of the back left effect unit 3300 is lowered to the lowest lowered position (second lower position), the inclination of the logo lens 3520 (back middle effect unit 3500) becomes maximum (FIG. 147). (See (C)).

  As a result, the logo lens 3520 with the logo in accordance with the concept of the pachinko machine 1 can be tilted so that the player can recognize that the balance is lost at first glance. It can be thought that the game state is changed from the normal game state to a special game state, and it is possible to increase the sense of expectation for the game and to suppress the decrease in interest.

  Moreover, the back middle production unit 3500 (logo lens 3520) is loosely moved by moving the left end side up and down between the first lowered position and the second lowered position by the rear left production unit 3300. A movable production such as shaking can be performed, and the movement of the back middle production unit 3500 can be enjoyed.

  On the other hand, after changing the back middle effect unit 3500 from the normal position to the first lowered position (see FIG. 148A), the back middle rotation drive motor 3514 in the back middle effect unit 3500 is driven. The unit base 3510 is rotated by 90 ° about the axis extending in the left-right direction so that the logo lens 3520 faces upward. Then, at the same time that the logo lens 3520 is faced upward and becomes almost invisible, three rotating lamp units 3550 bulging downward from the lower side appear and become visible from the player side (appearance position state) (see FIG. 148 (B)). As a result, the appearance of the back middle production unit 3500 has changed greatly, which can attract the player's interest strongly and can make it seem that there is something good, increasing the expectation of the game. It is possible to prevent the interest from deteriorating.

  While the back middle production unit 3500 is set to the first lowered position and the three rotary lamp units 3550 are set to the appearance positions, the rotary lamp driving motors 3555 of the rotary lamp unit 3550 are rotated and the corresponding back middle decorative board 3518 is rotated. By making the high-intensity LED emit light, it is possible to attract the player's interest more strongly by the rotating rotating lamp, and also to attract the interest of the pachinko machine 1 to other players strongly. Yes, you can entertain the player.

  As shown in FIG. 148 (C), with the rotary lamp unit 3550 of the back middle production unit 3500 in the appearance position, the back left lift slider 3307 of the back left production unit 3300 is set to the first lowered position. The pachinko machine 1 can be moved up and down between the two descending positions, and can present the player with a moving atmosphere different from that of the logo lens 3520. can do.

  By the way, the back left effect unit 3300 in the back unit 3000 is provided with a back left decorative body 3320 simulating a handle lever of a motorcycle, in addition to a mechanism for raising and lowering the back effect unit 3500. The back left decorative body 3320 in the back left effect unit 3300 is in a state of rising substantially vertically in a normal state, and the right side portion is slightly visible through the frame of the center accessory 2500 in a front view. (See FIG. 110 and the like). The back left decorative body 3320 is rotated from the normal state by the back left rotation drive motor 3312 so that the distal end side moves to the center side of the game area 1100 around the base end side (lower end side). The substantially whole can be seen from the player side (see FIG. 149). The back left decorative body 3320 of the back left effect unit 3300 is caused to appear by rotating so that the tip side moves to the center side of the game area 1100 in front view, thereby suggesting that the player has a chance or the like. It is possible to increase the sense of expectation for the game and to suppress the interest from deteriorating.

[2-12. Bottom production unit]
Next, the back bottom production unit 3600 in the back unit 3000 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 150 and 151. FIG. 150A is a perspective view of the lower back effect unit in the back unit as viewed from the front, and FIG. 150B is a perspective view of the back lower effect unit as viewed from the rear. FIG. 151 is an explanatory diagram showing the movement of the lower back effect unit in the back unit.

  The back lower direction production unit 3600 in this example is attached to the lower side of the opening 3020b at the approximate center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front in the back box 3020, and below the transparent stage 2510 of the center accessory 2500 in the front unit 2000. Arranged on the side. This back bottom rendering unit 3600 is attached to a rear wall 3020a in the back box 3020. The unit base 3601 has a pair of long-hole-shaped guide portions 3601a that are separated in the left-right direction and penetrate in the front-rear direction and extend in the up-down direction. And a pair of sliders 3602 arranged on the front side of the unit base 3601 and guided respectively by a pair of guide portions and having a rack gear 3602a on the left side when viewed from the front, and a rack base 3602a of the slider 3602 at the left when viewed from the front. A spur gear-like pinion gear 3603 rotatably supported by 3601, a drive gear 3604 meshing with the pinion gear 3603, a back underside drive motor 3605 with a rotation shaft fixed to the center of the drive gear 3604, and a back underside drive While supporting the motor 3605, the drive gear 3604 and the back bottom drive motor 3 A motor base 3606 attached to the front side of the deployed unit base 3601 between the 05, and a.

  The lower back effect unit 3600 has a vertical portion 3607a attached to the front surface of each of the pair of sliders 3602 and extending in the vertical direction, and a horizontal portion 3607b extending in the horizontal direction by connecting the upper ends of the vertical portions 3607a. A frame-shaped movable frame 3607 provided with relief-like decoration, a driven gear 3608 that meshes with a rack gear 3602a in the slider 3602 on the right side when viewed from the front and is rotatably supported on the front surface of the unit base 3601, and a unit base 3601 A back lower back decorative board 3609 attached to the upper rear side and mounted with a plurality of LEDs on the front surface, a slide detection sensor (not shown) attached to the front side of the unit base 3601 and capable of detecting the slide position of the slider 3602. It has.

  Further, the lower back rendering unit 3600 is arranged on the front side of the movable frame 3607 and is attached to the front surface of the unit base 3601 and the front decoration base 3611 is attached to the upper front portion of the front decoration base 3611 and the keyboard such as a computer on the surface A front decorative member 3612 having a light-transmitting property and a part of the front decorative member 3612 disposed between the front decorative member 3612 and the front decorative base 3611. Corresponding frame-shaped light shielding member (not shown) having a plurality of openings penetrating in the front-rear direction, and an underside in which a plurality of LEDs are mounted on the front surface between the light shielding member and the front decoration base 3611 Front decoration board (not shown) and lamp attached to the lower front portion of the front decoration base 3611 and attached to the back box 3020 It includes a subplantar relay terminal plate 3615 that relays the connection between the decorative substrate and the driving motor in the back lower right framing unit 3250 in the dynamic substrate 3041 and a motor drive substrate 3042 and the back lower right direction unit 3200, the.

  The back lower direction production unit 3600 of this example can move the frame-shaped movable frame 3607 up and down via a pair of sliders 3602 by driving the back lower side drive motor 3605. In addition, the back bottom rendering unit 3600 can be illuminated and decorated near the upper side of the unit base 3601 by the back bottom back decoration board 3609 and the front decoration member 3612 simulating a keyboard by the back bottom front decoration board. Can be decorated with light emission.

  Although the detailed illustration is omitted, the back bottom effect unit 3600 includes a plate-like detection piece projecting leftward on the slider 3602 on the left side when viewed from the front, and the detection piece is detected by a slide detection sensor. The slide position (lifting position) of the movable frame 3607 can be detected via the slider 3602. When the movable frame 3607 is in the lowest position (normal position), the detection piece is detected by the slide detection sensor.

  In addition, the back lower direction production unit 3600 includes a pair of support pins 3602b that extend rearward and are spaced apart in the vertical direction so as to penetrate the guide portion 3601a of the unit base 3601 at the lower rear side of the slider 3602. A roller bush 3616 is provided which is rotatably inserted into the pin 3602b and can roll in the guide portion 3601a. The slider 3602 is smoothly guided by the guide portion 3601a.

  In the normal state (normal position state), the lower back effect unit 3600 has a horizontal portion 3607b of the movable frame 3607 that is substantially the same height as the upper end of the front decorative member 3612, as shown. In this state, when the drive gear 3604 is rotated clockwise in front view by the lower back drive motor 3605, the pinion gear 3603 meshed with the drive gear 3604 is rotated counterclockwise and meshed with the pinion gear 3603. The rack gear 3602a slides the slider 3602 on the left side when viewed from the front. In the back extension unit 3600, the slider 3602 on the left side when viewed from the front is coupled to the slider 3602 on the right side when viewed from the front by a U-shaped movable frame 3607 in which the lower side is opened by a pair of vertical portions 3607a and 3607b. Therefore, when the left slider 3602 is lifted, the right slider 3602 is also lifted through the movable frame 3607 so that the entire movable frame 3607 is lifted.

  The movable frame 3607 can be raised to the rising end of the slider 3602. In the state where the movable frame 3607 is raised to the highest level (in the appearance position), the upper end of the movable frame 3607 is the cover member 2663 in the center accessory 2500. A part of the lower part of the liquid crystal display device 1900 located on the upper side and disposed rearward from within the movable frame 3607 faces (see FIG. 161). In this state, when a predetermined effect image is displayed only in a region corresponding to the frame of the movable frame 3607 on the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 1900, the effect image is displayed to the player as if in the movable frame 3607. So that the illusion can be made.

  In the lower back effect unit 3600, when the movable frame 3607 is moved up and down, the driven gear 3608 meshed with the rack gear 3602a of the slider 3602 on the right side when viewed from the front is idled. Accordingly, the static friction resistance with respect to the right slider 2602 can be increased as compared with the case where the roller is caused to contact and idle, so that when the movable frame 3607 is stopped at a position other than the descending end, the right slider 3602 is stopped. The movable frame 3607 can be prevented from being inclined. Further, the right slider 3602 can be made difficult to fall without causing the driving force (resistance force) from the driving motor to act on the driven gear 3608 that meshes with the rack gear 3602a of the right slider 3602, so that the movable frame 3607 can be removed. A mechanism for raising and lowering can be simplified, an increase in cost related to the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed, and space efficiency can be improved by eliminating an extra mechanism.

[2-13. Backward production unit]
Next, the back effect unit 3700 in the back unit 3000 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. FIG. 152A is a perspective view of the back effect unit in the back unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 152B is a perspective view of the back effect unit as seen from the back. The back effect unit 3700 in the back unit 3000 of the present embodiment is attached to the upper side of the opening 3020b at the center in the left-right direction in the front view in the back box 3020, and is arranged behind the back effect unit 3500. This back effect unit 3700 is mounted in a back box 3020 and has a box-shaped unit main body 3701 having a horizontally long rectangular front view and an open rear side, and a geometric decoration on the front surface disposed in the unit main body 3701. A formed lens member 3702 having translucency, and a back decorative board 3703 disposed near the rear end of the unit main body 3701 on the rear side of the lens member 3702 and having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface. .

  The rear effect unit 3700 includes a blower 3710 that is attached to the left end of the main body 3701 when viewed from the front and ventilates the back box 3020.

  As shown in the figure, the unit main body 3701 of the rear effect unit 3700 is inclined obliquely so that the front surface on the right side of the front view of the part to which the blower 3710 is attached recedes as it goes downward, and in a front-rear direction with a predetermined shape. A plurality of openings 3701a are formed therethrough, and a plating layer having a metallic luster is provided on the surface. The unit main body 3701 has a plurality of ventilation holes 3701b formed on the front surface of a part to which the blower 3710 is attached, and a notch 3701c formed on the upper portion so that the exhaust port 3710b of the blower 3710 faces.

  Further, the lens member 3702 of the back rendering unit 3700 is formed so as to be able to diffuse light from the LEDs of the back decorative substrate 3703 disposed on the rear side, and the opening 3701a of the unit main body 3701 is formed in the rear. In addition to closing from the side, a part of the front face faces the player side through the opening 3701a. Accordingly, the LED on the back decorative substrate 3703 emits light so that the opening 3701a of the unit main body 3701 can be illuminated and decorated through the lens member 3702.

  The blower 3710 in the back effect unit 3700 has a fan (sirocco fan) arranged so that the rotation axis extends in the front-rear direction inside, and an air inlet 3710 a penetrating in the front-rear direction is formed near the rotation center. In addition, an exhaust port 3710b is formed on the outer periphery, and the exhaust port 3710b is attached to the unit main body 3701 so as to face the notch 3701c of the unit main body 3701. The notch 3701c of the unit main body 3701 faces the vent 3020g opened on the upper surface of the outer peripheral wall of the back box 3020 when the back top production unit 3700 is attached to the back box 3020, and passes through the vent 3020g. The air in the back box 3020 can be discharged outside the back box 3020 and the temperature in the back box 3020 can be prevented from rising.

[2-14. Liquid crystal display]
Next, the liquid crystal display device 1900 in the game board 4 of this example will be described. The liquid crystal display device 1900 is detachably attached to the rear surface of the back box 3020 in the back unit 3000, and can display a predetermined effect image according to the gaming state. As shown in FIGS. 115 and 116, the liquid crystal display device 1900 includes a fixed piece 1902 that protrudes outward from the left and right sides, and can be attached to the back box 3020 via the fixed piece 1902. ing.

  Specifically, the liquid crystal display device 1900 is inserted from the rear side into a box-shaped fixed frame 3020d formed on the rear side of the rear wall 3020a in the back box 3020. The protruding two fixed pieces 1902 are inserted into the two fixed holes 3020e on the right side of the back side of the back box 3020, and the opposite fixed pieces 1902 are inserted into the insertion holes of the lock body 3051 in the lock mechanism 3050. The insertion opening of the lock body 3051 is closed by the lock slider 3052, so that the liquid crystal display device 1900 can be attached to the back box 3020.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 114 and the like, the liquid crystal display device 1900 includes a peripheral control board box 1910 that houses a peripheral control unit 4140, a liquid crystal control unit 4150 (see FIG. 165), and the like, and a lower part of the peripheral control board box 1910. And a volume 1912 extending rearward. By rotating the volume 1912 in an appropriate direction, the volume output from each speaker 130, 222, 262 provided in the door frame 5, the speaker 821 provided in the main body frame 3 and the like can be adjusted. It has become.

  Note that the liquid crystal display device 1900 uses a light-brightness white LED as a backlight.

[2-15. Movable production on game board]
Next, the movable effects in the game board 4 of the present embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 153 to 163. FIG. 153 is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the lower right effect unit, FIG. 154 is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the lower right effect unit following FIG. 153, and FIG. It is the front view of the game board which shows the movement of the back lower right production unit which continues. FIG. 156 is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the back middle effect unit, and FIG. 157 is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the back middle effect unit following FIG. Further, FIG. 158 is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the back middle production unit in a state different from FIG. 156, and FIG. 159 is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the back middle production unit following FIG. . FIG. 160 is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the back left decorative body in the back left effect unit. FIG. 161 is a front view of the game board showing the movement of the lower back effect unit. Further, FIG. 162 is a front view of the pachinko machine shown with the game board facing the game window. FIG. 163 is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the front effect unit and the function display unit in the center accessory.

  In the game board 4 of this example, as shown in FIG. 111 and the like, in a normal state, the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 1900 arranged on the rear side through the window 2501 of the center accessory 2500 can be visually recognized. Yes. Further, in a normal state, the game board 4 is arranged on the front right end of the liquid crystal display device 1900 behind the center accessory 2500 and on the back right lower decoration unit 3250 of the cylindrical lower right decoration unit 3250. However, it can be visually recognized from the player side in a state where the axial center is slightly directed to the left front direction with respect to the vertical. Furthermore, in the normal state, the game board 4 is in a state in which the back left decorative body 3320 in the back left effect unit 3300 rises substantially vertically, and the left end of the window 2501 of the center accessory 2500 in front view. Thus, the right side portion is slightly visible from the player side.

  Further, in the normal state, the game board 4 is in a state where the horizontally long rectangular logo lens 3520 in the back middle production unit 3500 faces the front side on the player side and extends substantially horizontally. The logo lens 3520 is visible from the player side so as to be in contact with the lower side of the center logo decoration member 2641 in the center accessory 2500. Further, in the normal state, the game board 4 has the movable frame 3607 of the lower back effect unit 3600 positioned below the stage 2510 of the center accessory 2500, so that it can hardly be seen from the player side. ing.

  In the normal state, the game board 4 is in a state in which the opening / closing opening 2701b of the table effect unit 2700 in the center accessory 2500 is closed by the opening / closing member 2706, and the opening / closing member 2706 has a front surface inside the opening / closing member 2706. The pattern (not shown) applied to is visible from the player side.

  The game board 4 of this example is a back right bottom slide drive motor so that the slide base 3230 that supports the back right bottom decoration unit 3250 slides in the right direction when viewed from the front in the back right bottom effect unit 3200 from a normal state. 3204 is driven, and the back lower right decoration drive motor 3232 is driven so that the back lower right decoration unit 3250 rotates in the counterclockwise direction. Move to. In the state where the back lower right decoration unit 3250 is located at the first appearance position in the back lower right effect unit 3200, as shown in FIG. 153, the cylindrical decoration main body 3250b of the back lower right decoration unit 3250 is replaced by the decoration main body 3250b. The center member 2500 extends substantially horizontally at a position above the cover member 2663 that covers the stage 2510, and the lens member 3255 of the stay portion 3250a in the back lower right decoration unit 3250 is moved from the player side. It is in a visible state.

  In addition, in the state where the back lower right decoration unit 3250 of the back lower right rendering unit 3200 is in the first appearance position, the stay portion 3250a of the back lower right decoration unit 3250 is positioned in front of the back right unit base 3401 in the back right rendering unit 3400. When viewed from the player side, the decoration main body 3250b appears to be positioned near the right end of the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 1900. In other words, the player can be given an illusion that the decoration main body 3250b rotates around the base end side. In the state of the first appearance position, the cylindrical decoration body 3250b of the back lower right decoration unit 3250 can be shown to the player as if it floated at the front right end of the liquid crystal display device 1900, and the decoration body 3250b. The attention of the player 3250b can be drawn by attracting the player's interest.

  In this state, the lower right lower decorative unit 3250 is slid leftward to the left end of the slide base 3230 together with the slide base 3230 by the lower right lower slide drive motor 3204, and the second lower right decorative unit 3250 appears second. Move to position. In the state of this second appearance position, as shown in FIG. 154, the decoration main body 3250b of the back lower right decoration unit 3250 in the back lower right effect unit 3200 is substantially in the left-right direction on the front surface of the liquid crystal display device 1900, that is, a game Since it is in a state of being located at the approximate center of the region 1100, the cylindrical decorative body 3250b can be made very conspicuous from the player side so that the player can be focused on the decorative body 3250b. It has become.

  When the back lower right head driving motor provided in the decoration main body 3250b is driven in a state where the back right lower decoration unit 3250 of the back lower right rendering unit 3200 is positioned at the second appearance position, the left lower end of the decoration main body 3250b is driven. The positioned main body head decoration member 3267 rotates around the axis extending in the left-right direction. In this example, the axis of the cylindrical decorative main body 3250b is inclined so that the front end side (the main body head decoration member 3267 side) slightly faces the front side with respect to the front-rear direction. The player can easily recognize that 3267 is rotating. Then, when the apex of the triangular relief in the main body head decoration member 3267 and the apex of the home base-like relief in the upper front decoration member 3262 coincide with each other, the rotation of the main body head decoration member 3267 is stopped, The back right lower head slide drive motor provided in the decoration main body 3250b is driven.

  As a result, the main body head decoration member 3267 and the upper front decoration member 3262 slide to the left, and the ends of the upper front decoration member 3261 and the lower front decoration member 3261 that are opposed to each other and formed in a ruptured manner are formed. The lens members 3264 arranged on the rear side can be visually recognized from the player side while being separated from each other (see FIG. 155). Therefore, it is possible to show the player a movable effect such that the bottom right decoration unit 3250 ruptures (explodes), and it seems that something good will happen by rupturing, and a sense of expectation for the game Can be raised.

  Before performing the movable effect using the back lower right effect unit, the back lower right decoration unit 3250 imitates a time bomb with respect to the player by the liquid crystal display device 1900 and the speakers 130, 222, 262, and 821. When it is made to recognize that there is, when the back lower right decoration unit 3250 starts moving, it is possible to make the player have the illusion that the setting of the time bomb has started, and to make the player irritated. it can. By moving the back lower right decoration unit 3250 from the normal position to the first appearance position and then to the second appearance position, it is possible to produce an effect that the crisis is gradually approaching, and the player is further enhanced. It can be fun to be excited. Then, by rotating the main body head decoration member 3262, it is possible to recognize that the time limit of explosion is finally approaching, and to increase the player's sense of tension, Expectation can be raised.

  In addition, the game board 4 of this example simultaneously drives the back left lifting drive motor 3303 of the back left rendering unit 3300 and the back right lifting drive motor 3403 of the back right rendering unit 3400, respectively. When the back middle stage production unit 3500 is lowered in a substantially parallel state to the lower end position (first lowering position) of the lift slider 3407, as shown in FIG. 156, the logo lens 3520 of the back middle stage production unit 3500 becomes the center role. The object 2500 is slightly away from the center logo decoration member 2641. As a result, the logo lens 3520 moves from the upper front of the liquid crystal display device 1900 toward the center, so that the logo lens 3520 becomes conspicuous from the player side, and the player's sense of expectation can be enhanced.

  If the back left elevating drive motor 3303 of the back left effect unit 3300 is driven and only the back left elevating slider 3307 is further lowered while the back middle effect unit 3500 is moved to the first lowered position, as shown in FIG. Further, the back middle production unit 3500 is inclined on the front surface of the liquid crystal display device 1900. As a result, the logo lens 3520 with the logo in accordance with the concept of the pachinko machine 1 can be tilted so that the player can recognize that the balance is lost at first glance. It can be thought that it will change from a normal game state to a special game state, and the expectation with respect to a game can be raised.

  In this example, the unit base 3510 to which the logo lens 3520 in the back middle production unit 3500 is attached can be rotated around an axis extending in the longitudinal direction of the back middle production unit 3500. Then, with the back middle production unit 3500 moved from the normal position to the first lowered position, the unit base 3510 is rotated 90 ° so that the logo lens 3520 faces upward by the back middle rotation drive motor 3514. As shown in FIG. 158, instead of the logo lens 3520, three rotating lamp units 3550 bulging downward in a hemispherical shape and arranged in the left-right direction appear so as to be visible from the player side. As a result, the appearance of the back middle production unit 3500 can be greatly changed, the player's interest can be strongly attracted, and it can be thought that there is something good. The expectation for a game can be raised.

  In addition, when the rotary lamp unit 3550 of the back middle production unit 3500 is made to appear and the rotary lamp unit 3550 is rotated and light-emitted, the player's interest can be more strongly attracted by the spinning light. It is possible to attract the interest of the present pachinko machine 1 strongly to the players, and to pay attention to the pachinko machine 1.

  The game board 4 of this example moves the back left raising / lowering slider 3307 in the back left effect unit 3300 to the second lowering position even when the rotary lamp unit 3550 of the back effect unit 3500 is made visible from the player side. As shown in FIG. 159, the rotary lamp unit 3550 can be tilted by moving the back left elevating slider 3307 from the first lowering position to the second lowering position side. The player can be presented with a moving effect with a different atmosphere from that of the logo lens 3520.

  In addition, the rotary lamp unit 3550 of the back middle production unit 3500 appears so that it can be seen from the player side, and the back left lift slider 3307 is moved to the first lowered position and the second lowered position with the rotary lamp unit 3550 emitting light. When moving up and down between, it is possible to perform a more dynamic light emitting effect with a sense of urgency, making the player excited and exciting.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 160, the game board 4 drives the back left rotation drive motor 3312 of the back left effect unit 3300, thereby causing the back left decorative body 3320 imitating a motorcycle handle lever to be displayed on the liquid crystal display device 1900. Can appear on the left side of the front, and the appearance of the back left decorative body 3320 can increase the sense of expectation of the game by suggesting that the player has an opportunity.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 161, the game board 4 can be moved up by the back frame driving motor 3605 in the back bottom effect unit 3600 to appear on the front surface of the liquid crystal display device 1900. . Then, when the predetermined effect image is displayed only in a region corresponding to the frame of the movable frame 3607 on the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 1900 with the movable frame 3607 raised, it is as if the movable frame 3607 is displayed to the player. It is possible to make an illusion that the effect image is displayed in the inside, and the player can be entertained.

  In addition, although illustration is abbreviate | omitted, you may make it combine suitably the movable production using the back lower right production unit 3200, and the movable production using the back middle production unit 3500, and, thereby, more various movable productions. Can be presented to the player, and the pachinko machine 1 which is hard to get tired of can be obtained.

  By the way, when the game board 4 of the present example is attached to the main body frame 3 of the pachinko machine 1 so as to face the game window 101 of the door frame 5, as shown in FIG. The surface of the arranged right side decoration unit 200 and the dish unit 300 has a rough rock-like appearance, and the surface of the left side decoration unit 240 has a sharp and artificial appearance. The game board 4 facing from the game window 101 has an attacker unit 2100 and a front side unit 2200 in which fine relief is formed on the surface in the vicinity of the rugged right side decoration unit 200 and the dish unit 300. In addition, the center front decoration unit 2620 of the center accessory 2500, the front effect unit 2700, and the like are arranged, and a transparent gaming panel 1200 (panel board 1210) is passed in the vicinity of the artificially feeling left side unit 2400. An inner box effect unit 3100 is arranged in which rectangular main decoration portions 3110a are arranged in a concentric octagonal shape in a radial pattern.

  Thereby, the decoration of the atmosphere similar to the decoration of the game board 4 and the decoration of the door frame 5 is arranged with the same feeling, so the game board 4 and the door frame 5 are unified for the player. It is possible to make an illusion that it is of the designed design, and it is possible to prevent only one of the game board 4 and the door frame 5 from floating and give the player a sense of incongruity. Thus, it is possible to suppress the interest of the pachinko machine 1 from being lowered.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 163, the game board 4 of this example includes a table effect unit 2700 that is arranged below the stage 2510 and on the right side of the attacker unit 2100 and imitates a fingerprint authentication system. This table effect unit 2700 is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 1900 with respect to the player according to a special lottery result drawn by receiving game balls at the first start port 2101 and the second start port 2102. When the effect image prompting fingerprint authentication is displayed, the object detection sensor 2702 can detect an object for a predetermined time, and the player places a finger on the front face of the detection opening 2701a of the front decorative member 2701 for a predetermined time or more. , The opening / closing member 2706 is moved by the front effect drive motor 2713 to open the opening / closing port 2701b, and the player can visually recognize the display by the 7-segment LED arranged on the rear side.

  In the table effect unit 2700, when the player places a finger on the front surface of the detection port 2701a, the display unit 1181 (functions) for displaying a special lottery result and the like arranged below the detection port 2701a. The display portion 2701d) is difficult to see by the player's hand. This makes it difficult to recognize the special lottery result displayed on the first special symbol display 1185, the second special symbol display 1186, etc. of the function display unit 1180, so that the special lottery result is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 1900. It is possible to avoid knowing the contents of the special lottery results before being suggested, and to enjoy the effects for suggesting the special lottery results performed by the liquid crystal display device 1900 or the like.

[2-16. Lighting effect on game board]
Next, the light emission effect in the game board 4 of the present embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIG. FIG. 164 is a front view of the game board shown together with the inner box decorative board. In the game board 4 of this example, as shown in the figure, the middle box effect unit 3100 arranged on the rear side through the transparent game panel 1200 (panel plate 1220) can be seen from the player side. In addition, the rear side in the game area 1100 is decorated by the front decorative member 3110 of the middle box effect unit 3100.

  The front decorative member 3110 in the middle box effect unit 3100 includes a plurality of main decorative portions 3110a (shaded portions in FIG. 164) arranged in a substantially concentric octagonal shape centered on the center of the game area 1100 and a main decorative portion. 3110a and a sub-decorative portion 3110b (shaded portion in FIG. 164) of a predetermined width disposed between each other, and each main ornament portion 3110a and the sub-decorative portion 3110b are disposed on the rear side. Each can be independently decorated with light emission.

  As a light emission effect using the middle box effect unit 3100, for example, the main decoration portion 3110a and the sub decoration portion 3110b emit light at the same time, thereby causing the entire rear side of the corresponding game area 1100 to emit light, The sub-decoration portion 3110b emits light in a light-off state, thereby causing the rear side of the game area 1100 to emit light like a spider web, or the sub-decoration portion 3110b is extinguished to cause the main decoration portion 3110a to emit light. The rear side of the area 1100 is made to emit light in a tile shape, the main decoration part 3110a and the sub decoration part 3110b are made to emit light sequentially from the lower side to the upper side, and the main decoration part 3110a and the sub decoration part 3110b are moved from the upper side to the lower side. The main decoration part 3110a and the sub decoration part 3110b are emitted sequentially from the center side to the outside of the game area 1100. The main decoration portion 3110a and the sub-decoration portion 3110b sequentially emit light from the outside of the game area 1100 toward the center, or the main decoration portion 3110a and the sub-decoration portion 3110b circulate around the center of the game area 1100. It can be made to emit light.

  Accordingly, by appropriately combining the light emission of the plurality of main decoration portions 3110a and the plurality of sub decoration portions 3110b, the light emission decorations in the game area 1100 can be variously changed, so that various light emission effects can be presented. The pachinko machine 1 can be made hard to get tired of, and the decoration effect in the game area 1100 can be enhanced by the plurality of main decoration portions 3110a and sub-decoration portions 3110b so that the player can be entertained. It has become.

[3. Various substrates]
Next, a control board that performs various controls of the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 165 is a block diagram schematically showing the control configuration of the pachinko machine. As shown in the figure, the control configuration of the pachinko machine 1 is composed of a group of main boards 4000 and a group of peripheral control boards 4010, and various controls are shared by these two groups. The group of main boards 4000 includes a main control board 4100 that controls game operations (game progress) and a payout control board 4110 that controls payout of game balls and the like. The peripheral control board 4010 group includes a peripheral control unit 4140 that controls various effects during the game based on commands from the main control board 4100, and a liquid crystal display device 1900 based on commands from the peripheral control unit 4140. A liquid crystal control unit 4150 for controlling the display of the effect image.

[3-1. Main control board]
As shown in FIG. 165, the main control board 4100 for controlling the progress of the game is a main control MPU 4100a which is a microprocessor in which a ROM for storing various processing programs and various commands, a RAM for temporarily storing data, and the like are incorporated. A main control I / O port 4100b as an input / output device (I / O device), a main control input circuit 4100f to which detection signals from various detection switches are input, and a main control solenoid for driving various solenoids A drive circuit 4100g, and a RAM clear switch 4100c for completely erasing information stored in a RAM 4100e built in the main control MPU 4100a (hereinafter also referred to as “main control built-in RAM 4100e”). . The main control MPU 4100a has a built-in ROM 4100d (hereinafter also referred to as “main control built-in ROM 4100d”) and a main control built-in RAM 4100e, as well as a watchdog timer for monitoring its operation (system) and to prevent fraud. These functions are also built in.

  The main control MPU 4100a of the main control board 4100 detects a game ball received in the first start port 2101, a first start port sensor 3102 that detects a game ball received in the first start port 2101, and a second start port Detection signals from the sensor 2127 are respectively input via the main control I / O port 4100b, and detection is performed from the magnetic sensor 3103 attached to the gate sensor 2751, the general winning opening sensor 3101, the count sensor 2128, and the back unit 3000. A signal is input via the panel relay board 3040 attached to the game board 4 and the main control I / O port 4100b.

  Based on these detection signals, the main control MPU 4100a outputs a control signal from the main control I / O port 4100b to the main control solenoid drive circuit 4100g, so that the start port solenoid 2121 and the attacker are connected via the panel relay board 3040. A first special symbol is output via the main control I / O port 4100b, the panel relay board 3040, the back and back decoration board 33501 of the back and back movable effect unit 3500, and the function display board 1191. Indicator 1185, second special symbol indicator 1186, first special symbol memory indicator 1184, second special symbol memory indicator 1187, normal symbol indicator 1189, normal symbol memory indicator 1188, gaming status indicator 1183, round A drive signal is output to the display unit 1190.

  In this embodiment, a non-contact type electromagnetic proximity switch is used for the first start port sensor 3102, the second start port sensor 2127, the gate sensor 2751, and the count sensor 2128. The general winning opening sensor 3101 uses a contact type ON / OFF operation type mechanical switch. This is because game balls frequently enter the first start port 2101 and the second start port 2102 and frequently pass through the gate portion 2750, so that the first start port sensor 3102, the second start port sensor 2127, and Detection of game balls by the gate sensor 2751 also frequently occurs. Therefore, long-life proximity switches are used for the first start port sensor 3102, the second start port sensor 2127, and the gate sensor 2751. In addition, when a big hit gaming state that is advantageous to the player occurs, the big winning hole 2103 and the second big winning hole 2552 are opened and the game balls are frequently entered, so that the count sensor 2128 also frequently detects the game balls. Occurs. Therefore, a proximity switch having a long life is also used for the count sensor 2128. On the other hand, detection by the general winning opening sensor 3101 does not occur frequently in the general winning opening 2201 where game balls do not enter frequently. For this reason, the general winning opening sensor 3101 uses a mechanical switch having a shorter life than the proximity switch.

  Further, the main control MPU 4100a transmits various information related to the game (game information) and various commands related to payout to the payout control board 4110, and receives various commands related to the state of the pachinko machine 1 from the payout control board 4110. Or Further, the main control MPU 4100a transmits various commands related to the control of game effects and various commands related to the state of the pachinko machine 1 to the peripheral control unit 4140 of the peripheral control board 4010 described later via the main control I / O port 4100b. (The boards between the main control board 4100 and the peripheral control unit 4140 are electrically connected by a harness (not shown)). The main control MPU 4100a, which will be described in detail later, receives various commands relating to the state of the pachinko machine 1 from the payout control board 4110, and shapes these various commands and transmits them to the peripheral control unit 4140.

  The main control board 4100 is supplied with various voltages from a power supply board 851 as described in detail later. The power supply board 851 for supplying various voltages to the main control board 4100 is an electric double layer capacitor (hereinafter simply referred to as “capacitor”) as a backup power supply for supplying power to the main control board 4100 for a predetermined time even when the power is shut off. (It is described.) BC0 (see B 169) is provided. The capacitor BC0 allows the main control MPU 4100a to store various types of information in the main control built-in RAM 4100e in the power-off process even when the power is shut off. The stored various information is completely erased (cleared) from the main control built-in RAM 4100e when the RAM clear switch 4100c of the main control board 4100 is operated when the power is turned on. The operation signal (detection signal) of the RAM clear switch 4100c is also output to the payout control board 4110.

  The main control board 4100 is provided with a power failure monitoring circuit. This power failure monitoring circuit monitors the drop of various voltages supplied from the power supply board 851 and outputs a power failure warning signal as a power failure warning voltage when those voltages are equal to or lower than the power failure warning voltage. In addition to being input to the main control MPU 4100a via the main control I / O port 4100b, the power failure notice signal is also transmitted to the payout control board 4110 and the like via a harness (not shown).

[3-2. Dispensing control board]
As shown in FIG. 165, the payout control board 4110 for controlling the payout of game balls and the like controls the payout control unit 4111 for performing various controls related to payout, and the launching control by the launching solenoid 654, and the ball feeding by the ball feeding solenoid 585. A launch control unit 4120 for controlling, an error LED display 4130 for displaying the state of the pachinko gaming machine 1, an error cancel switch 860a for canceling an error displayed on the error LED display 4130, and a prize ball tank 720, a tank rail 731 and a ball removal switch 860b for discharging the game balls in the prize ball device 740 to the outside of the pachinko gaming machine 1 and starting the ball removal operation.

[3-2A. Dispensing control unit]
As shown in FIG. 165, a payout control unit 4111 that performs various controls relating to payout on the payout control board 4110 is a microprocessor that includes a ROM that stores various processing programs and various commands, a RAM that temporarily stores data, and the like. The payout control MPU 4111a, the payout control I / O port 4111b as an I / O device, and an external watchdog timer 4111c (hereinafter referred to as “external WDT 4111c” for monitoring whether or not the payout control MPU 4111a is operating normally. A payout motor drive circuit 4111d for outputting a drive signal to the payout motor 744 of the prize ball device 740, and a payout control input circuit 4111e to which detection signals from various detection switches relating to payout are input. It is equipped with. The payout control MPU 4111a includes a built-in ROM (hereinafter referred to as “payout control built-in ROM”) and RAM (hereinafter referred to as “payout control built-in RAM”), in order to prevent fraud. Functions etc. are also built-in.

  The payout control MPU 4111a of the payout control unit 4111 receives various information (game information) related to the game from the main control board 4100 and various commands related to payout in a serial manner via the payout control I / O port 4111b. In addition to the operation signal (detection signal) of the RAM clear switch 4100c from 4100 being input via the payout control I / O port 4111b, the detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 550 is input, or the ball break switch 750 Detection signals from the counting sensor 751 and the rotation angle sensor 752 are input via the prize ball relay board 754.

  A ball break switch 750 for detecting the presence or absence of a game ball in the supply passage 741a formed in the base unit 741 of the prize ball device 740, and a game ball flowing down in the prize ball passage 741c formed in the base unit 741 are detected. The detection signal from the counting sensor 751 is first input to the payout control input circuit 4111e via the prize ball relay board 754 of the prize ball device 740, and input to the payout control MPU 4111a via the payout control I / O port 4111b. . The detection signal from the rotation angle sensor 752 for detecting the detection slit 749a formed on the rotation detection board 749 of the prize ball device 740 is first sent via the sensor board 753 of the prize ball device 740 and the prize ball relay board 754. It is input to the payout control input circuit 4111e and input to the payout control MPU 4111a via the payout control I / O port 4111b.

  The detection signals from the door frame opening switch 618 for detecting the opening of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 and the main body frame opening switch 619 for detecting the opening of the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 are first supplied as a payout control input circuit. 4111e and input to the payout control MPU 4111a via the payout control I / O port 4111b.

  The detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 550 for detecting whether or not the storage space 546 of the foul cover unit 540 is full of the stored game balls is first sent to the handle device relay board 192 and the main side relay terminal. It is input to the payout control input circuit 4111e via the plate 880 and input to the payout control MPU 4111a via the payout control I / O port 4111b.

  The payout control MPU 4111a outputs a drive signal for driving the payout motor 744 to the payout motor 744 via the payout control I / O 4120b and the prize ball relay board 754, and displays the state of the pachinko gaming machine 1 as an error LED. A signal to be displayed on the machine 4130 is output to the error LED display 4130 via the payout control I / O port 4111b, or a command for indicating the state of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is sent to the payout control I / O port 4111b. Or the number of game balls actually paid out is output to the external terminal board 784 via the payout control I / O port 4111b. The external terminal board 784 is electrically connected to a hall computer installed in the game hall (hall). This hall computer monitors the player's game by ascertaining the number of game balls paid out by the pachinko gaming machine 1, game information of the pachinko gaming machine 1, and the like.

  The error LED display 4130 is a segment display and displays the state of the pachinko gaming machine 1 by displaying alphanumeric characters and graphics. The contents displayed and notified by the error LED display 4130 include the following. For example, when the figure “-” is displayed, it is notified that it is “normal”, and when the numeral “0” is displayed, it indicates that it is “connection abnormality” (specifically, with the main control board 4100). Notification that there is an abnormality in the electrical connection between the payout control board 4110 and the board, and when the number “1” is displayed, it is “out of ball” (specifically, out of ball) Based on the detection signal from the switch 750, a notification is made that there is no game ball in the supply passage 741a formed in the base unit 741 of the prize ball device 740, and when the number “2” is displayed, (Specifically, on the basis of the detection signal from the rotation angle sensor 752, the payout rotating body 748 at the entrance of the distribution space 741b communicating with the supply passage 741a formed in the base unit 741 of the prize ball device 740. When When the number “3” is displayed (specifically, it is a “counting switch error”) (specifically, the game ball is meshed with the vicinity of its entrance and the payout rotating body 748 is difficult to rotate). Based on the detection signal from the counting sensor 751, a notification is made that the counting sensor 751 is malfunctioning. When the number “5” is displayed, a “retry error” (specifically, a payout) That the number of operation retries has reached a preset upper limit value), and when the number “6” is displayed, it indicates that the operation is “full” (specifically, from the full-tank detection sensor 550). Based on the detection signal, it notifies the fact that the storage space 546 of the foul cover unit 540 is full with the stored game balls), and when the number “7” is displayed, it indicates that “CR is not connected” (payout) control That the electrical connection is cut off at any point from the plate 4110 to the CR unit 6), and when the numeral “9” is displayed, it is “in stock” (specifically, That the number of game balls that have not been paid out has reached a predetermined number).

  The ball lending request signal for the game ball from the ball lending switch 365a and the return request signal for the prepaid card from the return switch 365b are first sent via the frequency display board 365, the main relay terminal board 880, and the CR unit connection terminal board 874. Are input to the CR unit 6. The CR unit 6 transmits a signal designating the number of game balls to be lent according to the ball lending request signal to the payout control board 4110 via the CR unit connection terminal board 874 in a serial manner, and this signal is the payout control I / O. It is received at the port 4111b and input to the payout control MPU 4111a. The CR unit 6 updates the remaining level of the prepaid card inserted according to the number of rented game balls, and displays a signal for displaying the remaining level on the remaining number display 365c. It outputs to the board 874, the main side relay terminal board 880, and the frequency display board 365, and this signal is input into the remaining frequency display 365c.

[3-2B. Launch control unit]
A launch control unit 4120 that performs launch control by the launch solenoid 654 and ball feed control by the ball feed solenoid 585 includes a launch control input circuit to which detection signals from various detection switches related to launch are input, as shown in FIG. 4120a, an oscillation circuit 4120b that outputs a clock signal at regular time intervals, a firing timing control circuit 4120c that outputs a firing reference pulse for launching a game ball toward the game area 1100 based on the clock signal, and this A firing solenoid driving circuit 4120d that outputs a driving signal to the firing solenoid 654 based on the firing reference pulse, and a ball feeding solenoid driving circuit 4120e that outputs a driving signal to the ball feeding solenoid 585 based on the firing reference pulse are provided. . Based on the clock signal from the oscillation circuit 4120b, the firing timing control circuit 4120c generates a firing reference pulse so that 100 gaming balls are launched toward the gaming area 1100 per minute and outputs the firing reference pulse to the firing solenoid drive circuit 4120d. At the same time, a ball feed reference pulse obtained by multiplying the firing reference pulse by a predetermined number is generated and output to the ball feed solenoid drive circuit 4120e.

  A touch sensor 516 that detects whether or not a palm or finger is touching the front 506 of the rotating handle body, and a firing stop switch 518 that detects whether or not the game ball is forcibly stopped by the player's will. The detection signal is first input to the launch control input circuit 4120a via the handle device relay board 192 and the main relay terminal plate 880, and then input to the launch timing control circuit 4120c. When the CR unit 6 and the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 are electrically connected, the CR connection signal is input to the launch control input circuit 4120a and is input to the launch timing control circuit 4120c. A signal from the rotational position detection sensor 512 that electrically adjusts the strength of launching the game ball toward the game area 1100 according to the rotational position of the front of the rotational handle body 506 is first a handle device relay board 192 and a main relay terminal. The signal is input to the firing solenoid drive circuit 4120d through the plate 880.

  This firing solenoid drive circuit 4120d emits a drive current for launching a game ball toward the game area 1100 with a launch strength that matches the rotational position of the front 506 of the rotary handle based on a signal from the rotational position detection sensor 512. When the reference pulse is input, it is output to the firing solenoid 654. On the other hand, the ball feeding solenoid drive circuit 4120e generates a constant current to the ball feeding solenoid 585 via the main side relay terminal plate 880 and the handle device relay board 192 when the ball feeding reference pulse is input. When the ball feeding member 584 of the ball feeding unit 580 receives one game ball stored in the upper plate 301 by the output and the input of the ball feeding reference pulse is completed, the constant current is obtained. Is stopped, the game ball received by the ball feeding member 584 is sent to the hitting ball launching device 650 side. Thus, the drive current output from the firing solenoid drive circuit 4120d to the launch solenoid 654 is variably controlled, whereas the drive current output from the ball feed solenoid drive circuit 4120e to the ball feed solenoid 585 is constant. It is controlled.

  The power supply board 851 that supplies various voltages to the payout control board 4110 includes a capacitor BC1 (see B 169) as a backup power supply for supplying power to the payout control board 4110 for a predetermined time even when the power is shut off. . With this capacitor BC1, the payout control MPU 4111a can store various types of information in the payout control built-in RAM in the power-off process even when the power is shut off. The stored various information is completely erased (cleared) from the payout control built-in RAM when the RAM clear switch 4100c of the main control board 4100 is operated when the power is turned on.

[3-3. Peripheral control board]
As shown in FIG. 165, the peripheral control board 4010 includes a peripheral control unit 4140 that performs effect control based on a command from the main control board 4100 and a liquid crystal display device 1900 based on control data from the peripheral control unit 4140. A liquid crystal control unit 4150 for performing drawing control.

[3-3A. Peripheral control unit]
As shown in FIG. 165, the peripheral control unit 4140 that performs effect control on the peripheral control board 4010 performs a peripheral control MPU 4140a as a microprocessor, a peripheral control ROM 4140b that stores various processing programs and various commands, and a high-quality sound performance. A sound source IC 4140c to be performed and a sound ROM 4140d in which sound information such as music and sound effects referred to by the sound source IC 4140c are stored.

  The peripheral control MPU 4140a incorporates a plurality of parallel I / O ports, serial I / O ports, and the like. When various commands are received from the main control board 4100, each peripheral board of the game board 4 is received based on these various commands. The game board side emission data for outputting a lighting signal, a blinking signal or a gradation lighting signal to the provided color LED or the like is transmitted from the serial I / O port for the lamp driving board to the lamp driving board 3041, or the gaming board A motor mounted on the rear surface of the back box 3020 from the serial I / O port for the game board decoration drive board for the game board side drive data for outputting drive signals to the drive motor for operating the various effect units provided in 4 To transmit to the drive board 3042 or to output a drive signal to an electrical drive source such as a dial drive motor 414 provided on the door frame 5 Door-side drive composed of door-side drive data and door-side emission data for outputting a lighting signal, a blinking signal, or a gradation lighting signal to a color LED or the like provided on each decorative board of the door frame 5 A screen for transmitting light emission data from the serial I / O port for frame decoration drive board to the door frame base board 194 via the peripheral panel relay terminal board 872 and the peripheral side relay terminal board 882, or to display on the liquid crystal display device 1900. In addition to transmitting control data (display command) to the liquid crystal control unit 4150 from the serial I / O port for the liquid crystal control unit, a control signal (sound command) for extracting sound information from the sound ROM 4140d is sent to the sound source IC 4140c. Or output.

  Detection signals from various original position detection sensors for detecting the original positions of the various effect units provided on the game board 4 are input to the peripheral control MPU 4140a via the motor drive board 3042 attached to the rear surface of the back box 3020. Has been. The detection signals from the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b that detect the rotation of the dial operation unit 401 of the operation unit 400 provided in the door frame 5 and the pressure detection sensor 432c that detects the operation of the pressing operation unit 405 are door frame base substrates. 194, the peripheral side relay terminal board 882, and the peripheral panel relay terminal board 872 are input to the peripheral control MPU 4140a.

  The peripheral control MPU 4140a receives a signal (operation signal) indicating that the liquid crystal control unit 4150 is operating normally from the liquid crystal control unit 4150, and monitors the operation of the liquid crystal control unit 4150 based on the operation signal. doing.

  The sound source IC 4140c extracts sound information from the sound ROM 4140d based on control data (sound command) from the peripheral control MPU 4140a, and is provided in the main body frame 3 via the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882. Control is performed so that music, sound effects, and the like according to various performances flow from the speaker 821, and provided to the door frame 5 via the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872, the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882, and the door frame base substrate 194. Control is performed so that music, sound effects, and the like according to various effects flow from the speakers 130, 222, 262, and the speaker 821 provided in the main body frame 3. Note that the volume can be adjusted by rotating the volume 1912 mounted on the peripheral control board 4010 and projecting rearward from the peripheral control board box 1910.

  In addition to the watchdog timer (hereinafter referred to as “peripheral control built-in WDT”) built into the peripheral control MPU 4140a, the peripheral control unit 4140 is not shown, and an external watchdog timer (hereinafter “peripheral control external” The peripheral control MPU 4140a uses the peripheral control built-in WDT and the peripheral control external WDT together to diagnose whether or not its system is running out of control.

  The display command output from the peripheral control MPU 4140a to the liquid crystal control unit 4150 is performed by a serial input / output port. In this embodiment, the bit rate (size of data that can be transmitted per unit time) is 19.2 km (k ) BPS (bits per second, hereinafter referred to as “bps”) is set. On the other hand, initial data, door frame side lighting / flashing command, game board side lighting / flashing command, movable body driving command, which are output from the peripheral control MPU 4140a to the lamp driving board 3041 and the motor driving board 3042 mounted on the rear surface of the back box 3020. This is performed by a plurality of serial input / output ports different from the display command. In this embodiment, 250 kbps is set as the bit rate.

  The lamp driving board 3041 and the motor driving board 3042 attached to the rear surface of the back box 3020 send a lighting signal or a flashing signal to the door frame via the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 based on the received door frame side lighting / flashing command. 5 is output to the LEDs of the decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322, 430, 432, etc., or a lighting signal or a flashing signal based on the received game board side lighting flashing command. Output to each of the decorative boards 2131, 2621, 2642, 2644, 2645, 2647, 2664, 2680, 2704, 2711, 3140, 3164, 3310, 3311, 3410, 3518, 3609, 3703, etc. provided on the game board 4 To do. Further, the panel relay board 3040 attached to the rear surface of the back box 3020 transmits a drive signal to the door frame 5 via the peripheral relay terminal plate 882 based on the received movable body drive command. 414, and the drive motors 2713, 3204, 3232, 3303, 3312, 3403, 3514, 3555, 3605, etc. provided in the game board 4.

  Further, the peripheral control MPU 4140a receives a signal (operation signal) indicating that the liquid crystal control unit 4150 is operating normally from the liquid crystal control unit 4150, or in the operation unit 400 provided in the plate unit 300 in the door frame 5. Detection signals from the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b that detect the rotation operation of the dial operation unit 401 and the press detection sensor 432c that detects the operation of the press operation unit 405 in the operation unit 400 are the peripheral relay terminal plate 882 and the back box. It is input via a lamp driving board 3041 or a motor driving board 3042 attached to the rear surface of 3020.

  The sound source IC 4140c extracts sound information from the sound ROM 4140d based on the sound command output from the peripheral control MPU 4140a, and the lamp drive board 3041, the motor drive board 3042, etc., and the peripheral side relay terminal board mounted on the rear surface of the back box 3020. From the side speaker 130 and the upper speakers 222 and 262 of the door frame 5 through the 882, or from the speaker 821 of the main body frame 3 through the lamp driving board 3041 and the motor driving board 3042 attached to the rear surface of the back box 3020. Then, control is performed so that music, sound effects, and the like according to various performances flow. In this example, as described above, the side speakers arranged on the left and right sides of the lower side of the gaming window 101, the upper speakers 222 and 262 arranged on the upper side of the gaming window 101, and the lower part of the main body frame 3 are provided. By sending an acoustic signal as sound information (for example, a 2ch stereo signal, a 4ch stereo signal, a 2.1ch surround signal added with a lower speaker 391, which will be described later, or a 4.1ch surround signal, etc.) to the low-frequency speaker 821. In addition, it is possible to present a sound effect (sound production) with a sense of reality more than before.

[3-4. LCD controller]
Next, as shown in FIG. 165, a liquid crystal control unit 4150 that performs drawing control of the liquid crystal display device 1900 on the peripheral control board 4010 stores a liquid crystal control MPU 4150a as a microprocessor, various processing programs, various commands, and various data. A liquid crystal control ROM 4150b, a VDP (abbreviation of video display processor) 4150c for controlling the display of the liquid crystal display device 1900, a character ROM 4150d for storing various screen data displayed on the liquid crystal display device 1900, and the character ROM 4150d. And a character RAM 4150e to which various stored data are transferred and copied.

  The liquid crystal control MPU 4150a includes a parallel I / O port, a serial I / O port, and the like, and controls the VDP 4150c based on control data (display command) from the peripheral control unit 4140 to draw on the liquid crystal display device 1900. Control is in progress. If the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a is operating normally, the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a outputs an operation signal to that effect to the peripheral control unit 4140. The liquid crystal control MPU 4150a receives an execution signal (to be described later) from the VDP 4150c, and performs interrupt processing when the output of the execution signal is stopped every 16 ms.

  The liquid crystal control ROM 4150b, in addition to various programs for generating a screen to be drawn on the liquid crystal display device 1900, schedule data corresponding to control data (display command) from the peripheral control board 4010, its control data (display command), and A plurality of corresponding non-resident area transfer schedule data are stored. The schedule data is configured by arranging screen data defining the screen configuration in time series, and the order of screens drawn on the liquid crystal display device 1900 is defined. The non-resident area transfer schedule data is constituted by arranging non-resident area transfer data that defines the order when transferring various data stored in the character ROM 4150d to the non-resident area of the character RAM 4150e. In this non-resident area transfer data, the order of transferring various data from the character ROM 4150d to the non-resident area of the character RAM 4150e in advance is defined for the screen data drawn on the liquid crystal display device 1900 according to the progress of the schedule data.

  The liquid crystal control MPU 4150a extracts the top screen data of the schedule data corresponding to the control data (display command) from the peripheral control board 4010 from the liquid crystal control ROM 4150b and outputs it to the VDP 4150c, and then the screen data following the top screen data. Extracted from the liquid crystal control ROM 4150b and output to the VDP 4150c. As described above, the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a extracts screen data arranged in time series in the schedule data one by one from the liquid crystal control ROM 4150b one by one from the head screen data, and outputs it to the VDP 4150c.

  When the screen data output from the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a is input, the VDP 4150c extracts sprite data from the character RAM 4150e based on the input screen data and generates drawing data to be displayed on the liquid crystal display device 1900. The generated drawing data is output to the liquid crystal display device 1900. Further, when the VDP 4150c does not accept the screen data from the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a, the VDP 4150c outputs a running signal indicating that fact to the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a. The VDP 4150c employs a line buffer method. In this “line buffer system”, drawing data for one line for drawing the horizontal direction of the liquid crystal display device 1900 is held in the line buffer, and the drawing data for one line held in this line buffer is stored in the liquid crystal display device 1900. This is the output method.

  The character ROM 4150d stores a very large amount of sprite data and has a large capacity. If the capacity of the character ROM 4150d increases, that is, if the number of sprites drawn on the liquid crystal display device 1900 increases, the access speed of the character ROM 4150d cannot be ignored, and the drawing speed on the liquid crystal display device 1900 is affected. Therefore, in this embodiment, the sprite data stored in the character ROM 4150d is transferred and copied to the character RAM 4150e having a high access speed, and the sprite data is extracted from the character RAM 4150e. The sprite data is base data that is data before the sprite is expanded into the bitmap format, and is stored in the character ROM 4150d in a compressed state.

  Here, the “sprite” will be described. The “sprite” is an image displayed on the liquid crystal display device 1900 as a unit. For example, when displaying various persons on the liquid crystal display device 1900, data for drawing each person is referred to as “sprite”. Thus, when a plurality of persons are displayed on the liquid crystal display device 1900, a plurality of sprites are used. In addition to a person, a house, a mountain, a road, and the like constituting the background are also sprites, and the entire background can be a single sprite. These sprites are drawn on the liquid crystal display device 1900 with the positions arranged on the screen and the vertical relationship when the sprites overlap (hereinafter referred to as “sprite superposition sequence”) set.

  Note that the sprite is configured by bonding a plurality of rectangular regions of 64 pixels vertically and horizontally. Data for drawing this rectangular area is called a “character”. In the case of a small sprite, it can be expressed using one character, and in the case of a relatively large sprite such as a person, for example, it is expressed using a total of 6 characters arranged in 2 × 3 horizontal, for example. be able to. In the case of a larger sprite such as the background, it can be expressed using a larger number of characters. Thus, the number and arrangement of characters can be arbitrarily designated for each sprite.

  The liquid crystal display device 1900 repeats the main scanning in which the display state for each pixel is set in one direction along the pixel and the direction crossing the one direction sequentially from left to right as viewed from the front. It is driven by the sub-scan to be performed. When the drawing data for one line output from the liquid crystal control unit 4150 is input to the liquid crystal display device 1900, the main scanning is performed sequentially from left to right as viewed from the front of the liquid crystal display device 1900. Output to each pixel. When the output for one line is completed, the liquid crystal display device 1900 shifts to the line immediately below as sub-scanning. Similarly, when drawing data for the next line is input, based on the drawing data for the next line. As main scanning, the data are sequentially output to pixels for one line from left to right as viewed from the front of the liquid crystal display device 1900.

[4. Game contents]
The game content in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 166 and 167. FIG. 166 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the main control board, and FIG. 167 is a front view of the game board for explaining the flow of game balls in the game area. First, a functional configuration related to game effect control on the main control board 4100 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 166 and the like. Note that a functional configuration relating to payout of game balls will be omitted. In the main control board 4100 of this example, various game controls, performance controls, and the like are realized by executing a predetermined program stored in advance in a ROM (not shown) by the main control MPU 4100a. When a game ball detection signal is input from the gate sensor 2751 to the main control board 4100, a normal random number generating means 4200 for generating a predetermined normal random number which is a lottery result for the normal symbol, and the generated normal random number are determined in advance. ROM of main control board 4100 for normal symbol hold storage means 4202 for temporarily storing according to the above conditions, and normal symbol variation pattern corresponding to the normal random number stored and executed by normal symbol hold storage means 4202 Normal symbol variation pattern selecting means 4204 for selecting from a predetermined normal symbol variation pattern table stored in the normal symbol display control means for variably displaying the normal symbol of the normal symbol display 1189 based on the selected normal symbol variation pattern 4206 and the normal symbol display 1189 displayed by the normal symbol display control means 4206. When the random number (normal lottery result) is “normal hit”, the start opening / closing control means 4208 for driving the start opening solenoid 2121 to expand the pair of movable pieces 2105 and the normal symbol holding storage means 4202 are stored. Normal symbol memory number display control means 4210 for displaying the number of normal symbol random numbers as a memory number on the normal symbol memory display 1188 is provided.

  The above-described normal symbol hold storage means 4202 generates a predetermined number (for example, four) of normal random numbers generated by the detection signal of the game ball from the gate sensor 2751 when the normal symbol display control means 4206 displays the fluctuation of the normal symbol. ) And the execution of the stored normal random number is suspended until the normal symbol can be displayed in a variable manner.

  Further, the main control board 4100 has a predetermined first lottery result for the first special symbol based on the detection signal detected by the first start port sensor 3102 by the start winning to the first start port 2101. A first special random number generating means 4212 for generating a special random number; a first special symbol holding storage means 4214 for temporarily storing the first special random number generated in the first special random number generating means 4212 according to a predetermined condition; The first special symbol variation pattern corresponding to the first special random number stored and executed by the first special symbol storage unit 4214 is stored in a predetermined special symbol variation display pattern stored in the ROM of the main control board 4100 in advance. First special symbol variation pattern selection means 4216 selected from the table and first special symbol variation pattern selection means 4216 selected by the first special symbol variation pattern selection means 4216 Based on the turn, the first special symbol display control means 4218 for variably displaying the first special symbol of the first special symbol indicator 1185, and the number of the first special random numbers stored in the first special symbol storage means 4214 are stored. First special symbol memory number display control means 4220 for displaying on the first special symbol memory display 1184 as the memory number is provided.

  Further, the main control board 4100 has a predetermined second lottery result for the second special symbol based on the detection signal detected by the second start port sensor 2127 by the start winning to the second start port 2102. A second special random number generating means 4222 for generating a special random number; a second special symbol holding storage means 4224 for temporarily storing the second special random number generated in the second special random number generating means 4222 according to a predetermined condition; The second special symbol variation pattern corresponding to the second special random number executed after being stored in the second special symbol storage unit 4224 is stored in a predetermined special symbol variation display pattern stored in advance in the ROM of the main control board 4100. Second special symbol variation pattern selection means 4226 selected from the table and second special symbol variation pattern selection means 4226 selected by the second special symbol variation pattern selection means 4226 The second special symbol display control means 4228 for variably displaying the second special symbol of the second special symbol indicator 1186 based on the number of the second special symbol display means 1228, and the number of the second special random number stored in the second special symbol reservation storage means 4224 Second special symbol memory number display control means 4230 for displaying on the second special symbol memory display 1187 as the memory number is provided.

  These first special symbol hold storage means 4214 and second special symbol hold storage means 4224 are newly added special symbols such as the first and second special symbol display control means 4218 and 4228 are variably displayed. When the first special random number and the second special random number are triggered by the detection signals from the first start port sensor 3102 and the second start port sensor 2127, respectively. ) And the execution of the stored first special random number and second special random number is suspended until the special symbol can be changed.

  The main control board 4100 receives the first special random number and the second special random number held by the first special symbol hold storage unit 4214 and the second special symbol hold storage unit 4224 for the start winnings 2101 and 2102. Priority reserved digesting means 4231 for executing (digesting) the second special random number in preference to the timing is provided, and the priority reserved digesting means 4231 relates to the second special random number, that is, the second start port 2102. The lottery result hold is prioritized (digested).

  The main control board 4100 also includes a first special random number (first special lottery result) and a second special random number (second special random number) stored in the first special symbol hold storage unit 4214 and the second special symbol hold storage unit 4224. An advantageous gaming state generating means 4232 for generating an advantageous gaming state in which the player is advantageous based on a special lottery result), and an opening / closing member 2106 for closing the special winning opening 2103 based on an instruction from the advantageous gaming state generating means 4232 A special prize opening / closing control means 4234 for controlling the operation of the attacker solenoid 2124 so as to open / close in a predetermined pattern is provided.

  Further, the main control board 4100 has a first special random number or a second special random number (first special symbol variation pattern or second special symbol variation pattern) in which an advantageous gaming state is generated by the advantageous gaming state generation means 4232, A fluctuation pattern table changing means 4236 for changing the first special symbol fluctuation pattern table and the second special symbol fluctuation pattern table is further provided. The variation pattern table changing means 4236 changes, for example, to a variation pattern table (for example, a high probability variation pattern table) in which a variation pattern in which an advantageous gaming state occurs is selected with a higher probability than a normal variation pattern table ( So-called probability variation), changing to a variation pattern table with a shorter variation time of the first special symbol and the second special symbol than the normal variation pattern table (for example, a time shortening variation pattern table) (so-called time reduction), The probability is changed to a variation pattern table (for example, a probability variation time variation pattern table) having a high probability of occurrence of an advantageous gaming state and a special symbol having a shorter variation time (so-called probability variation / short variation pattern table).

  Further, the main control board 4100 has a normal symbol variation pattern, a first symbol variation pattern, a second symbol variation pattern, and a first special symbol memory according to the normal random number, the first special random number, and the second special random number. Based on the second special symbol memory or the like, a command generation unit 4238 that generates a command for predetermined control such as an effect command, and a command transmission unit 4240 that transmits the command generated by the command generation unit 4238 to the peripheral control unit 4140. And.

  In the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment, the game ball stored in the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 is transparent when the player rotates the handle device 500 arranged at the lower right of the door frame 5. A game is started with a game ball by being driven into the upper part of the game area 1100 arranged on the front surface of the panel 1200. A game ball that has been driven into the upper portion of the game area 1100 flows down in the game area 1100 on the left or right side of the center accessory 2500 depending on the strength of the game. It should be noted that the game ball driving strength can be adjusted by the amount of rotation of the handle device 500, and the game ball can be driven harder as it is rotated in the clockwise direction. Further, in the game area 1100, a plurality of obstacle nails G are planted on the front surface of the game panel 1200 in a predetermined gauge arrangement at appropriate positions, and the game balls come into contact with the obstacle nails G, so that the game balls The flow velocity of the game is suppressed, and various movements are given to the game ball so that the movement can be enjoyed (see FIG. 110).

  When the game ball that has been thrown into the upper portion of the center accessory 2500 enters the left side of the highest portion of the peripheral wall portion 2503 of the center accessory 2500, a plurality of obstacle nails G or inclined upper surfaces of the peripheral wall portion 2503 It is guided to the left area of the center character 2500. When the game ball that has been driven into the upper portion of the center accessory 2500 enters the right side of the highest portion of the peripheral wall portion 2503 of the center accessory 2500, the game ball is positioned more than the stage 2510 along the right outer periphery of the center accessory 2500. It flows down in a circular arc shape to a low position, and is discharged into the game area 1100 above the gate portion 2750 at the upper right of the attacker unit 2100 by the lower right passage member 2690. Then, when the game ball flowing down in the game area 1100 enters and passes through the gate portion 2750 disposed on the left side of the table effect unit 2700 in the center accessory 2500 and is detected by the gate sensor 2751, the game signal is based on the detection signal. In the main control board 4100, a normal random number generation means 4200 generates a normal random number as a normal lottery result. Based on the normal random number, the normal symbol of the normal symbol display 1189 in the function display unit 1180 is variably displayed (the normal symbol display 1189 consisting of one LED emits light alternately in red, green and orange), A normal symbol extracted based on a normal random number (normal lottery result) extracted after a predetermined time (for example, between 2 seconds and 30 seconds) is stopped (the normal symbol display 1189 emits light in either red or green). . The normal symbol fluctuation display is performed based on the normal symbol fluctuation pattern selected from a predetermined normal symbol fluctuation pattern selection table in the normal symbol fluctuation pattern selection means 4204.

  Specifically, if the selected random number is a “normal hit” random number, the normal symbol indicating the winning is stopped and displayed (the normal symbol display 1189 emits green light), and the selected normal random number is a “normal lose” random number. In the case of, stop display is performed with a normal symbol suggesting a loss (the normal symbol indicator 1189 emits red light). Then, when the normal symbol indicating the hit is stopped and displayed, the pair of movable pieces 2105 for closing the second start port 2102 are expanded for a predetermined time (for example, between 0.3 seconds and 3 seconds), and the first A game ball can be awarded to the second starting port 2102.

  The fluctuation time of the normal symbol and the expansion time of the movable piece 2105 at the second start port 2102 may be changed according to a special random number (special lottery result) described later. When “short time per hour (including normal short time per hour, high probability per short time, etc.)” is extracted as the lottery result), the variation time or the expansion time may be changed to a short time. Specifically, for example, the normal symbol variation pattern selection means 4204 can be easily changed by replacing the normal symbol variation pattern table for selecting the normal symbol variation pattern with a different table and selecting it.

  By the way, in this example, when the passing of the game ball is detected by the gate sensor 2751 while the normal symbol is displayed on the normal symbol display 1189 while the normal symbol is changing, the normal symbol that is changing is stopped and the normal symbol generated and extracted first. Until the result of the random number is determined, the normal random number (including the normal symbol variation pattern) extracted based on the detection signal from the gate sensor 2751 is temporarily stored in the normal symbol storage holding means 4202 and displayed. The number of stored ordinary random numbers (also referred to as the number of reservations) is displayed on a normal symbol storage display 1188. This normal symbol memory display 1188 is composed of four LEDs, and suggests the number of memories depending on the number of each LED to be lit. In this example, up to four are stored and displayed. ing. Note that when the number of memories exceeds four, the ordinary random number extracted based on the detection signal of the gate sensor 2751 is discarded.

  In addition, the game ball that has been driven into the game area 1100 and has flowed down the left side of the center role 2500 is moved toward the center of the game area 1100 below the center role 2500 by the shelf 2301a of the front left movable effect unit 2300. It is like that. When a game ball wins a general winning opening 2201 arranged below the center bonus 2500 and is detected by the general winning opening sensor 3101, the main control board 4100 pays out a payout control board 4110 based on the detection signal. A predetermined payout command is sent to the payout control board 4110 according to the payout command, and the payout motor 744 of the prize ball device 740 is controlled so that a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls are placed on the upper plate 301. To be paid out.

  Note that a game ball that has been driven into the game area 1100 does not win any of the general winning opening 2201, the first starting opening 2101, the second starting opening 2102, the big winning opening 2103, and the second large winning opening 2552. In this case, the game area 1100 is provided at the lower center in the left-right direction and is discharged from the out port 1232 (1151) to the lower rear side of the game board 4. In addition, regardless of whether the game ball wins the general winning port 2201, the first starting port 2101, the second starting port 2102, the large winning port 2103, or the second large winning port 2552, the winning game ball The game board 4 is discharged to the lower rear side without being returned to the area 1100.

  By the way, when the game ball flowing down the left side of the center accessory 2500 enters the warp inlet 2504 opened on the left side surface of the center accessory 2500, it is supplied to the stage 2510 of the center accessory 2500. Specifically, the game ball that has entered the warp inlet 2504 is supplied from the warp outlet 2505 to the left end of the first stage 2511 in the stage 2510, and after rolling the first stage 2511 in the left-right direction, the first guiding portion 2511b is mainly used. Is released forward. Then, the game ball released forward from the first stage 2511 is supplied to the second stage 2512 disposed on the front side and the lower side of the first stage 2511, and after rolling the second stage 2512 in the left-right direction, Then, it is discharged forward from the second guiding portion 2512a and returned to the gaming area 1100.

  When the game ball rolling on the stage 2510 enters the chance entrance 2513 that opens across the first stage 2511 and the second stage 2512, the game area 1100 is opened from the chance exit 2514 that opens just above the first start opening 2101. The first start port 2101 is received with a high probability. When a game ball is received by the first start port 2101 and detected by the first start port sensor 3102, a predetermined number (for example, three) of game balls from the prize ball device 740 via the main control board 4100 or the like. Is dispensed to the upper plate 301.

  In the pachinko machine 1 of this example, the first start port 2101, the second start port 2102, and the big prize opening 2103 are arranged side by side in the vertical direction, so that the game balls released from the stage 2510 are The first start port 2101 and the like are received with a high probability, and when the second start port 2102 and the grand prize winning port 2103 are acceptable, there is a high possibility that the game ball will be received when it is released from the stage 2510. Therefore, not only the first start port 2101 but also the second start port 2102 and the big prize opening 2103 can be expected to have an expectation regarding the acceptance of the game balls, thereby enhancing the interest.

  Moreover, in the pachinko machine 1 of this example, when the game ball is driven so as to flow down the left side of the center accessory 2500, a plurality of obstacle nails G are planted in the left side region, and therefore, as shown in FIG. As described above, when the game ball comes into contact with the obstacle nails G, the route through which the game ball flows is infinitely branched, and is accepted by the first start port 2101, the second start port 2102, the grand prize winning port 2103, and the like. While the possibility is relatively low, the game ball can move in various ways so that the game ball, which is the original game of the pachinko machine 1, can be enjoyed. On the other hand, when the game ball is driven so as to flow down the right side of the center accessory 2500, it is guided to the upper side of the attacker unit 2100 and the gate portion 2750 by the right outer periphery of the center accessory 2500 and the lower right passage member 2690. The number of obstacle nails G planted between the lower right passage member 2690 and the attacker unit 2100 and the like is far smaller than the route on the left side, so the route that the game ball flows down is limited, The possibility of being received by the first start port 2101, the second start port 2102, the grand prize opening 2103, etc. is relatively high, and it is easy to play a game aimed at the start holes 2101, 2102, the big prize opening 2103, etc. On the other hand, I can not fully enjoy the movement of the game ball, which is the original game of the pachinko machine 1 by the obstacle nail G, the stage 2510, etc. It has become.

  Accordingly, the player appropriately changes the game ball driving operation in accordance with the game state, the player's mood, etc. with respect to the left and right areas of the center accessory 2500. The game will be adjusted by adjusting the amount appropriately, and the game operation that strongly hits the game ball into the dark cloud is suppressed, and the game by the operation of the original handle device 500 of the pachinko machine 1 is enjoyed to prevent the interest from deteriorating. Can be done. Even if the amount of rotation of the handle device 500 is not adjusted appropriately, the game ball can be easily driven into the area on the right side of the center accessory 2500 simply by operating it so that it can be driven strongly. When the winning opening 2103 is in the open state, it becomes easy to aim at the big winning opening 2103, and the game ball can be surely received in the large winning opening 2103 so that the player can be entertained.

  By the way, when the game ball passes through the gate portion 2750 of the gate member 2400 and is detected by the gate sensor 2751 and “normal hit” is drawn as the normal lottery result, the second start port 2102 is closed as described above. When the pair of movable pieces 2105 expands for a predetermined time to be able to win, and when the winning becomes possible, when the game ball is received by the second start port 2102 and detected by the second start port sensor 2127, the main control is performed. A predetermined number (for example, four) of game balls are paid out to the upper plate 301 from the prize ball device 740 via the substrate 4100 or the like.

  Further, in the main control board 4100, when a game ball wins the first start port 2101 and the second start port 2102 and is detected by the first start port sensor 3102 and the second start port sensor 2127, the first start is started. At the port 2101, the first special random number generator 4212 generates and extracts a predetermined first special random number. At the second start port 2102, the second special random number generator 4222 generates and extracts a predetermined second special random number. Is called. Then, based on the extracted special random number, it is extracted after the change display of the special symbol displayed on the corresponding first special symbol display 1185 or second special symbol display 1186 of the function display unit 1180 is started. The special symbol corresponding to the special random number is stopped and displayed as a special lottery result.

  When the special symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol indicator 1185 or the second special symbol indicator 1186 in a manner suggesting “big hit”, the opening / closing member 2106 of the attacker unit 2100 is opened / closed in a predetermined pattern. A special advantageous gaming state (for example, a big hit game) occurs, and a game ball is awarded to the big prize opening 2103 during that time, so that more game balls can be obtained. When a single game ball wins the big prize opening 2103, a predetermined number (for example, 13) of game balls are paid out to the upper plate 301 from the prize ball device 740.

  In addition, when the special symbol is stopped and displayed in the first special symbol display 1185 or the second special symbol display 1186 in a manner suggesting “small hit”, the opening / closing member 2106 of the attacker unit 2100 has a predetermined pattern. A special advantageous game state (for example, a small hit game) that opens and closes at the time of occurrence occurs, and a game ball is awarded to the big prize opening 2103 during that time, so that more game balls can be acquired. When a single game ball wins the big prize opening 2103, a predetermined number (for example, 13) of game balls are paid out to the upper plate 301 from the prize ball device 740.

  Note that, in the first start port 2101 and the second start port 2102 as well, the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display are displayed in the same manner as the normal symbol variation display due to the passage of the game ball to the gate member 2400. When the special symbol is variably displayed in the device 1186 or the special symbol such as during the big hit game as the special advantageous gaming state cannot be variably displayed, the game ball is won at the start ports 2101 and 2102 and the first start port sensor 3102, when detected by the second start port sensor 2127, it is extracted based on the detection signals from the first start port sensor 3102 and the second start port sensor 2127 until the special symbol variation display is possible. The first special random number and the second special random number are stored in the first special symbol hold storage unit 4214 and the second special symbol hold storage unit 4224 so that the display is held. And Tsu, which is the number of the stored special random numbers, to be displayed in the first special symbol memory indicator 1184 or the second special symbol memory indicator 1187.

  The first special symbol memory display 1184 and the second special symbol memory indicator 1187 are each composed of two LEDs, so that the number of memories is suggested by the combination of the light emission state of each LED that is turned off / on / flashing. In this example, up to four each are stored and displayed. In addition, when the number of memories exceeds four, the extracted special random number is discarded. The second special random number stored (held) in the second special symbol hold storage unit 4224 by the priority hold digesting unit 4231 has priority over the first special random number stored in the first special symbol hold storage unit 4214. Are executed (digested). That is, the lottery result hold related to the second start port 2102 and the third start port 2415 is executed (digested) in preference to the lottery result hold related to the first start port 2101.

  Further, in the main control board 4100, the first special symbol variation pattern selection is performed using the first special random number or the second special random number extracted based on the detection of the first start port sensor 3102 and the second start port sensor 2127. By comparing with a predetermined random number determination table (also referred to as a special symbol variation pattern table) determined in advance by the means 4216 or the second special symbol variation pattern selection unit 4226, the special random number is “lost”, “small hit” The “big hit” is determined as to whether it is “2R big hit” or “15R big hit”. In addition, the random number determination table is also used to discriminate such as “short hit per probability change”, “probability per hit”, “short hit per hour”, “short per hit during probability change”, and the like.

  Then, the first special random number and the second special random number extracted (lottery) triggered by the start winning of the game balls to the first start port 2101 and the second start port 2102 (the special lottery result) is “small hit”. In this case, the main control board 4100 closes the opening / closing member 2106 of the attacker unit 2100 in an open state for a predetermined short time (for example, between 0.2 seconds and 0.6 seconds) by the advantageous game state generating means 4232. The opening / closing pattern is repeated a plurality of times (for example, twice).

  On the other hand, if the extracted first special random number or second special random number is “big hit”, the main control board 4100 sets the opening / closing member 2106 of the attacker unit 2100 to the predetermined state after the advantageous game state generating means 4232 opens. When the time (for example, about 30 seconds) elapses, or when a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls satisfy any of the winning conditions in the special winning opening 2103, the opening / closing pattern (one) The opening and closing pattern is referred to as one round), and is repeated a predetermined number of times (a predetermined number of rounds). If “2R big hit” is repeated, 2 rounds are repeated, and if “15R big hit” is repeated, 15 rounds are repeated. An advantageous gaming state that is advantageous to the player is generated. After the predetermined number of rounds, for “big hit”, the random number determination table is replaced with a high-probability time / shortness table or the like by the variation pattern table changing means 4236 according to the extracted special random number.

  By the way, in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the first special random number and the second special random number extracted in response to the start winning of the game balls to the first start port 2101, the second start port 2102 and the third start port 2415 are used. In response to (depending on the special lottery result), in addition to the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186 of the function display unit 1180 being variably displayed, the liquid crystal display device 1900 also has a special random number ( The effect image according to the special lottery result) is displayed. Specifically, in the liquid crystal display device 1900, the variable display of each symbol row is started in a state where a series of symbol rows composed of a plurality of different symbols are displayed (for example, three rows), and then sequentially stopped. When all the symbol sequences are finally displayed in a stopped state, the determination result of the special random number extracted by the combination of the symbols displayed in a stopped state is suggested to the player side. That is, according to the special lottery result by the start winning, an effect image that is stopped and displayed so as to suggest the special lottery result after a plurality of symbol sequences are variably displayed is displayed. Since the symbols displayed on the liquid crystal display device 1900 are larger and easier to see than the special symbols on the first and second special symbol indicators 1185 and 1186, the player is generally displayed on the liquid crystal display device 1900. Pay attention to the design.

  As one of the effect images in which the plurality of symbol sequences are variably displayed, the “reach effect image” is displayed so that the combination of symbols that are stopped and displayed leaving one variable symbol sequence satisfies a specific condition (reach) As a special lottery result on which this “reach effect image” is displayed, there are “per reach” and “reach lose”. There is also a “reach development effect image” that is displayed so as to be connected to the “reach effect image”, and that the remaining symbol sequence that is variably displayed is highlighted after the reach display. The liquid crystal display device 1900 can display not only an effect display related to the start winning prize but also a “hit game effect image” displayed during the “hit” game.

  Note that the special symbol variation display on the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186 is directly controlled by the main control board 4100 (see FIG. 231). The variation display of the symbols on the liquid crystal display device 1900 is controlled by the peripheral control unit 4140 and the liquid crystal control substrate 4150 based on a command related to the lottery result transmitted from the main control board 4100 to the peripheral control unit 4140. ing. As a result, the variable display of the symbols on the liquid crystal display device 1900 that is particularly noticed by the player is controlled by the peripheral control unit 4140 or the like. A plurality of symbol variation patterns can be prepared in advance for one command to increase the symbol variation patterns in the liquid crystal display device 1900. Also, the “big hit game effect image” displayed during the “hit” game is controlled by the peripheral control unit 4140 and the like, and various patterns of effect images are prepared in advance. Thereby, the display pattern of the effect image displayed without increasing the calculation processing load on the main control board 4100 can be increased, and the pachinko machine 1 that makes the player more entertaining and less likely to get bored can be obtained. It has become.

  Further, in the peripheral control unit 4140, in addition to the control of the effect image, the drive motors 2713, 3204, 3232, 3303, 3312, 3403, provided in the front unit 2000 and the back unit 3000 are based on a command related to the lottery result. 3514, 3555, 3605 and the like are operated as appropriate, and the decorative boards 2131, 2621, 2642, 2644, 2645, 2647, 2664, 2680, 2704, 2711, 3140, 3164, 3310, 3311, The LEDs mounted on 3410, 3518, 3609, 3703, and the like are caused to emit light as appropriate, and the player can be entertained by a movable effect and a light effect.

[5. Relationship between this embodiment and the present invention]
In this embodiment, the peripheral wall portion 2503 of the center accessory 2500 (the outer peripheral wall of the center front decoration unit 2620) is the protruding wall of the present invention, the first start port 2101 of the present embodiment is the start port of the present invention, and the present embodiment. The large winning opening 2103 corresponds to the variable winning opening of the present invention, and the attacker unit 2100 and the gate portion 2750 of the present embodiment correspond to the privilege granting area of the present invention. Further, the lower right passage member 2690 in the present embodiment is used as a guide member of the present invention, and the plurality of LEDs 2711a mounted on the center lower right rear decorative board 2711 in the table effect unit 2700 of the present embodiment are used as light emitting means of the present invention. It corresponds to each.

  In the game area 1100 of the present embodiment, the area on the right side of the center front decoration unit 2640 of the center accessory 2500 is the first flow path of the present invention, and the area on the left side of the center front decoration unit 2620 is the second flow of the present invention. Each corresponds to the road.

[6. Characteristic effects of this embodiment]
As described above, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the first part having a width slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball on the right side with respect to the center accessory 2500 arranged in the game area 1100 into which the game ball is driven. Forms one flow path and a second flow path having a plurality of obstacle nails G wider than the first flow path on the left side, and a predetermined privilege is given by passing a game ball below the first flow path And the lower right passage member 2690 that communicates with the lower end of the first flow path and guides the game ball to roll upstream of the gate portion 2750, and the attacker unit 2100. For example, a route via a plurality of obstacle nails G and a route via a lower right passage member 2690 are provided. When the game ball enters the right side), the flow of the game ball is rectified by the tunnel-like lower right passage member 2690, so that the game ball moves in an orderly manner, while the second flow path (center) When the game ball is advanced to the left side of the accessory 2500), the game ball having a dynamic feeling can be enjoyed by jumping with the obstacle nail G. Therefore, it is possible to cause the player to perform a game ball driving operation so that it passes through a favorite route according to the player's preference, mood, skill, etc. It is possible to prevent the player from becoming bored and to prevent the player's interest in the game from being lowered.

  In addition, the lower right passage member 2690 is formed in a tunnel shape by being slanted in a straight line so that the upstream side of the attacker unit 2100 and the like is lowered so as to be low, and rectifies while suppressing the behavior when the game ball flows. Since the movement can be slowed at the same time, it is possible to substantially uniform the discharge speed and the discharge direction of the game ball discharged from the lower right passage member 2690 to the attacker unit 2100 side. The movement of the game ball between the member 2690 and the attacker unit 2100 and the like can be stabilized, and the first starting port 2101 of the attacker unit 2100 is also in relation to the second starting port 2102, the grand prize winning port 2103, the gate portion 2750 and the like. It is possible to easily obtain a privilege by winning or passing with high probability. Therefore, if the lower right passage member 2690 is guided with the game ball, the possibility that the game ball will win increases, so that the game ball is guided to the player by the lower right passage member 2690 in the game area 1100. The game ball can be driven at a predetermined position (right side of the center object 2500), and the player can enjoy the game by whether or not the game ball is guided by the lower right passage member 2690 as aimed. Even if the game ball is not guided by the lower right passage member 2690, it may be guided to the attacker unit 2100 or the like through the route via the obstacle nail G, so that a privilege can be obtained. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being discouraged because the game ball aiming at the lower right passage member 2690 does not pass through the lower right passage member 2690, and the player's interest in the game It can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, as described above, when a game ball is driven into the route via the lower right passage member 2690, the first starting port 2101 of the attacker unit 2100 wins the second starting port 2102, the big winning port 2103, etc. Since it is highly probable that even a player who is unfamiliar with a beginner's game can easily obtain a privilege, the pachinko machine 1 can be enjoyed even by a beginner, and conversely, a privilege can be easily obtained. In the case of a player who feels unplugged, he / she enjoys a game that requires the skill of a driving operation by driving a game ball into the route (left side of the center object 2500) via the obstacle nail G. Therefore, the pachinko machine 1 can be used for players of any skill.

  In addition, since the movement of the game ball can be slowed by the lower right passage member 2690, the game ball guided to the lower right passage member 2690 can be surely visually recognized and the movement of the game ball can be enjoyed, By following the game ball guided by the lower right passage member 2690, the player's line of sight can be naturally directed to the attacker unit 2100, etc., and the player's expectation can be raised depending on whether or not the prize is won. It is possible to prevent the interest from deteriorating.

  In addition, since the same attacker unit 2100 and the like are provided with a route via a plurality of obstacle nails G and a route via a lower right passage member 2690, a player who is familiar with conventional pachinko machines With the pachinko machine 1 that can be recognized as a pachinko machine 1 that can perform various driving operations in order to obtain a privilege, and that can enjoy the game ball driving operation as an original game of the pachinko machine 1 It becomes possible to make it think that there is, and it can be made easy to select this pachinko machine 1 as a pachinko machine to play.

  Further, the lower right passage member 2690 is formed transparent, so that the game ball being guided to roll is visible from the player side, and the game ball guided by the lower right passage member 2690 is not visible. Since the game ball is not visible, the player is distrusted that the player may be disadvantaged while the game ball is not visible. Can be avoided, and the interest of the player can be prevented from deteriorating.

  In addition, since the plurality of LEDs 2711a arranged on the rear side of the lower right passage member 2690 are caused to emit light according to the gaming state, the lower right passage member 2690 for guiding the game ball can be made conspicuous, and the game The player can be prompted to drive the game ball aiming at the lower right passage member 2690, and the game ball guided in the lower right passage member 2690 by the light from the LED 2711a of the center lower right rear decoration board 2711 It becomes possible to make it look like a silhouette, and it is possible to entertain the movement of the game ball guided by the lower right passage member 2690 so that it is hard to get tired, and it is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest of the player in the game.

  Further, since the first flow path leading to the lower right passage member 2690 is formed on the right side toward which the game ball to be driven into the game area 1100 is directed, when the game ball is strongly driven into the game area 1100 more than a predetermined amount, The game ball enters the right side of the center accessory 2500 along the outer periphery of the game area 1100, and it is possible to facilitate the game ball driving operation for driving into the lower right passage member 2690. Even an unfamiliar player can easily obtain a privilege, and the player can be prevented from being entertained and the interest in the game being reduced. On the other hand, the game ball can be struck with such a strength that it does not enter the lower right passage member 2690 and the game ball can enter the left side of the center accessory 2500. Can hit the game ball with various strengths, and can entertain the game ball driving operation and suppress a decrease in interest in the game.

  Further, the attacker unit 2100 is provided with at least a first start port 2101 for drawing a predetermined special lottery result and a grand prize winning port 2103 that opens and closes according to the special lottery result. If a predetermined special lottery result is drawn by accepting the start opening 2101, the prize winning opening 2103 opens and closes and a chance to obtain more benefits comes. Therefore, the attacker unit 2100 is provided to the player. It is possible to motivate a game ball driving operation aiming at the first starting port 2101 or the big winning port 2103 or the like. As described above, the attacker unit 2100 is provided with a route via the plurality of obstacle nails G and a route via the lower right passage member 2690. The game ball can be driven through a favorite route according to the person's skill, mood, etc., and it becomes possible to prevent the game ball from being driven and moved monotonously. It can be suppressed that the interest of the player in the game is reduced.

  The present invention has been described with reference to preferred embodiments. However, the present invention is not limited to these embodiments, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention as described below. And design changes are possible.

  That is, in the above embodiment, the game machine applied to the pachinko machine 1 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and is applied to a pachislot machine or a game machine that is a fusion of a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine. Even in this case, the same effects as described above can be obtained.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Pachinko machine 2 Outer frame 3 Main body frame 4 Game board 5 Door frame 1100 Game area 1110A Front structural member 1200 Game panel 1210 Panel board 1220 Panel holder 2000 Table unit 2100 Attacker unit (privilege grant area)
2101 First start port (start port)
2102 2nd starting opening 2103 Grand prize opening (variable prize opening)
2500 Center actor 2503 Perimeter wall (projecting wall)
2620 Center decoration unit (projecting wall)
2690 Right lower passage member (guide member)
2690a Extension part 2700 Front effect unit 2711 Center lower right rear decoration board 2711a LED (light emitting means)
2750 Gate part (privilege grant area)
G obstacle nail

JP 2008-73340 A

Claims (1)

Storage means capable of storing a plurality of game media;
A ball feeding means for sending the game medium stored in the storage means to a launch position via a passage port;
Launching means capable of firing game media sent to the launch position by the ball feeding means one by one toward the game area;
A gaming machine comprising:
The ball feeding means comprises a fraud prevention member in which a first plate surface portion in a metal plate material is bent with respect to a second plate surface portion, and a gap into which a wire material provided in a game medium can enter is formed,
The fraud prevention member is arranged in the ball feeding means so that the gap is located in a path along which a wire provided in a game medium launched from the launch position moves,
The metal plate material is provided with a guide portion capable of guiding the wire material provided in the game medium toward the gap,
The ball feeding means is formed with an accommodating portion capable of accommodating the fraud prevention member,
The passage opening is formed by continuously forming an opening part through which a game medium can pass and an opening part through which a wire provided in the game medium can enter although the game medium cannot pass through. A featured gaming machine.